2014F150 Owners 03_2014

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2014f150-owners-032014 1/471

EL3J 19A321 AA | March 2014 | Third Printing | Owner’s Manual | F-150 | Litho in U.S.A.

2014 F-150Owner’s Manual

fordowner.com ford.ca

2 0 1 4 F - 1 5 0 O

wn er ’ s M an u a l

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. In the interest ofcontinuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications, design or equipment at any timewithout notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in aretrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission.Errors and omissions excepted.

© Ford Motor Company 2014

All rights reserved.

Part Number: 20140214211023

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


IntroductionAbout This Manual...........................................7

Symbols Glossary.............................................7

Data Recording..................................................9California Proposition 65..............................11

Perchlorate.........................................................11

Ford Credit..........................................................11

Replacement PartsRecommendation........................................11

Special Notices................................................12

Mobile CommunicationsEquipment.....................................................12

Export Unique Options..................................13

Child Safety General Information.......................................14

Installing Child Seats.....................................15

Booster Seats..................................................24

Child Seat Positioning..................................26

Child Safety Locks.........................................28

Safety Belts

Principle of Operation..................................30Fastening the Safety Belts...........................31

Safety Belt Height Adjustment.................34

Safety Belt Warning Lamp and IndicatorChime.............................................................34

Safety Belt Minder.........................................35

Child Restraint and Safety BeltMaintenance................................................37

Personal Safety System™

Personal Safety System™..........................38

Supplementary RestraintsSystem

Principle of Operation..................................39

Driver and Passenger Airbags...................40

Front Passenger Sensing System.............41

Side Airbags.....................................................45

Safety Canopy™............................................46

Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator.......48

Airbag Disposal..............................................48

Keys and Remote ControlsGeneral Information on Radio

Frequencies.................................................49

Remote Control..............................................49

Replacing a Lost Key or RemoteControl............................................................52

MyKey ™Principle of Operation..................................53

Creating a MyKey............................................53Clearing All MyKeys.......................................55

Checking MyKey System Status...............55

Using MyKey With Remote StartSystems.........................................................55

MyKey Troubleshooting...............................56

LocksLocking and Unlocking.................................57

Keyless Entry...................................................58

Security Passive Anti-Theft System..........................61

Anti-Theft Alarm............................................62

Power Running BoardsUsing Power Running Boards....................63

Steering WheelAdjusting the Steering Wheel...................65

Audio Control..................................................66

Voice Control....................................................67

Cruise Control..................................................67

Information Display Control.......................67

PedalsAdjusting the Pedals....................................68

1

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Table of Contents

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Wipers and WashersWindshield Wipers........................................69

Autowipers.......................................................69

Windshield Washers.....................................70

LightingLighting Control................................................71

Autolamps..........................................................71

Instrument Lighting Dimmer......................72

Daytime Running Lamps.............................72

Front Fog Lamps.............................................72

Direction Indicators........................................73

Interior Lamps..................................................73

Windows and MirrorsPower Windows..............................................75

Exterior Mirrors................................................76

Interior Mirror....................................................78

Sun Visors.........................................................79

Moonroof...........................................................79

Instrument ClusterGauges................................................................81

Warning Lamps and Indicators.................82

Audible Warnings and Indicators.............85

Information DisplaysGeneral Information......................................87

Information Messages.................................98

Climate ControlManual Climate Control............................106

Manual Climate Control.............................107

Automatic Climate Control......................109

Hints on Controlling the InteriorClimate..........................................................110

Heated Windows and Mirrors....................112

Remote Start...................................................113

SeatsSitting in the Correct Position...................114

Head Restraints..............................................114

Manual Seats..................................................116Power Seats.....................................................117

Memory Function..........................................118

Rear Seats........................................................119

Heated Seats.................................................120

Ventilated Seats.............................................121

Front Seat Armrest.......................................122

Rear Seat Armrest........................................123

Universal Garage DoorOpenerUniversal Garage Door Opener...............124

Auxiliary Power PointsAuxiliary Power Points................................132

Storage CompartmentsCenter Console..............................................134

Overhead Console........................................134

Starting and Stopping theEngine

General Information....................................135

Ignition Switch...............................................135

Starting a Gasoline Engine........................135

Engine Block Heater.....................................137

Fuel and RefuelingSafety Precautions......................................139

Fuel Quality....................................................140

Running Out of Fuel......................................141

Refueling..........................................................142

Fuel Consumption........................................143

Emission Control System..........................144

2

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Table of Contents

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


TransmissionAutomatic Transmission............................147

Four-Wheel DriveUsing Four-Wheel Drive.............................153

Rear AxleLimited Slip Differential..............................161

Electronic Locking Differential.................161

BrakesGeneral Information....................................163

Hints on Driving With Anti-LockBrakes...........................................................163

Parking Brake.................................................164

Hill Start Assist..............................................164

Traction ControlPrinciple of Operation................................166

Using Traction Control...............................166

Stability ControlPrinciple of Operation.................................167

Using Stability Control...............................168

Terrain ResponsePrinciple of Operation.................................170

Using Hill Descent Control........................170

Parking AidsParking Aid.......................................................172

Rear View Camera........................................173

Cruise ControlPrinciple of Operation.................................176

Using Cruise Control....................................176

Driving AidsSteering.............................................................177

Load CarryingLoad Limit........................................................179

Tailgate.............................................................186

TowingTowing a Trailer..............................................191

Trailer Sway Control....................................192

Recommended Towing Weights............192

Essential Towing Checks...........................201

Transporting the Vehicle...........................207

Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels......208

Driving HintsBreaking-In......................................................210

Economical Driving......................................210

Driving Through Water.................................211

Floor Mats.........................................................211

Snowplowing..................................................212

Roadside EmergenciesRoadside Assistance...................................215

Hazard Warning Flashers..........................216Fuel Shutoff....................................................216

Jump Starting the Vehicle.........................216

Post-Crash Alert System...........................218

Customer AssistanceGetting the Services You Need................219

In California (U.S. Only)............................220

The Better Business Bureau (BBB) AutoLine Program (U.S. Only).......................221

Utilizing the Mediation/ArbitrationProgram (Canada Only)........................221

Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. andCanada........................................................222

Ordering Additional Owner'sLiterature.....................................................223

Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.Only).............................................................223

Reporting Safety Defects (CanadaOnly).............................................................224

3

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Table of Contents

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


FusesFuse Specification Chart...........................225

Changing a Fuse...........................................233

MaintenanceGeneral Information...................................235

Opening and Closing the Hood..............235

Under Hood Overview - 3.5LEcoboost™................................................236

Under Hood Overview - 3.7L....................237

Under Hood Overview - 5.0L..................238

Under Hood Overview - 6.2L...................239

Engine Oil Dipstick......................................240Engine Oil Check..........................................240

Engine Coolant Check................................241

Automatic Transmission FluidCheck...........................................................245

Transfer Case Fluid Check........................245

Brake Fluid Check........................................246

Power Steering Fluid Check....................246

Washer Fluid Check....................................246

Fuel Filter........................................................246

Changing the 12V Battery.........................246Checking the Wiper Blades.....................249

Changing the Wiper Blades.....................249

Adjusting the Headlamps........................249

Removing a Headlamp...............................251

Changing a Bulb...........................................252

Bulb Specification Chart...........................254

Changing the Engine Air Filter - 3.5LEcoboost™................................................256

Changing the Engine Air Filter - 3.7L/5.0L/6.2L.....................................................257

Vehicle CareGeneral Information...................................259

Cleaning Products.......................................259

Cleaning the Exterior..................................259

Waxing............................................................260

Cleaning the Engine...................................260

Cleaning the Windows and WiperBlades...........................................................261

Cleaning the Interior....................................261

Cleaning the Instrument Panel andInstrument Cluster Lens........................261

Cleaning Leather Seats.............................262

Repairing Minor Paint Damage..............263

Cleaning the Alloy Wheels.......................264

Vehicle Storage............................................264

Wheels and TiresGeneral Information...................................266

Tire Care..........................................................268

Using Snow Chains.....................................283Tire Pressure Monitoring System...........283

Changing a Road Wheel...........................289

Technical Specifications...........................294

Capacities and Specific-ations

Engine Specifications................................296

Motorcraft Parts..........................................298

Vehicle Identification Number...............298Vehicle Certification Label.......................299

Transmission Code Designation...........300

Technical Specifications............................301

Audio SystemGeneral Information...................................306

Audio unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM.......307

Audio unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/CD/SYNC/Satellite Radio...........................308

Audio unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/CD/SYNC/Satellite Radio.............................312

Audio unit - Vehicles With: Sony AM/FM/CD...................................................................315

Digital Radio...................................................316

Satellite Radio...............................................318

Audio Input Jack............................................321

USB Port..........................................................322

Media Hub......................................................322

4

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Table of Contents

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


SYNC™General Information...................................323

Using Voice Recognition...........................325

Using SYNC™ With Your Phone.............327SYNC™ Applications and Services......338

Using SYNC™ With Your MediaPlayer...........................................................345

SYNC™ Troubleshooting.........................353

MyFord Touch™General Information...................................359

Settings...........................................................366

Entertainment...............................................376Phone...............................................................393

Information....................................................399

Climate...........................................................408

Navigation.......................................................410

AccessoriesAccessories.....................................................419

AppendicesEnd User License Agreement...................421

Extended Service Plan(ESP)

Extended Service Plan (ESP).................436

Scheduled MaintenanceGeneral Maintenance Information.......438

Normal Scheduled Maintenance...........441

Special Operating Conditions ScheduledMaintenance.............................................446

Scheduled Maintenance Record............451

5

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Table of Contents

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


6

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Battery

Battery acid

Brake fluid - non petroleumbased

Brake system

Cabin air filter

Check fuel cap

Child safety door lock or unlock

Child seat lower anchor

Child seat tether anchor

Cruise control

Do not open when hot

Engine air filter

Engine coolant

Engine coolant temperature

Engine oil

Explosive gas

Fan warning

Fasten safety belt

Front airbag

Front fog lamps

Fuel pump reset

Fuse compartment

Hazard warning flashers

Heated rear window

Heated windshield

Interior luggage compartmentrelease

Jack

Keep out of reach of children

Lighting control

8

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Introduction

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Low tire pressure warning

Maintain correct fluid level

Note operating instructions

Panic alarm

Parking aid

Parking brake

Power steering fluid

Power windows front/rear

Power window lockout

Service engine soon

Side airbag

Shield the eyes

Stability control

Windshield wash and wipe

DATA RECORDING

Service Data Recording

Service data recorders in your vehicle arecapable of collecting and storingdiagnostic information about your vehicle.This potentially includes information aboutthe performance or status of varioussystems and modules in the vehicle, suchas engine, throttle, steering or brakesystems. In order to properly diagnose andservice your vehicle, Ford Motor Company,Ford of Canada, and service and repairfacilities may access or share among them

vehicle diagnostic information receivedthrough a direct connection to your vehiclewhen diagnosing or servicing your vehicle.Additionally, when your vehicle is in forservice or repair, Ford Motor Company,Ford of Canada, and service and repairfacilities may access or share among themdata for vehicle improvement purposes.For U.S. only (if equipped), if you chooseto use the SYNC Vehicle Health Report,you consent that certain diagnostic

information may also be accessedelectronically by Ford Motor Company andFord authorized service facilities, and thatthe diagnostic information may be usedfor any purpose. See SYNC™ (page 323).

Event Data Recording

This vehicle is equipped with an eventdata recorder. The main purpose of anevent data recorder is to record, incertain crash or near crash-like

situations, such as an airbagdeployment or hitting a road obstacle;this data will assist in understandinghow a vehicle’s systems performed.The event data recorder is designed torecord data related to vehicle dynamicsand safety systems for a short periodof time, typically 30 seconds or less.

9

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Introduction

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


The event data recorder in this vehicleis designed to record such data as:

• How various systems in your vehicle

were operating;• Whether or not the driver and

passenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

• How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/orthe brake pedal; and

• How fast the vehicle was traveling;and

• Where the driver was positioning

the steering wheel.This data can help provide a betterunderstanding of the circumstances inwhich crashes and injuries occur.

Note: Event data recorder data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data is recorded by the event data recorder under normal driving conditions and no

personal data or information (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) is

recorded (see limitations regarding 911 Assist and Traffic, directions and Information privacy below). However,

parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the event data recorder datawith the type of personally identifyingdata routinely acquired during a crash

investigation.

To read data recorded by an event datarecorder, special equipment is required,and access to the vehicle or the eventdata recorder is needed. In addition tothe vehicle manufacturer, otherparties, such as law enforcement, thathave such special equipment, can readthe information if they have access tothe vehicle or the event data recorder.Ford Motor Company and Ford ofCanada do not access event datarecorder information without obtainingconsent, unless pursuant to court order

or where required by law enforcement,other government authorities or otherthird parties acting with lawfulauthority. Other parties may seek to

access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford ofCanada.

Note: Including to the extent that any law pertaining to Event Data Recorders

applies to SYNC or its features, please note the following: Once 911 Assist (if equipped) is enabled (set ON), 911 Assist

may, through any paired and connected cell phone, disclose to emergency

services that the vehicle has been in acrash involving the deployment of an

airbag or, in certain vehicles, the activation of the fuel pump shut-off.Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist

may also be capable of being used toelectronically or verbally provide to 911operators the vehicle location (such aslatitude and longitude), and/or other details about the vehicle or crash or

personal information about theoccupants to assist 911 operators to

provide the most appropriate emergency services. If you do not want to disclosethis information, do not activate the 911

Assist feature. See SYNC ™ (page 323).

Additionally, when you connect toTraffic, Directions and Information (ifequipped, U.S. only), the service usesGPS technology and advanced vehiclesensors to collect the vehicle’s currentlocation, travel direction, and speed(“ vehicle travel information”), only tohelp provide you with the directions,traffic reports, or business searchesthat you request. If you do not wantFord or its vendors to receive thisinformation, do not activate theservice. For more information, seeTraffic, Directions and Information,Terms and Conditions. See SYNC™(page 323).

10

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Introduction

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65

WARNING

Some constituents of engineexhaust, certain vehicle components,certain fluids contained in vehicles

and certain products of component wearcontain or emit chemicals known to theState of California to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproductive harm.

PERCHLORATE

Certain components in your vehicle suchas airbag modules, safety beltpretensioners and remote control batteriesmay contain perchlorate material. Specialhandling may apply for service or vehicleend of life disposal. For more informationvisit:

Web Address

www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate

FORD CREDIT

(U.S. Only)

Ford Credit offers a full range of financingand lease plans to help you acquire yourvehicle. If you have financed or leased yourvehicle through Ford Credit, thank you foryour business.

For your convenience we offer a numberof ways to contact us, as well as helpmanage your account.

Phone: 1-800-727-7000

For more information regarding Ford Credit,as well as access Account Manager, pleasego to www.fordcredit.com.

REPLACEMENT PARTSRECOMMENDATION

Your vehicle has been built to the higheststandards using quality parts. Werecommend that you demand the use ofgenuine Ford and Motorcraft partswhenever your vehicle requires scheduledmaintenance or repair. You can clearlyidentify genuine Ford and Motorcraft partsby looking for the Ford, FoMoCo orMotorcraft branding on the parts or theirpackaging.

Scheduled Maintenance andMechanical Repairs

One of the best ways for you to make surethat your vehicle provides years of serviceis to have it maintained in line with ourrecommendations using parts thatconform to the specifications detailed inthis Owner’s Manual. Genuine Ford andMotorcraft parts meet or exceed thesespecifications.

Collision RepairsWe hope that you never experience acollision, but accidents do happen. GenuineFord replacement collision parts meet ourstringent requirements for fit, finish,structural integrity, corrosion protectionand dent resistance. During vehicledevelopment we validate these partsdeliver the intended level of protection asa whole system. A great way to know forsure you are getting this level of protection

is to use genuine Ford replacementcollision parts.

11

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Introduction

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Warranty on Replacement Parts

Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacementparts are the only replacement parts that

benefit from a Ford Warranty. Damagecaused to your vehicle as a result of thefailure of non-Ford parts may not becovered by the Ford Warranty. Foradditional information, refer to the termsand conditions of the Ford Warranty.

SPECIAL NOTICES

New Vehicle Limited Warranty

For a detailed description of what iscovered and what is not covered by yourvehicle’s New Vehicle Limited Warranty,refer to the Warranty Manual that isprovided to you along with your Owner’sManual.

Special Instructions

For your added safety, your vehicle is fittedwith sophisticated electronic controls.

WARNINGSFailure to follow the specificwarnings and instructions couldresult in personal injury. See

Supplementary Restraints System(page 39).

Front seat mounted rear-facing childor infant seats should NEVER beplaced in front of an active

passenger airbag.

Notice to owners of pickup trucks andutility type vehicles

WARNING

Utility vehicles have a significantlyhigher rollover rate than other typesof vehicles.

Before you drive your vehicle, please readthis Owner’s Manual carefully. Your vehicleis not a passenger car. As with othervehicles of this type, failure to operate your

vehicle correctly may result in loss ofvehicle control, vehicle rollover, personalinjury or death.

Using your vehicle with a snowplow

See Snowplowing (page 212).

Using your vehicle as an ambulance

Do not use this vehicle as an ambulance.Your vehicle is not equipped with the Ford

Ambulance Preparation Package.

MOBILE COMMUNICATIONSEQUIPMENT

Using mobile communications equipmentis becoming increasingly important in theconduct of business and personal affairs.However, you must not compromise yourown or others’ safety when using such

equipment. Mobile communications canenhance personal safety and security whenappropriately used, particularly inemergency situations. Safety must beparamount when using mobilecommunications equipment to avoidnegating these benefits. Mobilecommunication equipment includes, butis not limited to, cellular phones, pagers,portable email devices, text messagingdevices and portable two-way radios.

12

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Introduction

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


WARNING

Driving while distracted can result inloss of vehicle control, crash and

injury. We strongly recommend thatyou use extreme caution when using anydevice that may take your focus off theroad. Your primary responsibility is the safeoperation of your vehicle. We recommendagainst the use of any hand-held devicewhile driving and encourage the use ofvoice-operated systems when possible.Make sure you are aware of all applicablelocal laws that may affect the use ofelectronic devices while driving.

EXPORT UNIQUE OPTIONS

For your particular global region, yourvehicle may be equipped with features andoptions that are different from the featuresand options that are described in thisOwner’s Manual. A market uniquesupplement may be supplied thatcomplements this book. By referring to themarket unique supplement, if provided,

you can properly identify those features,recommendations and specifications thatare unique to your vehicle. This Owner’sManual is written primarily for the U.S. andCanadian Markets. Features or equipmentlisted as standard may be different on unitsbuilt for Export. Refer to this Owner’sManual for all other requiredinformation and warnings.

13

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Introduction

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


GENERAL INFORMATION

See the following sections for directions

on how to properly use safety restraintsfor children.

WARNINGS

Always make sure your child issecured properly in a device that isappropriate for their height, age and

weight. Child safety restraints must bebought separately from your vehicle.Failure to follow these instructions andguidelines may result in an increased riskof serious injury or death to your child.

All children are shaped differently.The recommendations for safetyrestraints are based on probable

child height, age and weight thresholdsfrom National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration and other safetyorganizations, or are the minimum

WARNINGS

requirements of law. Ford recommendschecking with a NHTSA Certified Child

Passenger Safety Technician (CPST) andconsult your pediatrician to make sure yourchild seat is appropriate for your child, andis compatible with and properly installedin your vehicle. To locate a child seat fittingstation and CPST, contact the NHTSA tollfree at 1-888-327-4236 or go tohttp://www.nhtsa.dot.gov. In Canada,check with your local St. John Ambulanceoffice for referral to a CPST or for furtherinformation, contact your provincialministry of transportation, locate your localSt. John Ambulance office by searching forSt. John Ambulance on the internet, orTransport Canada at 1-800-333-0371(http://www.tc.gc.ca). Failure to properlyrestrain children in safety seats madeespecially for their height, age, and weightmay result in an increased risk of seriousinjury or death to your child.

14

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Child Safety

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children

Recommended restrainttype

Child size, height, weight, or ageChild

Use a child safety seat(sometimes called an

infant carrier, convertibleseat, or toddler seat).

Children weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less(generally age four or younger).

Infants ortoddlers

Use a belt-positioningbooster seat.

Children who have outgrown or no longerproperly fit in a child safety seat (gener-ally children who are less than 4 ft. 9 in.(1.45 m) tall, are greater than age four

and less than age 12, and between 40 lb

(18 kg) and 80 lb (36 kg) and upward to100 lb (45 kg) if recommended by yourchild restraint manufacturer).

Small children

Use a vehicle safety belthaving the lap belt snugand low across the hips,shoulder belt centered

across the shoulder andchest, and seat back

upright.

Children who have outgrown or no longerproperly fit in a belt-positioning boosterseat (generally children who are at least4 ft. 9 in. (1.45 m) tall or greater than 80

lb (36 kg) or 100 lb (45 kg) if recom-mended by child restraint manufacturer).

Larger children

• You are required by law to properly usesafety seats for infants and toddlers inthe United States and Canada.

• Many states and provinces require thatsmall children use approved boosterseats until they reach age eight, aheight of 4 feet 9 inches (1.45 meters)tall, or 80 pounds (36 kilograms).Check your local and state or provinciallaws for specific requirements about

the safety of children in your vehicle.• When possible, always properly

restrain children 12 years of age andunder in a rear seating position of yourvehicle. Accident statistics suggest thatchildren are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seating positionsthan in a front seating position. SeeFront Passenger Sensing System(page 41).

INSTALLING CHILD SEATS

Child Seats

15

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Child Safety

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Use a child safety seat (sometimes calledan infant carrier, convertible seat, ortoddler seat) for infants, toddlers, orchildren weighing 40 pounds (18

kilograms) or less (generally age four oryounger).

Using Lap and Shoulder Belts

WARNINGS

Airbags can kill or injure a child in achild seat. Never place a rear-facingchild seat in front of an active airbag.

If you must use a forward-facing child seatin the front seat, move the vehicle seat

upon which the seat is installed all the wayback.

Airbags can kill or injure a child in achild seat. Children 12 and undershould be properly restrained in the

rear seat whenever possible.

Depending on where you secure achild restraint, and depending on thechild restraint design, you may block

access to certain safety belt buckle

assemblies and LATCH lower anchors,rendering those features potentiallyunusable. To avoid risk of injury, occupantsshould only use seating positions wherethey are able to be properly restrained.

When installing a child safety seat withcombination lap and shoulder belts:

• Use the correct safety belt buckle forthat seating position.

• Insert the belt tongue into the properbuckle until you hear a snap and feel itlatch. Make sure the tongue is securelyfastened in the buckle.

• Keep the buckle release buttonpointing up and away from the safetyseat, with the tongue between the childseat and the release button, to preventaccidental unbuckling.

• Place the vehicle seat upon which thechild seat will be installed in the uprightposition.

•

Put the safety belt in the automaticlocking mode. This vehicle does notrequire the use of a locking clip.

Perform the following steps wheninstalling the child seat with combinationlap and shoulder belts:

Note: Although the child seat illustrated is a forward facing child seat, the steps arethe same for installing a rear facing child seat.

1. Position the child safety seat in a seatwith a combination lap and shoulderbelt.

2. Pull down on the shoulder belt andthen grasp the shoulder belt and lapbelt together.

16

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Child Safety

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


3. While holding the shoulder and lap beltportions together, route the tongue

through the child seat according to thechild seat manufacturer's instructions.Be sure the belt webbing is not twisted.

4. Insert the belt tongue into the properbuckle (the buckle closest to thedirection the tongue is coming from)for that seating position until you heara snap and feel the latch engage. Makesure the tongue is latched securely bypulling on it.

5. To put the retractor in the automaticlocking mode, grasp the shoulder

portion of the belt and pull downwarduntil all of the belt is pulled out.

Note: The automatic locking mode is available on the front passenger and rear seats. This vehicle does not require the useof a locking clip.

6. Allow the belt to retract to removeslack. The belt will click as it retractsto indicate it is in the automatic lockingmode.

7. Try to pull the belt out of the retractorto make sure the retractor is in theautomatic locking mode (you shouldnot be able to pull more belt out). If theretractor is not locked, unbuckle thebelt and repeat Steps 5 and 6.

17

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Child Safety

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


8. Remove remaining slack from the belt.Force the seat down with extra weight,for example, by pressing down orkneeling on the child restraint while

pulling up on the shoulder belt in orderto force slack from the belt. This isnecessary to remove the remainingslack that will exist once the extraweight of the child is added to the childrestraint. It also helps to achieve theproper snugness of the child seat toyour vehicle. Sometimes, a slight leantoward the buckle will help to removeremaining slack from the belt.

9. Attach the tether strap (if the child seatis equipped).

10. Before placing the child in the seat,forcibly move the seat forward andback to make sure the seat is securelyheld in place.

To check this, grab the seat at the belt pathand attempt to move it side to side andforward and back. There should be nomore than 1 inch (2.5 centimeters) ofmovement for proper installation.

Ford recommends checking with a NHTSACertified Child Passenger SafetyTechnician to make certain the childrestraint is properly installed. In Canada,check with your local St. John Ambulanceoffice for referral to a Certified PassengerSeat Technician.

Using Lap and Shoulder Belts(Front Center Seating Position)

WARNINGS

Airbags can kill or injure a child in achild seat. If you must use aforward-facing child seat in the front

seat, move the vehicle seat upon whichthe seat is installed all the way back.

Rear facing child seats should neverbe placed in front of an active airbag.

Always use both lap and shouldersafety belt in the center seatingposition.

The belt webbing below the tongue is thelap portion of the combination lap andshoulder belt, and the belt webbing abovethe tongue is the shoulder belt portion ofthe combination lap and shoulder belt.

1. Position the child safety seat in thefront center seat.

18

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Child Safety

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


2. Slide the tongue up the webbing.

3. While holding both shoulder and lapportions next to the tongue, route thetongue and webbing through the childseat according to the child seatmanufacturer's instructions. Be surethat the belt webbing is not twisted.

4. Insert the belt tongue into the properbuckle (the buckle closest to thedirection the tongue is coming from)for that seating position until you hear

a snap and feel the latch engage. Makesure the tongue is latched securely bypulling on it.

5. While pushing down with your knee onthe child seat pull up on the shoulderbelt portion to tighten the lap beltportion of the combination lap andshoulder belt.

6. Allow the safety belt to retract and

remove any slack in the belt to securelytighten the child safety seat in thevehicle.

7. Attach the tether strap (if the child seatis equipped).

19

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Child Safety

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


8. Before placing the child in the seat,forcibly move the seat forward andback to make sure the seat is securelyheld in place. To check this, grab the

seat at the belt path and attempt tomove it side to side and forward andback. There should be no more than 1inch (2.5 centimeters) of movementfor proper installation.

9. Check from time to time to be sure thatthere is no slack in the lap and shoulderbelt. The shoulder belt must be snugto keep the lap belt tight during a crash.

Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA

Certified Child Passenger SafetyTechnician to make certain the childrestraint is properly installed. In Canada,check with your local St. John Ambulanceoffice for referral to a Child PassengerSafety Technician.

Using Lower Anchors and Tethersfor CHildren (LATCH)

WARNINGS

Never attach two child safety seatsto the same anchor. In a crash, oneanchor may not be strong enough to

hold two child safety seat attachmentsand may break, causing serious injury ordeath.

WARNINGS

Depending on where you secure achild restraint, and depending on the

child restraint design, you may blockaccess to certain safety belt buckleassemblies or LATCH lower anchors,rendering those features potentiallyunusable. To avoid risk of injury, occupantsshould only use seating positions wherethey are able to be properly restrained.

The LATCH system is composed of threevehicle anchor points: two lower anchorslocated where the vehicle seat back and

seat cushion meet (called the seat bight)and one top tether anchor located behindthat seating position.

LATCH compatible child safety seats havetwo rigid or webbing mountedattachments that connect to the two loweranchors at the LATCH equipped seatingpositions in your vehicle. This type ofattachment method eliminates the needto use safety belts to attach the child seat,however the safety belt can still be used

to attach the child seat if the lower anchorsare not used. For forward-facing childseats, the top tether strap must also beattached to the proper top tether anchor,if a top tether strap has been provided withyour child seat.

Your vehicle is equipped with LATCH loweranchors for child seat installation at thefollowing seating positions (LATCH is notavailable on F150 Regular Cab):

20

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Child Safety

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


SuperCab and SuperCrew

The lower LATCH anchors are located atthe rear section of the rear seat betweenthe cushion and seatback. Follow the childseat manufacturer's instructions toproperly install a child seat with LATCHattachments.

Follow the instructions later in this chapteron attaching child safety seats with tetherstraps.

Attach LATCH lower attachments of thechild seat only to the anchors shown.

Use of Inboard Lower Anchorsfrom the Outboard SeatingPositions (Center Seating Use)

WARNING

The standardized spacing for LATCHlower anchors is 11 inches (280millimeters) center to center. Do not

use LATCH lower anchors for the centerseating position unless the child seatmanufacturer's instructions permit and

specify using anchors spaced at least asfar apart as those in this vehicle.

The lower anchors at the center of thesecond row rear seat are spaced 25.7inches (652 millimeters) apart. Thestandardized spacing for LATCH loweranchors is 11 inches (280 millimeters)center to center. A child seat with rigidLATCH attachments cannot be installedat the center seating position. LATCH

compatible child seats (with attachmentson belt webbing) can only be used at thisseating position provided that the childseat manufacturer's instructions permituse with the anchor spacing stated. Do notattach a child seat to any lower anchor ifan adjacent child seat is attached to thatanchor.

21

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Child Safety

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Each time you use the safety seat, checkthat the seat is properly attached to thelower anchors and tether anchor, ifapplicable. Tug the child seat from side to

side and forward and back where it issecured to the vehicle. The seat shouldmove less than one inch when you do thisfor a proper installation.

If the safety seat is not anchored properly,the risk of a child being injured in a crashgreatly increases.

Combining Safety Belt and LATCHLower Anchors for Attaching ChildSafety Seats

When used in combination, either thesafety belt or the LATCH lower anchorsmay be attached first, provided a properinstallation is achieved. Attach the tetherstrap afterward, if included with the childseat.

Using Tether Straps

Many forward-facing child safety seatsinclude a tether strap which extends fromthe back of the child safety seat and hooksto an anchoring point called the top tetheranchor. Tether straps are available as anaccessory for many older safety seats.

Contact the manufacturer of your childseat for information about ordering atether strap, or to obtain a longer tetherstrap if the tether strap on your safety seat

does not reach the appropriate top tetheranchor in the vehicle.

The passenger seats of your vehicle maybe equipped with built-in tether strapanchors located behind the seats asdescribed below.

The tether anchors in your vehicle may beloops of webbing above the seatback oran anchor bracket behind the seat on therear edge of the seat cushion.

The rear seat in the SuperCab andSuperCrew has three straps along the topof the seat back that function as bothrouting loops for the tether straps andanchor loops.

The tether strap anchors in your vehicleare in the following positions (shown fromtop view):

Regular Cab

SuperCrew and SuperCab

22

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Child Safety

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Attach the tether strap only to theappropriate tether anchor as shown. Thetether strap may not work properly ifattached somewhere other than the

correct tether anchor.

If you install a child seat with rigid LATCHattachments, do not tighten the tetherstrap enough to lift the child seat off thevehicle seat cushion when the child isseated in it. Keep the tether strap just snugwithout lifting the front of the child seat.Keeping the child seat just touching thevehicle seat gives the best protection in asevere crash.

Once the child safety seat has beeninstalled using either the safety belt, thelower anchors of the LATCH system, orboth, you can attach the top tether strap.

Front Seat Tether StrapAttachment (Regular Cab)

1. Route the child safety seat tether strapover the back of the seat and under thehead restraint.

Note: For vehicles with adjustable head restraints, route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts, otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seat back.

2. Locate the correct anchor for theselected seating position. You mayneed to pull the seat back forward toaccess the tether anchors. Make surethe seat is locked in the upright positionbefore installing the child seat.

3. Clip the tether strap to the anchor asshown.

Regular Cab passenger and centerseats (located on back panel)

If the tether strap is clipped incorrectly, thechild safety seat may not be retainedproperly in the event of a crash.

4. Tighten the child safety seat tether strapaccording to the manufacturer'sinstructions.


If your child restraint system is equipped

with a tether strap, and the child restraintmanufacturer recommends its use, Fordalso recommends its use.

Rear Seat Tether StrapAttachment (SuperCab andSuperCrew)

23

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Child Safety

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


There are three loops of webbing justabove the back of the rear seat (along thebottom edge of the rear window). Usethese loops as both routing loops and

anchor loops for up to three child safetyseat tether straps.

For example, the center loop can be usedas a routing loop for a child safety seat inthe center rear seat and as an anchoringloop for child seats installed in theoutboard rear seats.

Many tether straps cannot be tightened ifthe tether strap is hooked to the loopdirectly behind the child seat. To provide

a tight tether strap:

1. Route the tether strap under the headrestraint and through the loop directlybehind the child seat.

2. Route the tether strap behind the headrestraint supports to a loop behind anadjacent seating position, and hook thestrap hook onto the loop. If using the

driver's side, pass the strap behind theshoulder belt mounting for the centerseat. Always put the tether strapthrough the routing loop. The headrestraint support post will hold thechild seat tightly, but the head restraintpost is not strong enough to hold thechild seat during a crash.

3. Tighten the tether strap according tothe child seat manufacturer'sinstructions.


If your child restraint system is equippedwith a tether strap, and the child restraintmanufacturer recommends its use, Fordalso recommends its use.

BOOSTER SEATS

WARNING

Never place, or allow a child to place,the shoulder belt under a child's armor behind the back because it

reduces the protection for the upper partof the body and may increase the risk ofinjury or death in a crash.

Use a belt-positioning booster seat forchildren who have outgrown or no longerproperly fit in a child safety seat (generallychildren who are less than 4 feet 9 inches(1.45 meters) tall, are greater than age four(4) and less than age twelve (12), andbetween 40 pounds (18 kilograms) and80 pounds (36 kilograms) and upward to100 pounds (45 kilograms) if

24

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Child Safety

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


recommended by your child restraintmanufacturer). Many state and provinciallaws require that children use approvedbooster seats until they reach age eight, a

height of 4 feet 9 inches (1.45 meters) tall,or 80 pounds (36 kilograms).

Booster seats should be used until you cananswer YES to ALL of these questionswhen seated without a booster seat:

• Can the child sit all the way backagainst their vehicle seat back withknees bent comfortably at the edge ofthe seat cushion?

• Can the child sit without slouching?

• Does the lap belt rest low across thehips?

• Is the shoulder belt centered on theshoulder and chest?

• Can the child stay seated like this forthe whole trip?

Always use booster seats in conjunctionwith your vehicle lap and shoulder belt.

Types of Booster Seats

• Backless booster seats

If your backless booster seat has aremovable shield, remove the shield. If avehicle seating position has a low seatback or no head restraint, a backlessbooster seat may place your child's head(as measured at the tops of the ears)above the top of the seat. In this case,

move the backless booster to anotherseating position with a higher seat back orhead restraint and lap and shoulder belts,or consider using a high back booster seat.

• High back booster seats

25

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Child Safety

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


If, with a backless booster seat, you cannotfind a seating position that adequatelysupports your child's head, a high backbooster seat would be a better choice.

Children and booster seats vary in size andshape. Choose a booster that keeps thelap belt low and snug across the hips,never up across the stomach, and lets youadjust the shoulder belt to cross the chestand rest snugly near the center of the

shoulder. The following drawings comparethe ideal fit (center) to a shoulder beltuncomfortably close to the neck and ashoulder belt that could slip off the

shoulder. The drawings also show how thelap belt should be low and snug across thechild's hips.

If the booster seat slides on the vehicleseat upon which it is being used, placing arubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpetliner under the booster seat may improvethis condition. Do not introduce any itemthicker than this under the booster seat.Check with the booster seatmanufacturer's instructions.

CHILD SEAT POSITIONING

WARNINGS


If you must use a forward-facing child seatin the front seat, move the vehicle seatupon which the child seat is installed all

26

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Child Safety

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


WARNINGS

the way back. When possible, all childrenage 12 and under should be properly

restrained in a rear seating position. If allchildren cannot be seated and restrainedproperly in a rear seating position, properlyrestrain the largest child in the front seat.

Always carefully follow theinstructions and warnings providedby the manufacturer of any child

restraint to determine if the restraint deviceis appropriate for your child's size, height,weight, or age. Follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructions and warnings

provided for installation and use inconjunction with the instructions andwarnings provided by your vehiclemanufacturer. A safety seat that isimproperly installed or utilized, isinappropriate for your child's height, age,or weight or does not properly fit the childmay increase the risk of serious injury ordeath.

WARNINGS

Never let a passenger hold a child onhis or her lap while your vehicle is

moving. The passenger cannotprotect the child from injury in a crash,which may result in serious injury or death.

Never use pillows, books, or towelsto boost a child. They can slidearound and increase the likelihood

of injury or death in a crash.

Always restrain an unoccupied childseat or booster seat. These objectsmay become projectiles in a crash or

sudden stop, which may increase the riskof serious injury.

Never place, or allow a child to place,the shoulder belt under a child's armor behind the back because it

reduces the protection for the upper partof the body and may increase the risk ofinjury or death in a crash.

To avoid risk of injury, do not leavechildren or pets unattended in yourvehicle.

27

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Child Safety

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Recommendations for attaching child safety restraints for children

Use any attachment method as indicated below by XCombined

weight ofchild andchild seat

Restraint

Type Safety beltonly

Safety beltand LATCH

(loweranchorsand toptether

anchor)

Safety beltand toptether

anchor

LATCH(lower

anchorsonly)

LATCH(lower

anchorsand toptether

anchor)

XXUp to 65 lb(29 kg)

Rear facingchild seat

XOver 65 lb(29 kg)Rear facingchild seat

XXXUp to 65 lb(29 kg)

Forwardfacing

child seat

XXOver 65 lb(29 kg)

Forwardfacing

child seat

Note: The child seat must rest tightly

against the vehicle seat upon which it isinstalled. It may be necessary to lift or remove the head restraint. See Seats (page114).

CHILD SAFETY LOCKS

When these locks are set, the rear doorscannot be opened from the inside.

The childproof locks are located on therear edge of each rear door and must beset separately for each door.

28

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Child Safety

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Left-Hand Side

Turn counterclockwise to lock andclockwise to unlock.

Right-Hand Side

Turn clockwise to lock andcounterclockwise to unlock.

29

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Child Safety

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION

WARNINGS

Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snugand low across the hips.

To reduce the risk of injury, makesure children sit where they can beproperly restrained.

Never let a passenger hold a child onhis or her lap while the vehicle ismoving. The passenger cannot

protect the child from injury in a crash,

which may result in serious injury or death.All occupants of the vehicle,including the driver, should alwaysproperly wear their safety belts, even

when an airbag supplemental restraintsystem is provided. Failure to properly wearyour safety belt could seriously increasethe risk of injury or death.

It is extremely dangerous to ride in acargo area, inside or outside of avehicle. In a crash, people riding in

these areas are more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allow people to ridein any area of your vehicle that is notequipped with seats and safety belts. Besure everyone in your vehicle is in a seatand using a safety belt properly.

In a rollover crash, an unbeltedperson is significantly more likely todie than a person wearing a safety

belt.

Each seating position in your vehiclehas a specific safety belt assemblywhich is made up of one buckle and

one tongue that are designed to be usedas a pair. 1) Use the shoulder belt on theoutside shoulder only. Never wear theshoulder belt under the arm. 2) Neverswing the safety belt around your neck overthe inside shoulder. 3) Never use a singlebelt for more than one person.

WARNINGS

When possible, all children 12 yearsold and under should be properly

restrained in a rear seating position.Failure to follow this could seriouslyincrease the risk of injury or death.

Safety belts and seats can becomehot in a vehicle that has been closedup in sunny weather; they could burn

a small child. Check seat covers andbuckles before you place a child anywherenear them.

Front and rear seat occupants,including pregnant women, shouldwear safety belts for optimum

protection in an accident.

All seating positions in this vehicle havelap and shoulder safety belts. Alloccupants of the vehicle should alwaysproperly wear their safety belts, even whenan airbag supplemental restraint systemis provided.

The safety belt system consists of:

• lap and shoulder safety belts.• shoulder safety belt with automatic

locking mode, (except driver safetybelt).

• height adjuster at the front outboardseating positions.

• safety belt pretensioner at the frontoutboard seating positions.

• belt tension sensor at the frontoutboard passenger seating position.

• safety belt warning light and chime.

30

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Safety Belts

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


• crash sensors and monitoring systemwith readiness indicator.

The safety belt pretensioners at the front

seating positions are designed to tightenthe safety belts when activated. In frontaland near-frontal crashes, side crashes androllovers, the safety belt pretensioners maybe activated alone or, if the crash is ofsufficient severity, together with the frontairbags.

FASTENING THE SAFETYBELTS

The front outboard and rear safetyrestraints in the vehicle are combinationlap and shoulder belts.

1. Insert the belt tongue into the properbuckle (the buckle closest to thedirection the tongue is coming from)until you hear a snap and feel it latch.Make sure you securely fasten thetongue in the buckle.

2. To unfasten, press the release buttonand remove the tongue from the

buckle.Using the Safety Belt with CinchTongue (Front Center Seat)

The cinch tongue will slide up and downthe belt webbing when the belt is stowedor while putting safety belts on. When youbuckle the lap and shoulder safety belt,the cinch tongue will allow you to shortenthe lap portion, but pinches the webbingto keep the lap portion from getting longer.

The cinch tongue is designed to slip duringa crash, so always wear the shoulder beltproperly and do not allow any slack ineither the lap or shoulder portions.

Before you can reach and latch a lap andshoulder belt having a cinch tongue intothe buckle, you may have to lengthen thelap belt portion of it.

31

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Safety Belts

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


1. To lengthen the lap belt, pull somewebbing out of the shoulder beltretractor.

2. While holding the webbing below thetongue, grasp the tip (metal portion)of the tongue so that it is parallel to thewebbing and slide the tongue upward.

3. Provide enough lap belt length so thatthe tongue can reach the buckle.

Fastening the Cinch Tongue

WARNING

The lap belt should fit snugly and as

low as possible around the hips, notacross the waist.

1. Pull the lap and shoulder belt from theretractor so that the shoulder beltportion of the safety belt crosses yourshoulder and chest.

2. Be sure the belt is not twisted. If thebelt is twisted, remove the twist.

3. Insert the belt tongue into the proper

buckle for your seating position untilyou hear a snap and feel it latch.

4. Make sure you securely fasten thetongue to the buckle by pulling on thetongue.

While you are fastened in the safety belt,the lap and shoulder belt with a cinchtongue adjusts to your movement.However, if you brake hard, turn hard, or ifyour vehicle receives an impact of 5 mph(8 km/h) or more, the safety belt willbecome locked and help reduce yourforward movement.

Using Safety Belts DuringPregnancy

WARNING

Always ride and drive with yourseatback upright and the safety beltproperly fastened. The lap portion of

the safety belt should fit snug and bepositioned low across the hips. Theshoulder portion of the safety belt shouldbe positioned across the chest. Pregnantwomen should also follow this practice.

Pregnant women should always wear theirsafety belt. Position the lap belt portion ofa combination lap and shoulder belt lowacross the hips below the belly and wornas tight as comfort will allow. Position theshoulder belt to cross the middle of theshoulder and the center of the chest.

Safety Belt Locking Modes

WARNINGS

After any vehicle crash, the safetybelt system at all passenger seatingpositions must be checked by an

authorized dealer to verify that theautomatic locking retractor feature forchild seats is still functioning properly. Inaddition, all safety belts should be checkedfor proper function.

32

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Safety Belts

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


WARNINGS

The belt and retractor must bereplaced if the safety belt assembly

automatic locking retractor featureor any other safety belt function is notoperating properly when checked by anauthorized dealer. Failure to replace thebelt and retractor assembly could increasethe risk of injury in crashes.

All safety restraints in the vehicle arecombination lap and shoulder belts. Thedriver safety belt has the first type oflocking mode, and the front outboard

passenger and rear seat safety belts haveboth types of locking modes described asfollows:

Vehicle Sensitive Mode

This is the normal retractor mode, whichallows free shoulder belt lengthadjustment to your movements andlocking in response to vehicle movement.For example, if the driver brakes suddenly,turns a corner sharply, or the vehicle

receives an impact of about 5 mph (8km/h) or more, the combination safetybelts will lock to help reduce forwardmovement of the driver and passengers.

In addition, the retractor is designed to lockif the webbing is pulled out too quickly. Ifthis occurs, let the belt retract slightly andpull webbing out again in a slow andcontrolled manner.

Automatic Locking Mode

In this mode, the shoulder belt isautomatically pre-locked. The belt will stillretract to remove any slack in the shoulderbelt. The automatic locking mode is notavailable on the driver safety belt.

When to Use the Automatic LockingMode

Use this mode any time you install a child

safety seat in a front outboard passengerseating position in a Regular Cab,SuperCab, SuperCrew or any rear seatingposition of a SuperCab or SuperCrew. Theoptional front seat's center safety belt hasa cinch mechanism. Children 12 years oldand under should be properly restrained ina rear seat whenever possible. See ChildSafety (page 14).

How to Use the Automatic LockingMode

1. Buckle the combination lap andshoulder belt.

2. Grasp the shoulder portion and pulldownward until you pull the entire beltout.

Allow the belt to retract. As the beltretracts, you will hear a clicking sound. Thisindicates the safety belt is now in the

automatic locking mode.

How to Disengage the AutomaticLocking Mode

Unbuckle the combination lap andshoulder belt and allow it to retractcompletely to disengage the automaticlocking mode and activate the vehiclesensitive (emergency) locking mode.

33

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Safety Belts

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Safety Belt Extension Assembly

WARNING

Do not use extensions to change thefit of the shoulder belt across thetorso.

If the safety belt is too short when fullyextended, you can obtain a safety beltextension assembly from an authorizeddealer.

Use only extensions manufactured by thesame supplier as the safety belt.Manufacturer identification is located at

the end of the webbing on the label. Also,use the safety belt extension only if thesafety belt is too short for you when fullyextended.

SAFETY BELT HEIGHTADJUSTMENT

WARNING

Position the safety belt heightadjuster so that the belt rests acrossthe middle of your shoulder. Failure

to adjust the safety belt properly couldreduce the effectiveness of the safety beltand increase the risk of injury in a crash.

Adjust the height of the shoulder belt sothe belt rests across the middle of your

shoulder.To adjust the shoulder belt height:

1. Pull the button and slide the heightadjuster up or down.

2. Release the button and pull down onthe height adjuster to make sure it islocked in place.

SAFETY BELT WARNING LAMP

AND INDICATOR CHIMEThis lamp illuminates and anaudible warning will sound if thedriver's safety belt has not been

fastened when the vehicle's ignition isturned on.

34

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Safety Belts

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Conditions of operation

Then...If...

The safety belt warning light illuminates 1-2 minutes and the warning chime sounds

4-8 seconds.

The driver's safety belt is not buckledbefore the ignition switch is turned to the

on position...

The safety belt warning light and warningchime turn off.

The driver's safety belt is buckled while theindicator light is illuminated and the

warning chime is sounding...

The safety belt warning light and indicatorchime remain off.

The driver's safety belt is buckled beforethe ignition switch is turned to the on posi-

tion...

SAFETY BELT MINDER

Belt-Minder™

This feature supplements the safety beltwarning function. It provides additionalreminders by intermittently sounding achime and illuminating the safety beltwarning light when the driver or front

passenger seat is occupied and the safetybelt is unbuckled.

The system uses information from thefront passenger sensing system todetermine if a front seat passenger ispresent and therefore potentially in needof a warning. To avoid activating theBelt-Minder feature for objects placed inthe front passenger seat, warnings will onlybe given to front seat occupants asdetermined by the front passenger sensingsystem.

If the Belt-Minder warnings have expired(warnings for about five minutes) for oneoccupant (driver or front passenger), theother occupant can still activate theBelt-Minder feature.

35

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Safety Belts

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Then...If...

The Belt-Minder feature will not activate.The driver and front passenger safety belt

is buckled before the ignition switch isturned to the on position or less than 1-2minutes have elapsed since the ignition

switch has been turned to on...

The Belt-Minder feature is activated - thesafety belt warning light illuminates and

the warning chime sounds for six secondsevery 25 seconds, repeating for about five

minutes or until the safety belts arebuckled.

The driver or front passenger safety belt isnot buckled when the vehicle has reachedat least 6 mph (9.7 km/h) and 1-2 minuteshave elapsed since the ignition switch has

been turned to on...

The Belt-Minder feature is activated - thesafety belt warning light illuminates and

the warning chime sounds for six secondsevery 25 seconds, repeating for about five

minutes or until the safety belts arebuckled.

The driver or front passenger safety beltbecomes unbuckled for about one minutewhile the vehicle is traveling at least 6 mph(9.7 km/h) and more than 1-2 minutes haveelapsed since the ignition switch has been

turned to on...

Deactivating and Activating theBelt-Minder Feature

WARNINGWhile the system allows you todeactivate it, this system is designedto improve your chances of being

safely belted and surviving an accident.We recommend you leave the systemactivated for yourself and others who mayuse the vehicle. To reduce the risk of injury,do not deactivate or activate the systemwhile driving the vehicle.

Note: The driver and front passenger Belt-Minder are deactivated and activated independently. When deactivating or activating one seating position, do not buckle the other position, as this willterminate the process.

Note: If you are using MyKey, you cannotdisable the Belt-Minder. Also, if theBelt-Minder has been previously disabled,it will be re-enabled during the use of MyKey. See MyKey ™ (page 53).

Read Steps 1 - 4 thoroughly beforeproceeding with the programmingprocedure.

Before following the procedure, make surethat:

• The parking brake is set.

• The transmission is in park (P).

• The ignition is off.

• The driver and front passenger safetybelt is unbuckled.

1. Turn the ignition on. Do not start theengine.

2. Wait until the safety belt warning lightturns off (about one minute). Step 3must be completed within 30 secondsafter the safety belt warning light turnsoff.

36

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Safety Belts

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


3. Buckle, then unbuckle the safety beltthree times at a moderate speed,ending with the safety belt in theunbuckled state. After Step 3, the

safety belt warning light will turn on.4. While the safety belt warning light is

on, buckle then unbuckle the safetybelt. After Step 4, the safety beltwarning light will flash for confirmation.

• This will disable the feature if it iscurrently enabled.

• This will enable the feature if it iscurrently disabled.

CHILD RESTRAINT ANDSAFETY BELT MAINTENANCE

Inspect the vehicle safety belts and childsafety seat systems periodically to makesure they work properly and are notdamaged. Inspect the vehicle and childseat safety belts to make sure there are nonicks, tears or cuts. Replace if necessary.All vehicle safety belt assemblies, including

retractors, buckles, front safety belt buckleassemblies, buckle support assemblies(slide bar-if equipped), shoulder beltheight adjusters (if equipped), shoulderbelt guide on seat back (if equipped), childsafety seat LATCH and tether anchors, andattaching hardware, should be inspectedafter a crash. Read the child restraintmanufacturer's instructions for additionalinspection and maintenance informationspecific to the child restraint.

Ford Motor Company recommends thatall safety belt assemblies in use in vehiclesinvolved in a crash be replaced. However,if the crash was minor and an authorized

dealer finds that the belts do not showdamage and continue to operate properly,they do not need to be replaced. Safetybelt assemblies not in use during a crashshould also be inspected and replaced ifeither damage or improper operation isnoted.

Properly care for safety belts. See VehicleCare (page 259).

37

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Safety Belts

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


The Personal Safety System provides animproved overall level of frontal crashprotection to front seat occupants and isdesigned to help further reduce the risk of

airbag-related injuries. The system is ableto analyze different occupant conditionsand crash severity before activating theappropriate safety devices to help betterprotect a range of occupants in a varietyof frontal crash situations.

Your vehicle's Personal Safety Systemconsists of:

• Driver and passenger dual-stage airbagsupplemental restraints.

• Front outboard safety belts withpretensioners, energy managementretractors (first row only), and safetybelt usage sensors.

• Driver’s seat position sensor.

• Front passenger sensing system.

• Passenger airbag off and on indicatorlamp.

• Front crash severity sensors.

• Restraints control module with impactand safing sensors.

• Restraint system warning light andbackup tone.

• The electrical wiring for the airbags,crash sensor(s), safety beltpretensioners, front safety belt usagesensors, driver seat position sensor,front passenger sensing system, andindicator lights.

How Does the Personal Safety System Work?

The Personal Safety System can adapt thedeployment strategy of your vehicle’ssafety devices according to crash severityand occupant conditions. A collection ofcrash and occupant sensors providesinformation to the restraints control

module. During a crash, the restraintscontrol module may activate the safetybelt pretensioners and may activate eitherone or both stages of the dual-stage airbag

supplemental restraints based on crashseverity and occupant conditions.

38

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Personal Safety System™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014



WARNINGS

Airbags do not inflate slowly orgently, and the risk of injury from adeploying airbag is the greatest close

to the trim covering the airbag module.

All occupants of your vehicle,including the driver, should alwaysproperly wear their safety belts, even

when an airbag supplemental restraintsystem is provided. Failure to properly wearyour safety belt could seriously increasethe risk of injury or death.

Always transport children 12 yearsold and under in the back seat andalways properly use appropriate

child restraints. Failure to follow this couldseriously increase the risk of injury or death.

Never place your arm over the airbagmodule as a deploying airbag canresult in serious arm fractures or

other injuries.

Airbags can kill or injure a child in a

child seat. Never place a rear-facingchild seat in front of an active airbag.

If you must use a forward-facing child seatin the front seat, move the seat upon whichthe child seat is installed all the way back.

Do not attempt to service, repair, ormodify the airbag supplementalrestraint systems or its fuses as you

could be seriously injured or killed. Contactyour authorized dealer as soon as possible.

Several airbag system componentsget hot after inflation. To avoid riskof injury, do not touch them after

inflation.

If the airbag has deployed, the airbagwill not function again and must bereplaced immediately. If the airbag

is not replaced, the unrepaired area willincrease the risk of injury in a crash.

The airbags are a supplemental restraintsystem and are designed to work with thesafety belts to help protect the driver andright front passenger from certain upper

body injuries. Airbags do not inflate slowly;there is a risk of injury from a deployingairbag.

Note: You will hear a loud bang and see acloud of harmless powdery residue if an airbag deploys. This is normal.

The airbags inflate and deflate rapidlyupon activation. After airbag deployment,it is normal to notice a smoke-like, powderyresidue or smell the burnt propellant. This

may consist of cornstarch, talcum powder(to lubricate the bag) or sodiumcompounds (for example, baking soda)that result from the combustion processthat inflates the airbag. Small amounts ofsodium hydroxide may be present whichmay irritate the skin and eyes, but none ofthe residue is toxic.

While the system is designed to helpreduce serious injuries, contact with adeploying airbag may also cause abrasions

or swelling. Temporary hearing loss is alsoa possibility as a result of the noiseassociated with a deploying airbag.Because airbags must inflate rapidly andwith considerable force, there is the risk ofdeath or serious injuries such as fractures,facial and eye injuries or internal injuries,particularly to occupants who are notproperly restrained or are otherwise out ofposition at the time of airbag deployment.Thus, it is extremely important that

occupants be properly restrained as faraway from the airbag module as possiblewhile maintaining vehicle control.

Routine maintenance of the airbags is notrequired.

39

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Supplementary Restraints System

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


DRIVER AND PASSENGERAIRBAGS

WARNINGSNever place your arm or any objectsover an airbag module. Placing yourarm over a deploying airbag can

result in serious arm fractures or otherinjuries. Objects placed on or over theairbag inflation area may cause thoseobjects to be propelled by the airbag intoyour face and torso causing serious injury.


If you must use a forward-facing child seatin the front seat, move the vehicle seatupon which the child seat is installed allthe way back.

The driver and front passenger airbags willdeploy during significant frontal and nearfrontal crashes.

The driver and passenger front airbagsystem consists of:

• driver and passenger airbag modules.

• front passenger sensing system.

· crash sensors and monitoringsystem with readiness indicator.See Crash Sensors and Airbag

Indicator (page 48).

Proper Driver and Front PassengerSeating Adjustment

WARNING

The National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration recommends aminimum distance of at least 10

inches (25 centimeters) between anoccupant’s chest and the driver airbagmodule.

To properly position yourself away fromthe airbag:

• Move your seat to the rear as far as you

can while still reaching the pedalscomfortably.

• Recline the seat slightly (one or twodegrees) from the upright position.

After all occupants have adjusted theirseats and put on safety belts, it is veryimportant that they continue to sitproperly. Properly seated occupants situpright, lean against the seat back, andcenter themselves on the seat cushion,

with their feet comfortably extended onthe floor. Sitting improperly can increasethe chance of injury in a crash event. Forexample, if an occupant slouches, liesdown, turns sideways, sits forward, leansforward or sideways, or puts one or bothfeet up, the chance of injury during a crashis greatly increased.

Children and Airbags

WARNING


If you must use a forward-facing child seatin the front seat, move the seat all the wayback.

40

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Children must always be properlyrestrained. Accident statistics suggest that

children are safer when properly restrainedin the rear seating positions than in thefront seating position. Failure to followthese instructions may increase the risk ofinjury in a crash.

If two adults and a child occupy a RegularCab, properly restrain the child in thecenter front unless doing so would interferewith driving your vehicle. This provides lapand shoulder belt protection for alloccupants, and airbag protection for the

adults. A child or infant properly restrainedin the center front seat should not incurrisk of serious injury from the airbags.

FRONT PASSENGER SENSINGSYSTEM

WARNINGS

Even with Advanced RestraintsSystems, children 12 and under

should be properly restrained in arear seating position. Failure to follow thiscould seriously increase the risk of injury ordeath.

WARNINGS

Sitting improperly out of position orwith the seatback reclined too far

can take off weight from the seatcushion and affect the decision of the frontpassenger sensing system, resulting inserious injury or death in a crash. Alwayssit upright against your seatback, with yourfeet on the floor.

To reduce the risk of possible seriousinjury: Do not stow objects in theseatback map pocket or hang

objects off the seatback if a child is in thefront passenger seat. Do not place objects

underneath the front passenger seat orbetween the seat and the center console.Check the passenger airbag statusindicator lamp for proper airbag status.Failure to follow these instructions mayinterfere with the front passenger seatsensing system.

Any alteration or modification to thefront passenger seat may affect theperformance of the front passenger

sensing system.

The front passenger airbag is notdesigned to offer protection to anoccupant in the center seating

position.

An out of position front centeroccupant could affect the decisionof the front passenger sensing

system.

The system works with sensors that are

part of the passenger seat and safety beltto detect the presence of a properly seatedoccupant and determine if the frontpassenger's frontal airbag should beenabled or not.

41

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


High-series vehicles (if equipped)

The front passenger sensing system usesa passenger airbag status indicator whichwill illuminate indicating that the frontpassenger frontal airbag is either ON(enabled) or OFF (disabled). The indicatorlamp is located by the radio.

The front passenger sensing system isdesigned to disable (will not inflate) thefront passenger frontal airbag when thefront passenger seat is unoccupied, or arear facing infant seat, a forward-facingchild restraint, or a booster seat isdetected. Even with this technology,parents are strongly encouraged toalways properly restrain children in the rear

seat. The sensor also turns off thepassenger front airbag and seat-mountedside airbag when the passenger seat isempty.

• When the front passenger sensingsystem disables (will not inflate) thefront passenger frontal airbag, thepassenger airbag status indicator willilluminate the OFF lamp and stay lit toremind you that the front passengerfrontal airbag is disabled.

• If the child restraint has been installedand the passenger airbag statusindicator illuminates the ON lamp, thenturn your vehicle off, remove the childrestraint from your vehicle and reinstallthe restraint following the childrestraint manufacturer's instructions.

The front passenger sensing system isdesigned to enable (may inflate) the frontpassenger's frontal airbag anytime thesystem senses that a person of adult size

is sitting properly in the front passengerseat.

• When the front passenger sensingsystem enables the front passengerfrontal airbag (may inflate), thepassenger airbag status indicator willilluminate the ON lamp and remainilluminated.

If a person of adult size is sitting in the frontpassenger seat, but the passenger airbag

status indicator OFF lamp is lit, it ispossible that the person is not sittingproperly in the seat. If this happens:

• Turn your vehicle off and ask theperson to place the seatback in the fullupright position.

• Have the person sit upright in the seat,centered on the seat cushion, with theperson's legs comfortably extended.

• Restart your vehicle and have the

person remain in this position for abouttwo minutes. This will allow the systemto detect that person and enable thepassenger's frontal airbag.

• If the passenger airbag status indicatorOFF lamp remains lit even after this,you should advise the person to ride inthe rear seat.

42

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Passenger airbagPassenger airbag statusindicator

Occupant

DisabledOFF: LitEmpty

ON: Unlit

DisabledOFF: LitChild

ON: Unlit

EnabledOFF: UnlitAdult

ON: Lit

Note: When the passenger airbag statusindicator OFF lamp is illuminated, the passenger side airbag (seat mounted) may be disabled to avoid the risk of airbagdeployment issues.

After all occupants have adjusted theirseats and put on safety belts, it is veryimportant that they continue to sitproperly. A properly seated occupant sitsupright, leaning against the seatback, andcentered on the seat cushion, with their

feet comfortably extended on the floor.Sitting improperly can increase the chanceof injury in a crash event. For example, ifan occupant slouches, lies down, turnssideways, sits forward, leans forward orsideways, or puts one or both feet up, thechance of injury during a crash is greatlyincreased.

If you think that the state of the passengerairbag status indicator lamp is incorrect,check for the following:

• Objects lodged underneath the seat

• Objects between the seat cushion andthe center console

• Objects hanging off the seatback

• Objects stowed in the seatback mappocket

• Objects placed on the occupant's lap

• Cargo interference with the seat

• Other passengers pushing or pulling onthe seat

• Rear passenger feet and knees restingor pushing on the seat

The conditions listed above may cause theweight of a properly seated occupant tobe incorrectly interpreted by the frontpassenger sensing system. The person inthe front passenger seat may appearheavier or lighter due to the conditions

described in the previous list.Make sure the front passengersensing system is operatingproperly. See Crash Sensors

and Airbag Indicator (page 48).

If the airbag readiness light is lit, do thefollowing:

The driver and adult passengers shouldcheck for any objects that may be lodgedunderneath the front passenger seat or

cargo interfering with the seat.

If objects are lodged or cargo is interferingwith the seat; please take the followingsteps to remove the obstruction:

• Pull your vehicle over.

• Turn your vehicle off.

43

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


• Driver or adult passengers shouldcheck for any objects lodgedunderneath the front passenger seator cargo interfering with the seat.

• Remove the obstruction(s) (if found).

• Restart your vehicle.

• Wait at least two minutes and verifythat the airbag readiness light in theinstrument cluster is no longerilluminated.

• If the airbag readiness light in theinstrument cluster remains illuminated,this may or may not be a problem dueto the front passenger sensing system.

Do not attempt to repair or service thesystem. Take your vehicle immediately toan authorized dealer.

If it is necessary to modify an advancedfront airbag system to accommodate aperson with disabilities, contact the FordCustomer Relationship Center.

Low-series vehicles (if equipped)

The front passenger sensing system usesa pass airbag off indicator which willilluminate and stay lit to remind you thatthe front passenger frontal airbag isdisabled. The indicator lamp is located bythe radio.

Note: The indicator lamp will illuminate for a short period of time when the ignition isfirst turned on to confirm it is functional.

The front passenger sensing system isdesigned to disable (will not inflate) thefront passenger's frontal airbag when thefront passenger seat is unoccupied, or a

rear facing infant seat, a forward-facingchild restraint, or a booster seat isdetected. Even with this technology,parents are strongly encouraged toalways properly restrain children in the rearseat. The sensor also turns off thepassenger front airbag and seat-mountedside airbag when the passenger seat isempty.

• When the front passenger sensingsystem disables (will not inflate) thefront passenger frontal airbag, theindicator lamp will illuminate and staylit to remind you that the frontpassenger frontal airbag is disabled.

• If the child restraint has been installedand the indicator lamp is not lit, turnyour vehicle off, remove the childrestraint from your vehicle and reinstallthe restraint following the childrestraint manufacturer's instructions.

The front passenger sensing system isdesigned to enable (may inflate) the frontpassenger's frontal airbag anytime thesystem senses that a person of adult sizeis sitting properly in the front passengerseat.

• When the front passenger sensingsystem enables the front passengerfrontal airbag (may inflate), theindicator will be unlit and stay unlit.

44

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


If a person of adult size is sitting in the frontpassenger seat, but the pass airbag offindicator lamp is lit, it is possible that theperson is not sitting properly in the seat. If

this happens:• Turn your vehicle off and ask the

person to place the seatback in the fullupright position.

• Have the person sit upright in the seat,centered on the seat cushion, with theperson's legs comfortably extended.

• Restart your vehicle and have theperson remain in this position for abouttwo minutes. This will allow the systemto detect that person and enable the

passenger's frontal airbag.• If the indicator lamp remains lit even

after this, you should advise the personto ride in the rear seat.

Passenger airbagPassenger airbag off indic-ator lamp

Occupant

DisabledUnlitEmpty

DisabledLitChild

EnabledUnlitAdult

Note: When the passenger airbag off lampis illuminated, the passenger side airbag(seat mounted) may be disabled to avoid the risk of airbag deployment injuries.

After all occupants have adjusted theirseats and put on safety belts, it is veryimportant that they continue to sitproperly. A properly seated occupant sitsupright, leaning against the seat back, andcentered on the seat cushion, with theirfeet comfortably extended on the floor.Sitting improperly can increase the chanceof injury in a crash event. For example, ifan occupant slouches, lies down, turnssideways, sits forward, leans forward orsideways, or puts one or both feet up, thechance of injury during a crash is greatlyincreased.

Make sure the front passengersensing system is operatingproperly. See Crash Sensors

and Airbag Indicator (page 48).

Do not attempt to repair or service thesystem. Take your vehicle immediately toan authorized dealer.

If it is necessary to modify an advancedfront airbag system to accommodate aperson with disabilities, contact the FordCustomer Relationship Center. SeeGetting the Services You Need (page

219).

SIDE AIRBAGS

WARNINGS

Do not place objects or mountequipment on or near the airbagcover, on the side of the seatbacks

(of the front seats), or in front seat areasthat may come into contact with a

deploying airbag. Failure to follow theseinstructions may increase the risk ofpersonal injury in the event of a crash.

Do not use accessory seat covers.The use of accessory seat coversmay prevent the deployment of the

side airbags and increase the risk of injuryin an accident.

45

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


WARNINGS

Do not lean your head on the door.The side airbag could injure you as it

deploys from the side of theseatback.

Do not attempt to service, repair, ormodify the airbag, its fuses or theseat cover on a seat containing an

airbag as you could be seriously injured orkilled. Contact your authorized dealer assoon as possible.

If the side airbag has deployed, theairbag will not function again. Theside airbag system (including the

seat) must be inspected and serviced byan authorized dealer. If the airbag is notreplaced, the unrepaired area will increasethe risk of injury in a crash.

The side airbags are located on theoutboard side of the seatbacks of the frontseats. In certain sideways crashes, theairbag on the side affected by the crashwill be inflated. The airbag was designedto inflate between the door panel andoccupant to further enhance the protectionprovided occupants in side impact crashes.

The system consists of the following:

• A label or embossed side panelindicating that side airbags are fitted

to your vehicle.• Side airbags located inside the driver

and front passenger seatbacks.

• Front passenger sensing system.

·Crash sensors and monitoringsystem with readiness indicator.See Crash Sensors and Airbag

Indicator (page 48).

Note: The passenger sensing system willdeactivate the passenger seat-mounted

side airbag if it detects an empty passenger seat.

The design and development of the sideairbag system included recommendedtesting procedures that were developedby a group of automotive safety expertsknown as the Side Airbag TechnicalWorking Group. These recommendedtesting procedures help reduce the risk ofinjuries related to the deployment of sideairbags.

SAFETY CANOPY™

WARNINGS

Do not place objects or mountequipment on or near the headlinerat the siderail that may come into

contact with a deploying curtain airbag.Failure to follow these instructions mayincrease the risk of personal injury in the

event of a crash.Do not lean your head on the door.The curtain airbag could injure youas it deploys from the headliner.

46

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


WARNINGS

Do not attempt to service, repair, ormodify the curtain airbags, its fuses,

the A, B, or C pillar trim, or theheadliner on a vehicle containing curtainairbags as you could be seriously injuredor killed. Contact your authorized dealeras soon as possible.

All occupants of your vehicleincluding the driver should alwayswear their safety belts even when an

airbag supplemental restraint system andcurtain airbag is provided. Failure toproperly wear your safety belt could

seriously increase the risk of injury or death.To reduce risk of injury, do notobstruct or place objects in thedeployment path of the curtain

airbag.

If the curtain airbags have deployed,the curtain airbags will not functionagain. The curtain airbags (including

the A, B and C pillar trim and headliner)must be inspected and serviced by anauthorized dealer. If the curtain airbag isnot replaced, the unrepaired area willincrease the risk of injury in a crash.

The Safety Canopy will deploy duringsignificant side crashes or when a certainlikelihood of a rollover event is detectedby the rollover sensor. The Safety Canopyis mounted to the roof side-rail sheetmetal, behind the headliner, above eachrow of seats. In certain sideways crashes

or rollover events, the Safety Canopy willbe activated, regardless of which seats areoccupied. The Safety Canopy is designedto inflate between the side window areaand occupants to further enhanceprotection provided in side impact crashesand rollover events.

The system consists of the following:

• Safety canopy curtain airbags located

above the trim panels over the frontand rear side windows identified by alabel or wording on the headliner orroof-pillar trim.

• A flexible headliner which opens abovethe side doors to allow air curtaindeployment

•The crash sensors and monitoringsystem have a readiness indicator. SeeCrash Sensors and Airbag Indicator(page 48).

Children 12 years old and under shouldalways be properly restrained in the rearseats. The Safety Canopy will not interferewith children restrained using a properlyinstalled child or booster seat because itis designed to inflate downward from theheadliner above the doors along the side

window opening.The design and development of the SafetyCanopy included recommended testingprocedures that were developed by agroup of automotive safety experts knownas the Side Airbag Technical WorkingGroup. These recommended testingprocedures help reduce the risk of injuriesrelated to the deployment of side airbags(including the Safety Canopy).

47

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


CRASH SENSORS ANDAIRBAG INDICATOR

WARNINGModifying or adding equipment tothe front end of the vehicle (includingframe, bumper, front end body

structure and tow hooks) may affect theperformance of the airbag system,increasing the risk of injury. Do not modifythe front end of the vehicle.

Your vehicle has a collection of crash and

occupant sensors which provideinformation to the restraints controlmodule which deploys (activates) thefront safety belt pretensioners, driverairbag, passenger airbag, seat mountedside airbags, and the Safety Canopy®.Based on the type of crash (frontal impact,side impact or rollover), the restraintscontrol module will deploy the appropriatesafety devices.

The restraints control module also

monitors the readiness of the above safetydevices plus the crash and occupantsensors. The readiness of the safetysystem is indicated by a warning indicatorlight in the instrument cluster or by abackup tone if the warning light is notworking. See Instrument Cluster (page81). Routine maintenance of the airbag isnot required.

A difficulty with the system is indicated byone or more of the following:

The readiness light will notilluminate immediately after theignition is turned on.

• The readiness light will either flash orstay lit.

• A series of five beeps will be heard. Thetone pattern will repeat periodicallyuntil the problem, the light or both arerepaired.

If any of these things happen, evenintermittently, have the supplementalrestraint system serviced at an authorizeddealer immediately. Unless serviced, the

system may not function properly in theevent of a crash.

The fact that the safety belt pretensionersor front airbags did not activate for bothfront seat occupants in a crash does notmean that something is wrong with thesystem. Rather, it means the restraintscontrol module determined the accidentconditions (crash severity, belt usage)were not appropriate to activate thesesafety devices.

• The design of the front airbags is toactivate only in frontal and near-frontalcrashes (not rollovers, side impacts orrear impacts) unless the crash causessufficient frontal deceleration.

• The design of the safety beltpretensioners is to activate in frontal,near-frontal and side crashes, and inrollovers.

• The design of the side airbags is to

inflate in certain side impact crashes.Side airbags may activate in othertypes of crashes if the vehicleexperiences sufficient sideways motionor deformation.

• The design of the Safety Canopy is toinflate in certain side impact crashesor rollover events. The Safety Canopymay activate in other types of crashesif the vehicle experiences sufficientsideways motion or deformation, or a

certain likelihood of rollover.

AIRBAG DISPOSAL

Contact your authorized dealer as soon aspossible. Airbags must be disposed of byqualified personnel.

48

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


GENERAL INFORMATION ONRADIO FREQUENCIES

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and with Industry Canadalicense-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not causeharmful interference, and (2) This devicemust accept any interference received,including interference that may causeundesired operation.

Note: Changes or modifications notexpressively approved by the party

responsible for compliance could void theuser's authority to operate the equipment.The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canadatechnical specifications were met.

The typical operating range for yourtransmitter is approximately 33 feet (10meters). Vehicles with the remote startfeature will have a greater range. One ofthe following could cause a decrease inoperating range:

• weather conditions

• nearby radio towers

• structures around the vehicle

• other vehicles parked next to yourvehicle

The radio frequency used by your remotecontrol can also be used by other shortdistance radio transmissions, for exampleamateur radios, medical equipment,

wireless headphones, remote controls andalarm systems. If the frequencies arejammed, you will not be able to use yourremote control. You can lock and unlockthe doors with the key.

Note: Make sure to lock your vehicle beforeleaving it unattended.

Note: If you are in range, the remote controlwill operate if you press any buttonunintentionally.

REMOTE CONTROL

Integrated Keyhead Transmitters

(If Equipped)

Use the key blade to start your vehicle andunlock or lock the driver door from outsideyour vehicle. The transmitter portionfunctions as the remote control.

Note: Your vehicle’ s keys came with a security label that provides importantvehicle key cut information. Keep the labelin a safe place for future reference.

Replacing the Battery

Note: Refer to local regulations whendisposing of transmitter batteries.

Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals or on the back surface of the circuit board.

Note: Replacing the battery will not deletethe transmitter from the vehicle. Thetransmitter should operate normally.

The remote control uses one coin-typethree-volt lithium battery CR2032 orequivalent.

49

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Keys and Remote Controls

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Integrated Keyhead Transmitter

1. Twist a thin coin in the slot of thetransmitter near the key ring to removethe battery cover.

2. Carefully peel up the rubber gasketfrom the transmitter. It may come offwith the battery cover.

3. Remove the old battery

4. Insert the new battery. Refer to theinstructions inside the transmitter forthe correct orientation of the battery.Press the battery down to make sure

it is fully in the housing.5. Reinstall the rubber gasket.

6. Snap the battery cover back onto thetransmitter.

Memory Feature (If Equipped)

You can use the remote control to recallmemory settings for the driver seat, powermirrors, steering column and power footpedals.

Press the unlock button on the remotecontrol to recall the memory positions. Ifyou enable the easy-entry and exit feature,the seat will move to the easy-entryposition. The seat will move to the drivermemory position when you put the key inthe ignition.

Programming to the Transmitter

1. With the ignition on, move the memoryfeatures to the desired positions using

the associated controls.

2. Press and hold memory button 1 on theside of the driver seat. A tone will soundafter about two seconds. Continue tohold until you hear a second tone.

3. Press the lock button on the remotecontrol within three seconds. A singletone sounds.

Repeat this procedure with button 2 and

a second remote control if desired.

Deactivating from the Transmitter

1. Press and hold the desired memorybutton for five seconds. A tone willsound after about two seconds.Continue to hold until you hear asecond tone.

2. Press the unlock button on the remotecontrol within three seconds.

Repeat this procedure for each additionaltransmitter if desired.

Car Finder

Press the button twice withinthree seconds. The horn willsound and the turn signals will

flash. We recommend you use this methodto locate your vehicle, rather than usingthe panic alarm.

50

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Sounding a Panic Alarm

Note: The panic alarm will only operatewhen the ignition is off.

Press the button to activate thealarm. Press the button again orturn the ignition on to deactivate

it.

Remote Start (If Equipped)

WARNING

To avoid exhaust fumes, do not useremote start if your vehicle is parked

indoors or areas that are not wellventilated.

Note: Do not use remote start if your vehicleis low on fuel.

The remote start button is on thetransmitter.

This feature allows you to start yourvehicle from outside the vehicle. The

transmitter has an extended operatingrange.

Vehicles with automatic climate controlcan be set to operate when you remotestart the vehicle. See Climate Control(page 106). A manual climate controlsystem will run at the setting it was set towhen you switch the vehicle off.

Many states and provinces haverestrictions for the use of remote start.Check your local and state or provinciallaws for specific requirements regardingremote start systems.

The remote start system will not work ifany of the following occur:

• The ignition is on.

• The alarm system triggers.

• You disable the feature.

• The hood is open.

• The transmission is not in P.

• The vehicle battery voltage is too low.

• The service engine soon indicator is on.

Remote Starting the Vehicle

Note: You must press each button withinthree seconds of each other. Your vehiclewill not remote start and the horn will not sound if you do not follow this sequence.

The label on your transmitter details thestarting procedure.

To remote start your vehicle:

1. Press the lock button to lock all thedoors.

2. Press the remote start button twice.The exterior lamps will flash twice.

The horn will sound if the system fails tostart, unless quiet start is on. Quiet startwill run the blower fan at a slower speedto reduce noise. You can switch it on or offin the information display. See GeneralInformation (page 87).

Note: If you remote start your vehicle with an integrated keyhead transmitter, you must

switch the ignition on before driving your vehicle. If you remote start your vehicle with an intelligent access transmitter, you must press the START/STOP button on theinstrument panel once while applying the brake pedal before driving your vehicle.

The power windows will not work duringthe remote start and the radio will not turnon automatically.

51

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


The parking lamps will remain on and thevehicle will run for 5, 10, or 15 minutes,depending on the setting.

Extending the Vehicle Run Time

Repeat Steps 1 and 2 with the vehicle stillrunning to extend the run time for anotherremote start duration. If the duration is setto last 10 minutes, the duration will extendby another 10 minutes. For example, if thevehicle had been running from the firstremote start for five minutes, the vehiclewill continue to run now for a total of 20minutes.

Wait at least five seconds before remotestarting after a vehicle shutdown.

Turning the Vehicle Off After Remote Starting

Press the button once. Theparking lamps will turn off.

You may have to be closer to thevehicle than when starting due to groundreflection and the added noise of therunning vehicle.

You can disable or enable the remote startsystem through the information display.See General Information (page 87).

REPLACING A LOST KEY ORREMOTE CONTROL

Replacement keys or remote controls canbe purchased from an authorized dealer.

Authorized dealers can program remotecontrols for your vehicle. See PassiveAnti-Theft System (page 61).

To re-program the passive anti-theftsystem see an authorized dealer.

52

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014



MyKey allows you to program keys with

restricted driving modes to promote gooddriving habits. All but one of the keysprogrammed to the vehicle can beactivated with these restricted modes.

Any keys that have not been programmedare referred to as administrator keys oradmin keys. They can be used to:

• create a MyKey

• program configurable MyKey settings

• clear all MyKey features.

When you have programmed a MyKey, youcan access the following information usingthe information display:

• How many admin keys and MyKeys areprogrammed to your vehicle.

• The total distance your vehicle hastraveled using a MyKey.

Note: All MyKeys are programmed to the same settings. You cannot program themindividually.

Non-configurable Settings

The following settings cannot be changedby an admin key user:

• Belt-Minder. You cannot disable thisfeature. The audio system will mutewhen the front seat occupants’ safetybelts are not fastened.

• Early low fuel. The low fuel warning isactivated earlier, giving the MyKey user

more time to refuel.• Driver assist features, if equipped on

your vehicle, are forced on: parking aid,blind spot information system (BLIS)with cross traffic alert, lane departurewarning and forward collision warningsystem.

• Satellite radio adult contentrestrictions.

Configurable Settings

With an admin key, you can configurecertain MyKey settings when you first

create a MyKey and before you recycle thekey or restart the vehicle. You can alsochange the settings afterward with anadmin key:

• A vehicle speed limit can be set.Warnings will be shown in the displayfollowed by an audible tone when yourvehicle reaches the set speed. Youcannot override the set speed by fullydepressing the accelerator pedal or bysetting cruise control.

• Vehicle speed minders of 45, 55 or 65mph (75, 90 or 105 km/h). Once youselect a speed, it will be shown in thedisplay, followed by an audible tonewhen the preselected vehicle speed isexceeded.

• Audio system maximum volume of45%. A message will be shown in thedisplay when you attempt to exceedthe limited volume. Also, thespeed-sensitive or compensatedautomatic volume control will bedisabled.

• Always on setting. When this isselected, you will not be able to turnoff Advance Trac (if your vehicle isequipped with this feature).

CREATING A MYKEY

Use the information display to create a

MyKey. There are two types of informationdisplays, and their controls and messagingvary. To determine which type of displayyou have, you will need to referenceanother chapter. See GeneralInformation (page 87).

If You Have a Type 1 InformationDisplay:

53

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

MyKey ™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


1. Insert the key you want to program intothe ignition.

2. Switch the ignition on.

3. Access the main menu on theinformation display controls. PressSETUP using the information displaybuttons until PRESS RESET TOCREATE MYKEY is displayed.

4. Press and release the RESET button.You will see HOLD RESET TOCONFIRM MYKEY in the display.

5. Press and hold the RESET button fortwo seconds until you see the messageMARK THIS AS RESTRICTED in thedisplay. Wait until you see KEYRESTRICTED AT NEXT START in thedisplay.


1. Insert the key you want to program intothe ignition.


3. Access the main menu on the

information display controls, and selectSETTINGS, then MYKEY by pressingOK or the > button.

4. Press OK or the > button to selectCREATE A MYKEY.

5. When prompted, hold the OK buttonuntil you see KEY RESTRICTED ATNEXT START in the display. The keywill be restricted at the next start.

MyKey is successfully created. Make sure

you label it so you can distinguish it fromthe admin keys.

You can also program configurablesettings for the key(s). Refer toProgramming/Changing ConfigurableSettings.

Programming/ChangingConfigurable Settings

Use the information display to program or

change your configurable MyKey settings.There are two types of informationdisplays, and their controls and messagingvary. To determine which type of displayyou have, you will need to referenceanother chapter. See GeneralInformation (page 87).


1. Switch the ignition on using an admin

key.2. Access the main menu on the

information display controls, and pressSETUP until RESET FOR MYKEYSETTINGS displays.

3. Press and release the RESET buttonto display MyKey setup menus.

4. Press the SETUP button to enter yourchoice. Once you make a selection, thenext configurable setting will bedisplayed.

5. Repeat Steps 3 and 4 until you aredone changing the configurablesettings.


1. Switch the ignition on using an adminkey.

2. Access the main menu on theinformation display controls, and select

SETTINGS, then MYKEY by pressingOK or the > button.

3. Use the arrow buttons to get to aconfigurable feature.

4. Press OK or > to make a selection.

54

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

MyKey ™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Note: You can clear or change your MyKey settings at any time during the same key cycle as you created the MyKey. Once you have switched the engine off, however, you

will need an admin key to change or clear your MyKey settings.

CLEARING ALL MYKEYS

You can clear all MyKeys within the samekey cycle as you created the MyKey. If youswitch your ignition off, however, you willneed to use an admin key to clear yourMyKeys.

Note: When you clear your MyKeys, you remove all restrictions and return all MyKeysto their original admin key status at once.

To clear all MyKeys of all MyKey settings,use the information display. There are twotypes of information displays, and theircontrols and messaging vary. To determinewhich type of display you have, you willneed to reference another chapter. SeeGeneral Information (page 87).


1. Press SETUP until PRESS RESET TOCLEAR MYKEY displays.

2. Press and release the RESET button.The display will show HOLD RESETTO CONFIRM CLEAR.

3. Press and hold the RESET button fortwo seconds until ALL MYKEYSCLEARED displays.


1. Access the main menu and selectSETTINGS, then MYKEY.

2. Scroll to CLEAR ALL and press the OKbutton.

3. Hold the OK button until ALLMYKEYS CLEARED displays.

CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEMSTATUS

You can find information about yourprogrammed MyKeys by using theinformation display.

MYKEY DISTANCE

Tracks the distance when drivers use aMyKey. The only way to delete theaccumulated distance is by using an admin

key to clear your MyKey. If the distancedoes not accumulate as expected, thenthe intended user is not using the MyKey,or an admin key user recently cleared andthen recreated a MyKey.

NUMBER OF MYKEY(S)

Indicates the number of MyKeysprogrammed to your vehicle. Use thisfeature to detect how many MyKeys youhave for your vehicle and determine when

a MyKey has been deleted.NUMBER OF ADMIN KEY(S)

Indicates how many admin keys areprogrammed to your vehicle. Use thisfeature to determine how manyunrestricted keys you have for your vehicle,and detect if an additional MyKey has beenprogrammed.

USING MYKEY WITH REMOTE

START SYSTEMS

MyKey is not compatible with nonFord-approved, aftermarket remote startsystems. If you choose to install a remotestart system, see an authorized dealer fora Ford-approved remote start system.

55

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

MyKey ™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


MYKEY TROUBLESHOOTING

Potential causesCondition

· The key used to start the vehicle does nothave admin privileges.

I cannot create a MyKey.

· The key used to start the vehicle is the onlyadmin key. There always has to be at leastone admin key.· SecuriLock passive anti-theft system isdisabled or in unlimited mode.

· The key in the ignition does not have adminprivileges.

I cannot program the configurable settings.

· There are no keys programmed to the

vehicle. See Creating a MyKey (page 53).

· The key used to start the vehicle does nothave admin privileges.

I cannot clear the MyKeys.

· No MyKeys are created. See Creating aMyKey (page 53).

· Purchase a new key from your authorizeddealer.

I lost the only admin key.

· Program a spare key. See Passive Anti-Theft System (page 61).

I lost a key.

· The MyKey user is not using the MyKey.MyKey distances do not accumulate.· An admin key holder cleared the MyKeysand created new MyKeys.· The key system has been reset.

56

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

MyKey ™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


LOCKING AND UNLOCKING

You can use the power door lock control

or the remote control to lock and unlockyour vehicle.

Power Door Locks (If Equipped)

The power door lock control is on the driverand front passenger door panels.

UnlockA

LockB

Remote Control (If Equipped)

You can use the remote control at any timeyour vehicle is not running.

Unlocking the Doors (Two-StageUnlock)

Press the button to unlock thedriver door.

Press the button again withinthree seconds to unlock all doors. The turnsignals will flash.

Press and hold both the lock and unlockbuttons on the remote control for fourseconds to disable or enable two-stageunlocking. Disabling two-stage unlockingallows all vehicle doors to unlock with onepress of the button. The turn signals willflash twice to indicate a change to theunlocking mode. The unlocking modeapplies to the remote control and keylessentry keypad.

Locking the Doors

Press the button to lock all thedoors. The turn signals will

illuminate.Press the button again within threeseconds to confirm that all the doors areclosed. The doors will lock again, the hornwill sound and the turn signals willilluminate if all the doors are closed.

Mislock

If any door is open or if the hood is open onvehicles with an anti-theft alarm or remote

start, the horn will sound twice and thelamps will not flash.

Smart Unlocks (If Equipped)

This feature helps to prevent you fromlocking yourself out of your vehicle if yourkey is still in the ignition.

When you open the driver door and lockyour vehicle with the power door lockcontrol, all the doors will lock then unlock

if your key is still in the ignition.Your can still lock your vehicle with the keyin the ignition by:

• using the manual lock on the door

• locking the driver door with a key

• using the keyless entry keypad

• using the lock button on the remotecontrol

Autolock and Autounlock (If Equipped)

The autolock feature will lock all the doorswhen:

• all doors are closed, and

• the ignition is on, and

• you shift into any gear putting yourvehicle in motion, and

• your vehicle attains a speed greaterthan 12 mph (20 km/h).

57

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Locks

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


The autolock feature will unlock all thedoors when:

• autolock has locked the doors

•you stop the vehicle and switch theignition off or to accessory mode, and

• you open the driver door within 10minutes.

Note: The doors will not autounlock if you have electronically locked them beforeopening the driver door.

Enabling or Disabling

You can enable or disable these features

in the information display or yourauthorized dealer can do it for you. SeeGeneral Information (page 87).

Note: You can enable or disable the autolock and autounlock featuresindependently of each other.

Illuminated Entry

The interior lamps and select exteriorlamps will illuminate when you unlock the

doors with the remote entry system.The illuminated entry system will turn offthe lights if:

• the ignition is on

• you press the remote control lockbutton, or

• after 25 seconds of illumination.

The dome lamp will not turn on if thecontrol is set to the off position.

The lights will not turn off if:• you turn them on with the dimmer

control, or

• any door is open.

Battery Saver

The battery saver turns off the interiorlamps 30 minutes after you switch the

ignition off if a door is open and the domelamp switch is on. It turns off the interiorlamps after 10 minutes if the dome lampswitch is off.

KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED)

SECURICODE™ KEYLESS ENTRYKEYPAD

The keypad is located near the driver

window.

Note: If you enter your entry code too faston the keypad, the unlock function may notwork. Re-enter your entry code more slowly.

You can use the keypad to lock or unlockthe doors without using a key.

You can operate the keypad with thefactory-set five-digit entry code. The codeis located on the owner’s wallet card in theglove box and is available from anauthorized dealer. You can also create upto five of your own five-digit personal entrycodes.

Programming a Personal Entry Code

To create your own personal entry code:

1. Enter the factory-set code.

2. Press 1·2 on the keypad within fiveseconds.

58

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Locks

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


3. Enter your personal 5-digit code. Youmust enter each number within fiveseconds of each other.

4. Press 1·2 on the keypad to savepersonal code 1.

The doors will lock then unlock to confirmthat programming was successful.

To program additional personal entrycodes, repeat Steps 1-3, then for Step 4:

• Press 3·4 to save personal code 2.

• Press 5·6, 7·8 or 9·0 to save personalcode 3.

You may also program a personal entrycode through the MyFord Touch system.

Tips:

• Do not set a code that uses five of thesame number.

• Do not use five numbers in sequentialorder.

• The factory-set code will work even ifyou have set your own personal code.

Recalling Memory Positions (If

Equipped)

The programmed entry codes will recalldriver memory positions as follows:

• Entry code 1 will recall driver 1 memorypositions.

• Entry code 2 will recall driver 2 memorypositions.

Note: Personal entry codes 3, 4 and 5 will not recall memory positions.

Erasing a Personal Code

1. Enter the factory-set 5-digit code.

2. Press and release 1·2 on the keypadwithin five seconds.

3. Press and hold 1·2 for two seconds.You must do this within five secondsof completing Step 2.

All personal codes will erase and only thefactory-set 5-digit code will work.

Anti-Scan Feature

The keypad will go into an anti-scan modeif you enter the wrong code seven times(35 consecutive button presses). Thismode disables the keypad for one minuteand the keypad lamp will flash.

The anti-scan feature will turn off after:

• One minute of keypad inactivity.

• Pressing the unlock button on theremote control.

•Switching the ignition on.

Unlocking and Locking the Doors

To Unlock the Driver Door

Enter the factory-set 5-digit code or yourpersonal code. You must press eachnumber within five seconds of each other.The interior lamps will illuminate.

Note: All doors will unlock if you disablethe two-stage unlocking mode. See

Locking and Unlocking (page 57).

To Unlock All Doors

Enter the factory-set code or your personalcode, then press 3·4 within five seconds.

To Lock All Doors

Press and hold 7·8 and 9·0 at the sametime (with the driver door closed). You donot need to enter the keypad code first.

Displaying the Factory Set Code

Note: You will need to have two programmed passive anti-theft keys for this procedure.

To display the factory-set code in theinformation display:

1. Insert a key into the ignition and switchthe ignition on for a few seconds.

59

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Locks

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


2. Switch the ignition off and remove thekey.

3. Within ten seconds, insert the second

key into the ignition and switch theignition on.

The factory-set code will display for a fewseconds.

Note: The code may not display until after any other warning messages first display.

60

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Locks

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


PASSIVE ANTI-THEFTSYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

Note: The system is not compatible with non-Ford aftermarket remote start systems.Use of these systems may result in vehicle starting problems and a loss of security protection.

Note: Metallic objects, electronic devicesor a second coded key on the same key chain may cause vehicle starting problemsif they are too close to the key when startingthe engine. Prevent these objects fromtouching the coded key while starting the

engine. Switch the ignition off, move allobjects on the key chain away from thecoded key and restart the engine if a problem occurs.

Note: Do not leave a duplicate coded key in the vehicle. Always take your keys and lock all doors when leaving the vehicle.

SecuriLock™

The system is an engine immobilization

system. It helps prevent the engine fromstarting unless you use a coded keyprogrammed to your vehicle. Using thewrong key may prevent the engine fromstarting. A message may appear in theinformation display.

If you are unable to start the engine with acorrectly coded key, the system hasmalfunctioned. A message may appear inthe information display.

Automatic Arming

The system arms immediately after youswitch the ignition off.

Automatic Disarming

Switching the ignition on with a coded keydisarms the system.

Replacement Keys

Note: Your vehicle may have two integrated keyhead transmitters.

The integrated keyhead transmitterfunctions as a programmed ignition key. Itoperates all the locks, starts the vehicleand acts as a remote control.

If your programmed transmitters orstandard SecuriLock coded keys are lostor stolen and you do not have an extracoded key, you will need to have yourvehicle towed to an authorized dealer. Youneed to erase the key codes from your

vehicle and program new coded keys.Store an extra programmed key away fromyour vehicle in a safe place to help preventany inconveniences. See an authorizeddealer to purchase additional spare orreplacement keys.

Programming a Spare Key

Note: You can program a maximum of eightcoded keys to your vehicle. Only four of these can be integrated keyhead

transmitters.

You can program your own integratedkeyhead transmitter or standardSecuriLock coded keys to your vehicle. Thisprocedure will program both the engineimmobilizer keycode and the remote entryportion of the remote control to yourvehicle.

Only use integrated keyhead transmittersor standard SecuriLock keys.

You must have two previouslyprogrammed coded keys and the newunprogrammed key readily accessible. Seean authorized dealer to have the spare keyprogrammed if two previouslyprogrammed coded keys are not available.

Read and understand the entire procedurebefore you begin.

61

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Security

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


1. Insert the first previously programmedcoded key into the ignition.

2. Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep

the ignition on for at least threeseconds, but no more than 10 seconds.

3. Switch the ignition off and remove thefirst coded key from the ignition.

4. After three seconds but within 10seconds of switching the ignition off,insert the second previously coded keyinto the ignition.

5. Switch the ignition from off to on. Keepthe ignition on for at least threeseconds, but no more than 10 seconds.

6. Switch the ignition off and remove thesecond previously programmed codedkey from the ignition.

7. After three seconds but within 10seconds of switching the ignition offand removing the previouslyprogrammed coded key, insert the newunprogrammed key into the ignition.

8. Switch the ignition from off to on. Keepthe ignition on for at least six secondsuntil you hear the door locks cycle.

9. Remove the newly programmed codedkey from the ignition.

The key will start the engine ifprogramming is successful. You canoperate the remote entry system if the newkey is an integrated keyhead transmitter.

If programming was not successful, wait20 seconds and repeat Steps 1 through 8.If you are still unsuccessful, take yourvehicle to an authorized dealer.

ANTI-THEFT ALARM (IF EQUIPPED)

The system warns you of an unauthorizedentry to your vehicle. It triggers if any dooror the hood opens without using the key,remote control or keyless entry keypad.

The direction indicators flash and the hornsounds if the system triggers while thealarm is armed.

Take all remote controls to an authorizeddealer if there is any potential alarmproblem with your vehicle.

Arming the Alarm

The alarm is ready to arm when there isnot a key in the ignition. Electronically lockthe vehicle to arm the alarm.

The direction indicators flash once afteryou lock the vehicle. This indicates thealarm is in the pre-armed mode. It will fullyarm in 20 seconds.

Disarming the Alarm

Disarm the alarm by any of the followingactions:

• Press the power door unlock buttonwithin the 20-second pre-armed mode.

• Unlock the doors with the remotecontrol or keyless entry keypad.

•Switch the ignition on or start thevehicle.

• Use a key in the driver door to unlockthe vehicle, then switch the ignition onwithin 12 seconds.

Note: Pressing the panic button on the remote control will stop the horn and signalindicators, but will not disarm the system.

62

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Security

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


USING POWER RUNNINGBOARDS

WARNINGSIn extreme climates, excessive icebuildup may occur, causing therunning boards not to deploy. Make

sure that the running boards havedeployed, and have finished moving beforeattempting to step on them. The runningboards will resume normal function oncethe blockage is cleared.

Turn off the running boards beforejacking or placing any object underyour vehicle. Never place your hand

between the extended running board andyour vehicle. A moving running board maycause injury.

Note: Do not use the running boards, front and rear hinge assemblies, running board motors, or the running board underbody mounts to lift your vehicle when jacking. Always use proper jacking points.

Note: The running boards may operate more slowly in cool temperatures.

Note: The running board mechanism may trap debris such as mud, dirt, snow, ice and salt. This may cause unwanted noise. If this happens, manually set the running boardsto the deployed position. Then, wash the system, in particular the front and rear hinge arms, with a high-pressure car wash wand.

Automatic Power Deploy

The running boards automatically extenddown and out when you open the door.This can help you enter and exit yourvehicle.

Automatic Power Stow

When you close the doors, the runningboards return to the stowed position aftera two-second delay.

Manual Power Deploy

You can manually operate the runningboards in the information display. SeeGeneral Information (page 87).

Set the running boards in the deployedposition (OUT) to access the roof.

The running boards return to the stowedposition and enter automatic mode whenthe vehicle speed exceeds 5 mph (8 km/h).

Enabling and Disabling

You can enable and disable the powerrunning board feature in the informationdisplay. See General Information (page87).

63

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Power Running Boards (If Equipped)

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


• When disabled (OFF), the runningboards move to the stowed positionregardless of the door position.

•

When enabled (AUTO), the runningboards move back to the correctpositions based on the door position.

Bounce-back

The running board will reverse directionand move to the end of travel if itencounters an object while moving.

64

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Power Running Boards (If Equipped)

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


ADJUSTING THE STEERINGWHEEL

WARNINGDo not adjust the steering wheelwhen your vehicle is moving.

Note: Make sure that you are sitting in thecorrect position. See Sitting in the Correct

Position (page 114).

1. Unlock the steering column.

Note: The telescopic adjustment is anoptional feature.

2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desiredposition.

3. Lock the steering column.

Power Tilt and Telescope SteeringColumn (If Equipped)

WARNING

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhen your vehicle is moving.

Note: Make sure that you are sitting in thecorrect position. See Sitting in the Correct

Position (page 114).

65

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Steering Wheel

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Use the control on the side of the steeringcolumn to adjust the position.

To adjust:

• tilt: press the top or bottom of thecontrol

• telescope: press the front or rear of thecontrol.

Memory Feature

You can save and recall the steeringcolumn position with the memory function.See Memory Function (page 118).

Pressing the adjustment control duringmemory recall cancels the operation. Thecolumn responds to the adjustmentcontrol.

Easy Entry and Exit Feature

The column moves to the full up and inposition when you switch the ignition off.It returns to the previous setting when youswitch the ignition on. You can enable ordisable this feature in the informationdisplay.

AUDIO CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED)

You can operate the following functions

with the control:Type 1

Volume upA

Seek up or nextB

MediaC

Seek down or previousD

Volume downE

Type 2

Volume upA

Seek up or nextB

MediaC

66

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Steering Wheel

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Seek down or previousD

Volume downE

Media

Press repeatedly to scroll through availableaudio modes.

Seek, Next or Previous

Press the seek button to:

• Tune the radio to the next or previousstored preset.

• Play the next or previous track.

Press and hold the seek button to:

• Tune the radio to the next station upor down the frequency band.

• Seek through a track.

VOICE CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED)

Voice recognitionAPhone modeB

Confirm selectionC

See SYNC™ (page 323). See MyFordTouch™ (page 359).

CRUISE CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED)

See Cruise Control (page 176).

INFORMATION DISPLAYCONTROL

Type 1

Type 2

See Information Displays (page 87).

67

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Steering Wheel

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


ADJUSTING THE PEDALS (IF

EQUIPPED)

Note: Never use the controls while your feet are on the accelerator and brake pedals and the vehicle is moving.

You can find the control on the left side ofthe steering column. Press and hold theappropriate side of the control to move thepedals.

A. Farther

B. CloserYou can save and recall the pedal positionswith the memory feature. See Memory Function (page 118).

Note: Adjust the pedals only when your vehicle is in P (Park).

68

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Pedals

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


WINDSHIELD WIPERS

Note: Fully defrost the windshield before switching on the windshield wipers.

Note: Make sure you switch off thewindshield wipers before entering a car wash.

Note: Clean the windshield and wiper blades if they begin to leave streaks or smears. If that does not resolve the issue,install new wiper blades.

Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry windshield. This may scratch the glass,

damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper motor to burn out. Always use thewindshield washers before wiping a dry windshield.

Rotate the end of the control:

• Away from you to increase the wiperspeed.

• Toward you to decrease the wiperspeed.

Speed dependent wipers (ifequipped)

When your vehicle speed increases, theinterval between wipes decreases.

AUTOWIPERS (IF EQUIPPED)

Note: Make sure you switch off the wipers

before entering a car wash.Note: Wet or winter driving conditions withice, snow or salty road mist can causeinconsistent and unexpected wiping or smearing.

In these conditions, you can do thefollowing to help keep your windshieldclear:

• Lower the sensitivity of the autowipers.

• Change the wiper speed to normal or

high-speed wipe as necessary.• Switch the autowipers off.

The autowipers feature uses a rain sensor,located in the area around the interiormirror. The rain sensor monitors theamount of moisture on the windshield andautomatically turns on the wipers. It willadjust the wiper speed by the amount ofmoisture that the sensor detects on thewindshield. You can switch this feature onor off in the information display. SeeInformation Displays (page 87).

69

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wipers and Washers

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Use the rotary control to adjust thesensitivity of the rain sensor. With lowsensitivity, the wipers will operate whenthe sensor detects a large amount of

moisture on the windshield. With highsensitivity, the wipers will operate whenthe sensor detects a small amount ofmoisture on the windshield.

Keep the outside of the windshield cleanbecause the rain sensor is very sensitive. Ifthe area around the interior mirror is dirty,then the wipers may turn on, for example,if dirt, mist or insects hit the windshield.

WINDSHIELD WASHERS

Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry windshield. This may scratch the glass,damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper motor to burn out. Always use thewindshield washer before wiping a dry windshield.

Note: Do not operate the washers whenthe washer reservoir is empty. This may cause the washer pump to overheat.

• A brief press causes a single wipewithout washer fluid.

• A brief press and hold causes thewipers to swipe three times withwasher fluid.

• A long press and hold will turn on thewipers and washer fluid for up to 10seconds.

A wipe will occur a few seconds afterwashing to clear any remaining washerfluid. You can switch this feature on or offin the information display. See

Information Displays (page 87).

70

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wipers and Washers

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


LIGHTING CONTROL

• Rotate the headlamp control clockwiseto the first position to turn on theparking lamps, instrument panel lamps,license plate lamps and tail lamps.

• Rotate clockwise to the secondposition to also turn on the headlamps.

High Beams

Push the lever toward the instrument panel

to switch the high beams on.Push the lever toward the instrument panelagain or pull the lever towards you toswitch the high beams off.

Headlamp Flasher

Pull the lever toward you to flash the

headlamps and release the lever to switchthe headlamps off.

AUTOLAMPS (IF EQUIPPED)

The autolamp system provides lightsensitive automatic on-off control of theexterior lights normally controlled by theheadlamp control.

The autolamp system also keeps the lightson for a predetermined amount of timeafter the ignition switch is turned to off.Using the message center, you can selecta delay from 0–180 seconds.

71

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Lighting

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


• To turn autolamps on, rotate thecontrol to the fourth position.

• To turn autolamps off, rotate the

control to the first, second, or thirdposition.

INSTRUMENT LIGHTINGDIMMER

Use the instrument lighting dimmer controlto adjust the brightness of the instrumentpanel and all applicable lit components in

your vehicle.• Tap the left or right of the control to

the first detent to brighten or dim allinterior lit components incrementally.

• Press and hold the left or right of thecontrol to the first detent until thedesired lighting level is reached.

• Press and hold the right of the controlto the second detent to switch theinterior lights on.

•Press and hold the left of the controlto the second detent to switch theinterior lights off.

DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS (IF

EQUIPPED)

WARNING

Always remember to switch yourheadlamps on in low light situationsor during inclement weather. The

system does not activate the tail lampsand may not provide adequate lightingduring these conditions. Failure to activateyour headlamps under these conditionsmay result in a collision.

The system turns the headlamps on witha reduced intensity output (halogenheadlamps) or turns the front turn lampson (HID headlamps) in daylight conditions.

To switch the system on:

1. Ignition switch is in the on position.

2. Switch the lighting control to the off,autolamp or parking lamp position.

FRONT FOG LAMPS (IF EQUIPPED)

The headlamp control also operates thefog lamps. The fog lamps can be turnedon only when the headlamp control is inthe parking lamp (second) position,headlamps on (third) position, or autolamp(fourth) position, and the high beams arenot turned on.

72

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Lighting

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Pull headlamp control towards you to turnfog lamps on. The fog lamp indicator lightwill illuminate.

DIRECTION INDICATORS

The turn signal lever does not mechanicallylock in the upward or downward positionwhen activated. The turn signal controlactivation and cancellation is electronic.

• To operate the left turn signal, push thelever down until it stops and release.

•To operate the right turn signal, pushthe lever up until it stops and release.

• To manually cancel turn signaloperation, push the lever again in eitherdirection.

Lane Change

To indicate a left or right lane change:

• Push the lever up/down to the firststop position and release. The turn

signals will flash three times and stop.• Push the lever up/down to the first

stop position and hold. The turn signalswill flash for as long as the lever is heldin this position.

INTERIOR LAMPS

Front Row Map Lamps (if

equipped)

To switch on the map lamps, press theouter edge of the clear lens.

The front row map lamp will automaticallyturn on when:

• Any door is opened.

• You press and hold the instrumentpanel dimmer switch to the right past

the second detent.• Any of the remote entry controls are

pressed and the ignition is in the offposition.

Rear Dome Lamp (If Equipped)

The rear dome lamp can be turned on oroff by sliding the control.

73

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Lighting

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


• ON: The dome light will stay on.

• DOOR or middle position: The domelight will only come on if a door is

opened.• OFF: The lamp will not come on at all.

Rear Dome, Courtesy Lamps (IfEquipped)

The dome lamp lights when:

• Any door is opened.

• You press the instrument panel dimmerswitch until the courtesy lamp turnson.

• You press any of the remote entrycontrols and the ignition is off.

Note: You can only turn the reading portion and the two outer lights on and off at thelamp.

Rear Courtesy, Reading, CargoLamps (If Equipped)

You can press the dimmer switch until therear lamps come on, or when any door isopened. The lamps can be turned on or offby sliding the control.

• When the control is in the middleposition, the lamp will come on whena door is opened or the unlock buttonis pressed on the remote keyless entry.

• If the control is moved to the leftposition, the lamp will stay on.

• If the control is moved to the rightposition, the lamp will not come on atall.

74

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Lighting

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


POWER WINDOWS (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNINGS

Do not leave children unattended inyour vehicle and do not let them playwith the power windows. They may

seriously injure themselves.

When closing the power windows,you should verify they are free ofobstructions and make sure that

children and pets are not in the proximityof the window openings.

Note: You may hear a pulsing noise when just one of the windows is open. Lower the

opposite window slightly to reduce this noise.

Press the switch to open the window.

Lift the switch to close the window.

One-Touch Up or Down (If Equipped)

Press or lift the switch fully and release it.Press or lift it again to stop the window.

Note: The window may disable for up tofive minutes if you cycle it up and down repeatedly. This helps prevent damage tothe motor. Normal operation will resumeonce the motor cools.

Restoring the One-Touch Up Function

You may lose the one-touch function if thevehicle battery is low.

Note: Perform one-touch up re-calibrationwith the door closed. Calibrating with thedoor open will cause the window tocontinuously bounce back.

To reset the function after the batteryrecharges:

1. Pull the switch all the way up.

2. Hold the switch until the glass stopsand continue to hold for two seconds.

3. Press the switch down and operate thewindow to the full down position.One-touch up will now be functional.

Bounce-Back (If Equipped)

The window will stop automatically whileclosing. It will reverse some distance ifthere is an obstacle in the way.

Overriding the Bounce-Back Feature

WARNING

When you override the bounce-backfeature, the window will not reverseif it detects an obstacle. Take care

when closing the windows to avoidpersonal injury or damage to your vehicle.

Pull up the window switch and hold withintwo seconds of the window reaching thebounce-back position. The window willtravel up with no bounce-back protection.The window will stop if you release theswitch before the window closes fully.

75

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Windows and Mirrors

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Window Lock (If Equipped)

UnlockA

LockB

Press the control to lock or unlock the rearwindow controls.

Power Sliding Back Window (If

Equipped)

WARNINGS

When operating the power slidingback window, you must make sureall rear seat occupants and cargo are

not in the proximity of the back window.

Do not leave children unattended inyour vehicle and do not let them playwith the power sliding back window.

They may seriously injure themselves.

The control is on the overhead console.

Press and hold the control to open thewindow. Pull and hold the control to closethe window.

Accessory Delay (If Equipped)

You can use the window switches forseveral minutes after you switch theignition off or until you open either frontdoor.

EXTERIOR MIRRORS

Power Exterior Mirrors

WARNING

Do not adjust the mirrors when yourvehicle is moving.

Left mirrorA

OffB

Right mirrorC

To adjust your mirrors:

1. Select the mirror you want to adjust.

2. Move the control in the direction youwant to tilt the mirror.

3. Return the control to the centerposition to lock the mirrors in place.

76

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Windows and Mirrors

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors

Push the mirror toward the door windowglass. Make sure that you fully engage the

mirror in its support when returning it to itsoriginal position.

Power-Folding Mirrors (If Equipped)

Note: Moving the mirrors 10 or more timeswithin one minute, or repeated folding and unfolding of the mirrors while holding thecontrol down during full travel, may disablethe system to protect the motors fromoverheating. Wait approximately three minutes with the vehicle running, and up to10 minutes with the vehicle off, for the system to reset and for function to return to

normal.

Pull the control back to fold the mirrors inor out.

Loose Mirror

You can manually fold a power-foldingmirror by pulling it toward the door windowglass. This may cause the mirror to appearloose and it will need to bere-synchronized. Pull and hold the control

to fold the mirrors in until the movementstops. You will hear a click that indicatesre-synchronization. If you do not hear aclick, use the control to fold the mirrors allthe way out, then in again. Once you hearthe click, the mirrors will operate normallyuntil you fold them manually again.

Heated Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped)

See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page112).

Memory Mirrors (If Equipped)

You can save and recall the mirrorpositions through the memory function.See Memory Function (page 118).

Auto-dimming Feature (ifequipped)

The driver exterior mirror automaticallydims when the interior auto-dimming

mirror turns on.

Signal Indicator Mirrors (If Equipped)

The rear-facing portion of the appropriatemirror housing will blink when you switchon the turn signal.

Clearance Lamps (If Equipped)

The lower, outer part of the mirror housingslight when you switch the headlamps or

parking lamps on.

Telescoping Mirrors (If Equipped)

This feature lets you extend the mirrorabout 3 inches (75 millimeters). It is usefulwhen towing a trailer. You can manuallypull out or push in the mirrors to the desiredposition.

77

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Windows and Mirrors

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


PowerScope™ Power TelescopingMirrors (If Equipped)

This feature lets you position both mirrors

at the same time. The switch is on the doortrim panel.

Telescope OutA

Telescope InB

Press and hold the switch to move themirrors.

When you fully extend the mirrors, you willhear the motors running as long as youhold the switch.

Integrated Blind Spot Mirror (IfEquipped)

WARNING

Objects in the blind spot mirror arecloser than they appear.

Blind spot mirrors have an integratedconvex mirror built into the upper outboardcorner of the exterior mirrors. They canassist you by increasing visibility along the

side of your vehicle. The blind spot mirroris only on the driver exterior mirror.

Check the main mirror first before a lanechange, then check the blind spot mirror.If no vehicles are present in the blind spotmirror and the traffic in the adjacent laneis at a safe distance, signal that you aregoing to change lanes. Glance over yourshoulder to verify traffic is clear, andcarefully change lanes.

The image of the approaching vehicle is

small and near the inboard edge of themain mirror when it is at a distance. Theimage becomes larger and begins to moveoutboard across the main mirror as thevehicle approaches (A). The image willtransition from the main mirror and beginto appear in the blind spot mirror as thevehicle approaches (B). The vehicle willtransition to your peripheral field of viewas it leaves the blind spot mirror (C).

INTERIOR MIRROR

WARNING

Do not adjust the mirror when yourvehicle is moving.

78

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Windows and Mirrors

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Note: Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum or ammonia-based cleaning products.

You can adjust the interior mirror to yourpreference. Some mirrors also have asecond pivot point. This lets you move themirror head up or down and from side toside.

Pull the tab below the mirror toward youto reduce glare at night.

Auto-Dimming Mirror (If Equipped)

Note: Do not block the sensors on the front and back of the mirror. Mirror performance may be affected. A rear center passenger or raised rear center head restraint may also block light from reaching the sensor.

The mirror will dim automatically to reduceglare when bright lights are detected frombehind your vehicle. It will automaticallyreturn to normal reflection when you selectreverse gear to make sure you have a clearview when backing up.

SUN VISORS

Slide-on-rod (If Equipped)

Rotate the sun visor toward the sidewindow and extend it rearward for extrashade.

Illuminated Vanity Mirror (If Equipped)

Lift the cover to switch the lamp on.

MOONROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNINGS

Do not let children play with themoonroof or leave them unattendedin the vehicle. They may seriously

hurt themselves.

When closing the moonroof, you

should verify that it is free ofobstructions and make sure thatchildren and pets are not in the proximityof the roof opening.

You can manually open or close the slidingshade when the moonroof is closed. Pullthe shade toward the front of your vehicleto close it.

The moonroof controls are located on theoverhead console and have a one-touchopen and close feature. To stop it duringone-touch operation, press the control asecond time.

79

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Windows and Mirrors

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Opening and Closing the Moonroof

Press and release the SLIDE control toopen the moonroof. The moonroof willstop short of the fully opened position.

Note: This position helps to reduce wind noise or rumbling which may happen withthe moonroof fully open. Press and releasethe control again to fully open the moonroof.

Pull and release the SLIDE control to closethe moonroof.

Bounce-BackThe moonroof will stop automaticallywhile closing. It will reverse some distanceif there is an obstacle in the way.

Pull and hold the SLIDE control within twoseconds of a bounce-back event tooverride this function. While bounce-backis active, the closing force increases foreach of the next three times that you closethe moonroof.

Venting the Moonroof

Press and release the TILT control to ventthe moonroof. Pull and hold the TILTcontrol to close the moonroof.

80

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Windows and Mirrors

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


GAUGES

Engine oil pressure gaugeA

Engine coolant temperature gaugeB

Fuel gaugeC

Transmission fluid temperature gaugeD

SpeedometerE

Information display See General Information (page 87).F

TachometerG

81

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Instrument Cluster

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Engine Oil Pressure Gauge

Indicates engine oil pressure. The needleshould stay in the normal operating range

(between L and H). If the needle fallsbelow the normal range, stop the vehicle,turn off the engine and check the engineoil level. Add oil if needed. If the oil level iscorrect, have your vehicle checked by yourauthorized dealer.

Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge

WARNING

Never remove the coolant reservoircap while the engine is running or hot.

Indicates engine coolant temperature. Atnormal operating temperature, the levelindicator will be in the normal range. If theengine coolant temperature exceeds thenormal range, stop the vehicle as soon assafely possible, switch off the engine andlet the engine cool.

Fuel GaugeSwitch the ignition on. The fuel gauge willindicate approximately how much fuel isleft in the fuel tank. The fuel gauge mayvary slightly when your vehicle is movingor on a gradient. The arrow adjacent to thefuel pump symbol indicates on which sideof the vehicle the fuel filler door is located.

Transmission Fluid TemperatureGauge

Indicates transmission fluid temperature.At normal operating temperature, the levelindicator will be in the normal range. If thetransmission fluid temperature exceedsthe normal range, stop the vehicle as soonas safely possible and verify the airflow isnot restricted such as snow or debrisblocking airflow through the grill. Also,higher than normal operating temperature

can be caused by special operationconditions (i.e. snowplowing, towing oroff-road use). Refer to Special operatingconditions in the scheduled maintenance

information for instructions. Operating thetransmission for extended periods of timewith the gauge in the higher than normalarea may cause internal transmissiondamage. Altering the severity of the drivingconditions is recommended to lower thetransmission temperature into the normalrange. If the gauge continues to show hightemperatures, see your authorized dealer.

Information Display

Odometer

Located in the bottom of the informationdisplay Registers the accumulateddistance your vehicle has traveled.

Trip Computer

See General Information (page 87).

Vehicle Settings and Personalization

See General Information (page 87).

WARNING LAMPS ANDINDICATORS

The following warning lamps andindicators will alert you to a vehiclecondition that may become serious. Somelamps will illuminate when you start yourvehicle to make sure they work. If any

lamps remain on after starting your vehicle,refer to the respective system warninglamp for further information.

Note: Some warning indicators appear inthe information display and function the same as a warning lamp but do not display when you start your vehicle.

82

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Instrument Cluster

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Anti-Lock Braking System

If it illuminates when you aredriving, this indicates a

malfunction. You will continueto have the normal braking system(without ABS) unless the brake systemwarning lamp is also illuminated. Have thesystem checked by your authorized dealer.

Battery

If it illuminates while driving, itindicates a malfunction. Switchoff all unnecessary electrical

equipment and have the system checkedby your authorized dealer immediately.

Brake System

Illuminates when you engage theparking brake with the ignitionon.

If it illuminates when you are driving, checkthat the parking brake is not engaged. Ifthe parking brake is not engaged, this

indicates low brake fluid level or a brakesystem malfunction. Have the systemchecked immediately by your authorizeddealer.

WARNING

Driving your vehicle with the warninglamp on is dangerous. A significantdecrease in braking performance

may occur. It will take you longer to stopyour vehicle. Have your vehicle checked by

your authorized dealer immediately. Drivingextended distances with the parking brakeengaged can cause brake failure and therisk of personal injury.

Check 4X4 (If Equipped)

Illuminates with the messageCHECK 4X4 when a four-wheel

drive fault is present. See UsingFour-Wheel Drive (page 153).

Cruise Control (If Equipped)

Illuminates when you switch thisfeature on. See Using CruiseControl (page 176).

Direction Indicator

Illuminates when the left or rightturn signal or the hazard warningflasher is turned on. If the

indicators stay on or flash faster, check fora burned out bulb.

Door Ajar

Displays when the ignition is onand any door is not completelyclosed.

Electronic Locking Differential

Illuminates when using theelectronic locking differential.

Engine Coolant Temperature

Illuminates when the enginecoolant temperature is high.Stop the vehicle as soon as

possible, switch off the engine and let cool.

Engine Oil

If it illuminates with the enginerunning or when you are driving,this indicates a malfunction.

Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe todo so and switch the engine off. Check theengine oil level. See Engine Oil Check(page 240).

83

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Instrument Cluster

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Note: Do not resume your journey if itilluminates despite the level being correct.Have the system checked by your authorized dealer immediately.

Fasten Safety Belt

It will illuminate and a chime willsound to remind you to fastenyour safety belt.

Front Airbag

If it fails to illuminate when youstart your vehicle, continues to

flash or remains on, it indicatesa malfunction. Have the system checkedby your authorized dealer.

High Beam

Illuminates when you switch thehigh beam headlamps on. It willflash when you use the

headlamp flasher.

Hill Descent (If Equipped)

Illuminates when hill descent isswitched on.

Low Fuel Level

Illuminates when the fuel levelis low or the fuel tank is nearlyempty. Refuel as soon as

possible.

Low Tire Pressure Warning

Illuminates when your tirepressure is low. If the lampremains on with the enginerunning or when driving, check

your tire pressure as soon as possible.

It will also illuminate momentarily whenyou switch the ignition on to confirm thelamp is functional. If it does not illuminatewhen you switch the ignition on, or begins

to flash at any time, have the systemchecked by your authorized dealer.

Powertrain Malfunction/ReducedPower/Electronic Throttle Control

Illuminates when a powertrainor an AWD fault has beendetected. Contact your

authorized dealer as soon as possible.

Service Engine Soon

If the service engine soonindicator light stays illuminatedafter the engine is started, it

indicates that the On-Board Diagnostics(OBD-II) system has detected amalfunction of the vehicle emissionscontrol system. Refer to On-BoardDiagnostics (OBD-II) in the Fuel andRefueling chapter for more information

about having your vehicle serviced. SeeEmission Control System (page 144).

If the light is blinking, engine misfire isoccurring which could damage yourcatalytic converter. Drive in a moderatefashion (avoid heavy acceleration anddeceleration) and have your vehicleserviced immediately.

Note: Under engine misfire conditions,excessive exhaust temperatures could

damage the catalytic converter or other vehicle components.

The service engine soon indicator lightilluminates when the ignition is first turnedon prior to engine start to check the bulband to indicate whether the vehicle is readyfor Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) testing.

84

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Instrument Cluster

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Normally, the service engine soon light willstay on until the engine is cranked, thenturn itself off if no malfunctions arepresent. However, if after 15 seconds the

service engine soon light blinks eight times,it means that the vehicle is not ready forI/M testing. See Emission ControlSystem (page 144).

Traction and Stability Control

Illuminates when the system isactive. If it remains illuminatedor does not illuminate when you

switch the ignition on, this indicates a

malfunction. During a malfunction thesystem will switch off. Have the systemchecked by your authorized dealerimmediately. See Using Stability Control (page 168).

Traction and Stability Control Off

Illuminates when you switch thesystem off. It will go out whenyou switch the system back on

or when you switch the ignition off. SeeUsing Stability Control (page 168).

Transmission Tow/Haul (If Equipped)

Illuminates when the tow/haulfeature has been activated. If thelight flashes steadily, have the

system serviced immediately, damage tothe transmission could occur. SeeAutomatic Transmission (page 147).

4X2 (If Equipped)

Illuminates momentarily whentwo-wheel drive high is selected.If the light fails to display when

the ignition is turned on, or remains on,have the system serviced immediately byyour authorized dealer.

4X4 Auto (If Equipped)

Illuminates when the four-wheeldrive system is engaged. If the

light fails to display when theignition is turned on, or remains on, havethe system serviced immediately by yourauthorized dealer.

4X4 LOW (If Equipped)

Illuminates when four-wheeldrive low is engaged. If the lightfails to display when the ignition

is turned on, or remains on, have the

system serviced immediately by yourauthorized dealer.

4X4 HIGH (If Equipped)

Illuminates when four-wheeldrive high is engaged. If the lightfails to display when the ignition

is turned on, or remains on, have thesystem serviced immediately by yourauthorized dealer.

AUDIBLE WARNINGS ANDINDICATORS

Headlamps On Warning Chime

Sounds when you remove the key from theignition and open the driver's door and youhave left the headlamps or parking lampson.

Key in Ignition Warning Chime

Sounds when you open the driver's doorand you have left the key in the ignitionwith it in the off or accessory position.

85

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Instrument Cluster

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Parking Brake On Warning Chime

Sounds when you have left the parkingbrake on and drive your vehicle. If the

warning chime remains on after you havereleased the parking brake, have thesystem checked by your authorized dealerimmediately.

86

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Instrument Cluster

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


GENERAL INFORMATION

WARNING

Driving while distracted can result inloss of vehicle control, crash andinjury. We strongly recommend that

you use extreme caution when using anydevice that may take your focus off theroad. Your primary responsibility is the safeoperation of your vehicle. We recommendagainst the use of any handheld devicewhile driving and encourage the use ofvoice-operated systems when possible.Make sure you are aware of all applicable

local laws that may affect the use ofelectronic devices while driving.

Various systems on your vehicle can becontrolled using the information displaycontrols on the steering wheel.Corresponding information is displayed inthe information display.

Information Display Controls(Type 1)

• Press the INFO button to scroll throughtrip, fuel usage, trailer gain and MyKey®information.

• Press the SETUP button to scrollthrough various vehicle featuresettings.

• Press the RESET button to choosesettings, reset information and confirmmessages.

Info

Press the INFO button repeatedly to cyclethrough the following features:

Note: Some options may appear slightly different or not at all if the items areoptional.

87

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Information Displays

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


INFO

TRIP A or B

MYKEY MILES (km) (if programmed)

MILES (km) TO E

AVG MPG (L/100km)

MPG (L/km)

TIMER

TBC GAIN (if equipped)

Blank

TRIP A or B

Registers the distance of individualjourneys. Press and release the INFObutton until TRIP A or B appears in thedisplay (this represents the trip mode).Press and hold the RESET button to reset.

MYKEY MILES (km)

For more information, See Principle ofOperation (page 53).

MILES (km) TO E

This displays an estimate of approximatelyhow far you can drive with the fuelremaining in your tank under normal drivingconditions. Remember to turn the ignitionoff when refueling to allow this feature tocorrectly detect the added fuel.

Distance to empty is calculated using arunning average fuel economy, which isbased on your recent driving history of 500miles (800 km).

This value is not the same as the averagefuel economy display. The running averagefuel economy is re-initialized to a factorydefault value if the battery is disconnected.

AVG MPG (L/100km)

Average fuel economy displays youraverage fuel economy in miles/gallon orliters/100 km.

MPG (L/km)

Displays the instantaneous fuel economyas a bar graph. Your vehicle must bemoving to calculate instantaneous fueleconomy. Instantaneous fuel economycannot be reset.

TIMER

Displays the trip elapsed drive time. Pressand release RESET to pause the timer.Press and hold RESET to reset the timer.

TBC GAIN

Displays the level of trailer brake gain or ifthe trailer is not connected.

System check and vehicle featurecustomization

Press the SETUP button repeatedly tocycle the information display through thefollowing features:

88

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Note: Some options may appear slightly different or not at all if the items areoptional.

Note: When returning to the SETUP menu and a non-English language has been selected, HOLD RESET FOR ENGLISH will be displayed to change back to English.

Press and hold the RESET button to change back to English.

SETUP

XXX% OIL LIFEpress the RESET buttonRESET FOR SYSTEMCHECK

DOOR STATUS

BRAKE SYSTEM

FUEL LEVEL LOW

TBC GAIN = XX.X or NOTRAILER

TBC GAIN = XX.X orOUTPUT = //////

MYKEY DISTANCE

MYKEY(S) PROGRAMMED

ADMIN KEYSPROGRAMMED

HOLD RESET=NEWOIL LIFE XXX%

English or Metricpress the RESET buttonUNITS

0 to 180 secondsAUTOLAMP (SEC)

ON or OFFAUTOLOCK

ON or OFFAUTOUNLOCK

ON or OFFCOURTESY WIPE

ON or OFFEASY ENTRY EXIT

ON or OFFREAR PARK AID

ON or OFFTRAILER SWAY

CREATE MYKEY, MYKEY SETUP or CLEAR MYKEY

ON or OFFpress the RESET buttonRESET FOR REMOTESTART

5, 10, 15 minutes

89

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


CREATE MYKEY, MYKEY SETUP orCLEAR MYKEY

For more information, See Creating a

MyKey (page 53).

RESET FOR REMOTE START (ifequipped)

LANGUAGE = ENGLISH, SPANISH orFRENCH

Allows you to choose which language themessage center will display in.

Waiting four seconds or pressing theRESET button cycles the message centerthrough each of the language choices.

Press the RESET button to set thelanguage choice.

Information Display Controls(Type 2) (If Equipped)

• Press the up and down arrow buttonsto scroll through and highlight theoptions within a menu.

•

Press the right arrow button to enter asub-menu.

• Press the left arrow button to exit amenu.

• Press the OK button to choose andconfirm a setting or messages.

Main menu

You can access the menus using theinformation display control.

Gauge Mode

Trip A / B

Fuel Economy

Truck Apps (If Equipped)

Settings

Information

Gauge Mode

Use the arrow buttons to choosebetween the following gauge

options.

91

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Gauge Mode

Trans TempGauge Detail

The compass orientationcan be changed betweenfixed north or rotating north.To change the modes, pressOK when the compassdisplay is shown. Use theright arrow to choose themode. Press and hold OK toset the mode.

Compass

Displays power distributionbetween the front and rearwheels. More power toeither front or rear wheelswill be displayed by morearea filled in.

2–speed Auto 4X4

Blank

Trip A / B

Use the arrow buttons to choosebetween the following tripoptions.

Trip A / B

Trip time

Trip distance

Gal used

Avg mpg (L/100km)

Odometer (displays in lower line and may display in other menus)

Press OK to pause the Trip A or B screen,press again to un-pause.

Press and hold OK to reset the currentlydisplayed trip information.

Trip time

Registers the time of individual journeys.

Trip distance

Registers the mileage of individualjourneys.

92

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Gal used

Shows the amount of fuel used for a giventrip.

Avg MPG

Shows the average distance traveled perunit of fuel used for a given trip.

Fuel Economy

Use the arrow buttons to choosethe desired fuel economy

display.

Fuel Economy

Instant MPG (L/100km)Fuel Econ.

mi (km) to E

AVG MPG (L/100km)

5, 10, 30 Minutes or Last 5 ResetsOptionsFuel Hist.

Hold OK to Reset, this resets the currentlydisplayed fuel economy information.

Instant MPG

Shows your instantaneous fuel usage.

mi to E

Shows the approximate distance yourvehicle can travel before running out offuel.

Average MPG

Shows the average fuel usage based ontime. Press and hold OK to reset this value.

Fuel Hist.

Shows fuel usage as a bar graph based ontime. The graph is updated each minutewith the fuel economy that was achievedduring the prior 5, 10, 30 minutes of driving.

Truck Apps

In this mode, off-roadinformation depicted withgraphics and trailer towing

application options are available.

Note: Some items are optional and may not appear.

Truck Apps

AdvanceTrac® mode, hill descent control, off-road mode, off-road camera:Displays which modes are active. (SVT Raptor)

Off Road

Pitch and bank angle (in degrees)

Steering angle (in degrees)

Differential lock/unlock

Torque flow

4X4 SystemPress OK for Info

93

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Truck Apps

AdvanceTrac®

2–speed Auto 4X4

ELD (Electronic Locking Differential)

Hill Descent Control

Truck Apps (cont’d)

Off-Road ModePress OK for InfoOff Road(cont’d)

Press OK to Enable / DisableOff-Road Camera (SVT

Raptor)

Trailer DisconnectedTrailer

Active trailer name or default trailer

Accumulated trailer distance

Trailer gain and output

Change Active TrailerPress OK for options

Conventional, Fifth

Wheel or Gooseneck.

Connection Checklist (if

equipped)

Delete Trailer

Tow Haul mode orTrailer Brake Controller

Information Screen

Rename Trailer

Reset Trailer Mileage / Kilometers (if equipped)

Pitch and bank angle (in degrees)Displays the pitch angle (front to rear) andbank angle (side to side) of the roadsurface.

Steering angle (in degrees)

Displays the steering angle of the frontwheels after the vehicle has been drivenfor a period of time.

Differential lock/unlock

Displays the state (locked or unlocked) ofthe electronic locking differential.

Torque flow

Displays the torque flow to the front andrear driveline and operating mode of thetransfer case: 4X2, 4X4 High, 4X4 Low, 4X4Auto.

94

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Trailer disconnected

Disregard this status if your vehicle is notequipped with a factory installed trailer

brake controller. This message may appearwhen an aftermarket TBC is used evenwhen the trailer is connected.

Change Active Trailer

When this is highlighted, press the rightarrow key to change the currently selectedtrailer. Use the up and down arrows toselect a trailer and press the OK button tochoose the highlighted trailer.

Adding a new trailer Use the up/down arrows to highlight NewTrailer and press the right arrow key toenter the New Trailer input screen. Use theup/down arrow keys to choose alpha,numeric and symbol characters and thenpress the right arrow to move the characterspace over. Continue adding characters asneeded. Press the left arrow to go backand change a previously selectedcharacter. When finished with the new

trailer name, press OK to accept the newtrailer name.

Connection Checklist

Use the up/down arrows to highlight oneof these choices and press OK to display

the connection checklist. Follow theon-screen instructions to go through theconnections list.

Delete Trailer

Use the up/down arrows to highlight thetrailer you want to delete and press OK todelete. Follow the on-screen prompts toexit or confirm delete.

Rename Trailer

Use the up/down buttons to highlight atrailer and press OK to select it. Use theup/down arrow buttons to change thecharacters as needed. When done, pressOK to accept the change.

Reset Trailer Mileage / Kilometers

Use the up/down buttons to select atrailer, then press and hold OK to reset thetrailer mileage (kilometers).

Settings

Use the arrow buttons toconfigure different driver settingchoices.

Note: Some items are optional and may not appear.

Settings

On or OffRear Park AidDriver

Assist On or OffCamera DelayRear Video Camera

On or OffVisual Park Aid

Fixed or OffGuidelines

On or OffZoom Levels

Electric or Elect. Over HydraulicTrailer Brake Mode

On or OffTrailer Sway Control

95

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Settings

Off or XXX secondsAutolamp DelayVehicle

Normal history usedDTE Calculation(distance to empty)

Towing history used

On or OffEasy Entry/Exit

On or OffAutolockLocks

On or OffAutounlock

One Stage or TwoStage

Unlocking

Standard or Memory OnMenu Control

Set to XXX% (Hold OK to Reset)Oil Life Reset

Auto, Off or OutPwr Running Boards

Settings (cont’d)

Auto/OffFront DefrostClimate ControlRemote StartVehicle(cont’d)

Rear Defrost

Driver Seat

Passenger Seat

Auto or LastSetting

Heater-A/C

5, 10, 15 minutes or OffDuration

On or OffQuiet Start

On or OffCourtesy WipeWiper Control

On or OffRain SensingWipers

96

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Settings (cont’d)

Hold OK to create MyKeyCreate MyKeyMyKey

Always On or SelectableAdvanceTrac

80 MPH (130 km/h) or OffMAX Speed

45, 55 or 65 MPH (75, 90 or 105 km/h), OffSpeed Warning

On or OffVolume Limiter

Hold OK to Clear MyKeyClear MyKey

English, Español, Français (Hold OK to Set)Language

Miles & GallonsDistanceUnits

L/100km

km/L

Celsius (°C)Temperature

Fahrenheit (°F)

Information

In this mode, you can viewdifferent vehicle systeminformation and perform a

system check.

Information

MyKeys (Number of MyKeys programmed)MyKey

Admin Keys (Number of admin keys)

MyKey Miles (km) (Distance traveled using a programmedMyKey)

Some items will only display during a system check if aproblem has been detected. If an issue exists on one ofthe monitored systems, the number of warnings that needimmediate attention will display in red and the number ofinformational warnings will display in amber. Use the up/down arrow buttons to scroll through the list; press theright arrow button to display specific information on thehighlighted warning

System Check

97

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Transmission indicator display (ifequipped)

The transmission gear indicator displays

in the right side of the information displaywhen using the SelectShift Automatic™transmission feature. These displays willnot be shown in all screen modes. Forexample: when programming certainvehicle features or in certain informationmenus.

INFORMATION MESSAGES

Note: Depending on the vehicle optionsequipped with your vehicle, not all of the messages will display or be available.Certain messages may be abbreviated or shortened depending upon which cluster type you have.

Press the RESET button for Type 1 displaysor the OK button for Type 2 displays toacknowledge and remove some messagesfrom the information display. Othermessages will be removed automaticallyafter a short time.

Certain messages need to be confirmedbefore you can access the menus.

AdvanceTrac® and Traction Control

ActionMessage

Displays when the system detects a condition that requiresservice. Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible.

SERVICE ADVAN-CETRAC

Displayed when the AdvanceTrac® system has been disabledby the driver.

ADVANCETRAC OFF

Displayed when the AdvanceTrac® system has been enabledby the driver.

ADVANCETRAC ON

Displayed when the AdvanceTrac® sport mode has beenenabled by the driver. (SVT Raptor)

ADVANCETRAC SPORTMODE

Displayed when the traction control has been disabled by thedriver. See Using Traction Control (page 166).

TRACTION CONTROLOFF

Displayed when the traction control has been enabled by thedriver. See Using Traction Control (page 166).

TRACTION CONTROLON

Airbag

ActionMessage

Displays when the system detects a malfunction due to ablocked sensor.

REMOVE OBJECTSNEAR PASSENGER

SEAT

98

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Alarm and Security

ActionMessage

Displays when the alarm has been triggered due to unauthor-ized entry. See Anti-Theft Alarm (page 62).

TO STOP ALARMSTART VEHICLE

Displays when the security system has detected a fault. Seeyour authorized dealer for service.

SECURITY SYSTEMFAULT

Battery and Charging System

ActionMessage

Displayed when the battery management system determinesthat the battery is at a low state of charge or, the ignition hasbeen in accessory position or on position with the engine offfor approximately 45 minutes. Turn the ignition off as soonas possible to protect the battery. This message will clearonce the vehicle has been started and the battery state of

charge has recovered. Turning off unnecessary electrical loadswhile driving will allow faster battery state-of-charge recovery.

See Changing the 12V Battery (page 246).

TURN POWER OFF TOSAVE BATTERY

Displayed when the battery management system detects anextended low-voltage condition. Various vehicle features willbe disabled to help preserve the battery. Turn off as many of

the electrical loads as soon as possible to improve systemvoltage. If the system voltage has recovered, the disabled

features will operate again as normal.

LOW BATTERYFEATURES TEMPOR-ARILY TURNED OFF

Doors and Locks

ActionMessage

Displays when the door(s) listed is not completely closed.X DOOR AJAR

99

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Drivetrain

ActionMessage

Displayed when the electronic locking differential (ELD) isenabled or disabled.

LOCKING DIFFERENTIALENGAGED/DISEN-

GAGED

Displays when the electronic locking differential requests acertain speed requirement to engage.

TO ENGAGE LOCKINGDIFFERENTIAL SLOW

TO XX MPH/KM/H

Displays when the electronic locking differential request theaccelerator to be released in order to engage.

TO ENGAGE LOCKINGDIFFERENTIAL RELEASEACCELERATOR PEDAL

Displayed when an electronic locking differential (ELD) systemfault is present. See Using Four-Wheel Drive (page 153).

CHECK LOCKINGDIFFERENTIAL

Displays as a reminder to shift into park.SHIFT TO PARK

Displayed when the transfer case is in the neutral position.This message indicates that the vehicle is safe to be towed

with all four wheels on the ground.

NEUTRAL TOWENABLED LEAVE

TRANSMISSION INNEUTRAL

Displayed when the transfer case is NOT in the neutral posi-tion. This message indicates that the vehicle is NOT safe to

be towed with all four wheels on the ground.

NEUTRAL TOWDISABLED

Engine

ActionMessage

Displays when the engine temperature gauge needlemoves to H. See Engine Coolant Check (page 241).

POWER REDUCED TO LOWERENGINE TEMP

Fuel

ActionMessage

Displays as an early reminder of a low fuel condition.FUEL LEVEL LOW

Displays when the fuel fill inlet may not be properly closed.CHECK FUEL FILL INLET

100

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Key

ActionMessage

Displays when an attempt is made to program a fifth integ-rated key. See Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Control

(page 52).

COULD NOT PROGRAMINTEGRATED KEY

Displays when the factory equipped remote start is activated.TO DRIVE: TURN KEYTO ON

Maintenance

ActionMessage

Displays when the engine oil life is nearing its end. SeeEngine Oil Check (page 240).

ENGINE OIL CHANGE SOON

Displayed when the oil life left reaches 0%. SeeEngine Oil Check (page 240).

OIL CHANGE REQUIRED

Indicates the brake fluid level is low and the brakesystem should be inspected immediately. See Brake

Fluid Check (page 246).

BRAKE FLUID LEVEL LOW

Displays when the brake system needs servicing. If the

warning stays on or continues to come on, contactyour authorized dealer as soon as possible.

CHECK BRAKE SYSTEM

The power steering system has detected a conditionthat requires service. See your authorized dealer

SERVICE POWER STEERING

The power steering system has detected a conditionwithin the power steering system that requires service

immediately. See your authorized dealer.

SERVICE POWER STEERINGNOW

The power steering system has disabled powersteering assist due to a system error. See your author-

ized dealer.

POWER STEERING ASSISTFAULT

101

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


MyKey®

ActionMessage

Displays when MyKey is active.MYKEY ACTIVE DRIVE SAFELY

Displays when a MyKey is in use and the ESC cannotbe deactivated.

ADVANCETRAC ALWAYS ON -MYKEY SETTING

Displays when a MyKey is in use and the MyKey speedlimit is on and the vehicle speed is approaching 80

mph (130 km/h).

VEHICLE NEAR TOP SPEED

Displays when a MyKey is in use and the MyKey speedlimit is on and the vehicle speed is 80 mph (130 km/

h).

VEHICLE AT TOP SPEED -MYKEY SETTING

Displays when starting the vehicle and MyKey is in useand the MyKey speed limit is on.

SPEED LIMITED TO 80 MPH

Displays when starting the vehicle and MyKey is in useand the MyKey speed limit is on

SPEED LIMITED TO 130 KM/H

Displayed when a MyKey is in use and the optionalsetting is on and the vehicle exceeds a preselected

speed.

CHECK SPEED DRIVE SAFELY

Displayed when a MyKey is in use and Belt-Minder® is

activated.

BUCKLE UP TO UNMUTE

AUDIODisplayed when an attempt is made to program a

spare key using two existing MyKeys.MYKEY COULD NOT PROGRAM

Park Aid

ActionMessage

Displays when the transmission is in R (Reverse) andthe park aid is disabled.

CHECK REAR PARK AID

Displays when the rear park aid is disabled by thedriver.

REAR PARK AID OFF

Displays when the rear park aid is enabled.REAR PARK AID ON

102

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Park Brake

ActionMessage

Displays when the parking brake is set and the vehicle is inmotion.

PARK BRAKE ENGAGED

Off Road

ActionMessage

Displayed when the vehicle speed requirement for off-road mode entry has not been met.

FOR OFF ROAD SLOW TO 5MPH

Displayed when off-road mode becomes active.OFF ROAD MODE ENABLEDDisplayed when off-road mode becomes inactive.EXITING OFF ROAD MODE

Displayed when hill descent control mode becomesactive.

HILL DESCENT CONTROLACTIVE

Displays when hill descent control mode becomesinactive.

HILL DESCENT CONTROL OFF

Displays when the vehicle speed requirement for off-road mode entry has not been met.

FOR HILL DESCENT REDUCESPEED

Displays when the driver is able to select a transmis-sion gear for hill descent mode.

FOR HILL DESCENT SELECTGEAR

Displays when hill descent control mode is deactivatedand the driver must resume control.

HILL DESCENT - DRIVERRESUME CONTROL

Displays when a hill descent system fault is present.HILL DESCENT CONTROLFAULT

Displays when the hill descent system is cooling dueto overuse.

HILL DESCENT CONTROL OFFSYSTEM COOLING

Displays when the hill descent control switch is turnedon.HILL DESCENT CONTROLREADY

Displayed when the front camera is not operatingproperly.

CAMERA MALFUNCTION

103

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Tire Pressure Monitoring System

ActionMessage

Displays when one or more tires on your vehicle have low tirepressure. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 283).

LOW TIRE PRESSURE

Displays when the tire pressure monitoring system ismalfunctioning. If the warning stays on or continues to come

on, contact your authorized dealer. See Tire PressureMonitoring System (page 283).

TIRE PRESSUREMONITOR FAULT

Displayed when a tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning, oryour spare tire is in use. For more information on how the

system operates under these conditions, see See Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (page 283). If the warning stays onor continues to come on, contact your authorized dealer as

soon as possible.

TIRE PRESSURESENSOR FAULT

Trailer

ActionMessage

Displays the current gain setting for the trailer brake.TRAILER BRAKE GAIN: XX.X[OUTPUT]

Displays the current gain setting for the trailer brakewhen a trailer is not connected.

TRAILER BRAKE GAIN: XX.X NOTRAILER

Displayed and accompanied by a single chime, inresponse to faults sensed by the TBC. See Trailer

Sway Control (page 192).

TRAILER BRAKE MODULEFAULT

Displays when a correct trailer connection (a trailerwith electric trailer brakes) is sensed during a given

ignition cycle.

TRAILER CONNECTED

104

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


ActionMessage

Displays when a trailer connection becomes discon-nected, either intentionally or unintentionally, and has

been sensed during a given ignition cycle. Disregardthis status if your vehicle is not equipped with a factory

installed trailer brake controller. This message mayappear when an aftermarket TBC is used even when

the trailer is connected.

TRAILER DISCONNECTED

Displays when the trailer sway control has detectedtrailer sway.

TRAILER SWAY REDUCESPEED

Displays if there are certain faults in the vehicle wiringand trailer wiring/brake system. See Towing a Trailer

(page 191).

WIRING FAULT ON TRAILER

4WD

ActionMessage

Displays when a 4X4 system fault is present. SeeUsing Four-Wheel Drive (page 153).

CHECK 4X4

Displays when the 4X4 system is making a shift.4X4 SHIFT IN PROGRESS

Displays when trying to select 4X4 LOW.FOR 4X4 LOW APPLY BRAKEDisplays when 4X4 LOW is selected and the vehicle is

stopped.FOR 4X4 LOW SHIFT TO N

Displays when 4X4 LOW is selected while the vehicleis moving.

FOR 4X4 LOW SLOW TO 3 MPH

Displays when 2WD is selected from 4X4 LOW mode.TO EXIT 4X4 LOW APPLYBRAKE

Displays when 2WD is selected while the vehicle hasbeen stopped in 4X4 LOW.

TO EXIT 4X4 LOW SHIFT TO N

Displays when 2WD is selected while the vehicle isoperating in 4X4 LOW.

TO EXIT 4X4 LOW SLOW TO 3MPH

May display when shifting to or from 4X4 LOW.SHIFT DELAYED PULLFORWARD

105

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL

Defrost: Press the button to distribute air to the windshield vents and de-mister.Air distribution to instrument panel and footwell vents turn off. You can usethis setting to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice.

A

Rear defrost and heated mirrors: Turns the heated mirrors on and off as well

as the heated rear window, if your vehicle has that feature. See HeatedWindows and Mirrors (page 112).

B

Air distribution control: Press these buttons to turn airflow from thewindshield, instrument panel, or footwell vents on or off. The system candistribute air through any combination of these vents.

C

A/C: Press the button to turn air conditioning compressor on or off. Use airconditioning with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency.

D

Note: In certain conditions, the air conditioning compressor may continue tooperate even after you switch off the air conditioning with the A/C button.

Recirculated air: Press the button to switch between outside air andrecirculated air. When recirculated air is selected, the air currently in thepassenger compartment recirculates. This may reduce the time needed to coolthe interior (when used with A/C) and may also reduce unwanted odors fromentering your vehicle. Even when you do not select this button, air may stillrecirculate in some instances in order to reduce vehicle warm-up time in coldconditions or to cool down time in hot conditions.

E

MAX A/C: Press the button to maximize cooling. Recirculated air flows throughthe instrument panel vents, air conditioning automatically turns on and the fanautomatically adjusts to the highest speed.

F

106

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Climate Control

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Temperature control: Controls the temperature of the airflow in your vehicle.Adjust to select the desired temperature.

G

Fan speed control: Controls the volume of air circulated in your vehicle. Adjust

to select the desired fan speed.

H

Power: Press the button to turn the system on and off. Switching off the climatecontrol system prevents outside air from entering the vehicle.

I

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL

Fan speed control: Controls the volume of air circulated in your vehicle. Adjustto select the desired fan speed.

A

Rear defrost and heated mirrors: Turns the heated mirrors on and off as wellas the heated rear window, if your vehicle has that feature. See HeatedWindows and Mirrors (page 112).

B


C


D


E

107

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Climate Control

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014



MAX A/C: Press the button to maximize cooling. Recirculated air flows through

the instrument panel vents, air conditioning automatically turns on and the fanautomatically adjusts to the highest speed.

F

Recirculated air: Press the button to switch between outside air andrecirculated air. When recirculated air is selected, the air currently in thepassenger compartment recirculates. This may reduce the time needed to coolthe interior (when used with A/C) and may also reduce unwanted odors fromentering your vehicle. Even when you do not select this button, air may stillrecirculate in some instances in order to reduce vehicle warm-up time in coldconditions or to cool down time in hot conditions.

G

Note: Recirculated air engages automatically when you select MAX A/C, or

turn on manually in any airflow mode except defrost.Note: You may notice changes in sound between recirculated mode and otherairflow modes.

Note: For better cooling in hot conditions, recirculated air automatically engageswhen the air distribution control is in panel or panel and floor modes and theair conditioning is on. You can switch to fresh air by pressing the recirculatedair button again.

Temperature control: Controls the temperature of the airflow in your vehicle.Adjust to select the desired temperature.

H

Power: Press the button to turn the system on and off. Switching off the climatecontrol system prevents outside air from entering the vehicle.

I

108

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Climate Control

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED)

Power and Driver temperature control: Press the button to turn the systemon and off. Switching off the climate control system prevents outside air fromentering the vehicle. Turn to increase or decrease the air temperature for thedriver side of the vehicle. This control also adjusts the passenger side

temperature when not in dual zone mode.

A

Heated rear window: Turns the heated rear window on and off.B


C


D


E


MAX A/C: Press the button to maximize cooling. Recirculated air flows throughthe instrument panel vents, air conditioning automatically turns on, and the fanautomatically adjusts to the highest speed.

F

109

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Climate Control

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Recirculated air: Press the button to switch between outside air andrecirculated air. When you select recirculated air, the air currently in thepassenger compartment recirculates. This may reduce the time needed to cool

the interior (when used with A/C) and may reduce unwanted odors fromentering your vehicle.

G

Note: Recirculated air may turn off automatically (or be prevented from turningon) in all airflow modes except MAX A/C to reduce risk of fogging. Recirculatedair may also turn on and off automatically in Panel or Panel and Floor airflowmodes during hot weather in order to improve cooling efficiency.

PASS TEMP: Turn to increase or decrease the air temperature on the passengerside of the vehicle. This turns on dual zone mode.

H

Fan speed control +: Press to increase the volume of air circulated in yourvehicle.

I

AUTO: Press the button to turn on automatic operation. Select the desiredtemperature using the temperature control. The system adjusts fan speed, airdistribution, air conditioning operation, and selects outside air or recirculatedair to heat or cool the vehicle in order to maintain the desired temperature. Youcan also use the AUTO button to turn off dual zone operation by pressing andholding the button for more than two seconds.

J

Fan speed control -: Press to decrease the volume of air circulated in yourvehicle.

K

HINTS ON CONTROLLING THEINTERIOR CLIMATE

General Hints

Note: Prolonged use of recirculated air may cause the windows to fog up.

Note: You may feel a small amount of air from the footwell air vents regardless of the air distribution setting.

Note: To reduce humidity build-up inside your vehicle, do not drive with the system switched off or with recirculated air always switched on.

Note: Do not place objects under the front seats as this may interfere with the airflow to the rear seats.

Note: Remove any snow, ice or leaves fromthe air intake area at the base of thewindshield.

Note: To improve the time to reach comfort

in hot weather, drive with the windows slightly open for 2-3 minutes after start-upor until your vehicle airs out.

Manual Climate Control

Note: To reduce fogging of the windshield during humid weather, adjust the air distribution control to the windshield air vents position.

Automatic Climate Control

Note: Adjusting the settings when your vehicle interior is extremely hot or cold is not necessary. The system automatically adjusts to heat or cool the cabin to your selected temperature as quickly as possible.For the system to function efficiently, theinstrument panel and side air vents should be fully open.

110

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Climate Control

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Note: If you select AUTO during cold outside temperatures, the system directs airflow to the windshield and side window vents. In addition, the fan may run at a

slower speed until the engine warms up.

Note: If you select AUTO during hot outsidetemperatures, or when the inside of thevehicle is hot, the system automatically uses recirculated air to maximize interior cooling.

When the interior reaches the selected temperature, the system automatically switches to using outside air.

Heating the Interior Quickly

Vehicle with automatic climate controlVehicle with manual climate control

Press the AUTO button.Adjust the fan speed to the highestspeed setting.

1

Adjust the temperature control to thedesired setting.Adjust the temperature control to thehighest setting.2

Select the footwell air vents using theair distribution buttons.

3

Recommended Settings for Heating


Press the AUTO button.Adjust the fan speed to the center

setting.

1

Adjust the temperature control to thedesired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as astarting point, then adjust the setting asnecessary.

Adjust the temperature control to themidway point of the hot settings.

2

Select the footwell air vents using theair distribution buttons.

3

Cooling the Interior Quickly


Press the MAX A/C button.Press the MAX A/C button.1

Drive with the windows open for 2-3minutes.

2

111

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Climate Control

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Recommended Settings for Cooling


Press the AUTO button.Adjust the fan speed to the centersetting.

1

Adjust the temperature control to thedesired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as astarting point, then adjust the setting asnecessary.

Adjust the temperature control to themidway point of the cold settings.

2

Select the instrument panel air ventsusing the air distribution buttons.

3

Side Window Defogging in Cold Weather

Vehicle With Automatic Climate ControlVehicle With Manual Climate Control

Press the defrost button.Select the instrument panel and footwellair vents positions through the air distri-bution control.

1

Adjust the temperature control to thedesired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as astarting point, then adjust the setting as

necessary.

Press the A/C button.2

Adjust the temperature control to thedesired setting.

3

Adjust the fan speed to the highestsetting.

4

Direct the instrument panel side air ventstoward the side windows.

5

Close the instrument panel center vents.6

HEATED WINDOWS ANDMIRRORS

Heated Rear Window (If Equipped)

Note: The engine must be running to usethis feature.

Note: If your vehicle is equipped with a sliding rear window, the feature does notoperate when you open the window.

Press the button to clear the rear windowof thin ice and fog. Press the button againwithin 10 minutes to switch it off. Itswitches off automatically after 10minutes, or when you switch the ignitionoff.

112

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Climate Control

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Do not use razor blades or other sharpobjects to clean the inside of the rearwindow or to remove decals from theinside of the rear window. This may

cause damage to the heated grid lines. Your warranty does not cover thisdamage.

Heated Exterior Mirror (If Equipped)

Note: Do not remove ice from the mirrorswith a scraper or attempt to readjust the mirror glass that has frozen in place. These actions could cause damage to the glass and mirrors.

Note: Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum-based cleaning products.

The heated mirrors remove ice, mist andfog when you switch on the heated rearwindow.

REMOTE START (IF EQUIPPED)

The remote start feature allows you to

pre-condition the interior of your vehicle.The climate control system works toachieve comfort according to your previoussettings.

Note: You cannot adjust the system during remote start operation.

Turn the ignition on to return the systemto its previous settings. You can now makeadjustments normally, but you need to turncertain vehicle-dependent features back

on, such as:• Heated seats.

• Cooled seats.

• Heated steering wheel.

• Heated mirrors.

• Heated rear window.

You can adjust the default remote startsettings using the information displaycontrols. See Information Displays(page 87).

Automatic Settings

In hot weather, the system is set to 72°F(22°C). The cooled seats are set to high(if available, and selected to AUTO in theinformation display).

In moderate weather, the system eitherheats or cools (based on previoussettings). The rear defroster, heatedmirrors and heated seats do not

automatically switch on.In cold weather, the system is set to 72°F(22°C). The heated seats are set to high(if available, and selected to AUTO in theinformation display). The rear defrosterand heated mirrors automatically switchon.

113

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Climate Control

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


SITTING IN THE CORRECTPOSITION

WARNINGSSitting improperly, out of position orwith the seat back reclined too farcan take weight off the seat cushion

and affect the decision of the passengersensing system, resulting in serious injuryor death in the event of a crash. Always situpright against your seat back, with yourfeet on the floor.

Do not recline the seat back as thiscan cause the occupant to slideunder the safety belt, resulting in

serious injury in the event of a crash.

Do not place objects higher than theseat back to reduce the risk ofserious injury in the event of a crash

or during heavy braking.

When you use them properly, the seat,head restraint, safety belt and air bags willprovide optimum protection in the eventof a crash.

We recommend that you follow theseguidelines:

• Sit in an upright position with the base

of your spine as far back as possible.• Do not recline the seat back more than

30 degrees.

• Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of it is level with the top of yourhead and as far forward as possible.Make sure that you remaincomfortable.

• Keep sufficient distance betweenyourself and the steering wheel. Werecommend a minimum of 10 inches(25 centimeters) between yourbreastbone and the air bag cover.

• Hold the steering wheel with your armsslightly bent.

• Bend your legs slightly so that you canpress the pedals fully.

• Position the shoulder strap of thesafety belt over the center of yourshoulder and position the lap straptightly across your hips.

Make sure that your driving position iscomfortable and that you can maintain fullcontrol of your vehicle.

HEAD RESTRAINTS

WARNINGS

Fully adjust the head restraint beforeyou sit in or operate your vehicle. Thiswill help minimize the risk of neck

injury in the event of a crash. Do not adjustthe head restraint when your vehicle ismoving.

The head restraint is a safety device.Whenever possible it should beinstalled and properly adjusted when

the seat is occupied. An improperlyadjusted head restraint may notadequately protect an occupant during animpact from the rear.

114

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Seats

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


WARNINGS

Install the head restraint properly tohelp minimize the risk of neck injury

in the event of a crash.

Note: Adjust the seatback to an uprightdriving position before adjusting the head restraint. Adjust the head restraint so thatthe top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible. Make surethat you remain comfortable. If you areextremely tall, adjust the head restraint toits highest position.

Front Seat Head Restraint

Rear Seat Outboard Head Restraints

Rear Seat Center Head Restraint

The head restraints consist of:

An energy absorbing headrestraint.

A

Two steel stems.B

Guide sleeve adjust and releasebutton.

C

Guide sleeve unlock and removebutton.

D

Fold button (rear seat outboardonly).

E

Adjusting the Head Restraint

Raising the Head Restraint

Pull the head restraint up.

Lowering the Head Restraint

1. Press and hold button C.

2. Push the head restraint down.

Removing the Head Restraint

1. Pull up the head restraint until itreaches the highest adjustmentposition.

2. Press and hold buttons C and D.

3. Pull up the head restraint.

Note: For rear seat outboard seats, you canfold the head restraint forward for easier removal.

115

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Seats

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Installing the Head Restraint

Align the steel stems into the guide sleevesand push the head restraint down until it

locks.

Folding the Head Restraint

Note: The rear seat outboard head restraints may fold forward for improved visibility.

1. Press and hold button E.

2. Pull it back up to reset.

Front Seat Center Head Restraint

Your vehicle may be equipped with a frontrow center head restraint that isnon-adjustable. This head restraintconsists of:

An energy absorbing headrestraint.

A

Two steel stems.B

Guide sleeve unlock and removebutton.

C

Removing the Head Restraint

1. Pull up the head restraint until itreaches the highest adjustmentposition.

2. Press and hold buttons C.

3. Pull up the head restraint.

Installing the Head Restraint

Align the steel stems into the guide sleevesand push the head restraint down until it

locks.

Tilting Head Restraints (If Equipped)

The front head restraints may have a tiltingfeature for extra comfort. To tilt the headrestraint, do the following:

1. Adjust the seatback to an uprightdriving or riding position.

2. Pivot the head restraint forward towardyour head to the desired position.

After the head restraint reaches theforward-most tilt position, pivot it forwardagain to release it to the rearward, un-tiltedposition.

Note: Do not attempt to force the head restraint backward after it is tilted. Instead,

continue tilting it forward until the head restraint releases to the upright position.

MANUAL SEATS

WARNING

Do not adjust the driver's seat orseatback when your vehicle ismoving.

116

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Seats

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Moving the Seat Backward andForward

Recline Adjustment

Manual Lumbar (If Equipped)

The lumbar support control is located onthe outboard side of the seat. Turn thecontrol to adjust your support.

POWER SEATS (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNINGS

Do not adjust the driver's seat orseatback when your vehicle ismoving. Adjusting your seatback

while the vehicle is in motion may causeloss of control of the vehicle.

Do not place cargo or any objectsbehind the seatback before returningit to the original position.

The control is located on the outboard sideof the seat. Move the switch in the directionof the arrow to raise or lower the seat

cushion or to move the seat forward,backward, up or down.

Power Recline (If Equipped)

Move the switch to recline the seatbackforward or rearward.

117

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Seats

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Power Lumbar (If Equipped)

The control is located on the outboard sideof the seat. Press the forward or rearwardside of the control for more or less support.

MEMORY FUNCTION (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNINGS

Before activating the seat memory,make sure that the area immediatelysurrounding the seat is clear of

obstructions and that all occupants areclear of moving parts.

Do not use the memory functionwhen your vehicle is moving.

This feature will automatically recall theposition of the driver's seat, power mirrors,optional adjustable pedals and optionalsteering column.

The memory control is located on the

outboard side of the driver's seat.

Saving a Pre-Set Position


2. Move the memory features to thedesired positions using the associatedcontrols.

3. Press and hold button 1 for about twoseconds until you hear a single chime.

To program position 2, repeat the previousprocedure using button 2.

Note: You can save a memory pre-set at any time.

Recalling a Pre-Set Position:Press and release the pre-set memorybutton desired. The seat, mirrors, pedalsand steering column will move to theposition stored for that pre-set.

Note: If the easy entry and exit feature isenabled, any memory recall while theignition is off will move the seat and steeringcolumn to the easy entry position.

You can recall a programmed memory

position:• When the ignition is off.

• Or only if the transmission is in park (P),neutral (N), or if the ignition is on.

You can program a remote entrytransmitter to recall a memory setting.See Keys and Remote Controls (page49).

118

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Seats

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


You can also program a personal keylessentry code to recall a memory setting. SeeLocks (page 57).

Easy Entry and Exit Feature (If

Equipped)

If you enable the easy entry and exitfeature, it automatically moves the driver'sseat rearward 2 inches (5 centimeters)when the transmission selector lever is inposition P and you remove the key fromthe ignition.

If the seat is located less than 2 inches (5centimeters) from the rear of the seattrack, the seat travel will be less than 2inches (5 centimeters) rearward.

The driver's seat will return to the previousposition when you put the key in theignition.

You can enable or disable this featurethrough the information display. SeeInformation Displays (page 87).

REAR SEATSFolding Up the Rear Seats (SuperCab)

The rear seat has a split 60/40 cushion.You can flip each seat cushion up into avertical storage position.

1. Pull the control to release the seatcushion.

2. Rotate the seat cushion up until it locksinto the vertical storage position.

Returning the Seat to the Seating

Position

WARNING

Make sure that cargo or any objectsare not trapped underneath the seatcushion before returning the seat

cushion to its original position, and that theseat cushion locks into place. Failure to doso may prevent the seat from operatingproperly in the event of a crash, whichcould increase the risk of serious injury.

1. Pull the control on the side of the seatto release the seat cushion from thestorage position.

2. Push the seat cushion down until itlocks into the horizontal position.

Folding up the Rear Seat Cushion(Super Crew)

The rear seat has a split 60/40 cushion.

You can flip each seat cushion up into avertical storage position.

Rotate the seat cushion up until it locksinto the vertical storage position.

119

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Seats

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Returning the Seat to the SeatingPosition

WARNING

Make sure that cargo or any objectsare not trapped underneath the seatcushion before returning the seat

cushion to its original position, and that theseat cushion locks into place. Failure to doso may prevent the seat from operatingproperly in the event of a crash, whichcould increase the risk of serious injury.

1. Pull the control on the bottom of theseat cushion to release the seatcushion from the storage position.

2. Push the seat cushion down until itlocks into the horizontal position.

HEATED SEATS (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING

People who are unable to feel painto their skin because of advancedage, chronic illness, diabetes, spinal

cord injury, medication, alcohol use,exhaustion or other physical conditions,must exercise care when using the heatedseat. The heated seat may cause burnseven at low temperatures, especially ifused for long periods of time. Do not placeanything on the seat that insulates againstheat, such as a blanket or cushion. This

may cause the heated seat to overheat.Do not puncture the seat with pins, needlesor other pointed objects. This may damagethe heating element which may cause theheated seat to overheat. An overheatedseat may cause serious personal injury.

Do not do the following:

• Place heavy objects on the seat.

• Operate the heated seat if water or any

other liquid is spilled on the seat. Allowthe seat to dry thoroughly.

• Operate the heated seats unless theengine is running. Doing so can causethe battery to lose charge.

To operate the heated seats, press theheated seat symbol to cycle through thevarious heat settings and off. Warmersettings are indicated by more indicatorlights.

120

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Seats

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Rear Heated Seats (If Equipped)

WARNING

People who are unable to feel painto the skin because of advanced age,chronic illness, diabetes, spinal cord

injury, medication, alcohol use, exhaustion,or other physical conditions, must exercisecare when using the seat heater. The seatheater may cause burns even at lowtemperatures, especially if used for longperiods of time. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates against heat, suchas a blanket or cushion, because this maycause the seat heater to overheat. Do notpuncture the seat with pins, needles, orother pointed objects because this maydamage the heating element which maycause the seat heater to overheat. Anoverheated seat may cause seriouspersonal injury.

Do not do the following:

• Place heavy objects on the seat.

• Operate the seat heater if water or any

other liquid is spilled on the seat. Allowthe seat to dry thoroughly.

The rear seat heat controls are located onthe rear door armrest.

To operate the heated seats:

• Press this symbol for maximum heat.

• Press again to turn off.

• Press this symbol for minimum heat.

• Press again to turn off.

The heated seat module resets at everyignition run cycle. While the ignition is inthe on position, press the high or low

heated seat switch to enable heatingmode. When activated, they will turn offautomatically when the engine is turnedoff.

The indicator light will illuminate when theheated seats have been activated.

VENTILATED SEATS (IF EQUIPPED)

The ventilated seats will only function

when the engine is running.

To operate the ventilated seats, press theventilated seat symbol to cycle throughthe various cooling settings and off. Coolersettings are indicated by more indicatorlights.

If the engine falls below 350 RPM whilethe ventilated seats are on, the feature willturn itself off. You will need to reactivateit.

121

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Seats

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Heated and Ventilated Seats AirFilter Replacement (If Equipped)

The heated and ventilated seat system

includes air filters. You must replace themperiodically.

The filter is located under each front seat.Access the filter from the second rowfoot-well area. Move the front seats all theway to the full front and full up positionsto ease access.

To remove a filter:

1. Turn the vehicle off.2. Push up on the outside rigid edge of

the filter until the tabs are released,then remove the filter.

To install a filter:

1. First, position the filter in its housingmaking sure that the far forward endis all the way up in the housing.

2. Push in on the center of the outsideedge of the filter and rotate clockwiseinto the housing until it clips intoposition.

FRONT SEAT ARMREST (IF

EQUIPPED)

Press the release control to move the frontseat armrest up or down.

Pull out the optional drawer at the bottomof the center seat to access the cup

holders.

Lift the latch to open the lid and gainaccess to the optional storagecompartment under the center seatcushion.

122

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Seats

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


REAR SEAT ARMREST (IF

EQUIPPED)

Pull the strap located on the centerseatback to access the armrest andcupholders.

The cupholders are located inside the rearseat armrest. To open the cupholders:

1. Push in gently on the center of theplastic panel on the front edge of thearmrest. The cupholders will partiallyopen.

2. Pull the cupholder fully open beforeusing.

123

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Seats

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


The appearance of your vehicle’s universalgarage door opener varies according toyour option package. Before programming,make sure you identify which transmitter

you have by comparing it to the graphicsbelow:

Car2U Home Automation System

HomeLinkNote: Programming these two types of universal garage door openers are different, and they have different instructions. Identify your package and refer to the instructionslisted in this chapter.

CAR2U® Home AutomationSystem (If Equipped)

WARNINGS

Make sure that the garage door andsecurity device are free fromobstruction when you are

programming. Do not program the systemwith the vehicle in the garage.

WARNINGS

Do not use the system with anygarage door opener that does not

have the safety stop and reversefeature as required by U.S. Federal SafetyStandards (this includes any garage dooropener manufactured before April 1, 1982).

Note: Before you begin the programming process, park your vehicle in front of the garage door opener motor or other device you want to program.

Note: Make sure you keep the original remote control transmitter for use in other

vehicles as well as for future system programming.

Note: We recommend that, upon the saleor lease termination of your vehicle, youerase the programmed function buttons for security reasons. See Erasing the Function Button Codes later in this section.

Note: Programming the system to acommunity gate will require a unique set of instructions depending on the gate system

model. Contact the help line at1-866-572-2728 for further information.

Note: If you accidently enter the program mode by pressing and releasing the outer two buttons or all three buttons simultaneously, do not press any buttonuntil the module times out after a few seconds and resets to normal mode. Whenthe module has timed out, all three LEDlamps will flash rapidly for a few secondsthen turn off. Any settings should remain as

previously set.The universal garage door opener replacesthe common hand-held garage dooropener with a three-button transmitter,integrated into the driver’s sun visor.

124

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Universal Garage Door Opener (If Equipped)

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


The system includes two primary features,a garage door opener and a platform forremote activation of devices within thehome. This functionality allows you to

program garage door openers as well assecurity devices and home lightingsystems.

You can find additional system informationonline at www.learcar2U.com or by callingthe toll-free help line on 1-866-572-2728.

Rolling Code Programming

Note: If you do not follow the time-sensitiveinstructions, the device will time out and you will have to repeat the complete procedure.

Note: It may be helpful to have another person assist you in programming thetransmitter.


2. Press and hold the outer two buttons for1–2 seconds, then release.

Note: You may need a ladder to reach theunit and you may need to remove the cover or lamp lens.

Note: If you cannot locate the learn button, see the Owner ’ s Manual for your garagedoor opener or call the toll-free help line at1-866-572-2728.

3. Press the learn button on the garagedoor opener motor.

Note: You will have 10– 30 seconds tocomplete the following steps.

4. Return to your car.

5. Press and hold the function button youwould like to use to control the garagedoor. You may need to hold the buttonfrom 5–20 seconds, during which time theselected button LED lamp will flash slowly.

6. When the garage door moves, releasethe button within one second. The LEDlamp will flash rapidly until programmingis complete.

7. Press and release the button again. Thegarage door should move, confirming thatprogramming is successful. If your garagedoor does not operate, repeat the previoussteps.

The LED lamp above the selected buttonwill illuminate to confirm that the systemis responding to the button command.

125

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


To program another rolling code device,repeat Steps 1 through 6, substituting adifferent function button in Step 5.

Fixed Code Programming

Note: It may be helpful to have another person assist you in programming thetransmitter.

To program units with fixed code DIPswitches, you will need the garage doorhand-held transmitter, paper and a pen orpencil.


2. Open the battery cover and note all theswitch settings from left to right.

• When the switch is in the up, on, or +position, mark down “left button”.

• When the switch is in the middle,neutral, or 0 position, mark down“middle button”.

• When the switch is in the down, off, or– position, mark down “right button”.

3. Press all three function buttonssimultaneously for a few seconds and thenrelease. The LED lamps will flash slowly.

Note: You must complete the following step within 2.5 minutes.

4. Enter the corresponding DIP switch

settings from left to right into the systemby pressing and releasing the buttonscorresponding to the settings you noted.

5. Simultaneously press and release allthree function buttons. The LED lamps willilluminate.

6. Press and hold the function button youwould like to use to control the garagedoor.

Note: You may need to hold the buttonfrom 5– 55 seconds before observing movement of the garage door.

7. When the garage door moves, releasethe button within one second. After yourelease the button, the LED lamp will flashslowly.

8. The LED lamp will begin to flash rapidlyuntil programming is complete. If yourgarage door does not operate, repeat theprevious steps. Otherwise, call the toll-freehelp line at 1-866-572-2728.

The LED lamp above the selected button

will illuminate to confirm that the systemis responding to the button command.

Erasing the Function Button Codes

Note: You cannot erase individual buttons.

1. Press and hold the outer two functionbuttons simultaneously for approximately20 seconds until the LED lamps above thebuttons flash rapidly

126

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


2. When the LED lamps flash, release thebuttons. You have erased all of the buttoncodes.

FCC and RSS-210 Industry CanadaCompliance

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and with RSS-210 of IndustryCanada. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and

2. This device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.

Changes or modifications to your devicenot expressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance can void theuser’s authority to operate the equipment.

HomeLink Wireless ControlSystem (If Equipped)

WARNING

Do not use the system with any

garage door opener that does nothave the safety stop and reversefeature as required by U.S. Federal SafetyStandards (this includes any garage dooropener manufactured before April 1, 1982).A garage door opener that cannot detectan object, signaling the door to stop andreverse, does not meet current federalsafety standards. Using a garage dooropener without these features increasesthe risk of serious injury or death.

Note: Make sure that the garage door and security device are free from obstructionwhen you are programming. Do not programthe system with the vehicle in the garage.

Note: Make sure you keep the original remote control transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future system programming.

Note: We recommend that, upon the saleor lease termination of your vehicle, youerase the programmed function buttons for security reasons. See Erasing the ButtonCodes later in this section.

Note: You can program a maximum of three devices. To change or replace any of the three devices after you have programmed them, you must first erase thecurrent settings. See Erasing the ButtonCodes later in this section.

The universal garage door opener replacesthe common hand-held garage dooropener with a three-button transmitter,integrated into the driver’s sun visor.

The system includes two primary features,a garage door opener and a platform forremote activation of devices within the

home. This functionality allows you toprogram garage door openers as well asentry gate operators, security systems,entry door locks and home or officelighting.

You can find additional system informationonline at www.homelink.com or by callingthe toll-free help line on 1-800-355-3515.

127

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


In-vehicle Programming

This process is to program your hand-heldtransmitter and your in-vehicle HomeLink

button.Note: Put a new battery in the hand-held transmitter. This will ensure quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio-frequency signal.

1. With your vehicle parked outside of thegarage, turn your ignition to the onposition, but do not start your vehicle.

2. Hold your hand-held garage doortransmitter 1–3 inches (2–8centimeters) away from the HomeLinkbutton that you want to program.

3. Using both hands, simultaneously,press and hold the desired HomeLinkbutton and the hand-held transmitterbutton. DO NOT release either one untilthe HomeLink indicator light flashesslowly and then rapidly. When theindicator light flashes rapidly, you canrelease both buttons. The rapidflashing indicates successful training.

4. Press and hold the HomeLink buttonyou programmed for five seconds, thenrelease. You may need to do this twiceto activate the door. If your garage doordoes not operate, watch the HomeLinkindicator light.

If the indicator light stays on, theprogramming is complete. SeeProgramming Your Garage Door Motorlater in this section.

If the indicator light flashes rapidly for twoseconds and then turns to a constant light,you have not programmed the HomeLinkbutton yet. Do the following:

Press and hold the HomeLink button whileyou press and release the hand-heldtransmitter button every two seconds. TheHomeLink indicator light will flash slowlyand then rapidly once the HomeLinkfunction button recognizes and acceptsthe hand-held transmitter’s radiofrequency signal.

After programming the HomeLink button,begin programming your garage door

opener motor.Note: You may need a ladder to reach theunit and you may need to remove the cover or lamp lens on your garage door opener.

To program additional buttons, repeatSteps 1 – 4.

For questions or comments, please contactHomeLink at www.homelink.com or1-800-355-3515.

Programming Your Garage DoorOpener Motor

1. Press the learn button on the garagedoor opener motor and then you have30 seconds to complete the next twosteps.

2. Return to your vehicle.

128

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


3. Press and hold the function button youwant to program for two seconds, thenrelease. Repeat this step. Dependingon your brand of garage door opener,you may need to repeat this sequencea third time.

Erasing the Function Button Codes

Note: You cannot erase individual buttons.

1. Press and hold the outer two functionbuttons simultaneously forapproximately 20 seconds until theindicator lights above the buttons flashrapidly.

2. When the indicator lights flash, releasethe buttons. You have erased the codesfor all buttons.

Reprogramming a Single Button

To program a device to a previously trainedbutton, follow these steps:

1. Press and hold the desired button. DoNOT release the button.

2. The indicator light will begin to flashafter 20 seconds. Without releasing thebutton, follow Step 1 in theProgramming section.

For questions or comments, contactHomeLink at www.homelink.com or1-800-355-3515.

Programming to a Genie Intellicode 2Garage Door Opener

Note: You must program the GenieIntellicode 2 transmitter to operate it withthe garage door opener.

Note: To program HomeLink to thetransmitter, you must first put thetransmitter into programming mode.

Red indicator lightA.

Green indicator lightB.

1. Press and hold one of the buttons onthe hand-held transmitter for 10seconds. The indicator light will change

from green to red and green.2. Press the same button twice to confirm

the change to programming mode. Ifdone properly the indicator light willappear red.

3. Hold the transmitter within 1–3 inches(2–8 centimeters) of the button on thevisor you want to program.

129

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


4. Press and hold both the programmedGenie button on the hand-heldtransmitter and the button you wantto program. The indicator light on the

visor will flash rapidly when theprogramming is successful.

Note: The Genie transmitter will transmitfor up to 30 seconds. If HomeLink does not program within 30 seconds you will need to press the Genie transmitter again. If theGenie transmitter indicator light displays green and red, release the button until theindicator light turns off before pressing the button again.

Once you have programmed HomeLinksuccessfully, you must change the Genietransmitter out of program mode. To dothis:

1. Press and hold the previouslyprogrammed Genie button on thehand-held transmitter for 10 seconds.The indicator light will change from redto red and green.

2. Press the same button twice to confirmthe change. If done correctly theindicator light will turn green.

Programming HomeLink to the GenieIntellicode Garage Door Opener Motor

Note: You may need a ladder to access the garage door opener motor.

1. Press and hold the program button onthe garage door opener motor untilboth blue indicator lights turn on.

2. Release the program button. Only thesmaller round indicator light should beon.

3. Press and release the program button.The larger purple indicator light willflash.

Note: The next two steps must becompleted in 30 seconds.

4. Press and release the previouslyprogrammed button on the Genie

Intellicode 2 hand-held transmitter.Both indicator lights on the garage dooropener motor unit should now flashpurple.

5. Press and hold the previouslyprogrammed button on the visor fortwo seconds. Repeat this step up tothree times until the garage doormoves.

Programming is now complete.

Clearing a HomeLink DeviceTo erase programming from the threeHomeLink buttons press and hold the twoouter HomeLink buttons until the indicatorlight begins to flash. The indicator light willbegin flashing in 10-20 seconds. When thishappens, release both buttons. You havenow erased the programming, and theindicator light should blink slowly toindicate the device is in train mode whenyou press any of the three HomeLinkbuttons.

130

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


FCC and RSS-210 Industry CanadaCompliance

This device complies with Part 15 of the

FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of IndustryCanada. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) this devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.

Changes or modifications to your devicenot expressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance can void the

user’s authority to operate the equipment.

131

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


12 Volt DC Power Point

WARNING

Do not plug optional electricalaccessories into the cigar lightersocket (if equipped). Improper use

of the lighter can cause damage notcovered by your warranty, and can resultin fire or serious injury.

Note: If used when the engine is not running, the battery will discharge. There may be insufficient power to restart your engine.

Note: Do not insert objects other than an accessory plug into the power point. Thiswill damage the outlet and blow the fuse.

Note: Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug.

Note: Do not use the power point over thevehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watts or a fuse may blow.

Note: Do not use the power point for operating a cigar lighter element.

Note: Improper use of the power point cancause damage not covered by your warranty.

Note: Always keep the power point capsclosed when not in use.

Run the engine for full capacity use of thepower point. To prevent the battery frombeing discharged:

• do not use the power point longer than

necessary when the engine is notrunning

• do not leave devices plugged inovernight or when the vehicle is parkedfor extended periods.

Locations

Power points may be found:

• in the front of the center console

• inside the center console storage bin

• on the rear of the center console.

110 Volt AC Power Points (If Equipped)

WARNING

Do not keep electrical devicesplugged in the power points whenthe devices are not in use. Do not use

any extension cord with the 110 volt ACpower points, since it will defeat the safetyprotection design. Do not use a singlepower point to power multiple devices. It

may cause the power point to exceed the150 watt load limit and overload, resultingin fire or serious injury.

Note: Keep the engine running to use the power points.

Some vehicles may come equipped withmore than one power point. One may belocated on the rear of the center console.

The second one (if equipped) may belocated on the instrument panel. You canuse your power points for poweringelectrical devices that require up to 150watts.

132

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Auxiliary Power Points

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


When the indicator light, located on thepower point, is:

• on— the power point is ready to supply

power.• off — the power point power supply is

off; ignition is not on.

• flashing— the power point is in faultmode.

The power point temporarily turns offpower if the 150 watt limit is exceeded. Itcan also switch to a fault mode when it isoverloaded, overheated, or shorted. Unplugyour device and switch the ignition off, andthen switch the ignition back on foroverloading and shorting conditions. Letthe system cool off, and then turn theignition off, and then switch the ignitionback on for an overheating condition.

The power points are not designed forelectric devices such as:

• cathode ray tube type televisions

• motor loads, for example vacuumcleaners, electric saws and otherelectric power tools, or

compressor-driven refrigerators• measuring devices which process

precise data, for example medicalequipment or measuring equipment

• other appliances requiring an extremelystable power supply, for examplemicrocomputer-controlled electricblankets or touch sensor lamps.

133

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Auxiliary Power Points

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


CENTER CONSOLE (IF EQUIPPED)

Stow items in the cupholder carefully as

items may become loose during hardbraking, acceleration or collisions, includinghot drinks which may spill.

Available console features include:

• Locking storage compartment withhanging file folder supports

• Utility compartment with coin holderslots, cardholder and pen holder (onunderside of lid)

• Storage for laptop computer

• 12-volt power point inside the storagecompartment and one on the rear ofthe console

• Front and rear cupholders

• Rear-passenger air registers.

OVERHEAD CONSOLE (IF

EQUIPPED)

Press near the rear edge of the door toopen it.

134

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Storage Compartments

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


GENERAL INFORMATION

WARNINGS

Extended idling at high enginespeeds can produce very hightemperatures in the engine and

exhaust system, creating the risk of fire orother damage.

Do not park, idle or drive your vehicleon dry grass or other dry groundcover. The emission system heats up

the engine compartment and exhaustsystem, creating the risk of fire.

Do not start the engine in a closedgarage or in other enclosed areas.Exhaust fumes can be toxic. Always

open the garage door before you start theengine.

If you smell exhaust fumes insideyour vehicle, have your vehiclechecked by an authorized dealer

immediately. Do not drive your vehicle ifyou smell exhaust fumes.

If you disconnect the battery, your vehiclemay exhibit some unusual drivingcharacteristics for approximately 5 miles(8 kilometers) after you reconnect it. Thisis because the engine management systemmust realign itself with the engine. You candisregard any unusual drivingcharacteristics during this period.

The powertrain control system meets allCanadian interference-causing equipmentstandard requirements regulating theimpulse electrical field or radio noise.

When you start the engine, avoid pressingthe accelerator pedal before and duringoperation. Only use the accelerator pedalwhen you have difficulty starting theengine.

IGNITION SWITCH

A (off) - The ignition is off.Note: When you switch the ignition off and leave your vehicle, do not leave your key inthe ignition. This could cause your vehicle battery to lose charge.

B (accessory) - Allows the electricalaccessories, such as the radio, to operatewhile the engine is not running.

Note: Do not leave the ignition key in this position for too long. This could cause your

vehicle battery to lose charge.C (on) - All electrical circuits areoperational and the warning lamps andindicators illuminate.

D (start) - Cranks the engine.

STARTING A GASOLINEENGINE

When you start the engine, the idle speedincreases, this helps to warm up theengine. If the engine idle speed does notslow down automatically, have yourvehicle checked by an authorized dealer.

135

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Starting and Stopping the Engine

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Before starting the engine check thefollowing:

• Make sure all occupants have fastened

their safety belts.• Make sure the headlamps and

electrical accessories are off.

• Make sure the parking brake is on.

• Move the transmission selector leverto position P.

• Turn the ignition key to the on position.

Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.

1. Fully press the brake pedal.

2. Turn the key to the start position tostart the engine. Release the key whenthe engine starts.

Note: The engine may continue crankingfor up to 15 seconds or until it starts.

Note: If you cannot start the engine on thefirst try, wait for a short period and try again.

Failure to Start

If you cannot start the engine after three

attempts, wait 10 seconds and follow thisprocedure:

1. Fully press the brake pedal.

2. Fully press the accelerator pedal andhold it there.

3. Start the engine.

Stopping the Engine When YourVehicle is Stationary

1. Move the transmission selector leverto position P.

2. Turn the key to the off position.

3. Apply the parking brake.

Stopping the Engine When YourVehicle is Moving

WARNING

Switching off the engine when thevehicle is still moving will result in aloss of brake and steering assistance.

The steering will not lock, but higher effortwill be required. When the ignition isswitched off, some electrical circuits,warning lamps and indicators may also beoff.

1. Move the transmission selector lever

to position N and use the brakes tobring your vehicle to a safe stop.

2. When your vehicle has stopped, movethe transmission selector lever toposition P and turn the key to the offposition.

3. Apply the parking brake.

Cold Weather Starting (FlexibleFuel Vehicles Only)

The starting characteristics of all gradesof E85 ethanol make it unsuitable for usewhen ambient temperatures fall below0°F (-18°C). Consult your fuel distributorfor the availability of winter grade ethanol.As the outside temperature approachesfreezing, ethanol fuel distributors shouldsupply winter grade ethanol (same as withunleaded gasoline). If summer gradeethanol is used in cold weather conditions,0°F to 32°F (-18°C to 0°C), you may

experience increased cranking times, roughidle or hesitation until the engine haswarmed up.

You may experience a decrease in peakperformance when the engine is cold whenoperating on E85 ethanol.

136

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Do not crank the engine for more than 10seconds at a time as starter damage mayoccur. If the engine fails to start, turn thekey to off and wait 30 seconds before

trying again.

Do not use starting fluid such as ether inthe air intake system. Such fluid couldcause immediate explosive damage to theengine and possible personal injury.

If you should experience cold weatherstarting problems on E85 ethanol, andneither an alternative brand of E85 ethanolnor an engine block heater is available, theaddition of unleaded gasoline to your tank

improves cold starting performance. Yourvehicle is designed to operate on E85ethanol alone, unleaded gasoline alone, orany mixture of the two.

If the Engine Fails to Start Using thePreceding Instructions (Flexible FuelVehicles Only)

1. Press and hold down the acceleratorone-third to one-half the way to thefloor, then crank the engine.

2. When the engine starts, release thekey, then gradually release theaccelerator pedal as the engine speedsup. If the engine still fails to start,repeat Step 1.

Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes

WARNING

If you smell exhaust fumes insideyour vehicle, have your vehiclechecked by your authorized dealer

immediately. Do not drive your vehicle ifyou smell exhaust fumes. Carbonmonoxide is present in exhaust fumes.Take precautions to avoid its dangerouseffects.

Important Ventilating Information

If you stop your vehicle and the leave theengine idling for long periods of time, we

recommend that you do one of thefollowing:

• Open the windows at least 1 inch (2.5centimeters)

• Set your climate control to outside air.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (IF

EQUIPPED)

WARNINGSFailure to follow engine block heaterinstructions could result in propertydamage or serious personal injury.

Do not use your heater withungrounded electrical systems ortwo-pronged adapters. There is a risk

of electrical shock.

Note: The heater is most effective when

outdoor temperatures are below 0°F (-18°C).

The heater acts as a starting aid bywarming the engine coolant. This allowsthe climate control system to respondquickly. The equipment includes a heaterelement (installed in the engine block) anda wire harness. You can connect thesystem to a grounded 120-volt ACelectrical source.

We recommend that you do the followingfor a safe and correct operation:

• Use a 16-gauge outdoor extension cordthat is product certified byUnderwriter’s Laboratory (UL) orCanadian Standards Association(CSA). This extension cord must besuitable for use outdoors, in cold

137

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


temperatures, and be clearly markedSuitable for Use with OutdoorAppliances. Do not use an indoorextension cord outdoors. This could

result in an electric shock or become afire hazard.

• Use as short an extension cord aspossible.

• Do not use multiple extension cords.

• Make sure that when in operation, theextension cord plug and heater cordplug connections are free and clear ofwater. This could cause an electricshock or fire.

• Make sure your vehicle is parked in aclean area, clear of combustibles.

• Make sure the heater, heater cord andextension cord are firmly connected.

• Check for heat anywhere in theelectrical hookup once the system hasbeen operating for approximately 30minutes.

• Make sure the system is unplugged andproperly stowed before driving your

vehicle. Make sure the protective coverseals the prongs of the block heatercord plug when not in use.

• Make sure the heater system ischecked for proper operation beforewinter.

Using the Engine Block Heater

Make sure the receptacle terminals areclean and dry prior to use. Clean them with

a dry cloth if necessary.The heater uses 0.4 to 1.0 kilowatt-hoursof energy per hour of use. The system doesnot have a thermostat. It achievesmaximum temperature afterapproximately three hours of operation.Using the heater longer than three hoursdoes not improve system performance andunnecessarily uses electricity.

138

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

WARNINGS

Do not overfill the fuel tank. Thepressure in an overfilled tank maycause leakage and lead to fuel spray

and fire.

The fuel system may be underpressure. If you hear a hissing soundnear the fuel filler door, do not refuel

until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel mayspray out, which could cause seriouspersonal injury.

Automotive fuels can cause seriousinjury or death if you misuse ormishandle them.

Fuel ethanol and gasoline maycontain benzene, which is acancer-causing agent.

When refueling always shut theengine off and never allow sparks oropen flames near the filler neck.

Never smoke or use a cell phone whilerefueling. Fuel vapor is extremely

hazardous under certain conditions. Avoidinhaling excess fumes.

The flow of fuel through a fuel pumpnozzle can produce static electricity,which can cause a fire if you pump

fuel into an ungrounded fuel container.

Observe the following guidelines whenhandling automotive fuel:

• Extinguish all smoking materials andany open flames before refueling yourvehicle.

•

Automotive fuels can be harmful orfatal if swallowed. Fuel such asgasoline is highly toxic and ifswallowed can cause death orpermanent injury. If swallowed, call aphysician immediately, even if nosymptoms are immediately apparent.The toxic effects of fuel may not bevisible for hours.

• Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. Inhaling toomuch fuel vapor of any kind can lead

to eye and respiratory tract irritation.In severe cases, excessive or prolongedbreathing of fuel vapor can causeserious illness and permanent injury.

• Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes. Ifyou splash fuel in your eyes, removecontact lenses (if worn), flush withwater for 15 minutes and seek medicalattention. Failure to seek propermedical attention could lead topermanent injury.

• Fuels can also be harmful if absorbedthrough the skin. If you splash fuel onyour skin, clothing or both, promptlyremove contaminated clothing andwash your skin thoroughly with soapand water. Repeated or prolonged skincontact with fuel liquid or vapor causesskin irritation.

• Be particularly careful if you are taking“Antabuse” or other forms of disulfiramfor the treatment of alcoholism.

Breathing gasoline vapors, or skincontact could cause an adversereaction. In sensitive individuals, seriouspersonal injury or sickness may result.If you splash fuel on your skin, promptlywash your skin thoroughly with soapand water. Consult a physicianimmediately if you experience anadverse reaction.

139

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Fuel and Refueling

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


FUEL QUALITY

Use of any fuel other than those

recommended may cause powertraindamage and a loss of vehicle performance;repairs may not be covered under warranty.

Choosing the Right Fuel Withouta Flex Fuel Vehicle (If Equipped)

Use only UNLEADED gasoline orUNLEADED gasoline blended with amaximum of 15% ethanol in your gasolinevehicle. If your vehicle is a Flex Fuel Vehicle(FFV), it will have a yellow bezel placed

over the fuel fill inlet.Do not use:

• Fuel containing more than 15% ethanolor E-85 fuel.

• Fuel with methanol.

• Fuels containing metallic basedadditives, including manganese-basedcompounds.

• Fuels containing the octane boosteradditive, methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl (MMT)

• Leaded fuel (The use of leaded fuel isprohibited by law).

Note: Use of any fuel other than recommended fuel can cause powertraindamage, impair the emission control systemor cause loss of vehicle performance. Any damage to vehicle that is caused by use of fuel not recommended will not be covered under warranty.

Choosing the Right Fuel With aFlex Fuel Vehicle (If Equipped)

Use only UNLEADED gasoline orUNLEADED gasoline blended with amaximum of 85% ethanol (E-85) in yourFlex Fuel Vehicle (FFV). If your vehicle isflex fuel capable, it will have a yellow bezelplaced over the fuel fill inlet.

Do not use:

• Fuels containing more than 85%ethanol or E-100 fuel.

• Fuel with methanol.• Fuels containing metallic based

additives, including manganese-basedcompounds.

• Fuels containing the octane boosteradditive, methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl (MMT)

• Leaded fuel (The use of leaded fuel isprohibited by law).

Note: Use of any fuel other than

recommended fuel can cause powertraindamage, impair the emission control systemor cause loss of vehicle performance. Any damage to vehicle that is caused by use of fuel not recommended will not be covered under warranty.

Octane Recommendations

Do not be concerned if your enginesometimes knocks lightly. However, if itknocks heavily under most drivingconditions while you are using fuel with the

recommended octane rating, see yourauthorized dealer to prevent any enginedamage.

140

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Fuel and Refueling

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


3.7L V6, 5.0L V8 and 6.2L V8 Engines

Regular unleaded gasoline with a pump(R+M)/2 octane rating of 87 is

recommended. Some stations offer fuelsposted as Regular with an octane ratingbelow 87, particularly in high altitude areas.Fuels with octane levels below 87 are notrecommended.

3.5L V6 EcoBoost Engine

Regular unleaded gasoline with a pump(R+M)/2 octane rating of 87 isrecommended. Some stations offer fuelsposted as Regular with an octane rating

below 87, particularly in high altitude areas.Fuels with octane levels below 87 are notrecommended.

Premium fuel will provide improvedperformance and is recommended forsevere duty usage such as trailer tow.

RUNNING OUT OF FUEL

Avoid running out of fuel. This situation

may have an adverse effect on powertraincomponents.

If you have run out of fuel:

• You may need to cycle the ignition fromOff to On several times after refuelingto allow the fuel system to pump thefuel from the fuel tank to the engine.On restarting, cranking time will take afew seconds longer than normal.

• Normally, adding 1 gallon (3.8 liters) of

fuel is enough to restart the engine. Ifthe vehicle is out of fuel and on a steepgrade, more than 1 gallon (3.8 liters)may be required.

• The service engine soon indicator maycome on. For more information on theservice engine soon indicator, SeeWarning Lamps and Indicators

(page 82).• For information on calculating DTE

(Distance to empty), See InstrumentCluster (page 81).

Refilling With a Portable FuelContainer

WARNINGS

Do not insert the nozzle of portablefuel containers or aftermarketfunnels into the Easy Fuel “no cap”

fuel system. This could damage the fuelsystem and its seal, and may cause fuel torun onto the ground instead of filling thetank, which could result in serious personalinjury.

Do not try to pry open or push openthe Easy Fuel “no cap” fuel systemwith foreign objects. This could

damage the fuel system and its seal andcause injury to you or others.

Note: When filling the vehicle’ s fuel tankfrom a portable fuel container, use thefunnel included with the vehicle.

With the Easy Fuel “no cap” fuel system,use the following directions when fillingfrom a portable fuel container:

141

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Fuel and Refueling

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


1. Locate the white plastic funnel.

• In SuperCab and SuperCrewvehicles, it is located under the

second row driver side seat nearthe spare tire toolbox.

• On regular cab vehicles, the funnelis located behind the driver seat.

Slowly insert the portable fuelcontainer into the fuel filler opening.

2. Fill the vehicle with fuel from theportable fuel container.

3. When done, clean the funnel orproperly dispose of it. You canpurchase extra funnels from yourauthorized dealer if you choose todispose of the funnel. Do not useaftermarket funnels; they will not workwith the Easy Fuel system and candamage it. The included funnel hasbeen specially designed to work safelywith your vehicle.

REFUELING

WARNINGSFuel vapor burns violently and a fuelfire can cause severe injuries.

Read and follow all the instructionson the pump island.

Turn off your engine when you arerefueling.

Do not smoke if you are near fuel orrefueling your vehicle.

Keep sparks, flames and smokingmaterials away from fuel.

Stay outside your vehicle and do notleave the fuel pump unattendedwhen refueling your vehicle. This is

against the law in some places.

Keep children away from the fuelpump; never let children pump fuel.

WARNINGS

Do not use personal electronicdevices while refueling.

Use the following guidelines to avoidelectrostatic charge build-up when fillingan ungrounded fuel container:

• Place approved fuel container on theground.

• Do not fill a fuel container while it is inthe vehicle (including the cargo area).

• Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contactwith the fuel container while filling.

• Do not use a device that would holdthe fuel pump handle in the fill position.

Easy Fuel™ Capless Fuel System

WARNING

The fuel system may be underpressure. If you hear a hissing soundnear the fuel filler door, do not refuel

until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel mayspray out, which could cause seriouspersonal injury.

When fueling your vehicle:

1. Put the vehicle in P (Park) and turn theignition off.

2. Open the fuel filler door.

142

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Fuel and Refueling

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


3. Slowly insert the fuel filler nozzle fullyinto the fuel system, and leave thenozzle fully inserted to open both doorsuntil you are done pumping. Hold

handle higher during insertion for easieraccess.

4. After you are done pumping fuel, slowlyremove the fuel filler nozzle—allowabout 5 to 10 seconds after pumpingfuel before removing the fuel fillernozzle. This allows residual fuel todrain back into the fuel tank and notspill onto the vehicle.

Note: A fuel spillage concern may occur if overfilling the fuel tank. Do not overfill thetank. The fill pipe is equiped with a drain hole. Excess fuel due to overfill may drainthrough the drain hole and drip onto the ground."

If the fuel fill inlet was not properly closed,a Check Fuel Fill Inlet message mayappear on the instrument cluster.

At the next opportunity, do the following:

1. Safely pull off the road.2. Put the vehicle in P (Park) and turn the

ignition off.

3. Open the fuel filler door and removeany visible debris from the fuel fillopening.

4. Insert either the fuel fill nozzle or thefuel fill funnel provided with the vehicleseveral times to allow the inlet to closeproperly. This will dislodge any debris

preventing the inlet from sealing.

If this action corrects the problem, themessage may not reset immediately. Itmay take several driving cycles for themessage to turn off. A driving cycleconsists of an engine start-up (after 4 ormore hours with the engine off) followedby city or highway driving. Continuing todrive with the message on may cause theservice engine soon lamp to turn on aswell.

FUEL CONSUMPTION

Empty reserve is the amount of fuelremaining in the tank after the fuel gaugeindicates empty. The amount of usablefuel in the empty reserve varies and shouldnot be relied upon to increase driving range.

• The usable capacity of the fuel tank isthe amount of fuel that can be addedinto the tank after the gauge indicatesempty

• The advertised capacity is the total fueltank size. See Capacities andSpecifications (page 296). It is thecombined usable capacity plus theempty reserve.

• Due to the empty reserve, you may notbe able to refuel the full amount of theadvertised capacity of the fuel tank

even when the fuel gauge reads empty.Filling the Tank

For consistent results when filling the fueltank:

143

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Fuel and Refueling

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


• Turn the ignition off before fueling; aninaccurate reading results if the engineis left running.

•

Use the same fill rate(low-medium-high) each time the tankis filled.

• Allow no more than two automaticclick-offs when filling.

Results are most accurate when the fillingmethod is consistent.

Calculating Fuel Economy

Do not measure fuel economy during the

first 1000 miles (1600 kilometers) ofdriving (this is your engine’s break-inperiod); a more accurate measurement isobtained after 2000 miles - 3000 miles(3200 kilometers - 4800 kilometers). Also,fuel expense, frequency of fill ups or fuelgauge readings are not accurate ways tomeasure fuel economy.

1. Fill the fuel tank completely and recordthe initial odometer reading.

2. Each time you fill the tank, record the

amount of fuel added.3. After at least 3 to 5 tank fill ups, fill the

fuel tank and record the currentodometer reading.

4. Subtract your initial odometer readingfrom the current odometer reading.

5. Calculate fuel economy by dividingmiles traveled by gallons used (ForMetric: Multiply liters used by 100, thendivide by kilometers traveled).

Keep a record for at least 1 month andrecord the type of driving (city or highway).This provides an accurate estimate of thevehicle’s fuel economy under currentdriving conditions. Additionally, keepingrecords during summer and winter showhow temperature impacts fuel economy.In general, lower temperatures mean lowerfuel economy.

Conditions

• Heavily loading a vehicle or towing atrailer may reduce fuel economy at any

speed.• Carrying unnecessary weight may

reduce fuel economy (approximately1 mpg [0.4 km/L] is lost for every 400pounds [180 kilograms] of weightcarried).

• Adding certain accessories to yourvehicle (for example bug deflectors,rollbars/light bars, running boards, skiracks) may reduce fuel economy.

•

Using fuel blended with alcohol maylower fuel economy.

• Fuel economy may decrease with lowertemperatures during the first 8–10miles (12–16 kilometers) of driving.

• Driving on flat terrain offers improvedfuel economy as compared to drivingon hilly terrain.

• Transmissions give their best fueleconomy when operated in the topcruise gear and with steady pressureon the gas pedal.

• Close windows for high speed driving.

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

WARNINGS

Do not park, idle, or drive your vehiclein dry grass or other dry ground cover.The emission system heats up the

engine compartment and exhaust system,which can start a fire.

Exhaust leaks may result in entry ofharmful and potentially lethal fumesinto the passenger compartment. If

you smell exhaust fumes inside yourvehicle, have your dealer inspect yourvehicle immediately. Do not drive if yousmell exhaust fumes.

144

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Fuel and Refueling

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Your vehicle is equipped with variousemission control components and acatalytic converter that will enable yourvehicle to comply with applicable exhaust

emission standards. To make sure that thecatalytic converter and other emissioncontrol components continue to workproperly:

• Use only the specified fuel listed.

• Avoid running out of fuel.

• Do not turn off the ignition while yourvehicle is moving, especially at highspeeds.

• Have the items listed in scheduledmaintenance information performedaccording to the specified schedule.

The scheduled maintenance items listedin scheduled maintenance information areessential to the life and performance ofyour vehicle and to its emissions system.

If you use parts other than Ford, Motorcraftor Ford-authorized parts for maintenancereplacements, or for service ofcomponents affecting emission control,

such non-Ford parts should be theequivalent to genuine Ford Motor Companyparts in performance and durability.

Illumination of the service engine soonindicator, charging system warning light orthe temperature warning light, fluid leaks,strange odors, smoke or loss of enginepower could indicate that the emissioncontrol system is not working properly.

An improperly operating or damaged

exhaust system may allow exhaust toenter the vehicle. Have a damaged orimproperly operating exhaust systeminspected and repaired immediately.

Do not make any unauthorized changes toyour vehicle or engine. By law, vehicleowners and anyone who manufactures,repairs, services, sells, leases, tradesvehicles, or supervises a fleet of vehiclesare not permitted to intentionally remove

an emission control device or prevent itfrom working. Information about yourvehicle’s emission system is on the VehicleEmission Control Information Decal

located on or near the engine. This decalalso lists engine displacement

Please consult your warranty informationfor complete details.

On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II)

Your vehicle is equipped with an on-boarddiagnostics system (OBD-II) that monitorsthe engine’s emission control system. Thissystem protects the environment by

ensuring that your vehicle continues tomeet government emission standards. TheOBD-II system also assists your authorizeddealer in properly servicing your vehicle.

When the service engine soonindicator illuminates, the OBD-IIsystem has detected a

malfunction. Temporary malfunctions maycause the service engine soon indicator toilluminate.

Examples of temporary malfunctions are:• the vehicle has run out of fuel—the

engine may misfire or run poorly

• poor fuel quality or water in thefuel—the engine may misfire or runpoorly

• the fuel fill inlet may not have beenproperly closed See Refueling (page142).

• driving through deep water—the

electrical system may be wet.

You can correct these temporarymalfunctions by filling the fuel tank withgood quality fuel, properly closing the fuelfill inlet or letting the electrical system dryout. After three driving cycles without theseor any other temporary malfunctions

145

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Fuel and Refueling

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


present, the service engine soon indicatorshould stay off the next time you start theengine. A driving cycle consists of a coldengine startup followed by mixed

city/highway driving. No additional vehicleservice is required.

If the service engine soon indicator remainson, have your vehicle serviced at the firstavailable opportunity. Although somemalfunctions detected by the OBD-II maynot have symptoms that are apparent,continued driving with the service enginesoon indicator on can result in increasedemissions, lower fuel economy, reducedengine and transmission smoothness, andlead to more costly repairs.

Readiness forInspection/Maintenance (I/M)Testing

Some state/provincial and localgovernments may haveInspection/Maintenance (I/M) programsto inspect the emission control equipmenton your vehicle. Failure to pass this

inspection could prevent you from gettinga vehicle registration.

If the service engine soonindicator is on or the bulb doesnot work, you may need to have

the vehicle serviced. See On-BoardDiagnostics (OBD-II).

Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test ifthe service engine soon indicator is on ornot working properly (bulb is burned out),

or if the OBD-II system has determinedthat some of the emission control systemshave not been properly checked. In thiscase, your vehicle is not ready for I/Mtesting.

If the vehicle’s engine or transmission hasjust been serviced, or the battery hasrecently run down or been replaced, theOBD-II system may indicate that the

vehicle is not ready for I/M testing. Todetermine if the vehicle is ready for I/Mtesting, turn the ignition key to the onposition for 15 seconds without crankingthe engine. If the service engine soonindicator blinks eight times, it means thatthe vehicle is not ready for I/M testing; ifthe service engine soon indicator stays onsolid, it means that the vehicle is ready forI/M testing.

The OBD-II system monitors the emissioncontrol system during normal driving. Acomplete check may take several days. Ifthe vehicle is not ready for I/M testing, youmay need to perform the following drivingcycle consisting of mixed city and highwaydriving:

Drive on an expressway or highway for asteady 15 minutes, followed by 20 minutesof stop-and-go driving with at least four30-second idle periods.

Allow the vehicle to sit for at least eighthours without starting the engine. Then,start the engine and complete the abovedriving cycle. The engine must warm up toits normal operating temperature. Oncestarted, do not turn off the engine until theabove driving cycle is complete. If thevehicle is still not ready for I/M testing, youwill have to repeat the above driving cycle.

146

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Fuel and Refueling

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

WARNINGS

Always set the parking brake fullyand make sure the gearshift islatched in P (Park). Turn the ignition

to the off position and remove the keywhenever you leave your vehicle.

Do not use the tow/haul featurewhen driving in icy or slipperyconditions as the increased engine

braking can cause the rear wheels to slideand the vehicle to swing around with thepossible loss of vehicle control.

Understanding the Shift Positionsof a 6–Speed AutomaticTransmission (If Equipped)

Putting your vehicle in or out of gear:

1. Fully press down the brake pedal.

2. Move the gearshift lever into the

desired gear.3. Come to a complete stop.

4. Move the gearshift lever and securelylatch it in P (Park).

P (Park)

This position locks the transmission andprevents the rear wheels from turning.

R (Reverse)

With the gearshift lever in R (Reverse), thevehicle will move backward. Always come

to a complete stop before shifting into andout of R (Reverse).

N (Neutral)

With the gearshift lever in N (Neutral), thevehicle can be started and is free to roll.Hold the brake pedal down while in thisposition.

D (Overdrive) with Tow/Haul off

D (Overdrive) with tow/haul off is thenormal driving position for the best fueleconomy. The overdrive function allowsautomatic upshifts and downshifts throughgears one through six.

D (Overdrive) with Tow/Haul on

Column-shift transmission:

Floor-shift transmission:

147

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Transmission

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


The tow/haul feature improvestransmission operation when towing a

trailer or a heavy load. All transmissiongear ranges are available when usingtow/haul.

To activate tow/haul, press thebutton on the gearshift lever.The TOW HAUL indicator light

will illuminate in the instrument cluster.

Tow/haul delays upshifts to reducefrequency of transmission shifting.Tow/haul also provides engine braking inall forward gears when the transmission isin the D (Overdrive) position; this enginebraking will slow the vehicle and assist thedriver in controlling the vehicle whendescending a grade. Depending on drivingconditions and load conditions, thetransmission may downshift, slow thevehicle and control the vehicle speed whendescending a hill, without the acceleratorpedal being pressed. The amount ofdownshift braking provided will vary basedupon the amount the brake pedal is

pressed.

To deactivate the tow/haul feature andreturn to normal driving mode, press thebutton on the end of the gearshift lever.The TOW HAUL light will no longer beilluminated.

Tow/haul will also deactivate when thevehicle is powered down.

WARNING

Do not use the tow/haul featurewhen driving in icy or slippery

conditions as the increased enginebraking can cause the rear wheels to slideand the vehicle to swing around with thepossible loss of vehicle control.

M (Manual) without Overdrive

With the gearshift lever in M (Manual), thedriver can change gears up or down asdesired. This is called SelectShiftAutomatic™ transmission (SST) mode.

By moving the gearshift lever from driveposition D (Overdrive) to M (Manual) younow have control of selecting the gear youdesire using buttons on the shift lever.

To return to normal D (Overdrive) position,move the shift lever back from M to D.

The transmission will operate in gears onethrough six.

2 (Second)

Use 2 (Second) to start-up on slipperyroads or to provide additional enginebraking on downgrades.

1 (First)

• Provides maximum engine braking

• Allows upshifts by moving gearshiftlever

• The transmission will not downshiftinto 1 (First) at high speeds; it will

downshift to a lower gear and thenshift into 1 (First) when the vehiclereaches slower speeds.

Forced downshifts

• Allowed in D (Overdrive) with thetow/haul feature on or off

• Press the accelerator to the floor

• Allows transmission to select anappropriate gear

148

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Transmission

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Understanding your SelectShiftAutomatic® transmission (If Equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with a SelectShift

Automatic™ transmission gearshift lever.The SelectShift Automatic transmissiongives you the ability to change gears up ordown (without a clutch) as desired. TheSelectShift Automatic transmissionfeature has two modes: PRS and M mode.

By moving the gearshift lever from the D(Drive) position to the M (Manual) positionyou may now manually select the gear youdesire. Only the current gear will bedisplayed.

Column-shift transmission:

Floor-shift transmission:

Use the buttons on the gearshift lever to

manually select gears. Press the + buttonto upshift or the – button to downshift.

When manual control is no longer desired,return the transmission to the D (Drive)position.

Recommended shift speeds

Upshift according to the following chart:

Upshifts when accelerating (recommended for best fuel economy)

Shift from:

15 mph (24 km/h)1 – 2

25 mph (40 km/h)2 – 3

40 mph (64 km/h)3 – 4

45 mph (72 km/h)4 – 5

50 mph (80 km/h)5 – 6

149

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Transmission

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


In order to prevent the engine from runningat too low an RPM, which may cause it tostall, SelectShift will still automaticallymake some downshifts if it has determined

that you have not downshifted in time.Although SelectShift will make somedownshifts for you, it will still allow you todownshift at any time as long as theSelectShift determines that the engine willnot be damaged from over-revving.

SelectShift will not automatically upshift,even if the engine is approaching the RPMlimit. It must be shifted manually bypressing the + button.

Note: Engine damage may occur if excessive engine revving is held without shifting.

PRS (Progressive Range Selection)

With the gearshift lever in D (Drive), pressthe – button to active PRS. The availableand selected gears will be indicated on theinstrument cluster.

All available gears will be displayed with

the current gear indicated. Press the–

button again to lock out gears beginningwith the highest gear. Example: press the– button twice to lock out 6th and 5thgears. Only the available gears will bedisplayed and the transmission willautomatically shift between the availablegears. Press the + button to unlock gearsto allow the transmission to shift to highergears. The transmission will shiftautomatically within the gear range youselect.

Automatic Transmission AdaptiveLearning

This feature is designed to increasedurability and provide consistent shift feelover the life of the vehicle. A new vehicleor transmission may have firm shifts, softshifts or both. This operation is considerednormal and will not affect function or

durability of the transmission. Over time,the adaptive learning process will fullyupdate transmission operation.Additionally, whenever the battery is

disconnected or a new battery installed,the strategy must be relearned.

Brake-Shift Interlock

WARNINGS

Do not drive your vehicle until youverify that the brake lamps areworking.

When doing this procedure, you willbe taking the vehicle out of parkwhich means the vehicle can roll

freely. To avoid unwanted vehiclemovement, always fully set the parkingbrake prior to doing this procedure. Usewheel chocks if appropriate.

If the parking brake is fully released,but the brake warning lamp remainsilluminated, the brakes may not be

working properly. See your authorizeddealer.

Your vehicle is equipped with a brake-shiftinterlock feature that prevents thegearshift lever from being moved from P(Park) when the ignition is in the onposition and the brake pedal is not pressed.

If you cannot move the gearshift lever outof P (Park) position with the ignition in theon position and the brake pedal pressed,a malfunction may have occurred. It ispossible that a fuse has blown or the

vehicle’s brake lamps are not operatingproperly. See Fuse Specification Chart(page 225).

If the fuse is not blown and the brakelamps are working properly, the followingprocedure will allow you to move thegearshift lever from P (Park):

150

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Transmission

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Column-shifter

1. Apply the parking brake. Turn theignition key to the off position, then

remove the key.2. Move the steering column to the full

down and full rearward position(toward the driver’s seat).

3. Remove the gearshift lever boot.

4. Place fingers into hole where thegearshift lever boot was removed fromand pull top half of shroud up andforward to separate it from the lowerhalf of the shroud. There is a hinge at

the forward edge of the top shroud.Roll the top half of the shroud upwardon the hinge point to clear the hazardflasher button, then pull straightrearward toward the driver’s seat toremove.

5. Remove the top half of the shroud.

6. Remove the three fasteners under thecolumn that secure the lower shroudhalf to the column.

7. Pull the lock lever into the full unlockedposition and remove the lower shroudcover by pulling the lever handlethrough the slot in the cover.

8. Apply the brake and move the gearshiftlever into N (Neutral).

9. Start the vehicle.Perform Steps 4 through 8 in reverse order,making sure to engage the hinge pivotsbetween the upper and lower halves of theshroud. Keep slight pressure in the forwarddirection as the halves are rotatedtogether.

Floor-shifter

1. Apply the parking brake. Turn the

ignition key to the off position, thenremove the key.

2. Starting at the rear of the trim panel,using a screwdriver (or similar tool)carefully pry up the trim panel fromrear attachments and disconnect itfrom the console to expose the insideof the gearshift.

151

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Transmission

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


3. Locate the brake shift interlock leveron the passenger side of the shifterassembly.

4. Apply the brake pedal. Using ascrewdriver (or similar tool), press andhold the brake shift interlock leverwhile pulling the gearshift lever out ofthe P (Park) position and into the N(Neutral) position.

5. Install the trim panel.

6. Apply brake pedal, start the vehicle,and release the parking brake. See yourauthorized dealer as soon as possibleif this procedure is used.

If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mudor Snow

Note: Do not rock the vehicle if the engineis not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur.

Note: Do not rock the vehicle for more than a minute or damage to the transmission and tires may occur, or the engine may overheat.

If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow,it may be rocked out by shifting betweenforward and reverse gears, stoppingbetween shifts in a steady pattern. Presslightly on the accelerator in each gear.

152

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Transmission

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


USING FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE

WARNING

For important information regardingsafe operation of this type of vehicle,see General Information in the

Wheels and Tires chapter.

Note: Do not use 4X4 mode on dry, hard surfaced roads. Doing so will produceexcessive noise, increase tire wear and may damage drive components. 4X4 mode isonly intended for consistently slippery or loose surfaces.

Note: If 4X4 low is selected while thevehicle is moving above 3 mph (5 km/h),the 4WD system will not perform a shift.This is normal and should be no reason for concern. Refer to Shifting to or from 4L (4X4Low) for proper operation.

4WD Indicator Lights

Note: When a 4X4 system fault is present,the system will typically remain in whichever

4X4 mode was selected prior to the faultcondition occurring. It will not default to 4X2in all circumstances. When this warning isdisplayed, have your vehicle serviced by an authorized dealer.

4X2

Momentarily illuminates when2H is selected.

4X4 AutoContinuously illuminates when4A is selected (2-SpeedAutomatic 4WD vehicles only)

4X4 HIGH

Continuously illuminates when4H is selected.

4X4 LOW

Continuously illuminates when4L is selected.

CHECK 4X4

Displays when a 4X4 fault ispresent.

Using the Electronic Shift on theFly 4WD system (If Equipped)

2H (4X2)

For general on-road driving. Sends powerto the rear wheels only and should be usedfor street and highway driving. Providesoptimal smoothness and fuel economy athigh speeds.

4H (4X4 HIGH)

Used for extra traction such as in snow oricy roads or in off road situations. This

mode is not intended for use on drypavement.

Note: Do not use 4H (4X4 HIGH) on dry, hard surfaced roads. Doing so can produceexcessive noise and increased tire wear. 4H(4X4 HIGH) is only intended for consistently slippery or loose surfaces.

153

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


4L (4X4 LOW)

Uses extra gearing to provide maximumpower to all four wheels at reduced

speeds. Intended only for off-roadapplications such as deep sand, steepgrades, or pulling heavy objects. 4L (4x4low) will not engage while the vehicle ismoving above 3 mph (5 km/h); this isnormal and should be no reason forconcern. Refer to Shifting to or from 4L(4x4 low) for proper operation.

Note: Do not use 4L (4X4 LOW) on dry, hard surfaced roads. Doing so can produceexcessive noise and increased tire wear. 4L

(4X4 LOW) is only intended for consistently slippery or loose surfaces. Use of 4L (4X4LOW) on these surfaces may produce some noise (such as occasional clunks), but will not damage drive components.

Note: The AdvanceTrac system has the ability to take over control of the transfer case clutch and disable it during driving maneuvers when necessary.

Shifting between system modes

Note: Momentarily releasing the accelerator pedal while performing a shift will improveengagement/disengagement times.

Note: Do not perform this operation if the rear wheels are slipping.

Note: Some noise may be heard as the system shifts or engages; this is normal.

Note: 4X4 high mode is not intended for use on dry pavement.

You can move the control from 2H or 4Hat a stop or while driving. The informationdisplay may display a message indicatinga 4X4 shift is in progress. Once the shift iscomplete the message center will thendisplay the system mode selected.

Shifting to or from 4L (4X4 low)


Note: 4x4 low mode is not intended for useon dry pavement.

1. Bring the vehicle to a speed of 3 mph

(5 km/h) or less.2. Place the transmission in N (Neutral).

3. Move the 4WD control to the desiredposition.

The information display will display amessage indicating a 4X4 shift is inprogress. The information display will thendisplay the system mode selected. If anyof the above shift conditions are not met,the shift will not occur and the information

display will display information guiding thedriver through the proper shiftingprocedures.

If SHIFT DELAYED PULL FORWARDdisplays in the information display, atransfer case gear tooth blockage ispresent. To alleviate this condition, placethe transmission in a forward gear, moveyour vehicle forward approximately 5 feet(1.5 meters), and shift the transmissionback to N neutral to allow the transfer case

to complete the range shift.

Using the 2-Speed Automatic 4WDSystem (If Equipped)

This system includes an electronicallycontrolled transfer case with a highcapacity clutch. The system is interactivewith the road, continually monitoring andadjusting torque delivery to the front andrear wheels to optimize traction.

Note: The AdvanceTrac system has the ability to take over control of the transfer case clutch and disable it during driving maneuvers when necessary.

154

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


2H (4X2)

For general on-road driving. Sends powerto the rear wheels only and should be usedfor street and highway driving. Providesoptimal smoothness and fuel economy athigh speeds.

4A (4X4 AUTO)

Provides electronic control four-wheeldrive with power delivered to the front andrear wheels, as required, for increasedtraction. This is appropriate for all on-road

driving conditions, including as dry roadsurfaces, but is especially useful on wetpavement, snow, dirt, or gravel.

4H (4X4 HIGH)

Used for extra traction such as in snow oricy roads or in off road situations. Thismode is not intended for use on drypavement.

Note: Do not use 4H (4X4 HIGH) on dry, hard surfaced roads. Doing so can produceexcessive noise and increased tire wear. 4H(4X4 HIGH) is only intended for consistently slippery or loose surfaces.

4L (4X4 LOW)

Uses extra gearing to provide maximumpower to all four wheels at reduced

speeds. Intended only for off-roadapplications such as deep sand, steepgrades, or pulling heavy objects. 4L (4x4low) will not engage while the vehicle ismoving above 3 mph (5 km/h); this isnormal and should be no reason forconcern. Refer to Shifting to or from 4L(4x4 low) for proper operation.

Shifting between system modes

Note: Momentarily releasing the accelerator

pedal while performing a shift will improveengagement/disengagement times.

Note: Do not perform this operation if the rear wheels are slipping.


Note: 4X4 high mode is not intended for use on dry pavement.

You can move the control from 2H to 4A

or 4H at a stop or while driving. Theinformation display may display a messageindicating a 4X4 shift is in progress. Oncethe shift is complete the message centerwill then display the system modeselected.

Shifting to or from 4L (4X4 low)


Note: 4x4 low mode is not intended for use

on dry pavement.

1. Bring the vehicle to a speed of 3 mph(5 km/h) or less.

2. Place the transmission in N (Neutral).

3. Move the 4WD control to the desiredposition.

155

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


The information display will display amessage indicating a 4X4 shift is inprogress. The information display will thendisplay the system mode selected. If any

of the above shift conditions are not met,the shift will not occur and the informationdisplay will display information guiding thedriver through the proper shiftingprocedures.

If SHIFT DELAYED PULL FORWARDdisplays in the information display, atransfer case gear tooth blockage ispresent. To alleviate this condition, placethe transmission in a forward gear, moveyour vehicle forward approximately 5 feet(1.5 meters), and shift the transmissionback to N neutral to allow the transfer caseto complete the range shift.

How Your Vehicle Differs FromOther Vehicles

WARNING

Vehicles with a higher center ofgravity such as utility and four-wheeldrive vehicles handle differently than

vehicles with a lower center of gravity.Utility and four-wheel drive vehicles arenot designed for cornering at speeds ashigh as passenger cars any more thanlow-slung sports cars are designed toperform satisfactorily under off-roadconditions. Avoid sharp turns, excessivespeed and abrupt maneuvers in thesevehicles. Failure to drive cautiously couldresult in an increased risk of loss of vehiclecontrol, vehicle rollover, personal injury and

death.

Truck and utility vehicles can differ fromsome other vehicles. Your vehicle may behigher to allow it to travel over roughterrain without getting hung up ordamaging underbody components.

The differences that make your vehicle soversatile also make it handle differentlythan an ordinary passenger car.

Maintain steering wheel control at alltimes, especially in rough terrain. Sincesudden changes in terrain can result inabrupt steering wheel motion, make sureyou grip the steering wheel from theoutside. Do not grip the spokes.

Drive cautiously to avoid vehicle damagefrom concealed objects such as rocks andstumps.

You should either know the terrain orexamine maps of the area before driving.Map out your route before driving in thearea. To maintain steering and brakingcontrol of your vehicle, you must have allfour wheels on the ground and they mustbe rolling, not sliding or spinning.

Driving Off-Road With Truck andUtility Vehicles

Note: On some models, the initial shift fromtwo-wheel drive to four-wheel drive while

the vehicle is moving can cause some momentary clunk and ratcheting sounds.This is the front drivetrain coming up to speed and the automatic locking hubsengaging and is not cause for concern.

Note: Your vehicle may be equipped with a front air dam that can become damaged (due to reduced ground clearance) whentaking your vehicle off-road. This air damcan be taken off by removing two bolts.

Four-wheel drive vehicles are speciallyequipped for driving on sand, snow, mudand rough terrain and have operatingcharacteristics that are somewhatdifferent from conventional vehicles, bothon and off the road.

156

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Power is supplied to all four wheelsthrough a transfer case. On Four-wheeldrive vehicles, the transfer case allows youto select 4WD when necessary.

Information on transfer case operation andshifting procedures can be found in thischapter. Information on transfer casemaintenance can be found in theMaintenance chapter. You should becomethoroughly familiar with this informationbefore you operate your vehicle.

Four-wheel drive (when you select a 4WDmode) uses all four wheels to power thevehicle. This increases traction, enablingyou to drive over terrain and roadconditions that a conventional two-wheeldrive vehicle cannot.

Basic Operating Principles

• Drive slower in strong crosswinds whichcan affect the normal steeringcharacteristics of your vehicle.

• When driving your vehicle on surfacesmade slippery by loose sand, water,gravel, snow or ice proceed with care.

• Do not use Four-wheel drive on dry,hard surfaced roads. Doing so willproduce excessive noise, increase tirewear and may damage drivecomponents. Four-wheel drive modesare only intended for consistentlyslippery or loose surfaces.

If Your Vehicle leaves the Road

If your vehicle leaves the road, reduce yourvehicle speed and avoid severe braking.When your vehicle speed has been reducedease your vehicle back onto the road. Donot turn the steering wheel sharply whilereturning your vehicle to the road.

It may be safer to stay on the shoulder ofthe road and slow down gradually beforereturning to the road. You may lose controlif you do not slow down or if you turn thesteering wheel too sharply or abruptly.

It may be less risky to strike small objects,such as freeway reflectors, with minordamage to your vehicle rather thanattempt a sudden return to the road which

could cause your vehicle to slide sidewaysout of control or roll over. Remember, yoursafety and the safety of others should beyour primary concern.

Emergency Maneuvers

In an unavoidable emergency situationwhere a sudden sharp turn must be made,remember to avoid over-driving yourvehicle (i.e. turn the steering wheel only asrapidly and as far as required to avoid theemergency). Excessive steering can resultin loss of vehicle control. Apply smoothpressure to the accelerator pedal or brakepedal when changes in vehicle speed arerequired. Avoid abrupt steering,acceleration and braking. This could resultin an increased risk of vehicle roll over, lossof vehicle control and personal injury. Useall available road surface to bring yourvehicle to a safe direction of travel.

In the event of an emergency stop, avoidskidding the tires and do not attempt anysharp steering wheel movements.

If your vehicle goes from one type ofsurface to another (i.e. from concrete togravel) there will be a change in the wayyour vehicle responds to a maneuver (i.e.steering, acceleration or braking).

Sand

When driving over sand, try to keep all fourwheels on the most solid area of the trail.Avoid reducing the tire pressures but shiftto a lower gear and drive steadily throughthe terrain. Apply the accelerator slowlyand avoid excessive wheel slip.

When driving at slow speeds in deep sandunder high outside temperatures, use a lowgear when possible. Low gear operationwill maximize the engine and transmissioncooling capability.

157

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Avoid driving at excessive speeds, thiscauses vehicle momentum to work againstyou and your vehicle could become stuckto the point that assistance may be

required from another vehicle. Remember,you may be able to back out the way youcame if you proceed with caution.

Mud and Water

Mud

Be cautious of sudden changes in vehiclespeed or direction when you are driving inmud. Even four-wheel drive vehicles canlose traction in slick mud. If your vehicle

does slide, steer in the direction of the slideuntil you regain control of your vehicle.

After driving through mud, clean off residuestuck to rotating driveshafts and tires.Excess mud stuck on tires and rotatingdriveshafts can cause an imbalance thatcould damage drive components.

Water

If you must drive through high water, drive

slowly. Traction or brake capability maybe limited.

When driving through water, determine thedepth and avoid water higher than thebottom of the hubs. If the ignition systemgets wet, your vehicle may stall.

Once through water, always try the brakes.Wet brakes do not stop your vehicle aseffectively as dry brakes. Drying can beimproved by applying light pressure to thebrake pedal while moving slowly.

Note: Driving through deep water may damage the transmission. If the front or rear axle is submerged in water, the axlelubricant and power transfer unit lubricant should be checked and changed if necessary.

Driving on Hilly or Sloping Terrain

Although natural obstacles may make itnecessary to travel diagonally up or down

a hill or steep incline, you should alwaystry to drive straight up or straight down.

Note: Avoid turning on steep slopes or hills. A danger lies in losing traction, slipping sideways and possible vehicle roll over.Whenever driving on a hill, determine beforehand the route you will use. Do notdrive over the crest of a hill without seeingwhat conditions are on the other side. Do not drive in reverse over a hill without the aid of an observer.

When climbing a steep slope or hill, startin a lower gear rather than downshifting toa lower gear from a higher gear once theascent has started. This reduces strain onthe engine and the possibility of stalling.

If your vehicle stalls, do not try to turnaround because this could cause vehicleroll over. It is better to reverse back to asafe location.

Apply just enough power to the wheels to

climb the hill. Too much power will causethe tires to slip, spin or lose traction,resulting in loss of vehicle control.

158

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Descend a hill in the same gear you woulduse to climb up the hill to avoid excessivebrake application and brake overheating.Do not descend in neutral. Disengage

overdrive or move the transmissionselector lever to a lower gear. Whendescending a steep hill, avoid sudden hardbraking as you could lose control. The frontwheels have to be turning in order to steeryour vehicle.

If your vehicle has anti-lock brakes, applythe brakes steadily. Do not pump thebrakes.

Driving on Snow and Ice

WARNING

If you are driving in slipperyconditions that require tire chains orcables, then it is critical that you drive

cautiously. Keep speeds down, allow forlonger stopping distances and avoidaggressive steering to reduce the chancesof a loss of vehicle control which can leadto serious injury or death. If the rear end ofyour vehicle slides while cornering, steer inthe direction of the slide until you regaincontrol of your vehicle.

Note: Excessive tire slippage can causetransmission damage.

Four-wheel drive vehicles have advantagesover two-wheel drive vehicles in snow andice but can skid like any other vehicle.Should you start to slide while driving onsnowy or icy roads, turn the steering wheel

in the direction of the slide until you regaincontrol.

Avoid sudden applications of power andquick changes of direction on snow andice. Apply the accelerator slowly andsteadily when starting from a full stop.

Avoid sudden braking. Although afour-wheel drive vehicle may acceleratebetter than a two-wheel drive vehicle insnow and ice, it will not stop any faster as

braking occurs at all four wheels. Do notbecome overconfident as to roadconditions.

Make sure you allow sufficient distancebetween you and other vehicles forstopping. Drive slower than usual andconsider using one of the lower gears. Inemergency stopping situations, apply thebrake steadily. Do not pump the brakepedal. See Hints on Driving WithAnti-Lock Brakes (page 163).

If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud orSnow

WARNING

Do not spin the wheels at over 35mph (56 km/h). The tires may failand injure a passenger or bystander.

If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow,

it may be rocked out by shifting betweenforward and reverse gears, stoppingbetween shifts in a steady pattern. Presslightly on the accelerator in each gear.

Note: Do not rock your vehicle if the engineis not at normal operating temperature,damage to the transmission may occur.

Note: Do not rock your vehicle for morethan a minute, damage to the transmission and tires may occur or the engine may overheat.

Parking

WARNINGS

If the parking brake is fully released,but the brake warning lamp remainsilluminated, the brakes may not be

working properly. See your authorizeddealer.

159

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


WARNINGS

Always set the parking brake fullyand make sure the gearshift is

latched in P (Park). Turn the ignitionto the off position and remove the keywhenever you leave your vehicle.

On some Four-wheel drive vehicles, whenthe transfer case is in the N (Neutral)position, the engine and transmission aredisconnected from the rest of the driveline.Therefore, the vehicle is free to roll even ifthe automatic transmission is in P (Park)or the manual transmission is in gear. Do

not leave the vehicle unattended with thetransfer case in the N (Neutral) position.Always set the parking brake fully and turnoff the ignition when leaving the vehicle.

Maintenance and Modifications

The suspension and steering systems onyour vehicle have been designed andtested to provide predictable performancewhether loaded or empty. For this reason,we strongly recommend that you do not

make modifications such as adding orremoving parts (i.e. lift kits or stabilizerbars) or by using replacement parts notequivalent to the original factoryequipment.

We recommend that you use caution whenyour vehicle has either a high load or device(i.e. ladder or luggage racks). Anymodifications to your vehicle that raise thecenter of gravity may cause your vehicleto roll over when there is a loss of vehicle

control.Failure to maintain your vehicle correctlymay void the warranty, increase your repaircost, reduce vehicle performance andoperational capabilities and adverselyaffect you and your passenger's safety. Werecommend you frequently inspect yourvehicle's chassis components when yourvehicle is subject to off road usage.

160

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL

(IF EQUIPPED)

This axle provides added traction onslippery surfaces, particularly when onewheel is on a poor traction surface. Undernormal conditions, the limited-slip axlefunctions like a standard rear axle. The axlemay exhibit a slight noise or vibrationduring tight turns with low vehicle speed.This is normal behavior and indicates theaxle is working.

ELECTRONIC LOCKINGDIFFERENTIAL (IF EQUIPPED)

Note: The electronic locking differential isfor off-road use only and is not for use ondry pavement. Using the electronic lockingdifferential on dry pavement will result inincreased tire wear, noise and vibration.

The electronic locking differential is adevice housed in the rear axle that allowsboth rear wheels to turn at the same

speed. The electronic locking differentialcan provide additional traction should yourvehicle become stuck. You can activatethe differential electronically and shift iton the fly within the differential operatingspeed range. The differential is for use inmud, rocks, sand, or any off-road conditionwhere you need maximum traction. It isnot for use on dry pavement.

The following conditions will affect theelectronic locking differential:

• The electronic locking differential willnot engage if your vehicle speed isabove 20 mph (32 km/h) in 4x2, 4x4Auto, or 4x4 High modes

• The electronic locking differential willnot engage if your vehicle speed isabove or 56 mph (90 km/h) in 4X4Low

• The electronic locking differential willnot engage if you press youraccelerator pedal beyond 50% duringan engagement attempt

• In 4x2, 4x4 Auto, and 4x4 High modes,the electronic locking differential willautomatically disengage at speedsabove 25 mph (41 km/h) and willautomatically reengage at speedsbelow 20 mph (32 km/h)

• In 4L (4X4 low), the electronic lockingdifferential will automaticallydisengage at speeds above 62 mph(100 km/h) and will automatically

reengage at speeds below 56 mph (90km/h)

• The AdvanceTrac system has theability to take over control of theelectronic locking differential anddisable it during driving maneuverswhen necessary

When you switch the system on, if you donot meet the required conditions forelectronic locking differential activation,the instrument cluster will display the

appropriate information guiding youthrough the proper activation process.

Activating the Electronic LockingDifferential (If Equipped)

Note: Do not use electronic lockingdifferential on dry, hard surfaced roads.Doing so will produce excessive noise,vibration and increase tire wear.

Note: If the electronic locking differential

has difficulty disengaging, release the accelerator pedal and turn the steeringwheel in the opposite direction while rolling.

161

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Rear Axle

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


For 4WD vehicles

Pull the 4WD control knob toward you.

For 2WD vehicles

Turn the control to ON.

Once the indicator lightilluminates in the informationdisplay, both rear wheel axle

shafts will be locked together providingadded traction.

If the indicator does not come on, or theindicator turns off while driving, one of thefollowing has occurred:

• The vehicle speed is too high.

• The left and right rear wheel speeddifference is too high during an

engagement attempt.• The system has malfunctioned and is

accompanied by CHECK LOCKINGDIFFERENTIAL in the informationdisplay. See your authorized Forddealer for assistance.

162

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Rear Axle

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


GENERAL INFORMATION

Note: Occasional brake noise is normal. If a metal-to-metal, continuous grinding or continuous squeal sound is present, the brake linings may be worn-out. Have the system checked by an authorized dealer. If your vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking, have it checked by an authorized dealer.

Note: Brake dust may accumulate on thewheels, even under normal drivingconditions. Some dust is inevitable as the brakes wear and does not contribute to

brake noise. See Cleaning the Alloy Wheels (page 264).

See Warning Lamps andIndicators (page 82).

Wet brakes result in reduced brakingefficiency. Gently press the brake pedal afew times when driving from a car wash orstanding water to dry the brakes.

Brake Over Accelerator

In the event the accelerator pedalbecomes stuck or entrapped, apply steadyand firm pressure to the brake pedal toslow the vehicle and reduce engine power.If you experience this condition, apply thebrakes and bring your vehicle to a safestop. Move the transmission selector leverto position P, switch the engine off andapply the parking brake. Inspect theaccelerator pedal for any interference. Ifnone are found and the condition persists,have your vehicle towed to the nearestauthorized dealer.

Brake Assist

Brake assist detects when you brakerapidly by measuring the rate at which you

press the brake pedal. It providesmaximum braking efficiency as long as youpress the pedal, and can reduce stoppingdistances in critical situations.

Anti-lock Brake System

This system helps you maintain steeringcontrol during emergency stops by keepingthe brakes from locking.

This lamp momentarily

illuminates when you turn theignition on. If the light does notilluminate during start up, remains on orflashes, the system may be disabled. Havethe system checked by an authorizeddealer.

If the system is disabled, normalbraking is still effective. If thebrake warning lamp illuminates

when you release the parking brake, havethe system checked by an authorized

dealer.

HINTS ON DRIVING WITHANTI-LOCK BRAKES

Note: When the system is operating, the brake pedal will pulse and may travelfurther. Maintain pressure on the brake pedal. You may also hear a noise from the system. This is normal.

The anti-lock braking system will noteliminate the risks when:

• you drive too closely to the vehicle infront of you

• your vehicle is hydroplaning

• you take corners too fast

• the road surface is poor.

163

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Brakes

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


PARKING BRAKE

WARNING

Always set the parking brake fullyand make sure the transmission isplaced in park (P). Failure to set the

parking brake and engage park could resultin vehicle roll-away, property damage orbodily injury. Turn the ignition to the lockposition and remove the key whenever youleave your vehicle.

Apply the parking brake whenever yourvehicle is parked. Press the pedal

downward to set the parking brake. Thebrake warning lamp in the instrumentcluster will illuminate and remainsilluminated until the parking brake isreleased.

To release, pull the brake release leverlocated at the lower left side of theinstrument panel.

If you are parking your vehicle on a gradeor with a trailer, press and hold the brake

pedal down, then set the parking brake.There may be a little vehicle movement asthe parking brake sets to hold the vehicle'sweight. This is normal and should be noreason for concern. If needed, press andhold the service brake pedal down, thentry reapplying the parking brake. Chock thewheels if required. If the parking brakecannot hold the weight of the vehicle, theparking brake may need to be serviced orthe vehicle may be overloaded.

HILL START ASSIST

WARNINGS

The system does not replace theparking brake. When you leave yourvehicle, always apply the parking

brake and put the transmission in park (P).

WARNINGS

You must remain in your vehicle onceyou have activated the system.

During all times, you are responsiblefor controlling your vehicle,supervising the system and

intervening, if required.

If the engine is revved excessively, orif a malfunction is detected, thesystem will be deactivated.

The system makes it easier to pull awaywhen your vehicle is on a slope without the

need to use the parking brake.When the system is active, your vehicle willremain stationary on the slope for two tothree seconds after you release the brakepedal. This allows you time to move yourfoot from the brake to the acceleratorpedal. The brakes are releasedautomatically once the engine hasdeveloped sufficient drive to prevent yourvehicle from rolling down the slope. Thisis an advantage when pulling away on a

slope, (for example from a car park ramp,traffic lights or when reversing uphill intoa parking space).

The system will activate automatically onany slope that will cause significant vehiclerollback.

Using Hill Start Assist

1. Press the brake pedal to bring yourvehicle to a complete standstill. Keep

the brake pedal pressed.2. If the sensors detect that your vehicle

is on a slope, the system will activateautomatically.

3. When you remove your foot from thebrake pedal, your vehicle will remainon the slope without rolling away forabout two or three seconds. This holdtime will automatically be extended ifyou are in the process of driving off.

164

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Brakes

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


4. Drive off in the normal manner. Thebrakes will release automatically.

165

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Brakes

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014



The traction control system helps avoid

drive wheel spin and loss of traction.If your vehicle begins to slide, the systemapplies the brakes to individual wheelsand, when needed, reduces engine powerat the same time. If the wheels spin whenaccelerating on slippery or loose surfaces,the system reduces engine power in orderto increase traction.

USING TRACTION CONTROL

In certain situations (for example, stuck insnow or mud), you can turn the tractioncontrol off. This may be beneficial as thisallows the wheels to spin with full enginepower.

Turn the traction control system off bypressing the stability control buttonlocated on the center of the instrumentpanel.

System Indicator Lights andMessages

WARNING

If a failure has been detected withinthe traction control system, thestability control light will illuminate

steadily. Verify that the traction controlsystem was not manually disabled usingthe stability control button. If the stabilitycontrol light still illuminates steadily, havethe system serviced by an authorizeddealer immediately. Operating your vehiclewith traction control disabled could leadto an increased risk of loss of vehiclecontrol, vehicle rollover, personal injury anddeath.

The stability control lighttemporarily illuminates onengine start-up and flashes

when a driving condition activates thestability system.

The stability control off lighttemporarily illuminates on

engine start-up and stays onwhen you turn the traction control systemoff or if a problem occurs in the stabilitysystem.

166

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Traction Control

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014



WARNINGS

Vehicle modifications involvingbraking system, aftermarket roofracks, suspension, steering system,

tire construction and wheel and tire sizemay change the handling characteristicsof your vehicle and may adversely affectthe performance of the AdvanceTracsystem. In addition, installing any stereoloudspeakers may interfere with andadversely affect the AdvanceTrac system.Install any aftermarket stereo loudspeaker

as far as possible from the front centerconsole, the tunnel, and the front seats inorder to minimize the risk of interfering withthe AdvanceTrac sensors. Reducing theeffectiveness of the AdvanceTrac systemcould lead to an increased risk of loss ofvehicle control, vehicle rollover, personalinjury and death.

Remember that even advancedtechnology cannot defy the laws ofphysics. It’s always possible to lose

control of a vehicle due to inappropriatedriver input for the conditions. Aggressivedriving on any road condition can causeyou to lose control of your vehicleincreasing the risk of personal injury orproperty damage. Activation of theAdvanceTrac system is an indication thatat least some of the tires have exceededtheir ability to grip the road; this couldreduce the operator’s ability to control thevehicle potentially resulting in a loss of

vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personalinjury and death. If your AdvanceTracsystem activates, SLOW DOWN.

The AdvanceTrac with Roll StabilityControl system helps you keep control ofyour vehicle when on a slippery surface.The electronic stability control portion of

the system helps avoid skids and lateralslides and roll stability control helps avoida vehicle rollover. The traction controlsystem helps avoid drive wheel spin andloss of traction. See Using TractionControl (page 166).

Vehicle without AdvanceTracwith RSC skidding off itsintended route.

A

Vehicle with AdvanceTrac withRSC maintaining control on aslippery surface.

B

167

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Stability Control

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


USING STABILITY CONTROL

AdvanceTrac™ with Roll Stability

Control™

(RSC™

)The system automatically activates whenyou start your engine. You can turn off the

electronic stability control and roll stabilitycontrol portions of the system off below35 mph (56 km/h). When the transmissionis in position R, they are disabled. You can

turn off the traction control portion of thesystem independently. See UsingTraction Control (page 166).

AdvanceTrac with RSC Features

Tractioncontrol system

Electronicstability control

Roll stability control

Stability control OFF

light

Button func-tions

EnabledEnabledEnabledIlluminated

during bulbcheck

Default at start-

up

Disabled1

Enabled1EnabledIlluminated

solidButton pressed

momentarily

Disabled4DisabledDisabledFlashes then

illuminated

solid2

Button pressedand held formore than 5seconds at

vehicle speedunder 35 mph

(56 km/h)

Disabled1

Enabled1EnabledIlluminated

solidVehicle speed

exceeds 35 mph(56 km/h) after

button ispressed and

held for morethan 5 seconds

168

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Stability Control

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


AdvanceTrac with RSC Features

EnabledEnabledEnabledNot illuminatedButton pressedagain after

deactivation

Disabled4DisabledDisabledIlluminatedTransfer case

switched to4WD Low

Locked3

1Traction control system could be enabled but with higher entry thresholds compared tofull system. Electronic stability control entry thresholds are higher compared to the fullsystem.2

Lamp light starts blinking for four seconds after entering the press and hold state.3Control switch is not pressed. Stability control light turned on when 4WD Low Locked

transfer case mode selected.4Engine traction control and two-wheel spin brake traction control functions are disabled.

Single wheel spin traction control is always enabled.

169

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Stability Control

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014



WARNINGS

Hill descent control cannot controldescent in all surface conditions andcircumstances, such as ice or

extremely steep grades. Hill descentcontrol is a driver assist system and cannotsubstitute for good judgment by the driver.Failure to do so may result in loss of vehiclecontrol, crash or serious injury.

Hill descent control does not providehill hold at zero miles per hour (0kilometers per hour). When stopped,

the parking brake must be applied or thevehicle must be placed in P (Park) or itmay roll away.

Hill descent control allows the driver to setand maintain vehicle speed whiledescending steep grades in various surfaceconditions.

Hill descent control can maintain vehiclespeeds on downhill grades between 2 mph

(3 km/h) and 12 mph (20 km/h). Above 20mph (32 km/h), the system remainsarmed, but descent speed cannot be setor maintained.

Hill descent control requires a coolingdown interval after a period of sustaineduse. The amount of time that the featurecan remain active before cooling varieswith conditions. The system will provide awarning in the message center and a chimewill sound when the system is about to

disengage for cooling. At this time,manually apply the brakes as needed tomaintain descent speed.

USING HILL DESCENTCONTROL

Press and release the hilldescent button located on theinstrument panel. A light in thecluster will illuminate and a

chime will sound when this feature isactivated.

To increase descent speed, press theaccelerator pedal until the desired speedis reached. To decrease descent speed,press the brake pedal until the desiredspeed is reached.

Whether accelerating or decelerating, oncethe desired descent speed is reached,remove your feet from the pedals and thechosen vehicle speed will be maintained.

Note: Noise from the ABS pump motor may be observed during hill descent controloperation. This is a normal characteristic of the ABS and should be no reason for concern.

Hill descent modes• At speeds below 20 mph (32 km/h):

When the Hill Descent Control switchis pressed and Hill Descent Control isactive, the Hill Descent Control telltalewill flash.

• At speeds below 20 mph (32 km/h):When the Hill Descent Control switchis pressed and conditions are notcorrect for hill descent activation, the

Hill Descent Control system will beenabled, the Hill Descent Controltelltale will be solid and a message willdisplay in the information display.

170

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Terrain Response (If Equipped)

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


• At speeds above 20 mph (32 km/h):When the Hill Descent Control switchis pressed, the Hill Descent Controlsystem will be enabled, the telltale in

the cluster will not be illuminated anda message will be displayed in theinformation display.

Refer to the Information Displays foradditional Hill Descent Control messages.See Information Messages (page 98).

171

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Terrain Response (If Equipped)

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


PARKING AID (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNINGS

To help avoid personal injury, pleaseread and understand the limitationsof the system as contained in this

section. Sensing is only an aid for some(generally large and fixed) objects whenmoving in reverse on a flat surface atparking speeds. Traffic control systems,inclement weather, air brakes, and externalmotors and fans may also affect thefunction of the sensing system; this mayinclude reduced performance or a false

activation.To help avoid personal injury, alwaysuse caution when in R (Reverse) andwhen using the sensing system.

This system is not designed toprevent contact with small or movingobjects. The system is designed to

provide a warning to assist the driver indetecting large stationary objects to avoiddamaging the vehicle. The system may notdetect smaller objects, particularly thoseclose to the ground.

Certain add-on devices such as largetrailer hitches, bike or surfboard racksand any device that may block the

normal detection zone of the system, maycreate false beeps.

Note: Keep the sensors, located on the bumper or fascia, free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt. If the sensors

are covered, the system’ s accuracy can be affected. Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects.

Note: If your vehicle sustains damage tothe bumper or fascia, leaving it misaligned or bent, the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms.

Note: If your vehicle is equipped withMyKey ™ , it is possible to prevent turningthe sensing system off. See MyKey ™ (page 53).

Note: If your vehicle is equipped with a fully integrated electronic trailer brake controller (TBC) and a trailer with electric trailer brakes is connected to your vehicle, the RSSwill be disabled. When the vehicle is shifted into reverse, the information display will remain in the Rear Park Aid Off selection.For more information on the TBC, SeeTrailer Sway Control (page 192).

The sensing system warns the driver of

obstacles within a certain range of thebumper area. The system turns onautomatically whenever the ignition isswitched on.

When receiving a detection warning, theradio volume is reduced to apredetermined level. After the warninggoes away, the radio volume returns to theprevious level.

Rear Sensing System

The rear sensors are only active when thetransmission is in R (Reverse). As thevehicle moves closer to the obstacle, therate of the audible warning increases.When the obstacle is fewer than 12 inches(30 centimeters) away, the warningsounds continuously. If a stationary orreceding object is detected farther than 12inches (30 centimeters) from the side ofthe vehicle, the tone sounds for only threeseconds. Once the system detects anobject approaching, the warning soundsagain.

172

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Parking Aids

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Coverage area of up to 6 feet(1.8 meters) from the rearbumper. There is decreasedcoverage area at the outercorners of the bumper.

A

The system detects certain objects whilethe transmission is in R (Reverse):

• and moving toward a stationary objectat a speed of 3 mph (5 km/h) or less

• but not moving, and a moving object isapproaching the rear of the vehicle ata speed of 3 mph (5 km/h) or less

The system can be switched off throughthe information display. If a fault is presentin the system, a warning message appearsin the information display and does notallow the driver to switch the faultedsystem on.

REAR VIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNINGS

The rear view camera system is areverse aid supplement device thatstill requires the driver to use it in

conjunction with the interior and exteriormirrors for maximum coverage.

Objects that are close to eithercorner of the bumper or under thebumper, might not be seen on the

screen due to the limited coverage of thecamera system.

WARNINGS

Back up as slow as possible sincehigher speeds might limit your

reaction time to stop the vehicle.Use caution when using the rearvideo camera and the liftgate is ajar.If the liftgate is ajar, the camera will

be out of position and the video image maybe incorrect. All guidelines (if enabled)have been removed when the liftgate isajar.

Use caution when turning camerafeatures on or off while in Reverse(R). Make sure the vehicle is not

moving.

The rear view camera system provides avideo image of the area behind yourvehicle.

During operation, lines appear in thedisplay that represent your vehicle’s pathand proximity to objects behind yourvehicle.

The camera is located on the tailgate.

Using the Rear View CameraSystem

The rear view camera system displayswhat is behind your vehicle when you placethe transmission in Reverse (R).

173

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Parking Aids

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


The system uses two types of guides tohelp you see what is behind your vehicle:

• Fixed guidelines: Show the actual path

your vehicle is moving in while reversingin a straight line. This can be helpfulwhen backing into a parking space oraligning your vehicle with anotherobject behind you.

• Centerline: Helps align the center ofyour vehicle with an object (forexample, a trailer).

Note: If the image comes on while thetransmission is not in Reverse (R), have the system inspected by your authorized dealer.

Note: When towing, the camera only seeswhat you are towing behind your vehicle.This might not provide adequate coverage as it usually provides in normal operation and you might not see some objects. In some vehicles, the guidelines may disappear once you engage the trailer tow connector.

The camera may not operate correctlyunder the following conditions:

• Nighttime or dark areas if the reverse

lamps are not operating.• Mud, water or debris obstructs the

camera's view. Clean the lens with asoft, lint-free cloth and non-abrasivecleaner.

• The camera is misaligned due todamage to the rear of your vehicle.

To access any of the rear view camerasystem settings, make the followingselections in the touch screen when the

transmission is not in Reverse (R):• Menu > Vehicle > Camera Settings

After changing a system setting, the touchscreen shows a preview of the selectedfeatures.

Guidelines and the Centerline

Note: Fixed guidelines are only availablewhen the transmission is in R (Reverse).

Note: The centerline is only available if fixed guidelines are on.

Rear bumperA

Fixed guideline: Green zoneB

Fixed guideline: Yellow zoneC

Fixed guideline: Red zoneD

CenterlineE

The fixed guidelines fade in and outdepending on the steering wheel position.The active guidelines are not shown when

the steering wheel position is straight.Always use caution while reversing.Objects in the red zone are closest to yourvehicle and objects in the green zone arefarther away. Objects are getting closer toyour vehicle as they move from the greenzone to the yellow or red zones. Use theside view mirrors and rear view mirror toget better coverage on both sides and rearof the vehicle.

Enhanced Park Aids

Note: Enhanced park aids is only availablewhen the transmission is in Reverse (R).

Note: The reverse sensing system is noteffective at speeds above 3 mph (5 km/h) and may not detect certain angular or moving objects.

174

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Parking Aids

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


The system uses red, yellow and greenhighlights which appear on top of the videoimage when an object is detected by thereverse sensing system. The alert highlights

the closest object detected. The reversesensing alert can be disabled and if visualpark aid alert is enabled, highlighted areasare still displayed.

Selectable settings for this feature are ONand OFF.

Rear Camera Delay

When shifting the transmission out ofReverse (R) and into any gear other than

Park (P), the camera image remains in thedisplay until your vehicle speed reaches 6mph (10 km/h) or 10 seconds elapses. Thisoccurs when the rear camera delay featureis on.

Selectable settings for this feature are ONand OFF. The default setting for the rearcamera delay is OFF.

175

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Parking Aids

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014



Cruise control lets you maintain a set

speed without keeping your foot on theaccelerator pedal. You can use cruisecontrol when your vehicle speed is greaterthan 20 mph (30 km/h).

USING CRUISE CONTROL

WARNINGS

Do not use cruise control in heavytraffic, on winding roads or when theroad surface is slippery. This could

result in loss of vehicle control, seriousinjury or death.

When you are going downhill, yourvehicle speed may increase abovethe set speed. The system will not

apply the brakes. Change down a gear toassist the system in maintaining the setspeed. Failure to do so could result in lossof vehicle control, serious injury or death.

Note: Cruise control will disengage if thevehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph(16 km/h) below your set speed whiledriving uphill.

The cruise controls are located on thesteering wheel.

Switching Cruise Control On

Press and release ON.

The indicator will appear in theinstrument cluster.

Setting a Speed

1. Accelerate to the desired speed.

2. Press and release SET+.

3. Take your foot off the acceleratorpedal.

The indicator will change colors in theinstrument cluster.

Changing the Set Speed

Note: If you accelerate by pressing the accelerator pedal, the set speed will notchange. When you release the accelerator pedal, you will return to the speed that you previously set.

• Press and hold SET+ or SET-. Releasethe control when you reach the desiredspeed.

• Press and release SET+ or SET-. Theset speed will change in approximately

1 mph (2 km/h) increments.• Press the accelerator or brake pedal

until you reach the desired speed. Pressand release SET+.

Canceling the Set Speed

Press CNCL or tap the brake pedal. Youwill not erase the set speed.

Resuming the Set Speed

Press and release RSM.Switching Cruise Control Off

Note: You will erase the set speed if you switch the system off.

Press and release OFF or switch theignition off.

176

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Cruise Control (If Equipped)

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


STEERING

Electric Power Steering (3.7L, 5.0L

and 3.5L EcoBoost™

engines) (IfEquipped)

WARNINGS

The electric power steering systemhas diagnostic checks thatcontinuously monitor the system to

ensure proper operation. When a systemerror is detected a steering message willappear in the information display.

The electric power steering system

has diagnostic checks thatcontinuously monitor the system to

ensure proper operation of the electronicsystem. When an electronic error isdetected, a message will be displayed inthe information display. If this happens,stop the vehicle in a safe place, and turnoff the engine. After at least 10 seconds,reset the system by restarting the engine,and watch the information display for asteering message. If a steering message

returns, or returns while driving, take thevehicle to your dealer to have it checked.

Obtain immediate service if a systemerror is detected. You may not noticeany difference in the feel of your

steering, but a serious condition may exist.Failure to do so may result in loss ofsteering control.

Your vehicle is equipped with an electricpower-assisted steering system. There isno fluid reservoir to check or fill.

If your vehicle loses electrical power whileyou are driving (or if the ignition is turnedoff), you can steer the vehicle manually,but it takes more effort. Extremecontinuous steering may increase the effortit takes for you to steer. This occurs toprevent internal overheating andpermanent damage to your steering

system. If this should occur, you will neitherlose the ability to steer the vehiclemanually nor will it cause permanentdamage. Typical steering and driving

maneuvers will allow the system to cooland steering assist will return to normal.

Hydraulic Steering (6.2L engine)(If Equipped)

To help prevent damage to the powersteering system, never hold the steeringwheel at its furthest turning points (untilit stops) for more than a few secondswhen the engine is running. If the power

steering system breaks down (or if theengine is turned off), you can steer thevehicle manually, but it takes more effort.

• Never hold the steering wheel at itsfurthest turning points (until it stops)for more than three to five secondswhen the engine is running.

• Do not operate the vehicle with a lowpower steering pump fluid level (belowthe MIN mark on the reservoir).

•Some noise is normal during operation.If excessive, check for low powersteering pump fluid level beforeseeking service by your dealer.

• Heavy or uneven efforts may be causedby low power steering fluid. Check forlow power steering pump fluid levelbefore seeking service by your dealer.

• Do not fill the power steering pumpreservoir above the MAX mark on thereservoir, as this may result in leaks

from the reservoir.If the power steering system breaks down(or if the engine is turned off), you cansteer the vehicle manually, but it takesmore effort.

177

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Driving Aids

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Steering Tips

If the steering wanders or pulls, check for:

• an improperly inflated tire

• uneven tire wear

• loose or worn suspension components

• loose or worn steering components

• improper vehicle alignment

A high crown in the road or high crosswindsmay also make the steering seem towander or pull.

178

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Driving Aids

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


LOAD LIMIT

Vehicle Loading - with and

without a TrailerThis section will guide you in theproper loading of your vehicle,trailer or both, to keep your loadedvehicle weight within its designrating capability, with or withouta trailer. Properly loading yourvehicle will provide maximumreturn of vehicle design

performance. Before loading yourvehicle, familiarize yourself with

the following terms fordetermining your vehicle’s weightratings, with or without a trailer,

from the vehicle’s Tire Label orSafety Compliance Certification

Label:

Base Curb Weight - is the weightof the vehicle including a full tankof fuel and all standardequipment. It does not includepassengers, cargo, or optionalequipment.

Vehicle Curb Weight - is theweight of your new vehicle whenyou picked it up from yourauthorized dealer plus anyaftermarket equipment.

Payload - is the combined weightof cargo and passengers that thevehicle is carrying. The maximumpayload for your vehicle can be

found on the Tire Label on theB-Pillar or the edge of the driverdoor (vehicles exported outsidethe US and Canada may not havea Tire Label). Look for “THECOMBINED WEIGHT OFOCCUPANTS AND CARGOSHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXXkg OR XXX lb.” for maximum

payload. The payload listed on theTire Label is the maximumpayload for the vehicle as built bythe assembly plant. If you installany aftermarket orauthorized-dealer installedequipment on the vehicle, youmust subtract the weight of theequipment from the payload listedon the Tire Label in order todetermine the new payload.

179

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Load Carrying

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


WARNING

The appropriate loading

capacity of your vehicle canbe limited either by volumecapacity (how much space isavailable) or by payload capacity(how much weight the vehicleshould carry). Once you havereached the maximum payload ofyour vehicle, do not add morecargo, even if there is spaceavailable. Overloading or

improperly loading your vehiclecan contribute to loss of vehiclecontrol and vehicle rollover.

Example only:

180

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Load Carrying

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Cargo Weight - includes allweight added to the Base CurbWeight, including cargo andoptional equipment. When towing,trailer tongue load or king pinweight is also part of cargo weight.

GAW (Gross Axle Weight) - is

the total weight placed on eachaxle (front and rear) includingvehicle curb weight and allpayload.

GAWR (Gross Axle WeightRating) - is the maximumallowable weight that can becarried by a single axle (front orrear). These numbers are shownon the Safety ComplianceCertification Label. The label shallbe affixed to either the door hinge

pillar, door-latch post, or the dooredge that meets the door-latchpost, next to the driver's seatingposition. The total load on eachaxle must never exceed itsGross Axle Weight Rating.

181

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Load Carrying

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Note: For trailer towinginformation refer to the RV and Trailer Towing Guide available at

an authorized dealer.

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) -is the Vehicle Curb Weight, pluscargo, plus passengers.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle WeightRating) - is the maximumallowable weight of the fully

loaded vehicle (including alloptions, equipment, passengersand cargo). It is shown on the

Safety Compliance CertificationLabel. The label shall be affixedto either the door hinge pillar,door-latch post, or the door edgethat meets the door-latch post,next to the driver's seatingposition. The Gross Vehicle

Weight must never exceed theGross Vehicle Weight Rating.

Example only:

182

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Load Carrying

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


WARNING

Exceeding the SafetyCompliance Certification

Label vehicle weight rating limitscould result in substandardvehicle handling or performance,engine, transmission and/orstructural damage, seriousdamage to the vehicle, loss ofcontrol and personal injury.

GCW (Gross Combined Weight)- is the Gross Vehicle Weight plusthe weight of the fully loadedtrailer.

GCWR (Gross CombinedWeight Rating) - is the maximumallowable weight of the vehicleand the loaded trailer, includingall cargo and passengers, that thevehicle can handle without riskingdamage. (Important: The towingvehicle’s braking system is rated

183

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Load Carrying

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


for operation at Gross VehicleWeight Rating, not at GrossCombined Weight Rating.)

Separate functional brakes shouldbe used for safe control of towedvehicles and for trailers where theGross Combined Weight of thetowing vehicle plus the trailerexceed the Gross Vehicle WeightRating of the towing vehicle. TheGross Combined Weight mustnever exceed the GrossCombined Weight Rating.

Maximum Loaded TrailerWeight - is the highest possibleweight of a fully loaded trailer thevehicle can tow. It assumes avehicle with mandatory options,driver and front passenger weight(150 pounds [68 kilograms]each), no cargo weight (internalor external) and a tongue load of10–15% (conventional trailer) orking pin weight of 15–25% (fifthwheel trailer). Consult anauthorized dealer (or the RV andTrailer Towing Guide available atan authorized dealer) for moredetailed information.

Tongue Load or Fifth WheelKing Pin Weight - refers to theamount of the weight that a trailer

pushes down on a trailer hitch.

Examples: For a 5000 pound(2268 kilogram) conventionaltrailer, multiply 5000 by 0.10 and

0.15 to obtain a proper tongueload range of 500 to 750 pounds(227 to 340 kilograms). For an11500 pound (5216 kilogram) fifthwheel trailer, multiply by 0.15 and0.25 to obtain a proper king pinload range of 1725 to 2875 pounds(782 to 1304 kilograms).

WARNINGS

Do not exceed the GVWR orthe GAWR specified on theSafety Compliance CertificationLabel.

Do not use replacement tireswith lower load carrying

capacities than the original tiresbecause they may lower thevehicle’s GVWR and GAWRlimitations. Replacement tireswith a higher limit than the originaltires do not increase the GVWRand GAWR limitations.

Exceeding any vehicle weightrating limitation could result

in serious damage to the vehicleand/or personal injury.

Steps for determining thecorrect load limit:

1. Locate the statement "Thecombined weight of occupantsand cargo should never exceedXXX kg or XXX lb." on yourvehicle’s placard.

184

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Load Carrying

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99kilograms) - (12 x 45 kilograms) =635 - 198 - 540 = -103 kilograms.

You will need to reduce the loadweight by at least 240 pounds(104 kilograms). If you removethree 100-pound (45-kilogram)cement bags, then the loadcalculation would be:1400 - (2 x220) - (9 x 100) = 1400 - 440 -900 = 60 pounds. Now you havethe load capacity to transport thecement and your friend home. In

metric units, the calculation wouldbe: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99kilograms) - (9 x 45 kilograms) =635 - 198 - 405 = 32 kilograms.

The above calculations alsoassume that the loads arepositioned in your vehicle in amanner that does not overloadthe Front or the Rear Gross AxleWeight Rating specified for yourvehicle on the Safety ComplianceCertification Label. The label shallbe affixed to either the door hingepillar, door-latch post, or the dooredge that meets the door-latchpost, next to the driver's seatingposition.

Special Loading Instructionsfor Owners of Pick-up Trucksand Utility-type Vehicles

WARNING

Loaded vehicles may handledifferently than unloaded

vehicles. Extra precautions, suchas slower speeds and increasedstopping distance, should betaken when driving a heavilyloaded vehicle.

Your vehicle can haul more cargoand people than most passengercars. Depending upon the typeand placement of the load,hauling cargo and people mayraise the center of gravity of thevehicle.

TAILGATE

Tailgate Lock (If Equipped)

The tailgate lock can help prevent theft ofthe tailgate.

Insert the ignition key into the tailgate lock.Turn it to the right to lock the tailgate. Turnit to the left to unlock the tailgate.

186

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Load Carrying

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Tailgate Removal

WARNING

Always properly secure cargo toprevent shifting cargo or cargo fallingfrom vehicle, which could result in

compromised vehicle stability and seriouspersonal injury to vehicle occupants orothers.

You can remove the tailgate for moreloading room.

Note: Skip to Step 4 if your vehicle does not have a rearview camera.

1. Locate and disconnect the rearviewcamera in-line connector. It is underthe pickup box on the right-hand sideof the vehicle near the spare tire.

2. There is a protective cap in the glovebox. Install it on the in-line connectorthat remains under the pickup box.

3. Partially lower the tailgate. Carefullyfeed the tailgate harness up throughthe gap between the pickup box andthe bumper and place it out of the wayunder the pickup box.

4. Lower the tailgate.

5. Use a screwdriver to gently pry thespring clip on each connector past the

head of the support screw. Disconnectthe cable.

6. Disconnect the other cable.

7. Lift the tailgate to a 45-degree anglefrom horizontal.

8. Lift the right side off its hinge.

9. Lift the tailgate to an 80-degree anglefrom horizontal.

10. Remove the tailgate from the left sidehinge by sliding it to the right.

Reverse the steps to reinstall the tailgate.

Tailgate Step (If Equipped)

Use the step to make entering the truckbed easier.

To reduce the risk of falling:

• Only operate the step when yourvehicle is on a level surface.

• Only operate the step in areas with

sufficient lighting.• Always open the step panel to widen

the step.

• Always use the grab handle whenclimbing on the step.

• Do not use the step with bare feet.

• Make sure the step is clean before use.

• Keep the step load, you plus the load,below 350 pounds (159 kilograms).

187

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Load Carrying

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Opening the Step

Note: Make sure to close and fully latch the step before moving your vehicle. Never drive

with the step or grab handle open.1. Lower the tailgate.

2. Pull the yellow lever on the grab handleto the unlock position.

3. Raise the handle upright until you feelit latch and see the lever in the lockposition. You only need to use the leverwhen releasing the grab handle.

4. Rotate the center molding to unlatchthe step. Pull it toward you to extendit.

5. Open the step panel to widen the step.

Note: Do not tow with the step or grab handle.

Replace the slip resistance tape or grabhandle molding if it appears worn ordamaged.

Closing the Step

1. Close the step panel then lift and fullyclose the step into the tailgate.

2. Move the yellow lever on the grabhandle to the unlock position and lowerthe handle.

Box Side Step (If Equipped)

Use the step for easier access to the trunkbed.

Note: Do not drive with the step deployed.

Note: Do not exceed 500 pounds (227 kilograms) on the step. This includes you plus cargo.

Note: Do not use the steps to lift thevehicle. Only use proper jacking points.

Note: The steps may operate more slowly in cool temperatures.

Note: The step mechanism may trap debris such as mud, dirt, snow, ice and salt. This may prevent the step from deploying automatically when you press the button.If this happens, make sure that you pressthe button down and carefully pull out the step manually. Wash off the debris with a high-pressure car wash wand and stow the step.

188

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Load Carrying

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Deploying the Step

Push down on the button with your foot.The step will automatically extend fromthe stowed position.

Stowing the Step

Push the step under the truck with yourfoot until it fully latches. Do not push onthe button while stowing the step.

Bed Extender (If Equipped)

Note: Do not use the bed extender whendriving off road.

Note: Make sure to engage the locking pins and knobs fully before driving your vehicle.

Note: Make sure to secure all cargo.

Note: Do not exceed 150 pounds (68 kilograms) on the tailgate when your vehicleis moving.

Note: Do not keep the bed extender in thetailgate mode when you are not using it for restraining cargo. Always keep the bed extender in the grocery mode or the stowed

position with the tailgate closed.

Tailgate Mode

1. Pull the locking pin toward the centerof your vehicle.

2. Open the latches to release the panels.

189

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Load Carrying

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


3. Rotate the panels toward the tailgate.Repeat Steps 1-3 on the other side of

your vehicle.

4. Connect the two panels. Rotate bothknobs one-quarter turn clockwise tosecure the panels.

5. Make sure to insert the latch rod intothe tailgate hole. Make sure to engageboth sides of the locking pins into theirholes in the pick-up box.

Reverse the steps to store the bedextender.

Grocery Mode

Follow Steps 1-4 of the tailgate modeinstructions by rotating the panels awayfrom the tailgate. Close the tailgate.

190

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Load Carrying

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


TOWING A TRAILER

WARNINGS

Do not exceed the GVWR orthe GAWR specified on the

certification label.

Towing trailers beyond themaximum recommended

gross trailer weight exceeds thelimit of the vehicle and couldresult in engine damage,transmission damage, structural

damage, loss of vehicle control,vehicle rollover and personalinjury.

Your vehicle may have electricalitems, such as fuses or relays,related to towing. See the Fuseschapter.

Your vehicle's load capacitydesignation is by weight, not byvolume, so you cannot necessarilyuse all available space whenloading a vehicle.

Towing a trailer places an extraload on your vehicle's engine,transmission, axle, brakes, tiresand suspension. Inspect thesecomponents periodically during,

and after, any towing operation.

Load Placement

To help minimize how trailer

movement affects your vehiclewhen driving:• Load the heaviest items closest

to the trailer floor.• Load the heaviest items

centered between the left andright side trailer tires.

• Load the heaviest items abovethe trailer axles or just slightlyforward toward the trailertongue. Do not allow the finaltrailer tongue weight to goabove or below 10-15% of theloaded trailer weight.

• Select a tow bar with thecorrect rise or drop. When boththe loaded vehicle and trailerare connected, the trailer frameshould be level, or slightly

angled down toward yourvehicle, when viewed from theside.

When driving with a trailer orpayload, a slight takeoff vibrationor shudder may be present due tothe increased payload weight.Additional information regardingproper trailer loading and settingyour vehicle up for towing islocated in another chapter of thismanual. See Load Limit (page179). You can also find theinformation in the RV & TrailerTowing Guide, available at anauthorized dealer.

191

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Towing

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


TRAILER SWAY CONTROL (IF

EQUIPPED)

WARNING

Turning off trailer sway controlincreases the risk of loss of vehiclecontrol, serious injury or death. Ford

does not recommend disabling this featureexcept in situations where speed reductionmay be detrimental (such as hill climbing),the driver has significant trailer towingexperience, and can control trailer swayand maintain safe operation.

Note: This feature does not prevent trailer sway, but reduces it once it begins.

Note: This feature cannot stop all trailersfrom swaying.

Note: In some cases, if vehicle speed is too high, the system may activate multipletimes, gradually reducing vehicle speed.

This feature applies your vehicle brakes atindividual wheels and, if necessary, reduces

engine power. If the trailer begins to sway,the stability control light flashes and themessage TRAILER SWAY REDUCESPEED appears in the information display.The first thing to do is slow your vehicledown, then pull safely to the side of theroad and check for proper tongue load andtrailer load distribution. See LoadCarrying (page 179).

RECOMMENDED TOWINGWEIGHTS

Note: Do not exceed a trailer weight of 5000 pounds (2268

kilograms) when towing with, or by, bumper only.

Note: Do not exceed a trailer weight of 5000 pounds (2268

kilograms) if your vehicle is not

equipped with a Heavy Duty Trailer Towing Package.

Note: Make sure to take intoconsideration trailer frontal area.Vehicles not equipped with theTrailer Tow Package or the Heavy Duty Payload Package should notexceed 36 feet

2 lb (3.35 meters

2 )

trailer frontal area. Vehiclesequipped with the Trailer Tow Package or the Heavy Duty Payload Package should not exceed 60feet

2 lb (5.6 meters

2 ) trailer frontal

area.

Note: Exceeding this limitation may significantly reduce the performance of your towingvehicle. Selecting a trailer with alow aerodynamic drag and rounded

front design helps optimize performance and fuel economy.

Note: For high altitude operation, reduce the gross combined weight by 2% per 1000 feet (300 meters) starting at the 1000 foot (300 meter) elevation point.

Note: Certain states requireelectric trailer brakes for trailersover a specified weight. Be sure tocheck state regulations for this

specified weight. The maximumtrailer weights listed may be limited to this specified weight, as your vehicle's electrical system may notinclude the wiring connector

needed to use electric trailer brakes.

192

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Towing

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Your vehicle may tow a trailerprovided the maximum trailerweight is less than or equal to the

maximum trailer weight listed foryour vehicle configuration on thefollowing chart.

Regular cab

MaximumGCWRAxle ratioEngineWheelbase

lb (inches)Driveline

13300 lb(6033 kg)

4.103.5L*

126Two-wheeldrive

10400 lb(4717 kg)

3.55

3.7L 11500 lb(5216 kg)

3.73

12900 lb(5851 kg)

3.31

5.0L13300 lb

(6033 kg)3.55

13300 lb

(6033 kg)

4.103.5L*

126Four-wheeldrive

11500 lb(5216 kg)

3.733.7L

12900 lb(5851 kg)

3.55

5.0L13300 lb

(6033 kg)3.73

14000 lb(6350 kg)3.15

3.5L145Two-wheeldrive

14900 lb(6759 kg)

3.31

15000 lb(6804 kg)

3.55

193

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Towing

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Regular cab

Maximum

GCWR

Axle ratioEngineWheelbase

lb (inches)

Driveline

16600 lb(7530 kg)

3.733.5L**

10600 lb(4808 kg)

3.55

3.7L11700 lb

(5307 kg)3.73

13500 lb(6123 kg)

3.55

5.0L14900 lb(6759 kg)

3.73

15300 lb(6940 kg)

3.735.0L**

15100 lb(6849 kg)

3.31

3.5L

145Four-wheeldrive

15200 lb(6895 kg)3.55, 3.73

16900 lb(7666 kg)

3.733.5L**

11700 lb(5307 kg)

3.733.7L

13500 lb(6123 kg)

3.55

5.0L 15100 lb(6849 kg)

3.73

15300 lb(6940 kg)

3.735.0L**

*Tremor Package.

**Heavy Duty Payload Package.

194

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Towing

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


SuperCab

MaximumGCWRAxle ratioEngineWheelbase(inches)Driveline

12500 lb(5670 kg)

4.106.2L1133Four-wheel

drive

14000 lb(6350 kg)

3.15

3.5L

145Two-wheeldrive

14900 lb(6759 kg)

3.31

15200 lb(6895 kg)

3.55

16900 lb(7666 kg)

3.733.5L2

11700 lb(5307 kg)

3.733.7L

13500 lb(6123 kg)

3.31

5.0 14900 lb(6759 kg)

3.55

15500 lb(7031 kg)

3.556.2L

17000 lb(7711 kg)

3.736.2L2

15100 lb

(6849 kg)

3.31

3.5L

145Four-wheeldrive

15400 lb(6985 kg)

3.55, 3.73

17100 lb(7756 kg)

3.73, 4.103.5L2

11700 lb(5307 kg)

3.733.7L

195

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Towing

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


SuperCab

Maximum

GCWR


(inches)

Driveline

13500 lb(6123 kg)

3.55

5.0L15100 lb

(6849 kg)3.73

15600 lb(7076 kg)

3.556.2L

17100 lb(7756 kg)

3.736.2L

2

14000 lb(6350 kg)

3.15

3.5L

163Two-wheeldrive

14900 lb(6759 kg)

3.31

15200 lb(6895 kg)

3.55

17000 lb(7711 kg)3.733.5L2

17000 lb(7711 kg)

3.733.5L3

13500 lb(6123 kg)

3.31

5.0L14900 lb(6759 kg)

3.55

15300 lb(6940 kg)

3.735.0L3

15100 lb(6849 kg)

3.31

3.5L163Four-wheeldrive 15400 lb

(6985 kg)3.55, 3.73

196

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Towing

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


SuperCab

Maximum

GCWR


(inches)

Driveline

17100 lb(7756 kg)

3.73, 4.103.5L2

17100 lb(7756 kg)

3.733.5L3

13500 lb(6123 kg)

3.55

5.0L15100 lb

(6849 kg)3.73

15300 lb(6940 kg)

3.735.0L3

1SVT Raptor.

2MAX Trailer Tow Package.

3Heavy Duty Payload Package.

SuperCrew

MaximumGCWRAxle ratioEngineWheelbase

(inches)Driveline

13300 lb(6033 kg)

3.55, 3.733.5L1

145Two-wheeldrive

14000 lb

(6350 kg)

3.15

3.5L 14900 lb(6759 kg)

3.31

15300 lb(6940 kg)

3.55

16900 lb(7666 kg)

3.733.5L2

197

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Towing

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


SuperCrew

Maximum

GCWR


(inches)

Driveline

11700 lb(5307 kg)

3.733.7L

13500 lb(6123 kg)

3.31, 3.55

5.0

145Two-wheel

drive

14900 lb(6759 kg)

3.73

13500 lb(6123 kg)

3.736.2L

1

15600 lb(7076 kg)

3.556.2L

17100 lb(7756 kg)

3.736.2L2

13400 lb(6078 kg)

3.55, 3.733.5L1

145Four-wheeldrive

15100 lb(6849 kg)3.313.5L

15500 lb(7031 kg)

3.55, 3.73

17100 lb(7756 kg)

3.73, 4.103.5L2

13500 lb(6123 kg)

3.55

5.0L 15100 lb(6849 kg)

3.73

13500 lb(6123 kg)

3.736.2L1

14700 lb(6668 kg)

4.106.2L3

198

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Towing

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


SuperCrew

Maximum

GCWR


(inches)

Driveline

15600 lb(7076 kg)

3.556.2L

17100 lb(7756 kg)

3.736.2L2

14000 lb(6350 kg)

3.15

3.5L

157Two-wheel

drive

14900 lb(6759 kg)

3.31

15300 lb(6940 kg)

3.55

17000 lb(7711 kg)

3.733.5L2

17100 lb(7756 kg)

3.733.5L4

13500 lb(6123 kg)3.31, 3.555.0L

14900 lb(6759 kg)

3.73

15300 lb(6940 kg)

3.735.0L4

15600 lb(7076 kg)

3.556.2L

17100 lb(7756 kg)

3.736.2L2

15100 lb(6849 kg)

3.31

3.5L157Four-wheeldrive 15500 lb

(7031 kg)3.55, 3.73

199

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Towing

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


SuperCrew

Maximum

GCWR


(inches)

Driveline

17100 lb(7756 kg)

3.73, 4.103.5L2

17100 lb(7756 kg)

3.733.5L4

13500 lb(6123 kg)

3.55

5.0L15100 lb

(6849 kg)3.73

15300 lb(6940 kg)

3.735.0L4

15600 lb(7076 kg)

3.556.2L

17100 lb(7756 kg)

3.736.2L2

1Limited.2MAX Trailer Tow Package.

3SVT Raptor.

4Heavy Duty Payload Package.

Calculating the MaximumLoaded Trailer Weight for YourVehicle

1. Start with the gross combinedweight rating for your vehiclemodel and axle ratio. See theprevious charts.

2. Subtract all of the followingthat apply to your vehicle:

• Vehicle curb weight• Hitch hardware weight, such as

a draw bar, ball, locks or weightdistributing hardware• Driver weight• Passenger(s) weight• Payload, cargo and luggage

weight• Aftermarket equipment weight.

200

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Towing

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


This equals the maximum loadedtrailer weight for this combination.

Note: The trailer tongue load isconsidered part of the payload for

your vehicle. Reduce the total payload by the final trailer tongueweight.

Note: Consult an authorized dealer to determine the maximum trailer weight allowed for your vehicle if

you are not sure.

ESSENTIAL TOWING CHECKS

Follow these guidelines for safe towing:

• Do not tow a trailer until you drive yourvehicle at least 1000 miles (1600kilometers).

• Consult your local motor vehicle lawsfor towing a trailer.

• See the instructions included withtowing accessories for the proper

installation and adjustmentspecifications.

• Service your vehicle more frequently ifyou tow a trailer. See your scheduledmaintenance information.

• If you use a rental trailer, follow theinstructions the rental agency givesyou.

See Load limits in the Load Carryingchapter for load specification terms found

on the tire label and Safety Compliancelabel and instructions on calculating yourvehicle's load.

Remember to account for the trailertongue weight as part of your vehicle loadwhen calculating the total vehicle weight.

Trailer Towing Connector

When attaching the trailer wiring connector

to your vehicle, only use a proper fittingconnector that works with the vehicle andtrailer functions. Some seven-positionconnectors may have the SAE J2863 logo,which confirms that it is the proper wiringconnector and works correctly with yourvehicle.

FunctionColor

Left turn signal and stop lampYellow

Ground (-)White

Electric brakesBlue

Right turn signal and stoplamp

Green

Battery (+)Orange

Running lightsBrown

Reverse lightsGrey

Hitches

Do not use a hitch that either clamps ontothe bumper or attaches to the axle. Youmust distribute the load in your trailer sothat 10-15% of the total weight of thetrailer is on the tongue.

201

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Towing

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Weight-distributing Hitches

WARNING

Do not adjust a weight-distributinghitch to any position where the rearbumper of the vehicle is higher than

it was before attaching the trailer. Doingso will defeat the function of theweight-distributing hitch, which may causeunpredictable handling, and could resultin serious personal injury.

When hooking-up a trailer using aweight-distributing hitch, always use the

following procedure:1. Park the loaded vehicle, without the

trailer, on a level surface.

2. Measure the height to the top of yourvehicle's front wheel opening on thefender. This is H1.

3. Attach the loaded trailer to your vehiclewithout the weight-distributing barsconnected.

4. Measure the height to the top of your

vehicle's front wheel opening on thefender a second time. This is H2.

5. Install and adjust the tension in theweight-distributing bars so that theheight of your vehicle's front wheelopening on the fender is approximatelyhalfway between H1 and H2.

6. Check that the trailer is level or slightlynose down toward your vehicle. If not,adjust the ball height accordingly andrepeat Steps 2-6.

Once the trailer is level or slightly nosedown toward the vehicle:

• Lock the bar tension adjuster in place.

• Check that the trailer tongue securelyattaches and locks onto the hitch.

• Install safety chains, lighting, and trailerbrake controls as required by law or thetrailer manufacturer.

Safety Chains

Note: Do not attach safety chains to the bumper.

Always connect the safety chains to theframe or hook retainers of your vehiclehitch.

To connect the safety chains, cross thechains under the trailer tongue and allowenough slack for turning tight corners. Donot allow the chains to drag on the ground.

Trailer Brakes

WARNING

Do not connect a trailer's hydraulicbrake system directly to yourvehicle's brake system. Your vehicle

may not have enough braking power andyour chances of having a collision greatlyincrease.

Electric brakes and manual, automatic orsurge-type trailer brakes are safe if youinstall them properly and adjust them to

the manufacturer's specifications. Thetrailer brakes must meet local and federalregulations.

The rating for the tow vehicle's brakingsystem operation is at the gross vehicleweight rating, not the gross combinedweight rating.

Separate functioning brake systemsare required for safe control of towed

vehicles and trailers weighing more

than 1500 pounds (680 kilograms)when loaded.

202

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Towing

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Integrated Trailer Brake Controller (IfEquipped)

WARNING

The Ford trailer brake controller hasbeen verified to be compatible withtrailers having electric-actuated

drum brakes (one to four axles) andelectric-over-hydraulic brakes. It will notactivate hydraulic surge-style trailerbrakes. It is the responsibility of thecustomer to ensure that the trailer brakesare adjusted appropriately, functioningnormally and all electric connections areproperly made. Failure to do so may result

in loss of vehicle control, crash or seriousinjury.

When used properly, the trailer brakecontroller assists in smooth and effectivetrailer braking by powering the trailer’selectric or electric-over-hydraulic brakeswith a proportional output based on thetowing vehicle’s brake pressure.

The controller user interface consists ofthe following:

A: Manual control lever: Slide the controllever to the left to turn on the trailer'selectric brakes independent of the towvehicle's See the following Procedure for

adjusting gain section for instructions onproper use of this feature. If you use themanual control while the brake is alsoapplied, the greater of the two inputsdetermines the power sent to the trailerbrakes.

• Stop lamps: Using the manual controllever illuminates both the trailer brakelamps and your vehicle brake lampsexcept the center high-mount stoplamp, if you make the proper electricalconnection to the trailer. Pressing yourvehicle brake pedal also illuminatesboth trailer and vehicle brake lamps.

B: + and - (Gain adjustment buttons):Pressing these buttons adjusts thecontroller's power output to the trailerbrakes in 0.5 increments. You can increasethe gain setting to 10.0 (maximum trailerbraking) or decrease it to 0 (no trailerbraking). Pressing and holding a button

raises or lowers the setting continuously.The gain setting displays in the messagecenter as follows: TBC GAIN = XX.X.

203

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Towing

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


The controller shows gain setting, outputbar graph, and trailer connectivity statusin the information display. They appear inthe information display as follows:

• TBC GAIN = XX.X NO TRAILER:Shows the current gain setting duringa given ignition cycle and whenadjusting the gain. This also displays ifyou use the manual control lever ormake gain adjustments with no trailerconnected.

• TBC GAIN = XX.X OUTPUT=/ / / // /: Displays when you push yourvehicle's brake pedal, or upon use of

the manual control. Bar indicatorsilluminate in the information display toindicate the amount of power going tothe trailer brakes relative to the brakepedal or manual control input. One barindicates the least amount of output;six bars indicate maximum output.

• TRAILER CONNECTED: Displayswhen the system senses a correcttrailer wiring connection (a trailer withelectric trailer brakes) during a given

ignition cycle.• TRAILER DISCONNECTED: Displays,

accompanied by a single audible time,when the system senses a trailerconnection and then a disconnection,either intentional or unintentional,during a given ignition cycle. It alsodisplays if a truck or trailer-wiring faultoccurs causing the trailer to appeardisconnected. This message can alsodisplay if you use the manual control

lever without a trailer connected. Procedure for Adjusting Gain

Note: Only perform this procedure in atraffic-free environment at speeds of approximately 20-25 mph (30-40 km/h).

The gain setting sets the trailer brakecontroller for the specific towing condition.You should change the setting as towingconditions change. Changes to towing

conditions include trailer load, vehicle load,road conditions and weather.

The gain should be set to provide themaximum trailer braking assistance whilemaking sure the trailer wheels do not lockwhen using the brakes. Locked trailerwheels may lead to trailer instability.

1. Make sure the trailer brakes are in goodworking condition, functioning normallyand properly adjusted. See your trailer

dealer if necessary.2. Hook up the trailer and make the

electrical connections according to thetrailer manufacturer's instructions.

3. When you plug in a trailer with electricor electric-over-hydraulic brakes,TRAILER CONNECTED appears inthe information display.

4. Use the gain adjustment (+ and -)buttons to increase or decrease the

gain setting to the desired startingpoint. A gain setting of 6.0 is a goodstarting point for heavier loads.

5. In a traffic-free environment, tow thetrailer on a dry, level surface at a speedof 20-25 mph (30-40 km/h) andsqueeze the manual control levercompletely.

6. If the trailer wheels lock up, indicatedby squealing tires, reduce the gainsetting. If the trailer wheels turn freely,

increase the gain setting. Repeat Steps5 and 6 until the gain setting is at apoint just below trailer wheel lock-up.If towing a heavier trailer, trailer wheellock-up may not be attainable evenwith the maximum gain setting of 10.

204

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Towing

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Explanation of Information Display Warning Messages

Note: An authorized dealer can diagnose

the trailer brake controller to determineexactly which trailer fault has occurred.However, your Ford warranty does not cover this diagnosis if the fault is with the trailer.

TRAILER BRAKE MODULE FAULT:Displays in response to faults sensed bythe trailer brake controller, accompaniedby a single tone. If this message appears,contact an authorized dealer as soon aspossible for diagnosis and repair. Thecontroller may still function, but

performance may be degraded.WIRING FAULT ON TRAILER: Displayswhen there is a short circuit on the electricbrake output wire. If the WIRING FAULTON TRAILER message displays,accompanied by a single tone, with notrailer connected, the problem is with yourvehicle wiring between the trailer brakecontroller and the 7-pin connector at thebumper. If the message only displays witha trailer connected, the problem is with the

trailer wiring. Consult your trailer dealer forassistance. This can be a short to ground(such as a chaffed wire), short to voltage(such as a pulled pin on trailer emergencybreakaway battery) or the trailer brakesmay be drawing too much current.

Points to Remember

Note: Do not attempt removal of the trailer brake controller without consulting theWorkshop Manual. Damage to the unit may

result.

• Adjust gain setting before using thetrailer brake controller for the first time.

• Adjust gain setting, using the procedureabove, whenever road, weather andtrailer or vehicle loading conditionschange from when the gain was initiallyset.

• Only use the manual control lever forproper adjustment of the gain duringtrailer setup. Misuse, such asapplication during trailer sway, could

cause instability of trailer or towvehicle.

• Avoid towing in adverse weatherconditions. The trailer brake controllerdoes not provide anti-lock control ofthe trailer wheels. Trailer wheels canlock up on slippery surfaces, resultingin reduced stability of trailer and towvehicle.

• The trailer brake controller is equipped

with a feature that reduces output atvehicle speeds below 11 mph (18 km/h)so trailer and vehicle braking is not jerkyor harsh. This feature is only availablewhen applying the brakes using yourvehicle's brake pedal, not thecontroller.

• The controller interacts with the brakecontrol system and powertrain controlsystem of your vehicle to provide thebest performance on different road

conditions.• Your vehicle's brake system and the

trailer brake system workindependently of each other. Changingthe gain setting on the controller doesnot affect the operation of yourvehicle's brakes whether you attach atrailer or not.

• When you switch the engine off, thecontroller output is disabled and thedisplay and module shut down. The

controller module and display turn onwhen you switch the ignition on.

• The trailer brake controller is only afactory-installed or dealer-installeditem. Ford is not responsible forwarranty or performance of thecontroller due to misuse or customerinstallation.

205

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Towing

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Trailer Lamps

WARNING

Never connect any trailer lamp wiringto the vehicle's tail lamp wiring; thismay damage the electrical system

resulting in fire. Contact your authorizeddealer as soon as possible for assistancein proper trailer tow wiring installation.Additional electrical equipment may berequired.

Trailer lamps are required on most towedvehicles. Make sure all running lights, brake

lights, turn signals and hazard lights areworking.

Using a Step Bumper (If Equipped)

The rear bumper is equipped with anintegral hitch and only requires a ball witha one-inch (25.4 millimeter) shankdiameter. The bumper has a 5000-pound(2268 kilogram) trailer weight and a500-pound (227 kilogram) tongue weightcapacity

If it is necessary to relocate the hitch ballposition, you must install a frame-mountedtrailer hitch.

Before Towing a Trailer

Practice turning, stopping and backing upto get the feel of your vehicle-trailercombination before starting on a trip.When turning, make wider turns so thetrailer wheels clear curbs and other

obstacles.

When Towing a Trailer

• Do not drive faster than 70 mph (113km/h) during the first 500 miles (800kilometers).

• Do not make full-throttle starts.

• Check your hitch, electrical connectionsand trailer wheel lug nuts thoroughlyafter you have traveled 50 miles (80kilometers).

• When stopped in congested or heavytraffic during hot weather, place thegearshift in position P to aid engine andtransmission cooling and to help A/Cperformance.

• Turn off the speed control with heavyloads or in hilly terrain. The speedcontrol may turn off automaticallywhen you are towing on long, steepgrades.

• Shift to a lower gear when driving downa long or steep hill. Do not apply thebrakes continuously, as they mayoverheat and become less effective.

• If your transmission is equipped with aGrade Assist or Tow/Haul feature, usethis feature when towing. This providesengine braking and helps eliminateexcessive transmission shifting foroptimum fuel economy andtransmission cooling.

• If your vehicle is equipped withAdvanceTrac with RSC, this systemmay turn on during typical corneringmaneuvers with a heavily loaded trailer.This is normal. Turning the corner at aslower speed while towing may reducethis tendency.

• If you are towing a trailer frequently inhot weather, hilly conditions, at thegross combined weight rating (or anycombination of these factors), considerrefilling your rear axle with syntheticgear lubricant (if the axle is not alreadyfilled with it). See Capacities andSpecifications (page 296).

• Allow more distance for stopping witha trailer attached. Anticipate stops andbrake gradually.

• Avoid parking on a grade. However, ifyou must park on a grade:

206

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Towing

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


1. Turn the steering wheel to point yourvehicle tires away from traffic flow.

2. Set your vehicle parking brake.

3. Place the automatic transmission inposition P.

4. Place wheel chocks in front and backof the trailer wheels. (Chocks notincluded with vehicle.)

Your vehicle may be equipped with atemporary or conventional spare tire. A"temporary" spare tire is different in size(diameter or width), tread-type(All-Season or All Terrain) or is from a

different manufacturer than the road tireson your vehicle. Consult information on thetire label or Safety Compliance label forlimitations when using.

Launching or Retrieving a Boat orPersonal Watercraft (PWC)

Note: Disconnect the wiring to the trailer before backing the trailer into the water.

Note: Reconnect the wiring to the trailer after the trailer is removed from the water.

When backing down a ramp during boatlaunching or retrieval:

• Do not allow the static water level torise above the bottom edge of the rearbumper.

• Do not allow waves to break higherthan 6 inches (15 centimeters) abovethe bottom edge of the rear bumper.

Exceeding these limits may allow water to

enter vehicle components:• Causing internal damage to the

components.

• Affecting driveability, emissions, andreliability.

Replace the rear axle lubricant anytimethe rear axle has been submerged in water.Water may have contaminated the rearaxle lubricant, which is not normally

checked or changed unless a leak issuspected or other axle repair is required.

TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE

If you need to have your vehicle towed,contact a professional towing service or,if you are a member of a roadsideassistance program, your roadsideassistance service provider.

We recommend the use of a wheel lift anddollies or flatbed equipment to tow yourvehicle. Do not tow with a slingbelt. FordMotor Company has not approved aslingbelt towing procedure. Vehicledamage may occur if towed incorrectly, orby any other means.

207

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Towing

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Ford Motor Company produces a towingmanual for all authorized tow truckoperators. Have your tow truck operatorrefer to this manual for proper hook-up

and towing procedures for your vehicle.

It is acceptable to have your two-wheeldrive vehicle towed with the front wheelson the ground (without dollies) and therear wheels off the ground.

We recommend towing a four-wheel drivevehicle with all wheels off the ground, suchas using a wheel lift and dollies or flatbedequipment.

TOWING THE VEHICLE ONFOUR WHEELS

Emergency Towing

If your vehicle becomes inoperable(without access to wheel dollies,car-hauling trailer, or flatbed transportvehicle), it can be flat-towed (all wheelson the ground, regardless of the powertrainand transmission configuration) under thefollowing conditions:

• Your vehicle is facing forward fortowing in a forward direction.

• Place the transmission in position N. Ifyou cannot move the transmission intoN, you may need to override it. SeeTransmission (page 147).

• Maximum speed is 35 mph (56 km/h).

• Maximum distance is 50 miles (80kilometers).

Recreational Towing

Note: Put your climate control system in recirculated air mode to prevent exhaustfumes from entering your vehicle. SeeClimate Control (page 106).

Follow these guidelines if you have a needfor recreational towing, such as towingyour vehicle behind a motorhome. Wedesigned these guidelines to prevent

damage to your transmission.

Two-wheel Drive Vehicles

You cannot tow a two-wheel drive vehiclewith any wheels on the ground as vehicleor transmission damage may occur. Youmust tow your vehicle with all four wheelsoff the ground, such as when using acar-hauling trailer.

Four-wheel Drive Vehicles

You can only tow a four-wheel drivevehicle with all wheels on the ground byplacing the transfer case in its neutralposition and engaging thefour-wheel-down towing feature. Performthe steps outlined in the following sectionafter positioning your vehicle behind thetow vehicle and properly securing themtogether.

Four-wheel-down Towing

1. Turn the ignition to the on position. Donot start the engine.

2. Press and hold the brake pedal.

3. Rotate the four-wheel drive switch to2H.

4. Shift the transmission to position N.

5. Rotate the four-wheel drive switchfrom 2H to 4L and back to 2H fivetimes within seven seconds.

Note: If completed successfully, theinformation display shows NEUTRAL TOW

LEAVE IN N or NEUTRAL TOW ENABLED LEAVE TRANSMISSION IN NEUTRAL .This indicates that your vehicle is safe totow with all wheels on the ground

Note: If you do not see the message in thedisplay, you must perform the procedure again from the beginning.

208

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Towing

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Note: You may hear an audible noise as thetransfer case shifts into its neutral position.This is normal.

6. Leave the transmission in position Nand turn the ignition as far as it will gotoward the off position (it will not turnfully off when the transmission is inposition N. You must leave the key inthe ignition while towing. To lock andunlock your vehicle, use the keylessentry keypad or extra set of keys.

7. Release the brake pedal.

WARNINGS

Do not disconnect the battery duringrecreational towing. Doing so willprevent the transfer case from

shifting properly and may cause the vehicleto roll even if the transmission is in P(Park).

Shifting the transfer case to itsneutral position for recreationaltowing may cause the vehicle to be

able to roll even if the transmission is in P(Park). The driver or others could be

injured. Make sure the foot brake isdepressed and the vehicle is in a secureand safe position while the transfer caseis being shifted to its neutral position.

Failing to put the transfer case in itsneutral position will damage vehiclecomponents.

Note: You can check four-wheel-downtowing status at any time by opening thedriver's door or turning the ignition to the accessory or on position and verifying the NEUTRAL TOW ENABLED messagedisplays in the cluster.

To exit four-wheel-down towing and returnthe transfer case to its 2H position:

1. With your vehicle still properly securedto the tow vehicle, press and hold thebrake pedal.

2. Turn the ignition to the on position. Donot start the engine.

3. Shift the transmission out of N and into

any gear.4. Release the brake pedal.

Note: If completed successfully, theinstrument cluster displays 4X2 , and

NEUTRAL TOW DISABLED .

Note: If the indicator light and message do not display, you must perform the procedure again from the beginning.

Note: You may hear an audible noise as thetransfer case shifts out of its neutral

position. This is normal.5. Apply the parking brake, and then

disconnect the vehicle from the towvehicle.

6. Release the parking brake, start theengine, and shift the transmission toposition D to make sure the transfercase is out of position N.

7. If the transfer case does notsuccessfully shift out of position N, set

the parking brake until you can haveyour vehicle serviced.

209

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Towing

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


BREAKING-IN

You need to break in new tires for

approximately 300 miles (480kilometers). During this time, your vehiclemay exhibit some unusual drivingcharacteristics.

Avoid driving too fast during the first 1000miles (1600 kilometers). Vary your speedfrequently and change up through thegears early. Do not labor the engine.

Do not tow during the first 1000 miles(1600 kilometers).

ECONOMICAL DRIVING

Your fuel economy is affected by severalthings, such as how you drive, theconditions you drive under, and how youmaintain your vehicle.

You may improve your fuel economy bykeeping these things in mind:

• Accelerate and slow down in a smooth,moderate fashion.

• Drive at steady speeds withoutstopping.

• Anticipate stops; slowing down mayeliminate the need to stop.

• Combine errands and minimizestop-and-go driving.

• Close the windows for high-speeddriving.

• Drive at reasonable speeds (traveling

at 55 mph [88 km/h] uses 15% lessfuel than traveling at 65 mph [105km/h]).

• Keep the tires properly inflated and useonly the recommended size.

• Use the recommended engine oil.

• Perform all regularly scheduledmaintenance.

Avoid these actions; they reduce your fueleconomy:

• Sudden accelerations or hard

accelerations.• Revving the engine before turning it off.

• Idle for periods longer than one minute.

• Warm up your vehicle on coldmornings.

• Use the air conditioner or frontdefroster.

• Use the speed control in hilly terrain.

• Rest your foot on the brake pedal whiledriving.

• Drive a heavily loaded vehicle or tow atrailer.

• Carry unnecessary weight(approximately 1 mpg [0.4 km/L] islost for every 400 lb [180 kilogram] ofweight carried).

• Driving with the wheels out ofalignment.

Conditions

•Heavily loading a vehicle or towing atrailer may reduce fuel economy at anyspeed.

• Adding certain accessories to yourvehicle (for example bug deflectors,rollbars, light bars, running boards, skiracks or luggage racks) may reducefuel economy.

• To maximize the fuel economy, drivewith the tonneau cover installed (ifequipped).

• Using fuel blended with alcohol maylower fuel economy.

• Fuel economy may decrease with lowertemperatures during the first 8–10miles (12–16 kilometers) of driving.

• Driving on flat terrain offers improvedfuel economy as compared to drivingon hilly terrain.

210

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Driving Hints

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


• Transmissions give their best fueleconomy when operated in the topcruise gear and with steady pressureon the gas pedal.

• Four-wheel-drive operation (ifequipped) is less fuel efficient thantwo-wheel-drive operation.

• Close the windows for high-speeddriving.

DRIVING THROUGH WATER

Note: Driving through deep water abovethe recommended levels can cause vehicle

damage.

If driving through deep or standing wateris unavoidable, proceed very slowly. Neverdrive through water that is higher than thebottom of the wheel rims (for cars) or thebottom of the hubs (for trucks).

When driving through water, traction orbrake capability may be limited. Also,water may enter your engine’s air intakeand severely damage your engine or yourvehicle may stall.

Once through the water, always dry thebrakes by moving your vehicle slowly whileapplying light pressure on the brake pedal.Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle asquickly as dry brakes.

FLOOR MATS

WARNINGSAlways use floor mats that aredesigned to fit the foot well of yourvehicle, leaving the pedal area

unobstructed, and which can be firmlysecured to retention posts so that theycannot slip out of position and interferewith the pedals or impair safe operation ofyour vehicle in other ways.

Incorrectly fitted floor mats can

cause the accelerator pedal tobecome stuck in the open position.This can cause loss of vehicle control.

Always correctly install the floormats to the retention posts so thatthey cannot slip out of position or

obstruct pedal operation.

Do not place unsecured floor matsor any other covering in the foot well.

Do not place additional floor mats

or any other covering on top of theoriginal floor mats. This will reducethe pedal clearance and interfere with thepedal operation.

Do not allow objects to fall orbecome trapped under the pedals ofyour vehicle. This can cause loss of

vehicle control.

Carry out regular inspections to makesure the floor mats are secure.

211

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Driving Hints

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


To install the floor mats, position the floormat eyelet over the retention post andpress down to lock in position.

Remove in reverse order.

SNOWPLOWING

For F-150 snowplowing applications, Fordrecommends the F150 4X4 Regular Cab,SuperCrew or SuperCab, equipped withthe 6.2L engine for residentialsnowplowing only.

Do not use F-150 vehicles equipped with

the 3.5L, 3.7L or 5.0L engines forsnowplowing.

Installing the Snowplow

Weight limits and guidelines for selectingand installing the snowplow are in the FordTruck Body Builders Layout Book,snowplow section, found atwww.fleet.ford.com/truckbbas. A typicalinstallation affects the following:

• Certification to government safety lawssuch as occupant protection and airbagdeployment, braking, and lighting. Lookfor an Alterer’s Label on the vehicle

from the snowplow installer certifyingthat the installation meets allapplicable Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standards (FMVSS).

• The Total Accessory Reserve Capacity(TARC) is on the lower right side of thevehicle’s Safety ComplianceCertification Label. This applies toFord-completed vehicles of10,000.17 lb (4,536 kg) GVWR or less.This is the weight ofpermanently-attached auxiliaryequipment, such as snowplowframe-mounting hardware, that canbe added to the vehicle and satisfyFord compliance certification toFMVSS. Exceeding this weight mayrequire the auxiliary equipment installeradditional safety certificationresponsibility. The Front AccessoryReserve Capacity (FARC) is for thecustomer convenience.

• Rear ballast weight behind the rearaxle may be required to preventexceeding the FGAWR, and providefront-to-rear weight balance for properbraking and steering.

• Front wheel toe may requirere-adjustment to prevent prematureuneven tire wear. Specifications are inthe Ford Workshop Manual.

• Headlight aim may require adjustment.

212

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Driving Hints

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


• The tire air pressures recommendedfor general driving are on the vehicle’sSafety Certification Label. Themaximum cold inflation pressure for

the tire and associated load rating areon the tire sidewall. Tire air pressuremay require re-adjustment within thesepressure limits to accommodate theadditional weight of the snowplowinstallation.

• Federal and some local regulationsrequire additional exterior lamps forsnowplow-equipped vehicles. Consultyour authorized dealer for additionalinformation.

Operating the Vehicle with theSnowplow Attached

Note: Drive the vehicle at least 500 miles(800 kilometers) before using your vehiclefor snow removal.

Ford recommends vehicle speed does notexceed 45 mph (72 km/h) whensnowplowing.

The attached snowplow blade restrictsairflow to the radiator, and may cause theengine to run at a higher temperature:Attention to engine temperature isespecially important when outsidetemperatures are above freezing. Anglethe blade to maximize airflow to theradiator and monitor engine temperatureto determine whether a left or right angleprovides the best performance.

Follow the severe duty schedule in your

Scheduled Maintenance information forengine oil and transmission fluid changeintervals.

Snowplowing with your AirbagEquipped Vehicle

WARNINGS

Do not attempt to service, repair, ormodify the airbag supplementalrestraint system (SRS) or its fuses.

See your Ford or Lincoln Mercury dealer.

Additional equipment such assnowplow equipment may affect theperformance of the airbag sensors

increasing the risk of injury. Please refer tothe Body Builders Layout Book forinstructions about the appropriate

installation of additional equipment.All occupants of the vehicle,including the driver, should alwaysproperly wear their safety belts, even

when provided with an airbagsupplemental restraint system (SRS).

Your vehicle is equipped with a driver andpassenger airbag supplemental restraintsystem. The supplemental restraint systemwill activate in certain frontal and offset

frontal collisions when the vehicle sustainssufficient longitudinal deceleration.

Careless or high speed driving whileplowing snow which results in sufficientvehicle decelerations can deploy theairbag. Such driving also increases the riskof accidents.

Never remove or defeat the trippingmechanisms designed into the snowremoval equipment by its manufacturer.

Doing so may cause damage to the vehicleand the snow removal equipment as wellas possible airbag deployment.

Engine temperature while plowing

Your engine may run at a highertemperature than normal because theattached snowplow blade will restrictairflow to the radiator:

213

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Driving Hints

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


• If you are driving more than 15 miles(24 kilometers) at temperatures abovefreezing, angle the plow blade eitherfull left or full right to provide

maximum airflow to the radiator.• If you are driving less than 15 miles (24

kilometers) at speeds up to 45 mph(72 km/h) in cold weather, you will notneed to worry about blade position toprovide maximum airflow.

Transmission operation whileplowing

WARNING

Do not spin the wheels at over 35mph (55 km/h). The tires may failand injure a passenger or bystander.

• Shift transfer case to 4L (4WD Low)when plowing in small areas at speedsbelow5.0 mph (8 km/h).

• Shift transfer case to 4H (4WD High)when plowing larger areas or light snowat higher speeds. Do not exceed 15 mph

(24 km/h).• Do not shift the transmission from a

forward gear to R (Reverse) until theengine is at idle and the wheels havestopped.

Outside Air Temperature WhilePlowing

While plowing with your vehicle, the plowblade can block the sensor airflow and

cause the outside air temperature readingto be inaccurate.

A Ford wiring kit is available to relocate theOutside Air Temperature sensor to theplow blade frame below the headlamp toprovide accurate outside air temperaturereadings. See your authorized dealer formore information.

214

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Driving Hints

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE

Vehicles Sold In The U.S.: Getting

Roadside AssistanceTo fully assist you should you have avehicle concern, Ford Motor Companyoffers a complimentary roadsideassistance program. This program isseparate from the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. The service is available:

• 24 hours, seven days a week.

• for the coverage period listed on theRoadside Assistance Card included in

your Owner's Manual portfolio.Roadside assistance will cover:

• a flat tire change with a good spare, ifprovided with the vehicle (exceptvehicles that have been supplied witha tire inflation kit).

• battery jump start.

• lock-out assistance (key replacementcost is the customer's responsibility).

• fuel delivery — Independent ServiceContractors, if not prohibited by state,local or municipal law, shall deliver upto 2.0 gallons (7.5 liters) of gasoline or5.0 gallons (18.9 liters) of diesel fuelto a disabled vehicle. Fuel deliveryservice is limited to two no-chargeoccurrences within a 12-month period.

• winch out — available within 100 feet(30.5 meters) of a paved or countymaintained road, no recoveries.

•towing

— Ford and Lincoln eligiblevehicles towed to an authorized dealer

within 35 miles (56.3 kilometers) of thedisablement location or to the nearestauthorized dealer. If a memberrequests to be towed to an authorizeddealer more than 35 miles (56.3kilometers) from the disablementlocation, the member shall beresponsible for any mileage costs inexcess of 35 miles (56.3 kilometers).

Trailers shall be covered up to $200 if thedisabled eligible vehicle requires service atthe nearest authorized dealer. If the traileris disabled, but the towing vehicle is

operational, the trailer does not qualify forany roadside services.

Vehicles Sold In The U.S. : UsingRoadside Assistance

Complete the roadside assistanceidentification card and place it in yourwallet for quick reference. This card isfound in the owner's information portfolioin the glove compartment.

U.S. Ford vehicle customers who requireRoadside Assistance, call 1-800-241-3673.

If you need to arrange roadside assistancefor yourself, Ford Motor Company willreimburse a reasonable amount for towingto the nearest dealership within 35 miles(56.3 kilometers). To obtainreimbursement information, U.S. Fordvehicle customers call 1-800-241-3673.Customers will be asked to submit theiroriginal receipts.

Vehicles Sold In Canada : GettingRoadside Assistance

Canadian customers who require roadsideassistance, call 1-800-665-2006.

Vehicles Sold In Canada : UsingRoadside Assistance

For your convenience, you may completethe roadside assistance identification card

found in the centerfold of your warrantyguide and retain for future reference.

Canadian roadside coverage and benefitsmay differ from the U.S. coverage. If yourequire more information, please refer tothe coverage section of your warrantyguide, call us in Canada at1-800-665-2006, or visit our website atwww.ford.ca.

215

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Roadside Emergencies

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS

Note: The hazard warning flashers willoperate when the ignition is in any positionor if the key is not in the ignition. If used when the engine is not running, the battery will lose charge. As a result, there may beinsufficient power to restart your engine.

The hazard flasher control islocated on the instrument panelby the radio. Use it when your

vehicle is disabled and is creating a safetyhazard for other motorists.

• Press the flasher control and all frontand rear direction indicators flash.

• Press the flasher control again to turnthem off.

FUEL SHUTOFF

WARNING

Failure to inspect and, if necessary,repair fuel leaks after a collision may

increase the risk of fire and seriousinjury. Ford Motor Company recommendsthat the fuel system be inspected by anauthorized dealer after any collision.

In the event of a moderate to severecollision, this vehicle is equipped with afuel pump shut-off feature that stops theflow of fuel to the engine. Not every impactwill cause a shut-off.

Should your vehicle shut off after acollision, you may restart your vehicle. Forvehicles equipped with a key system:

1. Switch off the ignition.

2. Switch on the ignition.

3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to re-enable thefuel pump.

For vehicles equipped with a push buttonstart system:

1. Press the START/STOP button to

switch off the ignition.2. Press the brake pedal and press theSTART/STOP button to start thevehicle.

3. Remove your foot from the brake pedaland press the START/STOP buttonto switch off the ignition.

4. You can either attempt to start theengine by pressing the brake pedal andthe START/STOP button, or switchon the ignition only by pressing the

START/STOP button withoutpressing the brake pedal. Both waysre-enable the fuel system.

Note: When you try to restart your vehicle after a fuel shutoff, the vehicle makes surethat various systems are safe to restart.Once your vehicle determines that the systems are safe, then the vehicle will allow you to restart.

Note: In the event that your vehicle does

not restart after your third attempt, contact an authorized dealer.

JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE

WARNINGS

The gases around the battery canexplode if exposed to flames, sparks,or lit cigarettes. An explosion could

result in personal injury or vehicle damage.

Batteries contain sulfuric acid whichcan burn skin, eyes and clothing, ifcontacted.

Use only an adequate-sized cablewith insulated clamps.

216

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Preparing Your Vehicle

Note: Do not attempt to push-start your automatic transmission vehicle. Automatic

transmissions do not have push-startcapability. Attempting to push-start avehicle with an automatic transmission may cause transmission damage.

Note: Use only a 12-volt supply to start your vehicle.

Note: Do not disconnect the battery of thedisabled vehicle as this could damage thevehicle's electrical system.

Park the booster vehicle close to the hood

of the disabled vehicle, making sure thetwo vehicles do not touch. Turn allaccessories off.

Connecting the Jumper Cables

WARNING

Do not attach the cables to fuel lines,engine rocker covers, the intakemanifold or electrical components

as grounding points. Stay clear of moving

parts. To avoid reverse polarityconnections, make sure that you correctlyidentify the positive (+) and negative (-)terminals on both the disabled and boostervehicles before connecting the cables.

Note: In the illustration, the bottom vehicle represents the booster vehicle.

1. Connect the positive (+) jumper cable

to the positive (+) terminal of thedischarged battery.

2. Connect the other end of the positive(+) cable to the positive (+) terminalof the assisting battery.

3. Connect the negative (-) cable to thenegative (-) terminal of the assistingbattery.

4. Make the final connection of thenegative (-) cable to an exposed metal

part of the stalled vehicle's engine, orconnect the negative (-) cable to aground connection point if available.

WARNING

Do not connect the end of thesecond cable to the negative (-)terminal of the battery to be jumped.

A spark may cause an explosion of thegases that surround the battery.

217

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Jump Starting

1. Start the engine of the booster vehicleand rev the engine moderately, or press

the accelerator gently to keep yourengine speed between 2000 and 3000rpms, as shown in your tachometer.

2. Start the engine of the disabled vehicle.

3. Once the disabled vehicle has beenstarted, run both vehicle engines for anadditional three minutes beforedisconnecting the jumper cables.

Removing the Jumper Cables

Remove the jumper cables in the reverseorder that they were connected.

1. Remove the jumper cable from theground metal surface or connectingpoint, if available.

2. Remove the jumper cable on thenegative (-) terminal of the boostervehicle's battery.

3. Remove the jumper cable from thepositive (+) terminal of the boostervehicle's battery.

4. Remove the jumper cable from thepositive (+) terminal of the disabledvehicle's battery.

After the disabled vehicle has been startedand the jumper cables removed, allow itto idle for several minutes so the batterycan recharge.

POST-CRASH ALERT SYSTEM

The system flashes the turn signal lampsand sounds the horn (intermittently) in theevent of a serious impact that deploys anairbag (front, side, side curtain or SafetyCanopy) or the safety belt pretensioners.

The horn and lamps will turn off when:

• The hazard control button is pressed

•The panic button (if equipped) ispressed on the remote entrytransmitter

• Your vehicle runs out of power

218

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


GETTING THE SERVICES YOUNEED

Warranty repairs to your vehicle must beperformed by an authorized dealer. Whileany authorized dealer handling your vehicleline will provide warranty service, werecommend you return to your sellingauthorized dealer who wants to ensureyour continued satisfaction.

Please note that certain warranty repairsrequire special training and equipment, sonot all authorized dealers are authorizedto perform all warranty repairs. This means

that, depending on the warranty repairneeded, you may have to take your vehicleto another authorized dealer.

A reasonable time must be allowed toperform a repair after taking your vehicleto the authorized dealer. Repairs will bemade using Ford or Motorcraft® parts, orremanufactured or other parts that areauthorized by Ford.

Away From Home

If you are away from home when yourvehicle needs service, contact the FordCustomer Relationship Center or use theonline resources listed below to find thenearest authorized dealer.

In the United States:

Mailing address

Ford Motor CompanyCustomer Relationship Center

P.O. Box 6248Dearborn, MI 48121

Telephone

1-800-392-3673 (FORD)(TDD for the hearing impaired:1-800-232-5952)

Online

Additional information and resources areavailable online at www.fordowner.com

These are some of the items that can befound online:

• U.S. dealer locator by Dealer Name,

City/State, or Zip Code• Owner Manuals

• Maintenance Schedules

• Recalls

• Ford Extended Service Plans

• Ford Genuine Accessories

• Service specials and promotions.

In Canada:

Mailing address

Customer Relationship CentreFord Motor Company of Canada, LimitedP.O. Box 2000Oakville, Ontario L6K 0C8

Telephone

1-800-565-3673 (FORD)

Online

www.ford.ca

Additional Assistance

If you have questions or concerns, or areunsatisfied with the service you arereceiving, follow these steps:

1. Contact your Sales Representative orService Advisor at your selling/servicingauthorized dealer.

2. If your inquiry or concern remainsunresolved, contact the Sales Manager,Service Manager or Customer Relations

Manager.3. If you require assistance or clarification

on Ford Motor Company policies,please contact the Ford CustomerRelationship Center.

219

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Customer Assistance

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


In order to help you serve you better,please have the following informationavailable when contacting a CustomerRelationship Center:

• Vehicle Identification Number.

• Your telephone number (home andbusiness).

• The name of the authorized dealer andcity where located.

• The vehicle’s current odometer reading.

In some states, you must directly notifyFord in writing before pursuing remediesunder your state’s warranty laws. Ford is

also allowed a final repair attempt in somestates.

In the United States, a warranty disputemust be submitted to the BBB AUTO LINEbefore taking action under theMagnuson-Moss Warranty Act, or to theextent allowed by state law, beforepursuing replacement or repurchaseremedies provided by certain state laws.This dispute handling procedure is notrequired prior to enforcing state created

rights or other rights which are independentof the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act orstate replacement or repurchase laws.

IN CALIFORNIA (U.S. ONLY)

California Civil Code Section 1793.2(d)requires that, if a manufacturer or itsrepresentative is unable to repair a motorvehicle to conform to the vehicle’sapplicable express warranty after areasonable number of attempts, themanufacturer shall be required to eitherreplace the vehicle with one substantiallyidentical or repurchase the vehicle andreimburse the buyer in an amount equal tothe actual price paid or payable by theconsumer (less a reasonable allowancefor consumer use). The consumer has theright to choose whether to receive a refundor replacement vehicle.

California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b)presumes that the manufacturer has hada reasonable number of attempts toconform the vehicle to its applicable

express warranties if, within the first 18months of ownership of a new vehicle orthe first 18000 miles (29 000 km),whichever occurs first:

1. Two or more repair attempts are madeon the same non-conformity likely tocause death or serious bodily injury OR

2. Four or more repair attempts are madeon the same nonconformity (a defector condition that substantially impairs

the use, value or safety of the vehicle)OR

3. The vehicle is out of service for repairof nonconformities for a total of morethan 30 calendar days (not necessarilyall at one time).

In the case of 1 or 2 above, the consumermust also notify the manufacturer of theneed for the repair of the nonconformityat the following address:

Ford Motor Company16800 Executive Plaza DriveMail Drop 3NE-BDearborn, MI 48126

You are required to submit your warrantydispute to BBB AUTO LINE before assertingin court any rights or remedies conferredby California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b).You are also required to use BBB AUTOLINE before exercising rights or seekingremedies created by the Federal

Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C.sec. 2301 et seq. If you choose to seekredress by pursuing rights and remediesnot created by California Civil Code Section1793.22(b) or the Magnuson-MossWarranty Act, resort to BBB AUTO LINE isnot required by those statutes.

220

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Customer Assistance

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


THE BETTER BUSINESSBUREAU (BBB) AUTO LINEPROGRAM (U.S. ONLY)

Your satisfaction is important to FordMotor Company and to your dealer. If awarranty concern has not been resolvedusing the three-step procedure outlinedearlier in this chapter in the Getting theServices you need section, you may beeligible to participate in the BBB AUTOLINE program.

The BBB AUTO LINE program consists oftwo parts – mediation and arbitration.During mediation, a representative of theBBB will contact both you and Ford MotorCompany to explore options for settlementof the claim. If an agreement is not reachedduring mediation or you do not want toparticipate in mediation, and if your claimis eligible, you may participate in thearbitration process. An arbitration hearingwill be scheduled so that you can presentyour case in an informal setting before animpartial person. The arbitrator will

consider the testimony provided and makea decision after the hearing.

Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINEprogram are usually decided within fortydays after you file your claim with the BBB.You are not bound by the decision, andmay reject the decision and proceed tocourt where all findings of the BBB AutoLine dispute, and decision, are admissiblein the court action. Should you choose toaccept the BBB AUTO LINE decision, Fordis then bound by the decision, and mustcomply with the decision within 30 daysof receipt of your acceptance letter.

BBB AUTO LINE Application: Using theinformation provided below, please call orwrite to request a program application.You will be asked for your name andaddress, general information about yournew vehicle, information about yourwarranty concerns, and any steps you have

already taken to try to resolve them. ACustomer Claim Form will be mailed thatwill need to be completed, signed andreturned to the BBB along with proof of

ownership. Upon receipt, the BBB willreview the claim for eligibility under theProgram Summary Guidelines.

You can get more information by calling BBB AUTO LINE at1-800-955-5100, or writing to:

BBB AUTO LINE4200 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 800Arlington, Virginia 22203-1833

BBB AUTO LINE applications can also berequested by calling the Ford MotorCompany Customer Relationship Centerat 1-800-392-3673.

Note: Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change eligibility limitations, modify procedures, or to discontinue this process at any time without notice and withoutobligation.

UTILIZING THE

MEDIATION/ARBITRATIONPROGRAM (CANADA ONLY)

For vehicles delivered to authorizedCanadian dealers. In those cases whereyou continue to feel that the efforts by Fordof Canada and the authorized dealer toresolve a factory-related vehicle serviceconcern have been unsatisfactory, Ford ofCanada participates in an impartial third

party mediation/arbitration programadministered by the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).

The CAMVAP program is a straight forwardand relatively speedy alternative to resolvea disagreement when all other efforts toproduce a settlement have failed. Thisprocedure is without cost to you and isdesigned to eliminate the need for lengthyand expensive legal proceedings.

221

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Customer Assistance

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


In the CAMVAP program, impartialthird-party arbitrators conduct hearings atmutually convenient times and places inan informal environment. These impartial

arbitrators review the positions of theparties, make decisions and, whenappropriate, render awards to resolvedisputes. CAMVAP decisions are fast, fair,and final as the arbitrator’s award isbinding on both you and Ford of Canada.

CAMVAP services are available in allCanadian territories and provinces. Formore information, without charge orobligation, call your CAMVAP ProvincialAdministrator directly at 1-800-207-0685or visit www.camvap.ca.

GETTING ASSISTANCEOUTSIDE THE U.S. ANDCANADA

Before exporting your vehicle to a foreigncountry, contact the appropriate foreignembassy or consulate. These officials can

inform you of local vehicle registrationregulations and where to find unleadedfuel.

If you cannot find unleaded fuel or can onlyget fuel with an anti-knock index lowerthan is recommended for your vehicle,contact our Customer Relationship Center.

The use of leaded fuel in your vehiclewithout proper conversion may damagethe effectiveness of your emission controlsystem and may cause engine knocking or

serious engine damage. Ford MotorCompany or Ford of Canada is notresponsible for any damage caused by useof improper fuel. Using leaded fuel mayalso result in difficulty importing yourvehicle back into the United States.

If your vehicle must be serviced while youare traveling or living in Asia-Pacific Region,Sub-Saharan Africa, U.S. Virgin Islands,Central America, the Caribbean, and Israel,

contact the nearest authorized dealer. Ifthe authorized dealer cannot help you,contact:

FORD MOTOR COMPANYCustomer Relationship Center1555 Fairlane DriveFairlane Business Park #3Allen Park, Michigan 48101U.S.A.Telephone: (313) 594-4857Fax: (313) 390-0804Email: [email protected]

For customers in Guam, theCommonwealth of the Northern MarianaIslands (CNMI), America Samoa, and theU.S. Virgin Islands, please feel free to callour Toll-Free Number: (800) 841-FORD(3673).

If your vehicle must be serviced while youare traveling or living in Puerto Rico,contact the nearest authorized dealer. If

the authorized dealer cannot help you,contact:

FORD MOTOR COMPANYCustomer Relationship Center1555 Fairlane DriveFairlane Business Park #3Allen Park, Michigan 48101U.S.A.Telephone: (800) 841-FORD (3673)FAX: (313) 390-0804Email: [email protected]

If your vehicle must be serviced while youare traveling or living in the Middle East,contact the nearest authorized dealer. Ifthe authorized dealer cannot help you,contact:

222

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Customer Assistance

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


FORD MOTOR COMPANYCustomer Relationship Center1555 Fairlane DriveFairlane Business Park #3

Allen Park, Michigan 48101U.S.A.Telephone: +971 4 3326084Toll-Free Number of the Kingdom of SaudiArabia: 800 8971409Local Telephone Number of Kuwait:24810575FAX: +971 4 3327299Email: [email protected]

If you buy your vehicle in North Americaand then relocate to any of the abovelocations, register your vehicleidentification number (VIN) and newaddress with Ford Motor Company ExportOperations & Global Growth Initiatives byemailing [email protected].

If you are in another foreign country,contact the nearest authorized dealer. Inthe event your inquiry is unresolved,communicate your concern with the

dealership’s Sales Manager, ServiceManager or Customer Relations Manager.

If you require additional assistance orclarification, please contact the respectiveCustomer Relationship Center aspreviously listed.

Customers in the U.S. should call1-800-392-3673.

ORDERING ADDITIONAL

OWNER'S LITERATURETo order the publications in this portfolio,contact Helm, Incorporated at:

HELM, INCORPORATED47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, Michigan 48170Attention: Customer Service

Or to order a free publication catalog, calltoll free: 1-800-782-4356

Monday-Friday 8:00 a.m. - 6:00 p.m. EST

Helm, Incorporated can also be reachedby their website:

www.helminc.com(Items in this catalog may be purchasedby credit card, check or money order.)

Obtaining a French Owner’sManual

French Owner’s Manual can be obtainedfrom your authorized dealer or bycontacting Helm, Incorporated using thecontact information listed previously in this

section.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS(U.S. ONLY)

If you believe that your vehicle hasa defect which could cause acrash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingFord Motor Company.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds that asafety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may order a recall andremedy campaign. However,NHTSA cannot become involvedin individual problems betweenyou, your dealer, or Ford MotorCompany.

223

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Customer Assistance

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:

1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; or writeto:

Administrator

1200 New Jersey Avenue,Southeast

Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motor vehiclesafety from

http://www.safercar.gov.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS(CANADA ONLY)

If you believe that your vehicle hasa defect which could cause acrash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediately

inform Transport Canada.

Transport Canada Contact Information

http://www.tc.gc.ca/eng/roadsafety/menu.htmWebsite

1–800–333–0510Phone

224

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Customer Assistance

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART

Power Distribution Box

WARNINGS

Always disconnect the battery beforeservicing high current fuses.

To reduce risk of electrical shock,always replace the cover to thepower distribution box before

reconnecting the battery or refilling fluidreservoirs.

The power distribution box is located inthe engine compartment. It hashigh-current fuses that protect yourvehicle's main electrical systems from

overloads.

If you disconnect and reconnect thebattery, you will need to reset somefeatures. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 246).

Protected componentsFuse amp ratingFuse or relay number

Powertrain control module (3.7L, 5.0L and6.2L engines)

Relay1

StarterRelay2

Blower motorRelay3

Rear window defrosterRelay4

Electric fan (high speed)Relay5

Trailer tow park lampRelay6

Run/startRelay7

225

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Fuses

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014



Fuel pumpRelay8

Trailer tow battery chargerRelay9

Powertrain control module (3.5L engine)Relay10

Power running board motors30A*11

Electric fan (3.7L, 5.0L)40A*12

Electric fan (3.5L, 6.2L with max trailer tow,SVT Raptor)

50A*

Starter relay power30A*13

Passenger power seat30A*14

Electric fan (3.7L, 5.0L)40A*15

Electric fan (3.5L, 6.2L with max trailer tow,SVT Raptor)

50A*

High-intensity discharge headlamp –

passenger side20A*16

Trailer brake control30A*17

Auxiliary switch 1 (SVT Raptor)30A*18

Auxiliary switch 2 (SVT Raptor)30A*19

4x4 module (electronic shift)20A*20

Trailer tow battery charge relay power30A*21

Auxiliary power point (instrument panel)20A*22

Air conditioner clutchRelay23

Not used—24

Not used—25

Powertrain control module – keep alivepower and relay coil, canister vent solenoid(3.7L, 5.0L and 6.2L engines)

10A**26

Fuel pump relay power20A**27

Auxiliary switch 4 (SVT Raptor)10A**28

4x4 integrated wheel end solenoid10A**29

226

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Fuses

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014



Air conditioner clutch relay power10A**30

Run/start relay power15A**31

Rear window defroster relay power, Heatedmirror relay power

40A*32

110-volt AC power point40A*33

Powertrain control module relay power(3.7L, 5.0L and 6.2L engines)

40A*34

Powertrain control module relay power(3.5L engine)

50A*

High-intensity discharge headlamps–driver side

20A*35

Roll stability control / Anti-lock brakesystem

30A*36

Trailer tow left stop/turnRelay37

Trailer tow right stop/turnRelay38

Trailer tow back-up lampsRelay39

Electric fanRelay40Front camera washer (SVT Raptor)15A**41

Run/start relay coil5A**42

Trailer tow back-up lamp relay power15A**43

Auxiliary switch 3 (SVT Raptor), Trailer towpower folding mirrors

15A**44

Alternator sensor (3.5L, 3.7L and 5.0Lengines)

10A**45

Brake on/off switch10A**46

Roll stability control / Anti-lock brakesystem module

60A*47

Moonroof20A*48

Wiper relay power30A*49

Not used—50

227

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Fuses

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014



Blower motor relay power40A*51

Run/start – Electronic power assiststeering, Blower relay coil

5A**52

Run/start – Powertrain control module5A**53

Run/start – 4x4 module, Back-up lamps,Roll stability control /Anti-lock brakesystem, Trailer tow battery charge relaycoil, Rear window defroster relay coil, Frontcamera washer relay coil (SVT Raptor)

5A**54

Not used—55

Heated mirrors15A**56

Not used—57

Not used—58

Not used—59

Not used—60

Not used—61

Wiper motorRelay62Electric fan relay power25A*63

Not used—64

Auxiliary power point (instrument panel)20A*65

Auxiliary power point (inside centerconsole)

20A*66

Trailer tow park lamps relay power20A*67

4x4 module, 4x2 elocker module25A*68Front heated or heated/cooled seats30A*69

Not used—70

Heated rear seats20A*71

Auxiliary power point (rear)20A*72

Trailer tow stop/turn lamps relay power20A*73

228

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Fuses

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014



Driver power seat/memory module30A*74

Powertrain control module – voltagepower 1 (3.7L, 5.0L, 6.2L engines)

15A**75

Powertrain control module – voltagepower 1 (3.5L engine)

25A**

Powertrain control module – Voltagepower 2: General powertrain components(Mass air flow/Intake air temp sensor -3.7L, 5.0L, 6.2L engines) (Canister ventsolenoid - 3.5L engine)

20A**76

Powertrain control module–

Voltagepower 3 (Emission related powertraincomponents, Electric fan relays coil)

10A**77

Powertrain control module – Voltagepower 4 – Ignition coils (3.5L, 3.7L, 5.0Lengines)

15A**78

Powertrain control module – Voltagepower 4 – Ignition coils (6.2L engine)

20A**

Rain sensor5A**79

Not used—80

Not used—81

Not used—82

Not used—83

Not used—84

Electric fan (low speed)Relay85

*Cartridge fuses**Mini fuses

Passenger Compartment FusePanel

The fuse panel is in the right-hand side ofthe passenger footwell behind a trim panel.

To remove the trim panel, pull it towardyou and swing it away from the side. Toreinstall it, line up the tabs with the grooveson the panel, and then push it shut.

To remove the fuse panel cover, press inthe tabs on both sides of the cover, andthen pull it off.

229

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Fuses

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


To reinstall the fuse panel cover, place thetop part of the cover on the fuse panel andpush the bottom part until it latches.

Gently pull on the cover to make sure it haslatched properly.


Driver side front window30A1

SYNC , Display module (8 inch)15A2

Passenger side front window30A3

Interior lamps10A4

Memory module20A5

Not used (spare)5A6

Power mirror switch, Memory seat module7.5A7

Not used (spare)10A8

Radio display, GPS module, Electric finishpanel module

10A9

230

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Fuses

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014



Run/accessory relay10A10

Instrument cluster10A11

Interior lighting, Puddle lamps, Back-lighting, Cargo lamp

15A12

Right turn signals/stop lamps15A13

Left turn signals/stop lamps15A14

Reverse lights, High-mounted stop lamp15A15

Right low-beam headlamp10A16

Left low-beam headlamp10A17

Brake-shift interlock, Keypad illumination,Powertrain control module wake-up,Passive anti-theft system

10A18

Audio amplifier20A19

Power door locks20A20


Horn20A22

Steering wheel control module15A23

Datalink connector, Steering wheel controlmodule

15A24


Radio frequency module5A26


Ignition switch15A28

Radio20A29

Front parking lamps15A30

Brake on/off – Instrument panel, Engine5A31

Delay/accessory– moonroof, powerwindows, locks, Automatic dimmingmirror/Compass, Trailer tow power tele-scope mirrors

15A32

231

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Fuses

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014



Rear heated seats10A33

Reverse sensing system, 4x4 switch, Rearvideo, Off-road indicator (SVT Raptor),Front video (SVT Raptor), Camera splicemodule (SVT Raptor)

10A34

Hill descent switch (SVT Raptor)5A35

Restraint control module, Occupant classi-fication system module

10A36

Trailer brake control10A37

Delayed accessory–

110-volt power point,Radio10A38

High-beam headlamps15A39

Rear park lamps10A40

Passenger airbag deactivation indicator,Auxiliary switch (SVT Raptor)

7.5A41

Overdrive cancel switch5A42




Climate controls module10A46

Fog lamps, Exterior mirror turn signals15A47

Power windows, Power sliding backwindow

30A Circuit breaker48

Delayed accessoryRelay49

232

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Fuses

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Auxiliary relay box (SVT Raptoronly)

The relay box is located in the left-handcorner of the engine compartment nearthe windshield.


Auxiliary switch 1Relay1




Front camera washerRelay5

Not used—6

CHANGING A FUSE

Fuses

WARNING

Always replace a fuse with one thathas the specified amperage rating.Using a fuse with a higher amperage

rating can cause severe wire damage andcould start a fire.

If electrical components in the vehicle arenot working, a fuse may have blown. Blown

fuses are identified by a broken wire withinthe fuse. Check the appropriate fusesbefore replacing any electricalcomponents.

233

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Fuses

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Standard Fuse Amperage Rating and Color

Color

Fuse linkcartridge

Cartridgemaxi fuses

Maxi fusesStandardfuses

Mini fusesFuse rating

---GreyGrey2A

---VioletViolet3A

---PinkPink4A

---TanTan5A

---BrownBrown7.5A

---RedRed10A

---BlueBlue15A

BlueBlueYellowYellowYellow20A

NaturalNatural-NaturalNatural25A

PinkPinkGreenGreenGreen30A

GreenGreenOrange--40A

RedRedRed--50A

YellowYellowBlue--60A

Brown-Tan--70A

BlackBlackNatural--80A

234

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Fuses

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


GENERAL INFORMATION

Have your vehicle serviced regularly to help

maintain its roadworthiness and resalevalue. There is a large network of Fordauthorized dealers that are there to helpyou with their professional servicingexpertise. We believe that their speciallytrained technicians are best qualified toservice your vehicle properly and expertly.They are supported by a wide range ofhighly specialized tools developedspecifically for servicing your vehicle.

To help you service your vehicle, we

provide scheduled maintenanceinformation which makes tracking routineservice easy. See ScheduledMaintenance (page 438).

If your vehicle requires professional service,your authorized dealer can provide thenecessary parts and service. Check yourwarranty information to find out whichparts and services are covered.

Use only recommended fuels, lubricants,fluids and service parts conforming tospecifications. Motorcraft® parts aredesigned and built to provide the bestperformance in your vehicle.

Precautions

• Do not work on a hot engine.

• Make sure that nothing gets caught inmoving parts.

• Do not work on a vehicle with theengine running in an enclosed space,unless you are sure you have enoughventilation.

• Keep all open flames and other burningmaterial (such as cigarettes) awayfrom the battery and all fuel relatedparts.

Working with the Engine Off

1. Set the parking brake and shift to P(Park).

2. Turn off the engine and remove the key(if equipped).

3. Block the wheels.

Working with the Engine On

WARNING

To reduce the risk of vehicle damageand/or personal burn injuries, do notstart your engine with the air cleaner

removed and do not remove it while theengine is running.

1. Set the parking brake and shift to P(Park).

2. Block the wheels

OPENING AND CLOSING THEHOOD

1. Inside the vehicle, pull the hood releasehandle located under the left hand sideof the instrument panel.

235

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Maintenance

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


2. Go to the front of the vehicle andlocate the secondary release lever. Therelease lever is located on the frontbumper, under the grille.

3. Release the hood latch by pushing theyellow secondary release lever to yourleft, toward the center of the vehicle.

4. Lift the hood until the lift cylinders holdit open.

5. To close, lower the hood and makesure that the hood is closed properlyand fully latched.

UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 3.5L ECOBOOST™

Windshield washer fluid reservoirA.

BatteryB.

Engine oil filler capC.

236

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Maintenance

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Engine oil dipstickD.

Brake fluid reservoirE.

Engine coolant reservoirF.Air filter assemblyG.

Power distribution boxH.

UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 3.7L


BatteryB.

Engine oil filler cap (out of view)C.



Engine coolant reservoirF.

237

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Maintenance

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Air filter assemblyG.




BatteryB.

Engine oil filler capC.



Engine coolant reservoirF.

Air filter assemblyG.


238

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Maintenance

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014




Engine oil dipstickB.

Brake fluid reservoirC.

Engine coolant reservoirD.

Air filter assemblyE.

Power steering fluid reservoirF.

Power distribution boxG.Engine oil filler capH.

BatteryI.

239

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Maintenance

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK

MINA

MAXB

ENGINE OIL CHECK

1. Make sure that your vehicle is on levelground.

2. Turn the engine off and wait 15 minutesfor the oil to drain into the oil pan.

3. Set the parking brake and ensure thegearshift is in PPark.

4. Open the hood. Protect yourself fromengine heat.

5. Locate and carefully remove the engineoil level dipstick. See Under HoodOverview (page 236). in this chapterfor location of the dipstick.

6. Wipe the dipstick clean. Insert thedipstick fully, then remove it again.

• If the oil level is between the lower

and upper holes, the oil level isacceptable. DO NOT ADD OIL.

• If the oil level is below the lowerhole, add enough oil to raise thelevel within the lower and upperholes.

• Oil levels above the upper hole maycause engine damage. Some oilmust be removed from the engineby an authorized dealer.

7. Put the oil level dipstick back into theoil dipstick tube and ensure it is fullyseated.

Adding Engine Oil

Note: Do not remove the filler cap whenthe engine is running.

Note: Do not remove the engine oil leveldipstick when the engine is running.

Note: Do not add oil further than the MAX mark. Oil levels above the MAX mark may cause engine damage.

240

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Maintenance

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Only use oils certified for gasoline enginesby the American Petroleum Institute (API).An oil with this trademark symbolconforms to the current engine and

emission system protection standards andfuel economy requirements of theInternational Lubricants SpecificationAdvisory Council (ILSAC), comprised ofU.S. and Japanese automobilemanufacturers.

1. Check the engine oil level.

2. If the engine oil level is not within thenormal range, add engine oil thatmeets Ford specifications. See

Capacities and Specifications (page296).

3. Remove the engine oil filler cap anduse a funnel to pour the engine oil intothe opening.

4. Recheck the engine oil level. Make surethe oil level is not above the normaloperating range on the engine oil leveldipstick.

5. Install the engine oil level dipstick andensure it is fully seated.

6. Fully install the engine oil filler cap byturning the filler cap clockwise untilthree clicks are heard or until the capis fully seated.

ENGINE COOLANT CHECK

WARNINGS

Do not add engine coolant when the

engine is hot. Steam and scaldingliquids released from a hot coolingsystem can burn you badly. Also, spillingcoolant on hot engine parts can burn you.

Do not put engine coolant in thewindshield washer fluid container. Ifsprayed on the windshield, engine

coolant could make it difficult to seethrough the windshield.

WARNINGS

To reduce the risk of personal injury,make sure the engine is cool before

unscrewing the coolant pressurerelief cap. The cooling system is underpressure. steam and hot liquid can comeout forcefully when you loosen the capslightly.

Do not add coolant further than theMAX mark.

Checking the Engine Coolant

When the engine is cold, check the

concentration and level of the enginecoolant at the intervals listed in thescheduled maintenance information. SeeScheduled Maintenance (page 438).

Note: Make sure that the coolant level is between the MIN and MAX marks on thecoolant reservoir.

Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. Thelevel may extend beyond the MAX mark.

Note: If the level is at the MIN mark, below

the MIN mark, or empty, add coolantimmediately. See Adding Engine Coolantin this chapter.

Maintain coolant concentration within48% to 50%, which equates to a freezepoint between -30°F (-34°C) and -34°F(-37°C).

Note: For best results, coolantconcentration should be tested with a refractometer such as Rotunda tool

300-ROB75240 available from your authorized dealer. Ford does not recommend the use of hydrometers or coolant test strips for measuring coolantconcentrations.

Note: Automotive fluids are notinterchangeable. Do not use engine coolant, antifreeze or windshield washer fluid outsideof its specified function and vehicle location.

241

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Maintenance

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Adding Engine Coolant

Note: Do not use stop leak pellets, cooling system sealants or additives as they can

cause damage to the engine cooling or heating systems. Your warranty may notcover these damages.

Note: During normal vehicle operation, theengine coolant may change color fromorange to pink or light red. As long as theengine coolant is clear and uncontaminated,this color change does not indicate that theengine coolant has degraded, nor does it require that you drain the engine coolant,flush the system or replace the engine

coolant.

Do not mix different colors or types ofcoolant in your vehicle. Mixing of enginecoolants may harm your engine’s coolingsystem. The use of an improper coolantmay harm engine and cooling systemcomponents and may void the warranty.Use prediluted engine coolant meeting theFord specification. See Capacities andSpecifications (page 296).

In case of emergency, you can add a largeamount of water without engine coolantin order to reach a vehicle service location.In this instance, qualified personnel:

1. Must drain the cooling system.

2. Chemically clean the coolant systemwith Motorcraft Premium CoolingSystem Flush.

3. Refill with engine coolant as soon aspossible.

Water alone, without engine coolant, cancause engine damage from corrosion,overheating or freezing.

Do not use the following as a coolantsubstitute:

• Alcohol.

• Methanol.

• Brine.

• Any engine coolant mixed with alcoholor methanol antifreeze or coolant.

Alcohol and other liquids can cause enginedamage from overheating or freezing.

Do not add extra inhibitors or additives tothe coolant. These can be harmful andcompromise the corrosion protection ofthe engine coolant.

When adding coolant:

1. Unscrew the cap slowly. Any pressurewill escape as you unscrew the cap.

2. Add prediluted engine coolant meetingthe Ford specification. See Capacitiesand Specifications (page 296).

3. Check the coolant level in the coolantreservoir the next few times you driveyour vehicle.

4. If necessary, add enough predilutedengine coolant to bring the coolantlevel to the proper level.

Recycled Engine Coolant

Ford Motor Company does not recommendthe use of recycled engine coolant since aFord-approved recycling process is not yetavailable.

Used engine coolant should be disposedof in an appropriate manner. Follow yourcommunity’s regulations and standardsfor recycling and disposing of automotivefluids.

242

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Maintenance

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Severe Climates

If you drive in extremely cold climates:

• It may be necessary to have a Fordauthorized dealer increase the coolantconcentration above 50%.

• A coolant concentration of 60%provides improved freeze pointprotection. Engine coolantconcentrations above 60% decreasethe overheat protection characteristicsof the engine coolant and may causeengine damage.

If you drive in extremely hot climates:

• It may be necessary to have a Fordauthorized dealer decrease the coolantconcentration to 40%.

• A coolant concentration of 40%provides improved overheat protection.Engine coolant concentrations below40% will decrease the corrosion orfreeze protection characteristics of theengine coolant and may cause enginedamage.

Vehicles driven year-round in non-extremeclimates should use prediluted enginecoolant for optimum cooling system andengine protection.

What You Should Know About Fail-Safe Cooling

If you deplete the engine coolant supply,fail-safe cooling allows you to temporarilydrive your vehicle before you incurincremental component damage. The

fail-safe distance depends on ambienttemperatures, vehicle load and terrain.

How Fail-Safe Cooling Works

If the engine begins to overheat, the enginecoolant temperature gauge will move tothe red (hot) area and:

the coolant temperaturewarning light will illuminate

the service engine soon indicatorwill illuminate.

If the engine reaches a preset

over-temperature condition, the engineautomatically switches to alternatingcylinder operation. Each disabled cylinderacts as an air pump and cools the engine.

When this occurs, your vehicle will stilloperate. However:

• The engine power will be limited.

• This will disable the air conditioningsystem.

Continued operation increases the enginetemperature, causing the engine to shutdown completely. Your steering andbraking effort increases in this situation.

Once the engine temperature cools, theengine can be re-started. Take your vehicleto an authorized dealer as soon as possibleto minimize engine damage.

When Fail-Safe Mode Is Activated

WARNINGS

Fail-safe mode is for use duringemergencies only. Operate yourvehicle in fail-safe mode only as long

as necessary to bring your vehicle to restin a safe location and seek immediaterepairs. When in fail-safe mode, yourvehicle will have limited power, will not beable to maintain high-speed operation, andmay completely shut down withoutwarning, potentially losing engine power,power steering assist, and power brake

assist, which may increase the possibilityof a crash resulting in serious injury.


243

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Maintenance

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


You have limited engine power when in thefail-safe mode, so drive your vehicle withcaution. Your vehicle will not maintainhigh-speed operation and the engine will

operate poorly.

Remember that the engine is capable ofautomatically shutting down to preventengine damage. In this situation:

1. Pull off the road as soon as safelypossible and switch off the engine.

2. Tow your vehicle to an authorizeddealer.

3. If this is not possible, wait a short

period for the engine to cool.4. Check the coolant level and add if low.

5. Re-start the engine and drive yourvehicle to an authorized dealer.

Note: Driving your vehicle without repair increases the chance of engine damage. See an authorized dealer as soon as possible.

Engine Fluid TemperatureManagement (If Equipped)

WARNINGSTo reduce the risk of collision andinjury, be prepared that the vehiclespeed may reduce and the vehicle

may not be able to accelerate with fullpower until the fluid temperatures reduce.


Your vehicle can pull a trailer, but because

of the added load, your vehicle’s enginemay temporarily reach highertemperatures during severe operatingconditions such as ascending a long orsteep grade while pulling a trailer in hightemperatures.

At this time, you may notice your enginecoolant temperature gauge needle movetoward the H and the POWER REDUCEDTO LOWER TEMP message may appear

in the information display.

You may notice a reduction in vehiclespeed caused by reduced engine power.In order to manage the engine fluidtemperatures, your vehicle may enter thismode if certain high-temperature andhigh-load conditions take place. Theamount of speed reduction depends onmany factors such as vehicle loading,towing, grade and ambient temperature.If this occurs, there is no need to pull offthe road. You can continue to drive yourvehicle while this message is active.

The air conditioning may also cycle on andoff during severe operating conditions toprotect overheating of the engine. Whenthe engine coolant temperature decreasesto a normal operating temperature, the airconditioning will turn on once again.

If the engine coolant temperature gaugemoves fully into the red (hot) area, or if the

coolant temperature warning or serviceengine soon messages appear in yourinformation display:

1. Pull off the road as soon as safelypossible and shift the transmission intoP.

2. Leave the engine running until thecoolant temperature gauge needlemoves away from the red (hot) area.After several minutes, if the

temperature does not drop, follow theremaining steps.

3. Switch the engine off and wait for it tocool before checking the coolant level.

4. If the coolant level is normal, restartyour engine and continue.

244

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Maintenance

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


5. If the coolant is low, add coolant, andrestart the engine. See Adding EngineCoolant or How Fail-Safe CoolingWorks in this chapter for more

information.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONFLUID CHECK

Note: Transmission fluid should be checked by an authorized dealer. If required, fluid should be added by an authorized dealer.

The automatic transmission does not havea transmission fluid dipstick.

Refer to your scheduled maintenanceinformation for scheduled intervals for fluidchecks and changes. Your transmissiondoes not consume fluid. However, the fluidlevel should be checked if the transmissionis not working properly, (i.e., if thetransmission slips or shifts slowly) or if younotice some sign of fluid leakage.

Do not use supplemental transmissionfluid additives, treatments or cleaning

agents. The use of these materials mayaffect transmission operation and resultin damage to internal transmissioncomponents.

TRANSFER CASE FLUIDCHECK

1. Clean the area around the filler plug.

2. Remove the filler plug.

3. Inspect the fluid level. The fluid levelshould be within 0.40 in (10mm) fromthe bottom of the hole.

4. Add fluid through the filler opening, fillto the bottom of the opening.

Use only fluid that meets Fordspecifications. Refer to the SeeCapacities and Specifications (page296).

245

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Maintenance

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


BRAKE FLUID CHECK

Fluid levels between the MIN and MAX

lines are within the normal operating range;there is no need to add fluid. If the fluidlevels are outside of the normal operatingrange, the performance of the systemcould be compromised; seek service fromyour authorized dealer immediately.

POWER STEERING FLUIDCHECK

3.5L, 3.7L and 5.0L Engines

Your vehicle is equipped with an electricpower steering (EPS) system. There is nofluid reservoir to check or fill.

6.2L Engines

Check the power steering fluid. Refer toSee Scheduled Maintenance (page 438).

1. Start the engine and let it run until itreaches normal operating temperature

(the engine coolant temperature gaugeindicator will be near the center of thenormal area betweenH and C).

2. While the engine idles, turn the steeringwheel left and right several times.

3. Turn the engine off.

4. Check the fluid level in the reservoir. Itshould be between the MIN and MAXlines. Do not add fluid if the level is inthis range.

5. If the fluid is low, add fluid in smallamounts, continuously checking thelevel until it reaches the range betweenthe MIN and MAX lines. For the properfluid type, See Capacities andSpecifications (page 296).

6. Put the cap back on the reservoir.

WASHER FLUID CHECK

WARNING

If you operate your vehicle intemperatures below 40°F (5°C), usewasher fluid with antifreeze

protection. Failure to use washer fluid withantifreeze protection in cold weather couldresult in impaired windshield vision andincrease the risk of injury or accident.

Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level islow. Only use a washer fluid that meetsFord specifications. See Capacities and

Specifications (page 296).

State or local regulations on volatileorganic compounds may restrict the useof methanol, a common windshield washerantifreeze additive. Washer fluidscontaining non-methanol antifreezeagents should be used only if they providecold weather protection without damagingthe vehicle’s paint finish, wiper blades orwasher system.

FUEL FILTER

Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetimefuel filter that is integrated with the fueltank. Regular maintenance or replacementis not needed.

CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY

WARNINGSBatteries normally produce explosivegases that can cause personal injury.Therefore, do not allow flames,

sparks or lighted substances to come nearthe battery. When working near thebattery, always shield your face andprotect your eyes. Always provide properventilation.

246

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Maintenance

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


WARNINGS

This vehicle may be equipped withmore than one battery, removal of

cable from only one battery does notdisconnect your vehicle electrical system.Be sure to disconnect cables from allbatteries when disconnecting power.Failure to do so may cause seriouspersonal injury or property damage.

When lifting a plastic-cased battery,excessive pressure on the end wallscould cause acid to flow through the

vent caps, resulting in personal injury anddamage to the vehicle or battery. Lift the

battery with a battery carrier or with yourhands on opposite corners.

Keep batteries out of reach ofchildren. Batteries contain sulfuricacid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or

clothing. Shield your eyes when workingnear the battery to protect against possiblesplashing of acid solution. In case of acidcontact with skin or eyes, flushimmediately with water for a minimum of15 minutes and get prompt medical

attention. If acid is swallowed, call aphysician immediately.

Note: If your battery has a cover/shield, make sure it is reinstalled after the battery has been cleaned or replaced.

Note: Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash hands after handling.

Note: Electrical or electronic accessories

or components added to your vehicle by thedealer or the owner may adversely affect battery performance and durability.

Your vehicle is equipped with a Motorcraftmaintenance-free battery which normallydoes not require additional water duringits life of service.

For longer, trouble-free operation, keep thetop of the battery clean and dry. Also,make certain the battery cables are alwaystightly fastened to the battery terminals.

If you see any corrosion on the battery orterminals, remove the cables from theterminals and clean with a wire brush. Youcan neutralize the acid with a solution ofbaking soda and water.

It is recommended that the negativebattery cable terminal be disconnectedfrom the battery if you plan to store yourvehicle for an extended period of time.

Because your vehicle’s engine iselectronically controlled by a computer,some control conditions are maintainedby power from the battery. When thebattery is disconnected or a new batteryis installed, the engine must relearn its idleand fuel trim strategy for optimumdriveability and performance. Flexible fuelvehicles (FFV) must also relearn theethanol content of the fuel for optimumdriveability and performance. To begin thisprocess:

1. With your vehicle at a complete stop,set the parking brake.

2. Put the gearshift in P(Park), turn off allaccessories.

3. Start the engine. Run the engine untilit reaches normal operatingtemperature.

4. Allow the engine to idle for at least oneminute.

5. Turn the air conditioning on and allowthe engine to idle for at least oneminute.

247

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Maintenance

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


CHECKING THE WIPERBLADES

Run the tip of your fingers over the edge ofthe blade to check for roughness.

Clean the wiper blades with washer fluidor water applied with a soft sponge orcloth.

CHANGING THE WIPERBLADES

You can manually move the wiper armswhen the ignition is off. This allows for easeof blade replacement and cleaning under

the blades.

1. Pull the wiper blade and arm awayfrom the glass.

2. Release the wiper blade lock (A) andseparate the wiper blade from the

wiper arm.3. Install in the reverse order.

Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locksinto place. Lower the wiper arm and blade back on the windshield. The wiper arms will automatically return to their normal positionwhen you turn the ignition on.

• Replace wiper blades at least once peryear for optimum performance.

• You can improve poor wiper quality by

cleaning the wiper blades and thewindshield.

ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS

Vertical Aim Adjustment

The headlamps on your vehicle areproperly aimed at the assembly plant. Ifyour vehicle has been in an accident, havethe alignment of your headlamps checked

by your authorized dealer.

249

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Maintenance

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Headlamp Aiming Target

8 feet (2.4 meters)ACenter height of lamp to groundB

25 feet (7.6 meters)C

Horizontal reference lineD

Vertical Aim Adjustment

1. Park the vehicle directly in front of awall or screen on a level surface,approximately 25 feet (7.6 meters)

away.2. Measure the height from the center of

your headlamp (indicated by a 3.0millimeter circle on the lens) to theground and mark an 8 foot (2.4 meter)horizontal reference line on the verticalwall or screen at this height (a piece ofmasking tape works well).

Note: To see a clearer light pattern for adjusting, you may want to block the lightfrom one headlamp while adjusting the

other.

3. Turn on the low beam headlamps toilluminate the wall or screen and openthe hood. Cover one of the headlampsso no light hits the wall.

4. For vehicles with halogenheadlamps: on the wall or screen you

will observe a light pattern with adistinct horizontal edge toward theright. If this edge is not at the horizontalreference line, you will need to adjustthe beam so the edge is at the sameheight as the horizontal reference line.

5. Locate the vertical adjuster on eachheadlamp. Use a #2 Phillipsscrewdriver to turn the adjuster eithercounterclockwise or clockwise in order

to adjust the vertical aim of theheadlamp.

250

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Maintenance

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


6. For vehicles with HID headlamps:there is a distinct cut-off (change from

light to dark) in the left portion of thebeam pattern. Position the top edge ofthis cut-off 2 inches (5 centimeters)below the horizontal reference line.

7. Locate the vertical adjuster on eachheadlamp. Use a Phillips #2screwdriver to turn the adjuster eitherclockwise or counterclockwise toadjust the vertical aim of theheadlamp. The horizontal edge of the

brighter light should touch thehorizontal reference line.

8. Repeat Steps 3 through 7 to adjust theother headlamp.

9. Close the hood and turn off the lamps.

Horizontal Aim Adjustment

Horizontal aim is not required for thisvehicle and is not adjustable.

REMOVING A HEADLAMP

WARNING

Handle a halogen headlamp bulbcarefully and keep out of children’sreach. Grasp the bulb only by its

plastic base and do not touch the glass.The oil from your hand could cause thebulb to break the next time the headlampsare operated.

Note: If the bulb is accidentally touched,clean it with rubbing alcohol beforeinstalling it.

Note: This procedure is for replacing the headlamps, park lamps, turn lamps or side marker lamps.

Replacing Halogen HeadlampBulbs (If Equipped)

1. Make sure the headlamp control is inthe off position and open the hood.

2. Remove the pushpin that holds the airdeflector or protective cover to theupper inboard corner of the lamp.

251

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Maintenance

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


3. Loosen the three retaining bolts (twoat the top of the lamp, one at the lower

inboard corner).4. Once the three retaining bolts are

removed, slide the headlamp assemblyforward, disconnecting the two snapattachments at the fender.

5. Disconnect the electrical connectorfrom the bulb by pulling rearward.

6. Remove the bulb and socket by turningit counterclockwise, then pull it straight

out.

7. For the park lamp, turn lamp or sidemarker lamp bulbs, disconnect the

electrical connector from the bulb bypulling rearward, then remove the bulbby turning it counterclockwise andpulling it straight out.

8. Install the new bulb(s) in reverse order.

Replacing HID Headlamp Bulbs (IfEquipped)

The low beam headlamps on your vehicleuse a high intensity discharge source.These lamps operate at a high voltage.When you have a burned out bulb, youmust have the bulb and starter capsuleassembly replaced by an authorized dealer.

CHANGING A BULB

Lamp Assembly Condensation

Exterior lamps are vented toaccommodate normal changes in pressure.Condensation can be a natural by-productof this design. When moist air enters thelamp assembly through the vents, there isa possibility that condensation can occurwhen the temperature is cold. Whennormal condensation occurs, a thin film ofmist can form on the interior of the lens.The thin mist eventually clears and exitsthrough the vents during normal operation.Clearing time may take as long as 48 hoursunder dry weather conditions.

252

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Maintenance

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Examples of acceptable condensation are:

• Presence of thin mist (no streaks, dripmarks or droplets).

•Fine mist covers less than 50% of thelens.

Examples of unacceptable moisture(usually caused by a lamp water leak) are:

• Water puddle inside the lamp.

• Large water droplets, drip marks orstreaks present on the interior of thelens.

Take your vehicle to a dealer for service ifany of the above conditions of

unacceptable moisture are present.

Replacing Fog Lamp Bulbs (IfEquipped

1. Make sure the headlamps are off.

2. Disconnect the electrical connectorfrom the fog lamp bulb.

3. Turn the bulb counterclockwise and

remove it from the fog lamp.4. Install the new bulb in reverse order.

ReplacingBrake/Tail/Turn/Reverse LampBulbs


2. Open the tailgate to access the taillamp assemblies

3. Remove the two bolts from the taillamp assembly. Then, carefully pull the

lamp assembly from the tailgate pillarby releasing the two retaining tabs.

4. Disconnect the electrical connectorfrom the bulb.

5. Rotate the bulb socketcounterclockwise and remove it fromthe tail lamp assembly.

6. Install the new bulb in reverse order.

Replacing Cargo Lamp and High-mount Brake Lamp Bulbs


2. Remove the two screws and move thelamp assembly away from the vehicleto expose the bulb sockets.

253

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Maintenance

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


3. Disconnect the electrical connectorfrom the bulb.

4. Remove the bulb socket by rotating itcounterclockwise and pulling it out ofthe lamp assembly.

5. Pull the bulb straight out of the socket.


Replacing the License Plate LampBulb

Note: The license plate bulbs are located behind the rear bumper.

1. Reach behind the rear bumper tolocate the bulb.

2. Twist the bulb socket counterclockwise

and carefully pull to remove it from thelamp assembly.

3. Pull the bulb straight out of the socket.


Replacing exterior mounted mirrorturn signal indicator lamp bulbs

For bulb replacement, see your authorizeddealer.

BULB SPECIFICATION CHART

Replacement bulbs are specified in thechart below. Headlamp bulbs must bemarked with an authorized “D.O.T.” forNorth America and an “E” for Europe toensure lamp performance, light brightnessand pattern and safe visibility. The correctbulbs will not damage the lamp assemblyor void the lamp assembly warranty andwill provide quality bulb illumination time.

254

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Maintenance

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Trade nameNumber of BulbsFunction

H13/90082Headlamps, halogen, high

beam/low beam (if equipped)

D3S2Headlamps, high intensitydischarge (HID) (if equipped)

9121High-mount brake lamp

3157NAK LCP (natural amber)2Front Park/Turn lamps

1682Front side marker

W5W2Front row map lamps

91402Fog lamp

9212Backup lamp

5783Rear dome/courtesy lamps

3057K LCP4Rear/stop/turn/side marker

1942License plate lamp

9122High mount cargo box lamps

LED2Exterior mounted mirror turn

signal indicator (if equipped)*

LED2Puddle lamp (if equipped)*

To replace all instrument panel lights - see your authorized dealer

• See your authorized dealer to replace the bulb.

255

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Maintenance

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


CHANGING THE ENGINE AIRFILTER - 3.5L ECOBOOST™

WARNINGTo reduce the risk of vehicle damageand personal burn injuries, do notstart your engine with the air cleaner


Note: Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe enginedamage. The customer warranty may be

void for any damage to the engine if thecorrect air filter element is not used.

Note: For EcoBoost equipped vehicles:When servicing the air cleaner, it isimportant that no foreign material enter the air induction system. The engine and turbocharger are susceptible to damagefrom even small particles.

When changing the air filter element, useonly the air filter element listed. SeeCapacities and Specifications (page296).

Change the air filter element at the properinterval. See Scheduled Maintenance(page 438).

1. Locate the sensor electrical connectoron the air outlet tube (1). Thisconnector will need to be unplugged.

2. Pull up to disconnect wiring harness(2).

3. Disconnect the sensor by pressing the

retaining tab and pulling back on thelead.

4. Clean the area around the air tube toair cover connection to prevent debrisfrom entering the system, and thenloosen the bolt on the air tube clampso the clamp is no longer snug to theair tube. It is not necessary tocompletely remove the clamp.

5. Pull the air tube off from the air cleanerhousing.

6. Release the clamps that secure thecover to the air filter housing. Push theair filter cover toward the center of thevehicle and up slightly to release it.

7. Remove the air filter element from theair filter housing.

8. Install a new air filter element.

9. Replace the air filter housing cover and

secure the clamps. Be careful not tocrimp the filter element edges betweenthe air filter housing and cover andensure that the tabs on the edge areproperly aligned into the slots.

10. Slip the air tube onto the air filterhousing and tighten the air-tubeclamp bolt snugly, but do notovertighten it.

256

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Maintenance

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


11. Reconnect the sensor electricalconnector to the outlet tube.

12. Push the wiring harness back in place.

CHANGING THE ENGINE AIRFILTER - 3.7L/5.0L/6.2L

WARNING

To reduce the risk of vehicle damageand personal burn injuries, do notstart your engine with the air cleaner


Note: Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe enginedamage. The customer warranty may bevoid for any damage to the engine if thecorrect air filter element is not used.

Note: For EcoBoost equipped vehicles:When servicing the air cleaner, it isimportant that no foreign material enter the air induction system. The engine and

turbocharger are susceptible to damagefrom even small particles.

When changing the air filter element, useonly the air filter element listed. SeeCapacities and Specifications (page296).

Change the air filter element at the properinterval. See Scheduled Maintenance(page 438).

1. Locate the mass air flow sensorelectrical connector on the air outlettube. Disconnect the Mass Air Flow(MAF) sensor electrical connector.

2. Reposition the locking clip on theconnector (connector shown frombelow for clarity), squeeze theconnector and pull it off of the airoutlet tube.

3. Clean the area around the air tube toair cover connection to prevent debris

from entering the system and thenloosen the bolt on the air tube clampso the clamp is no longer snug to theair tube. It is not necessary tocompletely remove the clamp.

4. Pull the air tube off from the air cleanerhousing.

257

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Maintenance

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


5. Release the three clamps that securethe cover to the air filter housing. Push

the air filter cover toward the center ofthe vehicle and up slightly to release it.

6. Remove the air filter element from theair filter housing.

7. Install a new air filter element.

8. Replace the air filter housing cover andsecure the clamps. Be careful not tocrimp the filter element edges betweenthe air filter housing and cover and

ensure that the tabs on the edge areproperly aligned into the slots.

9. Slip the air tube onto the air filterhousing and tighten the air-tube clampbolt snugly, but do not overtighten it.

10. Reconnect the mass air flow sensorelectrical connector to the outlet

tube. Make sure the locking tab onthe connector is in the “locked”position (connector shown frombelow for clarity).

258

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Maintenance

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


GENERAL INFORMATION

Your Ford or Lincoln authorized dealer has

many quality products available to cleanyour vehicle and protect its finishes.

CLEANING PRODUCTS

For best results, use the following productsor products of equivalent quality:

• Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover(ZC-42)

• Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal

Cleaner (ZC-15)• Motorcraft Detail Wash (ZC-3-A)

• Motorcraft Dusting Cloth (ZC-24)

• Motorcraft Engine Shampoo andDegreaser (U.S. only) (ZC-20)

• Motorcraft Engine Shampoo (Canadaonly) (CXC-66-A)

• Motorcraft Multi-Purpose Cleaner(Canada only) (CXC-101)

• Motorcraft Premium Glass Cleaner

(Canada only) (CXC-100)• Motorcraft Premium Quality

Windshield Washer Fluid (Canadaonly) [CXC-37-(A, B, D or F)]

• Motorcraft Premium Windshield WashConcentrate with Bitterant (U.S. only)(ZC-32-B2)

• Motorcraft Professional StrengthCarpet & Upholstery Cleaner (ZC-54)

• Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover

(U.S. only) (ZC-14)• Motorcraft Ultra-Clear Spray Glass

Cleaner (ZC-23)

• Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner(ZC-37-A)

CLEANING THE EXTERIOR

Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or

lukewarm water and a neutral pHshampoo, such as Motorcraft Detail Wash.

• Never use strong household detergentsor soap, such as dish washing orlaundry liquid. These products candiscolor and spot painted surfaces.

• Never wash a vehicle that is “hot to thetouch” or during exposure to strong,direct sunlight.

• Dry your vehicle with a chamois or softterry cloth towel in order to eliminatewater spotting.

• Immediately remove items such asgasoline, diesel fuel, bird droppings andinsect deposits because they can causedamage to your vehicle’s paintworkand trim over time. Use Motorcraft Bugand Tar Remover.

• Remove any exterior accessories, suchas antennas, before entering a carwash.

Note: Suntan lotions and insect repellentscan damage any painted surface; if these substances come in contact with your vehicle, wash off as soon as possible.

Stripes or Graphics (if equipped)

Do not use a commercial or high-pressuresprayer on the surface or edge of stripesand graphics. This can cause damage tothe film and cause the edge of the film topeel away from the vehicle surface.

Exterior Chrome

Note: Never use abrasive materials such as steel wool or plastic pads as they can scratch the chrome surface.

Note: Do not use chrome cleaner, metalcleaner or polish on wheels and wheelcovers

259

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Vehicle Care

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


• Wash your vehicle first, using cool orlukewarm water and a neutral pHshampoo, such as Motorcraft DetailWash.

• Use Motorcraft Custom Bright MetalCleaner. Apply the product as youwould a wax to clean bumpers andother chrome parts; allow the cleanerto dry for a few minutes, then wipe offthe haze with a clean, dry rag.

• Do not apply cleaning product to hotsurfaces and do not leave cleaningproduct on chrome surfaces longerthan the time recommended.

• Using other non-recommendedcleaners can result in severe andpermanent cosmetic damage.

Underbody

Flush the complete underside of yourvehicle frequently. Keep body and doordrain holes free from packed dirt.

Cleaning Plastic Exterior Parts

Use only approved products to cleanplastic parts

• For routine cleaning, use MotorcraftDetail Wash.

• If tar or grease spots are present, useMotorcraft Bug and Tar Remover.

WAXING

Regular waxing is necessary to protect your

car's paint from the elements. Werecommend that you wash and wax thepainted surface once or twice a year.

When washing and waxing, park yourvehicle in a shaded area out of directsunlight. Always wash your vehicle beforeapplying wax.

• Use a quality wax that does not containabrasives.

• Follow the manufacturer’s instructions

to apply and remove the wax.• Apply a small amount of wax in a

back-and-forth motion, not in circles.

• Do not allow wax to come in contactwith any non-body (low-gloss black)colored trim. The wax will discolor orstain the parts over time.

• Roof racks.

• Bumpers.

• Grained door handles.

• Side moldings.• Mirror housings.

• Windshield cowl area.

• Do not apply wax to glass areas.

• After waxing, your car's paint shouldfeel smooth, and be free of streaks andsmudges.

CLEANING THE ENGINE

Engines are more efficient when they areclean because grease and dirt buildup keepthe engine warmer than normal.

When washing:

• Take care when using a power washerto clean the engine. The high-pressurefluid could penetrate the sealed partsand cause damage.

• Do not spray a hot engine with cold

water to avoid cracking the engineblock or other engine components.

• Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo andDegreaser on all parts that requirecleaning and pressure rinse clean. InCanada, use Motorcraft EngineShampoo.

• Never wash or rinse the engine while itis hot or running; water in the runningengine may cause internal damage.

260

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Vehicle Care

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


• Never wash or rinse any ignition coil,spark plug wire or spark plug well, orthe area in and around these locations.

•

Cover the battery, power distributionbox, and air filter assembly to preventwater damage when cleaning theengine.

CLEANING THE WINDOWS ANDWIPER BLADES

Car wash chemicals and environmentalfallout can result in windshield and wiperblade contamination. Dirty windshield andwipers will result in poor windshield wiperoperation. Keep the windshield and wiperblades clean to maintain windshield wiperperformance.

To clean the windshield and wiper blades:

• Clean the windshield with anon-abrasive glass cleaner.

• For windshields contaminated withtree sap, chemicals, wax or bugs, cleanthe entire windshield using steel wool

(no greater than 0000 grade) in acircular motion and rinse with water.

• Clean the wiper blades with isopropylrubbing alcohol or windshield washerfluid.

Note: Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean or remove decalsfrom the inside of the heated rear window.The vehicle warranty does not cover damage caused to the heated rear window

grid lines.

CLEANING THE INTERIOR

WARNINGS

Do not use cleaning solvents, bleachor dye on the vehicle’s safety belts,as these actions may weaken the

belt webbing.

WARNINGS

On vehicles equipped withseat-mounted airbags, do not use

chemical solvents or strongdetergents. Such products couldcontaminate the side airbag system andaffect performance of the side airbag in acollision.

For fabric, carpets, cloth seats, safety beltsand seats equipped with side airbags:

• Remove dust and loose dirt with avacuum cleaner.

• Remove light stains and soil withMotorcraft Professional StrengthCarpet & Upholstery Cleaner.

• If grease or tar is present on thematerial, spot-clean the area first withMotorcraft Spot and Stain Remover. InCanada, use Motorcraft Multi-PurposeCleaner.

• If a ring forms on the fabric after spotcleaning, clean the entire areaimmediately (but do not oversaturate)

or the ring will set.• Do not use household cleaning

products or glass cleaners, which canstain and discolor the fabric and affectthe flame retardant abilities of the seatmaterials.

CLEANING THE INSTRUMENTPANEL AND INSTRUMENTCLUSTER LENS

WARNING

Do not use chemical solvents orstrong detergents when cleaning thesteering wheel or instrument panel

to avoid contamination of the airbagsystem.

261

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Vehicle Care

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Clean the instrument panel and clusterlens with a clean, damp, white cottoncloth, then use a clean and dry whitecotton cloth to dry these areas.

• Avoid cleaners or polishes that increasethe gloss of the upper portion of theinstrument panel. The dull finish in thisarea helps protect you fromundesirable windshield reflection.

• Be certain to wash or wipe your handsclean if you have been in contact withcertain products such as insectrepellent and suntan lotion in order toavoid possible damage to the interior

painted surfaces.• Do not use household or glass cleaners

as these may damage the finish of theinstrument panel, interior trim andcluster lens.

• Do not allow air fresheners and handsanitizers to spill onto interior surfaces.If a spill occurs, wipe off immediately.Damage may not be covered by yourwarranty.

If a staining liquid like coffee or juice hasbeen spilled on the instrument panel or oninterior trim surfaces, clean as follows:

1. Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean,white, cotton cloth.

2. Wipe the surface with a damp, clean,white cotton cloth. For more thoroughcleaning, use a mild soap and watersolution. If the spot cannot becompletely cleaned by this method,the area may be cleaned using a

commercially available cleaningproduct designed for automotiveinteriors.

3. If necessary, apply more soap andwater solution or cleaning product toa clean, white, cotton cloth and pressthe cloth onto the soiled area. Allowthis to set at room temperature for 30minutes.

4. Remove the soaked cloth and if it is notsoiled badly, use this cloth to clean thearea by using a rubbing motion for 60seconds.

5. Following this, wipe area dry with aclean, white, cotton cloth.

CLEANING LEATHER SEATS (IF

EQUIPPED)

WITHOUT THE KING RANCHEDITION

For routine cleaning, wipe the surface witha soft, damp cloth. For more thoroughcleaning, wipe the surface with a mild soapand water solution. Dry the area with a softcloth.

If you cannot completely clean the leatherusing a mild soap and water solution, youcan try a commercially available leathercleaning product designed for automotiveinteriors.

Note: To check for compatibility, first test

any cleaner or stain remover on aninconspicuous part of the leather.

You should:

• remove dust and loose dirt with avacuum cleaner

• clean spills and stains as quickly aspossible

• Check for compatibility, first test anycleaner or stain remover on aninconspicuous part of the leather.

Do not use the following products as thesemay damage the leather:

• oil/petroleum-based leatherconditioners

• household cleaners

262

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Vehicle Care

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


• alcohol solutions

• solvents or cleaners intendedspecifically for rubber, vinyl and

plastics.WITH THE KING RANCH EDITION

Your vehicle is equipped with seatingcovered in premium, top-grain leatherwhich is extremely durable, but stillrequires special care and maintenance inorder to preserve longevity and comfort.

Regular cleaning and conditioning willmaintain the appearance of the leather.

Cleaning

For dirt, use a vacuum cleaner then use aclean, damp cloth or soft brush.

For routine cleaning, wipe the surface witha soft, damp cloth. For more thoroughcleaning, wipe the surface with a mild soapand water solution.

• Clean spills as quickly as possible.

• Test any cleaner or stain remover on

an inconspicuous part of the leather ascleaners may darken the leather.

• Do not spill coffee, ketchup, mustard,orange juice or oil-based products onthe leather as they may permanentlystain the leather.

• Do not use household cleaningproducts, alcohol solutions, solventsor cleaners intended for rubber, vinylor plastics.

ScratchesNatural Markings - Because the leather inthe seat comes from genuine steer hides,there will be evidence of naturallyoccurring markings, such as small scars.These markings give character to theseating covers and considered to be proofof a genuine leather product.

In order to lessen the appearance ofcertain scratches and other wear marks,apply conditioner on the affected areafollowing the same instructions as in the

Conditioning section.

Conditioning

Bottles of King Ranch Leather Conditionerare available at the King Ranch SaddleShop. Visit the website atwww.krsaddleshop.com, or telephone (inthe United States) 1–800–282–KING(5464). If you are unable to obtain KingRanch Leather Conditioner, use anotherpremium leather conditioner.

• Clean the surfaces using the stepsoutlined in the Cleaning section.

• Make sure the leather is dry then applya nickel-sized amount of conditionerto a clean, dry cloth.

• Rub the conditioner into the leatheruntil it disappears. Allow theconditioner to dry, then repeat theprocess for the entire interior. If a filmappears, wipe it off with a dry, cleancloth.

REPAIRING MINOR PAINTDAMAGE

Authorized dealers have touch-up paint tomatch your vehicle’s color. Your vehiclecolor code is printed on a sticker on thefront, left-hand side door jamb. Take yourcolor code to your authorized dealer to

make sure you get the correct color.Before repairing minor paint damage, usea cleaner such as Motorcraft Bug and TarRemover to remove particles such as birddroppings, tree sap, insect deposits, tarspots, road salt and industrial fallout.

Always read the instructions before usingcleaning products.

263

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Vehicle Care

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


CLEANING THE ALLOYWHEELS (IF EQUIPPED)

Note: Do not apply a cleaning chemical towarm or hot wheel rims and covers.

Note: Some automatic car washes may cause damage to the finish on your wheel rims and covers.

Note: Industrial-strength or heavy-duty cleaners in combination with brush agitationto remove brake dust and dirt, could wear away the clear coat finish over a period time.

Note: Do not use hydrofluoric acid-based

or high caustic-based wheel cleaners, steelwool, fuels or strong household detergents.

Note: If you intend parking your vehicle for an extended period after cleaning thewheels with a wheel cleaner, drive your vehicle for a few minutes before doing so.This will reduce the risk of increased corrosion of the brake discs.

Alloy wheels and wheel covers are coatedwith a clear coat paint finish. To maintain

their condition we recommend that you:• Clean the wheels weekly using

Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner.Apply using manufacturer'sinstructions.

• Use a sponge to remove heavydeposits of dirt and brake dustaccumulation.

• Rinse thoroughly with a strong streamof water when you have completed the

cleaning process.• To remove tar and grease, use

Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover.

VEHICLE STORAGE

If you plan on storing your vehicle for an

extended period of time (30 days or more),read the following maintenancerecommendations to make sure yourvehicle stays in good operating condition.

All motor vehicles and their componentswere engineered and tested for reliable,regular driving. Long term storage undervarious conditions may lead to componentdegradation or failure unless specificprecautions are taken to preserve thecomponents.

General

• Store all vehicles in a dry, ventilatedplace.

• Protect from sunlight, if possible.

• If vehicles are stored outside, theyrequire regular maintenance to protectagainst rust and damage.

Body

• Wash your vehicle thoroughly toremove dirt, grease, oil, tar or mud fromexterior surfaces, rear-wheel housingand underside of front fenders.

• Periodically wash your vehicle storedin exposed locations.

• Touch-up exposed or primed metal toprevent rust.

• Cover chrome and stainless steel partswith a thick coat of auto wax to prevent

discoloration. Re-wax as necessarywhen your vehicle is washed.

• Lubricate all hood, door and trunk lidhinges, and latches with a light gradeoil.

• Cover interior trim to prevent fading.

• Keep all rubber parts free from oil andsolvents.

264

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Vehicle Care

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Engine

• The engine oil and filter should bechanged prior to storage, as used

engine oil contain contaminates thatmay cause engine damage.

• Start the engine every 15 days. Run atfast idle until it reaches normaloperating temperature

• With your foot on the brake, shiftthrough all the gears while the engineis running.

Fuel system

• Fill the fuel tank with high-quality fueluntil the first automatic shutoff of thefuel pump nozzle.

Cooling system

• Protect against freezing temperatures.

• When removing your vehicle fromstorage, check coolant fluid level.Confirm there are no cooling systemleaks, and fluid is at the recommended

level.Battery

• Check and recharge as necessary. Keepconnections clean.

• If storing your vehicle for more than 30days without recharging the battery, itmay be advisable to disconnect thebattery cables to ensure battery chargeis maintained for quick starting.

Note: If battery cables are disconnected, itwill be necessary to reset memory features.

Brakes

• Make sure brakes and parking brakeare fully released.

Tires

• Maintain recommended air pressure.

Miscellaneous

• Make sure all linkages, cables, leversand pins under your vehicle are covered

with grease to prevent rust.• Move vehicles at least 25 feet (8

meters) every 15 days to lubricateworking parts and prevent corrosion.

Removing Vehicle From Storage

When your vehicle is ready to come out ofstorage, do the following:

• Wash your vehicle to remove any dirtor grease film build-up on window

surfaces.• Check windshield wipers for any

deterioration.

• Check under the hood for any foreignmaterial that may have collectedduring storage (mice/squirrel nests).

• Check the exhaust for any foreignmaterial that may have collectedduring storage.

• Check tire pressures and set tire

inflation per the Tire Label.• Check brake pedal operation. Drive

your vehicle 15 feet (4.5 meters) backand forth to remove rust build-up.

• Check fluid levels (including coolant,oil and gas) to make sure there are noleaks, and fluids are at recommendedlevels.

• If the battery was removed, clean thebattery cable ends and inspect.

Contact your authorized dealer if you haveany concerns or issues.

265

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Vehicle Care

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


GENERAL INFORMATION

Notice to Owners About High

Performance TiresNote: Your vehicle is equipped with high performance tires. When first driving thevehicle after it has been parked for a period of time, you may experience a temporary ride disturbance. This is a characteristic of the tires and should be no reason for concern. The condition should correct itself within 5-15 miles (8-25 kilometers) of driving. If the disturbance persists, have thetires serviced by an authorized dealer.

Notice to utility vehicle and truckowners

WARNINGS

Utility vehicles have a significantlyhigher rollover rate than other typesof vehicles. To reduce the risk of

serious injury or death from a rollover orother crash you must avoid sharp turns andabrupt maneuvers, drive at safe speeds for

the conditions, keep tires properly inflated,never overload or improperly load yourvehicle, and make sure every passenger isproperly restrained.

In a rollover crash, an unbeltedperson is significantly more likely todie than a person wearing a seat belt.

All occupants must wear seat belts, andchildren and infants must use appropriaterestraints to minimize the risk of injury orejection.

Do not become overconfident in theability of four-wheel drive vehicles.Although a four-wheel drive vehicle

may accelerate better than a two-wheeldrive vehicle in low traction situations, itwon't stop any faster than two-wheel drivevehicles. Always drive at a safe speed.

Utility vehicles and trucks handledifferently than passenger cars in the

various driving conditions that areencountered on streets, highways andoff-road. Utility vehicles and trucks are notdesigned for cornering at speeds as highas passenger cars any more than low-slungsports cars are designed to performsatisfactorily under off-road conditions.

Study your owner's manual and anysupplements for specific information aboutequipment features, instructions for safedriving and additional precautions to

reduce the risk of an accident or seriousinjury.

Four-wheel drive system (ifequipped)

WARNING

Do not become overconfident in theability of four-wheel drive vehicles.Although a four-wheel drive vehicle

may accelerate better than a two-wheel

drive vehicle in low traction situations, itwon't stop any faster than two-wheel drivevehicles. Always drive at a safe speed.

266

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wheels and Tires

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


A vehicle equipped with four-wheel drive(when selected) has the ability to use allfour wheels to power itself. This increasestraction which may enable you to safely

drive over terrain and road conditions thata conventional two-wheel drive vehiclecannot.

On some four-wheel drive models, theinitial shift from two-wheel drive tofour-wheel drive while the vehicle ismoving can cause a momentary clunk andratcheting sound. These sounds are normalas the front drivetrain comes up to speedand are not cause for concern.

How your vehicle differs fromother vehicles

Sport utility vehicles and trucks can differfrom some other vehicles in a fewnoticeable ways. Your vehicle may be:

• Higher - to allow higher load carryingcapacity and to allow it to travel overrough terrain without getting hung upor damaging underbody components.

• Shorter - to give it the capability toapproach inclines and drive over thecrest of a hill without getting hung upor damaging underbody components.All other things held equal, a shorterwheelbase may make your vehiclequicker to respond to steering inputsthan a vehicle with a longer wheelbase.

• Narrower - to provide greatermaneuverability in tight spaces,

particularly in off-road use.

267

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wheels and Tires

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


As a result of the above dimensionaldifferences, Sport utility vehicles andtrucks often will have a higher center ofgravity and a greater difference in center

of gravity between the loaded andunloaded condition. These differences thatmake your vehicle so versatile also makeit handle differently than an ordinarypassenger car.

TIRE CARE

Information About UniformTire Quality Grading

Tire Quality Grades apply to newpneumatic passenger car tires.The Quality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. Forexample: Treadwear 200Traction AA Temperature A.

These Tire Quality Grades aredetermined by standards that theUnited States Department ofTransportation has set.

Tire Quality Grades apply to newpneumatic passenger car tires.They do not apply to deep tread,

winter-type snow tires,space-saver or temporary usespare tires, light truck or LT typetires, tires with nominal rimdiameters of 10 to 12 inches orlimited production tires as definedin Title 49 Code of FederalRegulations Part 575.104 (c)(2).

U.S. Department ofTransportation Tire quality grades: The U.S. Department ofTransportation requires FordMotor Company to give you thefollowing information about tiregrades exactly as the governmenthas written it.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is a

comparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government test course.For example, a tire graded 150would wear one and one-half (1½) times as well on thegovernment course as a tiregraded 100. The relativeperformance of tires depends

upon the actual conditions of theiruse, however, and may departsignificantly from the norm due tovariations in driving habits, servicepractices, and differences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

268

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wheels and Tires

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Traction AA A B C

WARNING

The traction grade assignedto this tire is based on

straight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering,hydroplaning or peak tractioncharacteristics

The traction grades, from highestto lowest are AA, A, B, and C. Thegrades represent the tire’s abilityto stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlledconditions on specifiedgovernment test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tiremarked C may have poor tractionperformance.

Temperature A B C

WARNING

The temperature grade forthis tire is established for a

tire that is properly inflated andnot overloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heat

buildup and possible tire failure.

The temperature grades are A(the highest), B and C,representing the tire’s resistanceto the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat whentested under controlled conditionson a specified indoor laboratory

test wheel. Sustained hightemperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerate

and reduce tire life, and excessivetemperature can lead to suddentire failure. The grade Ccorresponds to a level ofperformance which all passengercar tires must meet under theFederal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandard No. 139. Grades B and Arepresent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratory

test wheel than the minimumrequired by law.

Glossary of Tire Terminology

*Tire label: A label showing theoriginal equipment tire sizes,recommended inflation pressureand the maximum weight thevehicle can carry.

*Tire Identification Number(TIN): A number on the sidewallof each tire providing informationabout the tire brand andmanufacturing plant, tire size anddate of manufacture. Also referredto as DOT code.

*Inflation pressure: A measureof the amount of air in a tire.

269

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wheels and Tires

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


*Standard load: A class ofP-metric or Metric tires designedto carry a maximum load at set

pressure. For example: ForP-Metric tires 35 psi (2.4 bar) or36 psi (2.5 bar) depending on tiresize and for Metric 36 psi (2.5 bar).Increasing the inflation pressurebeyond this pressure will notincrease the tire’s load carryingcapability.

*Extra load: A class of P-metricor Metric tires designed to carry aheavier maximum load at 42 psi(2.9 bar). Increasing the inflationpressure beyond this pressure willnot increase the tire’s loadcarrying capability.

*kPa: Kilopascal, a metric unit ofair pressure.

*PSI: Pounds per square inch, astandard unit of air pressure.

*Cold tire pressure: The tirepressure when the vehicle hasbeen stationary and out of directsunlight for an hour or more andprior to the vehicle being driven for1 mile (1.6 kilometers).

*Recommended inflationpressure: The cold inflation

pressure found on the SafetyCompliance Certification Label(affixed to either the door hingepillar, door-latch post, or the dooredge that meets the door-latchpost, next to the driver's seatingposition), or Tire Label located onthe B-pillar or the edge of thedriver's door.

B-pillar: The structural memberat the side of the vehicle behindthe front door.

*Bead area of the tire: Area ofthe tire next to the rim.

* Sidewall of the tire: Areabetween the bead area and thetread.

*Tread area of the tire: Area ofthe perimeter of the tire thatcontacts the road when mountedon the vehicle.

*Rim: The metal support (wheel)for a tire or a tire and tubeassembly upon which the tirebeads are seated.

Information Contained on theTire Sidewall

Both United States and CanadaFederal regulations require tiremanufacturers to placestandardized information on thesidewall of all tires. Thisinformation identifies anddescribes the fundamentalcharacteristics of the tire and alsoprovides a U.S. DOT TireIdentification Number for safetystandard certification and in caseof a recall.

270

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wheels and Tires

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Information on P Type Tires

P215/65R15 95H is an example ofa tire size, load index and speedrating. The definitions of theseitems are listed below. (Note that

the tire size, load index and speedrating for your vehicle may bedifferent from this example.)

A. P: Indicates a tire, designatedby the Tire and Rim Association,that may be used for service oncars, sport utility vehicles,minivans and light trucks. Note: Ifyour tire size does not begin witha letter this may mean it isdesignated by either the EuropeanTire and Rim TechnicalOrganization or the Japan TireManufacturing Association.

B. 215: Indicates the nominalwidth of the tire in millimetersfrom sidewall edge to sidewall

edge. In general, the larger thenumber, the wider the tire.

C. 65: Indicates the aspect ratiowhich gives the tire's ratio ofheight to width.

D. R: Indicates a radial type tire.

E. 15: Indicates the wheel or rimdiameter in inches. If you changeyour wheel size, you will have topurchase new tires to match thenew wheel diameter.

F. 95: Indicates the tire's loadindex. It is an index that relates tohow much weight a tire can carry.You may find this information inyour owner’s manual. If not,contact a local tire dealer.

Note: You may not find thisinformation on all tires because itis not required by federal law.

G. H: Indicates the tire's speedrating. The speed rating denotesthe speed at which a tire isdesigned to be driven for extendedperiods of time under a standardcondition of load and inflationpressure. The tires on your vehicle

may operate at differentconditions for load and inflationpressure. These speed ratings mayneed to be adjusted for thedifference in conditions. Theratings range from 81 mph (130km/h) to 186 mph (299 km/h).These ratings are listed in thefollowing chart.

271

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wheels and Tires

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Note: You may not find thisinformation on all tires because itis not required by federal law.

mph ( km/h)Letterrating

81 mph (130 km/h)M

87 mph (140 km/h)N

99 mph (159 km/h)Q

106 mph (171 km/h)R

112 mph (180 km/h)S

118 mph (190 km/h)T

124 mph (200 km/h)U

130 mph (210 km/h)H

149 mph (240 km/h)V

168 mph (270 km/h)W

186 mph (299 km/h)YNote: For tires with a maximum

speed capability over 149 mph(240 km/h), tire manufacturers

sometimes use the letters ZR. For those with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph (299

km/h), tire manufacturers alwaysuse the letters ZR.

H. U.S. DOT Tire IdentificationNumber: This begins with theletters DOT and indicates that thetire meets all federal standards.The next two numbers or lettersare the plant code designatingwhere it was manufactured, thenext two are the tire size code and

the last four numbers representthe week and year the tire wasbuilt. For example, the numbers

317 mean the 31st week of 1997.After 2000 the numbers go to fourdigits. For example, 2501 meansthe 25th week of 2001. Thenumbers in between areidentification codes used fortraceability. This information isused to contact customers if a tiredefect requires a recall.

I. M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow, or

AT: All Terrain, or

AS: All Season.

J. Tire Ply Composition andMaterial Used: Indicates thenumber of plies or the number oflayers of rubber-coated fabric inthe tire tread and sidewall. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate

the ply materials in the tire and thesidewall, which include steel,nylon, polyester, and others.

K. Maximum Load: Indicates themaximum load in kilograms andpounds that can be carried by thetire. (affixed to either the doorhinge pillar, door-latch post, or thedoor edge that meets the

door-latch post, next to thedriver's seating position), or TireLabel located on the B-pillar orthe edge of the driver's door.

L. Treadwear, Traction andTemperature Grades:

272

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wheels and Tires

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


*Treadwear The treadwear gradeis a comparative rating based onthe wear rate of the tire when

tested under controlled conditionson a specified government testcourse. For example, a tire graded150 would wear 1½ times as wellon the government course as a tiregraded 100.

*Traction: The traction grades,from highest to lowest are AA, A,B, and C. The grades represent thetire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured undercontrolled conditions on specifiedgovernment test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tiremarked C may have poor tractionperformance.

*Temperature: The temperaturegrades are A (the highest), B andC, representing the tire's

resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipateheat when tested under controlledconditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel.

M. Maximum InflationPressure: Indicates the tiremanufacturers' maximumpermissible pressure or the

pressure at which the maximumload can be carried by the tire. Thispressure is normally higher thanthe vehicle manufacturer'srecommended cold inflationpressure which can be found onthe Safety ComplianceCertification Label (affixed toeither the door hinge pillar,door-latch post, or the door edge

that meets the door-latch post,next to the driver's seatingposition), or Tire Label located on

the B-pillar or the edge of thedriver's door. The cold inflationpressure should never be set lowerthan the recommended pressureon the vehicle label.

The tire suppliers may haveadditional markings, notes orwarnings such as standard loador radial tubeless.

Additional InformationContained on the Tire Sidewallfor LT Type Tires

Note: Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire.

LT type tires have some additionalinformation beyond those of Ptype tires. These differences aredescribed below.

273

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wheels and Tires

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


A. LT: Indicates a tire, designatedby the Tire and Rim Association,that is intended for service on light

trucks.B. Load Range and LoadInflation Limits: Indicates thetire's load-carrying capabilitiesand its inflation limits.

C. Maximum Load Dual lb (kg)at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates themaximum load and tire pressurewhen the tire is used as a dual;

defined as four tires on the rearaxle (a total of six or more tires onthe vehicle).

D. Maximum Load Single lb(kg) at psi (kPa) cold: Indicatesthe maximum load and tirepressure when the tire is used asa single; defined as two tires(total) on the rear axle.

Information on T Type Tires

T145/80D16 is an example of atire size.

Note: The temporary tire size for your vehicle may be different fromthis example. Tire Quality Gradesdo not apply to this type of tire.

T type tires have some additionalinformation beyond those of Ptype tires. These differences aredescribed below:

A. T: Indicates a type of tire,designated by the Tire and RimAssociation, that is intended fortemporary service on cars, sportutility vehicles, minivans and lighttrucks.

B. 145: Indicates the nominalwidth of the tire in millimetersfrom sidewall edge to sidewalledge. In general, the larger thenumber, the wider the tire.

274

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wheels and Tires

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


C. 80: Indicates the aspect ratiowhich gives the tire's ratio ofheight to width. Numbers of 70 or

lower indicate a short sidewall.D. D: Indicates a diagonal type tire.

R: Indicates a radial type tire.

E. 16: Indicates the wheel or rimdiameter in inches. If you changeyour wheel size, you will have topurchase new tires to match thenew wheel diameter.

Location of the Tire Label

You will find a Tire Labelcontaining tire inflation pressureby tire size and other importantinformation located on the B-Pillaror the edge of the driver's door.See Load Carrying (page 179).

Inflating Your Tires

Safe operation of your vehiclerequires that your tires areproperly inflated. Remember thata tire can lose up to half of its airpressure without appearing flat.

Every day before you drive, checkyour tires. If one looks lower thanthe others, use a tire gauge tocheck pressure of all tires and

adjust if required.At least once a month and beforelong trips, inspect each tire andcheck the tire pressure with a tiregauge (including spare, ifequipped). Inflate all tires to theinflation pressure recommendedby Ford Motor Company.

You are strongly urged to buy areliable tire pressure gauge, asautomatic service station gauges

may be inaccurate. Fordrecommends the use of a digitalor dial-type tire pressure gaugerather than a stick-type tirepressure gauge.

Use the recommended coldinflation pressure for optimum tireperformance and wear.Under-inflation or over-inflationmay cause uneven treadwearpatterns

WARNING

Under-inflation is the mostcommon cause of tire failures

and may result in severe tirecracking, tread separation orblowout, with unexpected loss ofvehicle control and increased risk

of injury. Under-inflation increasessidewall flexing and rollingresistance, resulting in heatbuildup and internal damage tothe tire. It also may result inunnecessary tire stress, irregularwear, loss of vehicle control andaccidents. A tire can lose up tohalf of its air pressure and notappear to be flat!

Always inflate your tires to theFord recommended inflationpressure even if it is less than themaximum inflation pressureinformation found on the tire. TheFord recommended tire inflationpressure is found on the SafetyCompliance Certification Label or

275

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wheels and Tires

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Tire Label (affixed to either thedoor hinge pillar, door-latch post,or the door edge that meets the

door-latch post, next to thedriver's seating position), or TireLabel located on the B-pillar orthe edge of the driver's door.Failure to follow the tire pressurerecommendations can causeuneven treadwear patterns andadversely affect the way yourvehicle handles

Note: Do not reduce tire pressureto change the ride characteristicsof the vehicle. If you do not

maintain the inflation pressure atthe levels specified by Ford, your vehicle may experience a condition

known as shimmy. Shimmy is a severe vibration and oscillation inthe steering wheel after the vehicletravels over a bump or dip in the

road that does not dampen out by itself. Shimmy may result from

significant under-inflation of thetires, improper tires (load range,

size, or type), or vehicle modifications such as lift-kits. Inthe event that your vehicleexperiences shimmy, you should

slowly reduce speed by either liftingoff the accelerator pedal or lightly

applying the brakes. The shimmy will cease as the vehicle speed decreases.

Maximum Inflation Pressure isthe tire manufacturer's maximumpermissible pressure and thepressure at which the maximumload can be carried by the tire. Thispressure is normally higher than

the manufacturer’s recommendedcold inflation pressure which canbe found on the Safety

Compliance Certification Label(affixed to either the door hingepillar, door-latch post, or the dooredge that meets the door-latchpost, next to the driver's seatingposition), or Tire Label located onthe B-pillar or the edge of thedriver's door. The cold inflationpressure should never be set lowerthan the recommended pressure

on the Safety ComplianceCertification Label or Tire Label.

When weather temperaturechanges occur, tire inflationpressures also change. A 10°F(6°C) temperature drop cancause a corresponding drop of 1psi (7 kPa) in inflation pressure.Check your tire pressuresfrequently and adjust them to theproper pressure which can befound on the Safety ComplianceCertification Label or Tire Label.

To check the pressure in yourtire(s):

1. Make sure the tires are cool,meaning they are not hot fromdriving even a mile.

276

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wheels and Tires

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Note: If you are checking tire pressure when the tire is hot, (for example, driven more than 1 mile

[1.6 kilometers]), never bleed or reduce air pressure. The tires are hot from driving and it is normal for pressures to increase above recommended cold pressures. A hot tire at or below recommended cold inflation pressure could be

significantly under-inflated.

Note: If you have to drive adistance to get air for your tire(s),check and record the tire pressurefirst and add the appropriate air

pressure when you get to the pump. It is normal for tires to heatup and the air pressure inside to goup as you drive.

2. Remove the cap from the valveon one tire, then firmly press thetire gauge onto the valve and

measure the pressure.3. Add enough air to reach therecommended air pressure.

Note: If you overfill the tire, release air by pressing on the metal stemin the center of the valve. Then

recheck the pressure with your tire gauge.

4. Replace the valve cap.5. Repeat this procedure for eachtire, including the spare.

Note: Some spare tires operate at a higher inflation pressure than theother tires. For T type mini-spare

tires, (see the Dissimilar sparewheel and tire assembly information for a description. Store

and maintain at 60 psi (4.15 bar).For full-size and dissimilar sparetires, see the Dissimilar spare wheel

and tire assembly information for a description. Store and maintain at the higher of the front and rear inflation pressure as shown on the

Safety Compliance CertificationLabel or Tire Label.

6. Visually inspect the tires tomake sure there are no nails orother objects embedded thatcould poke a hole in the tire andcause an air leak.

7. Check the sidewalls to makesure there are no gouges, cuts or

bulges.Inspecting Your Tires andWheel Valve Stems

Periodically inspect the tire treadsfor uneven or excessive wear andremove objects such as stones,nails or glass that may be wedgedin the tread grooves. Check the tireand valve stems for holes, cracks,or cuts that may permit airleakage and repair or replace thetire and replace the valve stem.Inspect the tire sidewalls forcracking, cuts, bruises and othersigns of damage or excessivewear. If internal damage to the tireis suspected, have the tiredemounted and inspected in case

277

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wheels and Tires

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


it needs to be repaired or replaced.For your safety, tires that aredamaged or show signs of

excessive wear should not be usedbecause they are more likely toblow out or fail.

Improper or inadequate vehiclemaintenance can cause tires towear abnormally. Inspect all yourtires, including the spare,frequently, and replace them ifone or more of the followingconditions exist:

Tire Wear

When the tread is worn down toone sixteenth of an inch (2millimeters), tires must bereplaced to help prevent yourvehicle from skidding andhydroplaning. Built-in treadwear

indicators, or wear bars, whichlook like narrow strips of smoothrubber across the tread willappear on the tire when the treadis worn down to one sixteenth ofan inch (2 millimeters).

When the tire tread wears downto the same height as these wearbars, the tire is worn out and must

be replaced.Damage

Periodically inspect the tire treadsand sidewalls for damage (suchas bulges in the tread or sidewalls,cracks in the tread groove andseparation in the tread orsidewall). If damage is observedor suspected have the tireinspected by a tire professional.Tires can be damaged duringoff-road use, so inspection afteroff-road use is alsorecommended.

278

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wheels and Tires

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Age

WARNING

Tires degrade over timedepending on many factors

such as weather, storageconditions, and conditions of use(load, speed, inflation pressure)the tires experience throughouttheir lives.

In general, tires should bereplaced after six years regardlessof tread wear. However, heatcaused by hot climates orfrequent high loading conditionscan accelerate the aging processand may require tires to bereplaced more frequently.

You should replace your spare tirewhen you replace the road tires orafter six years due to aging even ifit has not been used.

U.S. DOT Tire IdentificationNumber

Both United States and CanadaFederal regulations require tiremanufacturers to placestandardized information on thesidewall of all tires. Thisinformation identifies anddescribes the fundamentalcharacteristics of the tire and alsoprovides a U.S. DOT TireIdentification Number for safetystandard certification and in caseof a recall.

This begins with the letters DOTand indicates that the tire meetsall federal standards. The next

two numbers or letters are theplant code designating where itwas manufactured, the next twoare the tire size code and the lastfour numbers represent the weekand year the tire was built. Forexample, the numbers 317 meanthe 31st week of 1997. After 2000the numbers go to four digits. Forexample, 2501 means the 25th

week of 2001. The numbers inbetween are identification codesused for traceability. Thisinformation is used to contactcustomers if a tire defect requiresa recall.

Tire ReplacementRequirements

Your vehicle is equipped with tiresdesigned to provide a safe rideand handling capability.

WARNINGSOnly use replacement tiresand wheels that are the same

size, load index, speed rating andtype (such as P-metric versusLT-metric or all-season versusall-terrain) as those originallyprovided by Ford. Therecommended tire and wheel sizemay be found on either the SafetyCompliance Certification Label orthe Tire Label. If this informationis not found on these labels thenyou should contact yourauthorized dealer as soon aspossible. Use of any tire or wheel

279

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wheels and Tires

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


WARNINGSnot recommended by Ford canaffect the safety and performance

of your vehicle, which could resultin an increased risk of loss ofvehicle control, vehicle rollover,personal injury and death.Additionally the use ofnon-recommended tires andwheels could cause steering,suspension, axle, transfer case orpower transfer unit failure. If youhave questions regarding tirereplacement, contact yourauthorized dealer as soon aspossible.

To reduce the risk of seriousinjury, when mounting

replacement tires and wheels, youshould not exceed the maximumpressure indicated on the sidewallof the tire to set the beads without

additional precautions listedbelow. If the beads do not seat atthe maximum pressure indicated,re-lubricate and try again

When inflating the tire formounting pressures up to 20 psi(1.38 bar) greater than themaximum pressure on the tiresidewall, the following

precautions must be taken toprotect the person mounting thetire:

1. Make sure that you have thecorrect tire and wheel size.

2. Lubricate the tire bead andwheel bead seat area again.

WARNINGS3. Stand at a minimum of 12 feet(3.6 meters) away from the wheel

and tire assembly.

4. Use both eye and earprotection.

For a mounting pressure morethan 20 psi (1.38 bar) greater thanthe maximum pressure, a Forddealer or other tire serviceprofessional should do themounting.

Always inflate steel carcass tireswith a remote air fill with theperson inflating standing at aminimum of 12 feet (3.6 meters)away from the wheel and tireassembly

Important: Remember to replacethe wheel valve stems when theroad tires are replaced on yourvehicle

The two front tires or two rear tiresshould generally be replaced as apair.

The tire pressure sensors mounted

in the wheels are not designed tobe used in aftermarket wheels.

The use of wheels or tires notrecommended by Ford MotorCompany may affect theoperation of your tire pressuremonitoring system.

280

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wheels and Tires

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


If the tire pressure monitoringsystem indicator is flashing, thesystem is malfunctioning. Your

replacement tire might beincompatible with your tirepressure monitoring system, orsome component of the systemmay be damaged.

Safety Practices

WARNINGSIf your vehicle is stuck in

snow, mud, or sand, do notrapidly spin the tires; spinning thetires can tear the tire and causean explosion. A tire can explode inas little as three to five seconds.

Do not spin the wheels atover 35 mph (56 km/h). The

tires may fail and injure apassenger or bystander.

Driving habits have a great dealto do with your tire mileage andsafety.

*Observe posted speed limits

*Avoid fast starts, stops and turns

*Avoid potholes and objects onthe road

*Do not run over curbs or hit thetire against a curb when parking

Highway Hazards

No matter how carefully you drive

there’

s always the possibility thatyou may eventually have a flat tireon the highway. Drive slowly to theclosest safe area out of traffic.This may further damage the flattire, but your safety is moreimportant.

If you feel a sudden vibration orride disturbance while driving, oryou suspect your tire or vehicle

has been damaged, immediatelyreduce your speed. Drive withcaution until you can safely pulloff the road. Stop and inspect thetires for damage. If a tire isunder-inflated or damaged,deflate it, remove wheel andreplace it with your spare tire andwheel. If you cannot detect acause, have the vehicle towed to

the nearest repair facility or tiredealer to have the vehicleinspected.

Tire and Wheel Alignment

A bad jolt from hitting a curb orpothole can cause the front endof your vehicle to becomemisaligned or cause damage to

your tires. If your vehicle seems topull to one side when you’redriving, the wheels may be out ofalignment. Have an authorizeddealer check the wheel alignmentperiodically.

281

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wheels and Tires

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Wheel misalignment in the frontor the rear can cause uneven andrapid treadwear of your tires and

should be corrected by anauthorized dealer. Front-wheeldrive vehicles and those with anindependent rear suspension mayrequire alignment of all fourwheels.

The tires should also be balancedperiodically. An unbalanced tireand wheel assembly may result inirregular tire wear.

Tire Rotation

WARNING

If the tire label showsdifferent tire pressures for the

front and rear tires and the vehicleis equipped with a tire pressuremonitoring system, then the

settings for the system sensorsneed to be updated. Alwaysperform the system resetprocedure after tire rotation. If thesystem is not reset, it may notprovide a low tire pressurewarning when necessary. See thetire pressure monitoring systemreset procedure in this chapter.

Note: If your tires show unevenwear ask an authorized dealer tocheck for and correct any wheel

misalignment, tire imbalance or mechanical problem involved before tire rotation.

Note: Your vehicle may beequipped with a dissimilar sparewheel and tire assembly. A

dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly is defined as a sparewheel and tire assembly that isdifferent in brand, size or

appearance from the road tires and wheels. If you have a dissimilar

spare wheel and tire assembly it isintended for temporary use only

and should not be used in a tire rotation.

Note: After having your tires rotated, inflation pressure must bechecked and adjusted to thevehicle requirements.

Rotating your tires at therecommended interval (asindicated in the ScheduledMaintenance chapter) will helpyour tires wear more evenly,

providing better tire performanceand longer tire life.

Rear-wheel drive vehicles andfour-wheel drive vehicles (fronttires at left of diagram)

Sometimes irregular tire wear canbe corrected by rotating the tires.

282

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wheels and Tires

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


USING SNOW CHAINS

WARNING

Snow tires must be the same size,load index, speed rating as thoseoriginally provided by Ford. Use of

any tire or wheel not recommended byFord can affect the safety andperformance of your vehicle, which couldresult in an increased risk of loss of vehiclecontrol, vehicle rollover, personal injury anddeath. Additionally, the use ofnon-recommended tires and wheels couldcause steering, suspension, axle, transfer

case or power transfer unit failure.

Note: The suspension insulation and bumpers will help prevent vehicle damage.Do not remove these components from your vehicle when using snow tires and chains.

Note: Do not place chains on the followingtires sizes: P265/60R18, P275/65R18,LT275/65R18, LT315/70R17, P275/55R20, and P275/45R22.

The tires on your vehicle have all-weathertreads to provide traction in rain and snow.However, in some climates, you may needto use snow tires and cables. If you needto use cables, it is recommended that steelwheels (of the same size andspecifications) be used, as cables may chipaluminum wheels.

Follow these guidelines when using snowtires and chains:

•

If possible, avoid fully loading yourvehicle

• Use only SAE Class S chains.

• Install chains securely, verifying thatthe chains do not touch any wiring,brake lines or fuel lines.

• Drive cautiously. If you hear the chainsrub or bang against your vehicle, stopand retighten the chains. If this doesnot work, remove the chains to prevent

damage to your vehicle.• Remove the tire chains when they are

no longer needed. Do not use tirechains on dry roads.

If you have any questions regarding snowchains or cables, please contact yourauthorized dealer.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING

SYSTEMWARNING

The tire pressure monitoring systemis not a substitute for manuallychecking tire pressure. The tire

pressure should be checked periodically(at least monthly) using a tire gauge, seeInflating your tires in this chapter. Failureto properly maintain your tire pressurecould increase the risk of tire failure, loss

of control, vehicle rollover and personalinjury.

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflatedto the inflation pressure

recommended by the vehicle manufactureron the vehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle has tires ofa different size than the size indicated on

the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressurelabel, you should determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehiclehas been equipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) thatilluminates a low tire pressure telltalewhen one or more of your tires issignificantly under-inflated. Accordingly,

283

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wheels and Tires

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


when the low tire pressure telltaleilluminates, you should stop and checkyour tires as soon as possible, and inflatethem to the proper pressure. Driving on a

significantly under-inflated tire causes thetire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiencyand tire tread life, and may affect thevehicle’s handling and stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire maintenance, andit is the driver’s responsibility to maintaincorrect tire pressure, even if under-inflationhas not reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tire pressuretelltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped witha TPMS malfunction indicator to indicatewhen the system is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and then remaincontinuously illuminated. This sequence

will continue upon subsequent vehiclestart-ups as long as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not be ableto detect or signal low tire pressure asintended. TPMS malfunctions may occurfor a variety of reasons, including theinstallation of replacement or alternatetires or wheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunction

telltale after replacing one or more tires orwheels on your vehicle to ensure that thereplacement or alternate tires and wheelsallow the TPMS to continue to functionproperly.

The tire pressure monitoring systemcomplies with part 15 of the FCC rules andwith RSS-210 of Industry Canada.Operation is subject to the following two

conditions: (1) This device may not causeharmful interference, and (2) This devicemust accept any interference received,including interference that may causeundesired operation.

Changing Tires With a TirePressure Monitoring System

Note: Each road tire is equipped with a tire

pressure sensor located inside the wheel and tire assembly cavity. The pressure sensor is attached to the valve stem. The pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is not visible unless the tire is removed. Takecare when changing the tire to avoid damaging the sensor

You should always have your tires servicedby an authorized dealer.

Check the tire pressure periodically (at

least monthly) using an accurate tiregauge. See Inflating Your Tires in thischapter.

284

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wheels and Tires

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Understanding Your Tire PressureMonitoring System

The tire pressure monitoring system

measures pressure in your four road tiresand sends the tire pressure readings toyour vehicle. The low tire pressure warninglight will turn on if the tire pressure issignificantly low. Once the light isilluminated, your tires are under-inflatedand need to be inflated to themanufacturer ’s recommended tirepressure. Even if the light turns on and ashort time later turns off, your tire pressurestill needs to be checked.

When Your Temporary Spare Tire isInstalled

When one of your road tires needs to be

replaced with the temporary spare, thesystem will continue to identify an issue toremind you that the damaged road wheeland tire assembly needs to be repaired andput back on your vehicle.

To restore the full function of the tirepressure monitoring system, have thedamaged road wheel and tire assemblyrepaired and remounted on your vehicle.

When You Believe Your System is Not

Operating Properly The main function of the tire pressuremonitoring system is to warn you whenyour tires need air. It can also warn you inthe event the system is no longer capableof functioning as intended. See thefollowing chart for information concerningyour tire pressure monitoring system:

285

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wheels and Tires

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Customer action requiredPossible causeLow tire pressurewarning light

Make sure tires are at the proper pres-sure. See Inflating your tires in thischapter. After inflating your tires to themanufacturer ’s recommended pressureas shown on the Tire Label (located onthe edge of driver’s door or the B-Pillar),the vehicle must be driven for at leasttwo minutes over 20 mph (32 km/h)before the light turns off.

Tire(s) under-inflatedSolid warning light

Repair the damaged road wheel and tire

assembly and reinstall it on the vehicleto restore system function. For adescription on how the system functions,see When your temporary spare tireis installed in this section.

Spare tire in use

If the tires are properly inflated and thespare tire is not in use but the lightremains on, contact your authorizeddealer as soon as possible.

Tire pressure monitoringsystem malfunction

On vehicles with different front and rear

tire pressures, the system must beretrained following every tire rotation.See Tire Care (page 268).

Tire rotation without

sensor training

Repair the damaged road wheel and tireassembly and reinstall it on the vehicleto restore system function. For adescription on how the system functions,see When your temporary spare tireis installed in this section.

Spare tire in useFlashing warninglight

If the tires are properly inflated and the

spare tire is not in use but the lightremains on, contact your authorizeddealer as soon as possible.

Tire pressure monitoring

system malfunction

286

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wheels and Tires

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


When Inflating Your Tires

When putting air into your tires (such as ata gas station or in your garage), the tire

pressure monitoring system may notrespond immediately to the air added toyour tires.

It may take up to two minutes of drivingover 20 mph (32 km/h) for the light to turnoff after you have filled your tires to therecommended inflation pressure

How Temperature Affects Your TirePressure

The tire pressure monitoring systemmonitors tire pressure in each pneumatictire. While driving in a normal manner, atypical passenger tire inflation pressuremay increase about 2 to 4 psi (14 to 28kPa) from a cold start situation. If thevehicle is stationary overnight with theoutside temperature significantly lowerthan the daytime temperature, the tirepressure may decrease about 3 psi (21kPa) for a drop of 30°F (17°C) in ambienttemperature. This lower pressure valuemay be detected by the tire pressuremonitoring system as being significantlylower than the recommended inflationpressure and activate the system warninglight for low tire pressure.

If the low tire pressure warning light is on,visually check each tire to verify that no tireis flat. If one or more tires are flat, repair asnecessary. Check the air pressure in theroad tires. If any tire is under-inflated,carefully drive the vehicle to the nearestlocation where air can be added to thetires. Inflate all the tires to therecommended inflation pressure.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System ResetProcedure

WARNING

To determine the requiredpressure(s) for your vehicle, see theSafety Compliance Certification

Label (affixed to either the door hingepillar, door-latch post, or the door edgethat meets the door-latch post, next to thedriver's seating position), or Tire Labellocated on the B-Pillar or the edge of thedriver's door.

Note: You need to perform the tire pressure monitoring system reset procedure after each tire rotation on vehicles that requiredifferent recommended tire pressures in thefront tires as compared to the rear tires.

Overview

To provide the vehicle's load carryingcapability, some vehicles require differentrecommended tire pressures in the fronttires as compared to the rear tires. The tire

pressure monitoring system equipped onthese vehicles is designed to illuminate thelow tire pressure warning light at twodifferent pressures; one for the front tiresand one for the rear tires.

Since tires need to be rotated to provideconsistent performance and maximum tirelife, the tire pressure monitoring systemneeds to know when the tires are rotatedto determine which set of tires are on thefront and which are on the rear. With this

information, the system can detect andproperly warn of low tire pressures.

System reset tips:

287

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wheels and Tires

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


• To reduce the chances of interferencefrom another vehicle, perform thesystem reset procedure at least threefeet (one meter) away from another

Ford Motor Company vehicleundergoing the system reset procedureat the same time.

• Do not wait more than two minutesbetween resetting each tire sensor orthe system will time-out and the entireprocedure will have to be repeated onall four wheels.

• A double horn will sound indicating theneed to repeat the procedure.

Performing the System Reset Procedure

Read the entire procedure beforeattempting.

1. Drive the vehicle above 20 mph (32km/h) for at least two minutes, thenpark in a safe location where you caneasily get to all four tires and haveaccess to an air pump.

2. Place the ignition in the off position and

keep the key in the ignition.3. Cycle the ignition to the on position

with the engine off.

4. Turn the hazard flashers on then offthree times. You must accomplish thiswithin 10 seconds. If the reset modehas been entered successfully, the hornwill sound once, the system indicatorwill flash and a message is shown inthe information display. If this does notoccur, please try again starting at Step

2. If after repeated attempts to enterthe reset mode, the horn does notsound, the system indicator does notflash and no message is shown in theinformation display, seek service fromyour authorized dealer.

5. Train the tire pressure monitoringsystem sensors in the tires using thefollowing system reset sequencestarting with the left front tire in the

following clockwise order: Left front(driver's side front tire), Right front(passenger's side front tire), Right rear(passenger's side rear tire), Left rear(driver's side rear tire)

6. Remove the valve cap from the valvestem on the left front tire. Decrease theair pressure until the horn sounds.Note: The single horn chirp confirmsthat the sensor identification code hasbeen learned by the module for thisposition. If a double horn is heard, thereset procedure was unsuccessful, andyou must repeat it.

7. Remove the valve cap from the valvestem on the right front tire. Decreasethe air pressure until the horn sounds.

8. Remove the valve cap from the valvestem on the right rear tire. Decrease theair pressure until the horn sounds.

9. Remove the valve cap from the valve

stem on the left rear tire. Decrease theair pressure until the horn sounds.Training is complete after the hornsounds for the last tire trained (driver'sside rear tire), the system indicatorstops flashing, and a message is shownin the information display.

10. Turn the ignition off. If two short hornbeeps are heard, the reset procedurewas unsuccessful and you mustrepeat it. If after repeating theprocedure and two short beeps areheard when the ignition is turned tooff, seek assistance from yourauthorized dealer.

288

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wheels and Tires

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


11. Set all four tires to the recommendedair pressure as indicated on theSafety Compliance CertificationLabel (affixed to either the door hinge

pillar, door-latch post, or the dooredge that meets the door-latch post,next to the driver's seating position)or Tire Label located on the B-Pillaror the edge of the driver's door.

CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL

WARNINGS

The use of tire sealants may damage

your tire pressure monitoring systemand should not be used. However, if

you must use a sealant, the tire pressuremonitoring system sensor and valve stemon the wheel must be replaced by anauthorized dealer.

If the tire pressure monitor sensorbecomes damaged, it will no longerfunction. See Tire Pressure

Monitoring System (page 283).

Note: The tire pressure monitoring systemindicator light will illuminate when the sparetire is in use. To restore the full function of the monitoring system, all road wheelsequipped with tire pressure monitoring sensors must be mounted on this vehicle.

If you get a flat tire while driving, do notapply the brake heavily. Instead, graduallydecrease your speed. Hold the steeringwheel firmly and slowly move to a safe

place on the side of the road.Have a flat serviced by an authorizeddealer in order to prevent damage to thesystem sensors See Tire PressureMonitoring System (page 283). Replacethe spare tire with a road tire as soon aspossible. During repairing or replacing ofthe flat tire, have the authorized dealerinspect the system sensor for damage.

Dissimilar Spare Wheel and TireAssembly Information

WARNING

Failure to follow these guidelinescould result in an increased risk ofloss of vehicle control, injury or death.

If you have a dissimilar spare wheel andtire, then it is intended for temporary useonly. This means that if you need to use it,you should replace it as soon as possiblewith a road wheel and tire assembly thatis the same size and type as the road tires

and wheels that were originally providedby Ford. If the dissimilar spare tire or wheelis damaged, it should be replaced ratherthan repaired.

A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assemblyis defined as a spare wheel and tireassembly that is different in brand, size orappearance from the road tires and wheelsand can be one of three types:

1. T-type mini-spare: This spare tirebegins with the letter T for tire size andmay have Temporary Use Only molded inthe sidewall.

2. Full-size dissimilar spare with labelon wheel: This spare tire has a label onthe wheel that states: THIS WHEEL ANDTIRE ASSEMBLY FOR TEMPORARY USEONLY

When driving with one of the dissimilarspare tires listed above, do not:

• Exceed 50 mph (80 km/h)

• Load the vehicle beyond maximumvehicle load rating listed on the SafetyCompliance Label.

• Tow a trailer.

• Use snow chains on the end of thevehicle with the dissimilar spare tire.

• Use more than one dissimilar spare tireat a time.

289

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wheels and Tires

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


• Use commercial car washingequipment.

• Try to repair the dissimilar spare tire.

Use of one of the dissimilar spare tireslisted above at any one wheel location canlead to impairment of the following:

• Handling, stability and brakingperformance.

• Comfort and noise.

• Ground clearance and parking at curbs.

• Winter weather driving capability.

• Wet weather driving capability.

•All-wheel driving capability

3. Full-size dissimilar spare withoutlabel on wheel

When driving with the full-size dissimilarspare wheel and tire assembly, do not:

• Exceed 70 mph (113 km/h).

• Use more than one dissimilar sparewheel and tire assembly at a time.

• Use commercial car washingequipment.

• Use snow chains on the end of thevehicle with the dissimilar spare wheeland tire assembly.

The usage of a full-size dissimilar sparewheel and tire assembly can lead toimpairment of the following:

•

Handling, stability and brakingperformance.

• Comfort and noise.

• Ground clearance and parking at curbs.

• Winter weather driving capability.

• Wet weather driving capability.

• All-wheel driving capability

When driving with the full-size dissimilarspare wheel and tire assembly additionalcaution should be given to:

• Towing a trailer.

• Driving vehicles equipped with acamper body.

• Driving vehicles with a load on thecargo rack.

Drive cautiously when using a full-sizedissimilar spare wheel and tire assemblyand seek service as soon as possible.

Location of the Spare Tire andTools

The spare tire is located under the vehicle,just forward of the rear bumper. The jack,jack handle and lug wrench are located inthe following locations:

LocationBody style

Attached to a floor bracket behind or underthe driver's seat (for easier access, move

the driver seat forward)

Regular Cab

Attached to a floor bracket under the rearseat on the driver's side

SuperCab

In a plastic box in the floor under the rearseat

SuperCrew

290

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wheels and Tires

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Tire Change Procedure

WARNINGS

When one of the front wheels is offthe ground, the transmission alonewill not prevent the vehicle from

moving or slipping off the jack, even if thetransmission selector lever is in position P.

To help prevent the vehicle frommoving when you change a tire, besure to place the transmission

selector lever in position P, set the parkingbrake and block (in both directions) thewheel that is diagonally opposite (other

side and end of the vehicle) to the tirebeing changed.

Never get underneath a vehicle thatis supported only by a jack. If thevehicle slips off the jack, you or

someone else could be seriously injured.

Do not attempt to change a tire onthe side of the vehicle close tomoving traffic. Pull far enough off the

road to avoid the danger of being hit whenoperating the jack or changing the wheel.

Always use the jack provided asoriginal equipment with your vehicle.If using a jack other than the one

provided as original equipment with yourvehicle, make sure the jack capacity isadequate for the vehicle weight, includingany vehicle cargo or modifications.

Disable the power running boardsbefore jacking, lifting, or placing anyobject under the vehicle. Never place

your hand between the power runningboard and the vehicle as extended powerrunning boards will retract when the doorsare closed. Failure to follow theseinstructions may result in personal injury.

Note: Passengers should not remain in thevehicle when the vehicle is being jacked.

Park on a level surface, activate the hazardflashers and set the parking brake. Then,place the transmission selector lever inposition P and turn the engine off.

To remove the jack on Regular Cab andSuperCab models:

Remove the wing nut and turn the jackscrew counterclockwise to releasepressure before removing the jack from thebracket.

To remove the jack on SuperCrewmodels:

1. Lift both rear seat cushions.

2. Remove the insert containing the EasyFuel funnel from the driver's side.

3. Remove the two small wing nuts onthe passenger side.

4. Slide the plastic box toward the driver'sside and remove.

See the instruction sheet (located with thejack) for detailed tire change instructions.

Removing the spare tire

1. Use the ignition key to remove the lockcylinder from the access hole of thebumper to allow access to the guidetube. Assemble the jack handle asshown in the illustration.

291

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wheels and Tires

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


2. Fully insert the jack handle through thebumper hole and into the guide tube

through the access hole in the rearbumper.

3. Turn the handle counterclockwise untilthe tire is lowered to the ground, thetire can be slid rearward and the cableis slightly slack.

4. Slide the retainer through the center ofthe wheel.

5. Block the diagonally opposite wheel.Obtain the spare tire and jack from

their storage locations. Note: TheF-150 SVT Raptor also includes achock, saddle extension and wingbolt.Use the tip of the lug wrench toremove any wheel trim that is blockingthe lug nuts.

6. Loosen each wheel lug nut one-halfturn counterclockwise, but do notremove them until the wheel is raisedoff the ground.

Note: For the F-150 SVT Raptor, install the

saddle extension on the jack as shown inthe jack usage and storage instructions.

Jacking the vehicle

Front

Note: Use the frame rail as the jackinglocation point, not the control arm.

Note: For the F-150 SVT Raptor, you must always use the jack saddle extension.

292

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wheels and Tires

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Rear

Note: Jack at the specified locations to avoid damage to the vehicle.

1. Position the jack according to theguides and turn the jack handleclockwise until the wheel is completelyoff the ground.

2. Remove the lug nuts with the lugwrench.

3. Replace the flat tire with the spare tire,making sure the valve stem is facing

outward. Reinstall the lug nuts until thewheel is snug against the hub. Do notfully tighten the lug nuts until the wheelhas been lowered.

4. Lower the wheel by turning the jackhandle counterclockwise.

5. Remove the jack and fully tighten thelug nuts in the order shown. SeeTechnical Specifications (page 294).

6. Stow the flat tire.

7. Stow the jack and lug wrench. Makesure the jack is fastened so it does not

rattle when you drive.8. Unblock the wheels.

Six lug nut wheel

Seven lug nut wheel

Stowing the flat or spare tire

Note: Failure to follow the spare tire stowage instructions may result in failure of the cable or loss of the spare tire.

1. Lay the tire on the ground with thevalve stem facing in the directionspecified on the Tire ChangingInstructions located with the jackhardware.

293

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wheels and Tires

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


2. Slide the wheel partially under thevehicle and install the retainer throughthe wheel center. Pull on the cable toalign the components at the end of the

cable.3. Turn the jack handle clockwise until

the tire is raised to its stowed positionunderneath the vehicle. The effort toturn the jack handle increasessignificantly and the spare tire carrierratchets or slips when the tire is raisedto the maximum tightness. Tighten tothe best of your ability, to the pointwhere the ratchet or slip occurs, ifpossible. The spare tire carrier will notallow you to overtighten. If the sparetire carrier ratchets or slips with littleeffort, take the vehicle to yourauthorized dealer for assistance at yourearliest convenience.

4. Check that the tire lies flat against theframe and is properly tightened. Try topush or pull, then turn the tire to besure it will not move. Loosen and

retighten, if necessary. Failure toproperly stow the spare tire may resultin failure of the winch cable and lossof the tire.

5. Repeat this tightness check procedurewhen servicing the spare tire pressure(every six months, as per yourscheduled maintenance information),or at any time that the spare tire isdisturbed through service of othercomponents.

6. If removed, install the spare tire lockinto the bumper drive tube with thespare tire lock key and jack handle.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications

WARNING

When a wheel is installed, always remove any corrosion, dirt or foreign materialspresent on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub,brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel. Make sure that any fasteners

that attach the rotor to the hub are secured so they do not interfere with the mountingsurfaces of the wheel. Installing wheels without correct metal-to-metal contact at thewheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come offwhile your vehicle is in motion, resulting in loss of control.

lb.ft (Nm)Bolt size

148 lb.ft (200 Nm)M14 x 2.0*Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust. Use only Ford

recommended replacement fasteners.

294

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wheels and Tires

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Wheel pilot boreA

Inspect the wheel pilot hole andmounting surface prior to installation.Remove any visible corrosion or looseparticles.

295

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Wheels and Tires

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

6.2L V85.0L V8 3.7 V6 3.5L V6

Ecoboost

Engine

378302226214Cubic inches

Minimum 87octane

Minimum 87octane or E85

Minimum 87octane or E85

Minimum 87octane

Required fuel

1-3-7-2-6-5-4-81-5-4-8-6-3-7-21-4-2-5-3-61-4-2-5-3-6Firing order

Coil on plugCoil on plugCoil on plugCoil on plugIgnitionsystem

.041-.047 in.

(1.04-1.20 mm)

.049-.053 in.

(1.25-1.35 mm)

.049-.053 in.

(1.25-1.35 mm)

.030-.033 in.

(.75-.85 mm)

Spark plug

gap

9.8:110.5:110.5:110.0:1Compressionratio

Drivebelt Routing

3.5L V6 Ecoboost Engines with A/C

296

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Capacities and Specifications

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


3.7L V6 Engines with A/C



297

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


MOTORCRAFT PARTS

6.2L V8 engine5.0L V8 engine 3.7L V6 engine 3.5L V6 EcoboostComponent

FA-1883Air filterelement

FL-820-SFL-500-SFL-500-SFL-500-SOil filter

BXT-65-750Battery

SP-526/CYFS-12-FP

SP-519/CYFS-12Y

SP-520/CYFS-12F-5

SP-534/CYFS-12-YT3

Spark plugs1

WW-2201-PFWindshieldwiper blade

FS-104Seat air filter

2Automatictransmission

fluid filter

1For spark plug replacement, see yourauthorized dealer. See ScheduledMaintenance (page 438). for theappropriate intervals for changing the

spark plugs.

Note: Replace the spark plugs with onesthat meet Ford material and design specifications for your vehicle, such asMotorcraft or equivalent replacement parts.The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if such spark plugs are not used.2For Automatic transmission fluid filter

replacement, see your authorized dealer.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER

The vehicle identification number islocated on the left-hand side of theinstrument panel.

Please note that in the graphic, XXXX isrepresentative of your vehicle identificationnumber.

The Vehicle Identification Number containsthe following information:

298

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


World manufacturer identifierA

Brake system, Gross VehicleWeight Rating, Restraint Devicesand their locations

B

Make, vehicle line, series, bodytype

C

Engine typeD

Check digitE

Model yearF

Assembly plantG

Production sequence numberH

VEHICLE CERTIFICATIONLABEL

The National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration Regulations require that aSafety Compliance Certification Label beaffixed to a vehicle and prescribe wherethe Safety Compliance Certification Labelmay be located. The Safety Compliance

Certification Label shall be affixed to eitherthe door hinge pillar, the door latch post,or the edge of the door near the door latch,next to the driver's seating position.

299

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


TRANSMISSION CODEDESIGNATION

The transmission code is on the SafetyCompliance Certification Label. Thefollowing table shows the transmissioncode along with the transmission

description.

CodeDescription

6Six-speed automatic transmission 6R80E

300

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Ford part number / Ford

specification

Ford part name or

equivalent

Capacity Item

XL-1 (US); CXC-51-A(Canada) / --

Motorcraft Penet-rating and LockLubricant (US);

Motorcraft Penet-rating Fluid(Canada)

—Lock cylinders

XL-5Motorcraft Multi-Purpose Grease

Spray

—

Hinges, latches,striker plates, fuel

filler door hinge

and seat tracks

PM-20 / WSS-M6C65-A2

Motorcraft DOT 4LV High Perform-

ance Motor VehicleBrake Fluid

Between MIN/MAXon brake fluid reser-

voirBrake fluid

1

XO-5W30-QSP or XO-5W30-QFS (US); CXO-5W30-LSP12 or CXO-

5W30-LFS12 (Canada) /WSS-M2C946-A

Motorcraft SAE5W-30 Motor Oil

6.0 qt (5.7L)3.5L EcoBoost

engine oil2,3

XO-5W20-QSP or XO-5W20-QFS (US); CXO-5W20-LSP12 or CXO-

5W20-LFS12 (Canada) /WSS-M2C945-A

Motorcraft SAE5W-20 Motor Oil

6.0 qt (5.7L)3.7L engine oil2,3



VC-3DIL-B (US); CVC-3DIL-B (Canada) / WSS-

M97B44-D2

Motorcraft OrangeAntifreeze/Coolant

Prediluted

16.5 qt (15.6L)3.5L EcoBoost

engine coolant4

16.0 qt (15.1L)

3.7L engine

coolant4

17.0 qt (16.1L)5.0L engine

coolant4

19.5 qt (18.5L)6.2L engine

coolant4

301

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Ford part number / Fordspecification

Ford part name orequivalent

Capacity Item

XY-80W90-QL (US);CXY-80W90-1L

(Canada) / WSP-M2C197-A

Motorcraft SAE80W-90 PremiumRear Axle Lubricant

(US); MotorcraftSAE 80W-90Premium Axle

Lubricant(Canada)

3.5 pt (1.7L)Front axle fluid

(Four-wheeldrive)

XY-75W140-QL (US);CXY-75W140-1L

(Canada) / WSL-M2C192-

A

Motorcraft SAE75W-140 SyntheticRear Axle Lubricant

5.5 pt (2.6L)Rear axle fluid5,6

XG-1-E (US)Motorcraft

Premium Long-LifeGrease

—

Transmission /parking brake link-ages and pivots,brake pedal shift

XL-12 (US); CXL-12(Canada) / ESP-M2C166-

H

MotorcraftTransfer Case Fluid

1.5 qt (1.4L)

Transfer casefluid

Four wheel drive(Electronic Shift-

On-the-Fly)7

XT-10-QLVC (US); CXT-10-LV12 (Canada)

MotorcraftMERCON LV

1.5 qt (1.4L)

Transfer casefluid

Automatic fourwheel drive(Torque OnDemand)

XT-10-QLVC (US); CXT-10-LV12 (Canada) /

MERCON LV

MotorcraftMERCON LV

Fill to between MINand MAX lines on

reservoir

Power steeringfluid (6.2L engine

only)

XT-10-QLVC (US); CXT-10-LV12 (Canada) /

MERCON LV

MotorcraftMERCON LV

3.7L engine12.1 qt (11.7L)

Automatic trans-

mission fluid8,9 5.0L, 6.2L and 3.5L

EcoBoost engines13.1 qt (12.4L)

302

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014




Capacity Item

ZC-32-B2 (US); CXC-37-(A, B, D, and F) (Canada)

/

MotorcraftPremium Wind-

shield WashConcentrate with

Bitterant (US);Premium Quality

Windshield WasherFluid (Canada)

Fill as required

Windshieldwasher fluid

WSS-M14P19-A

——

26.0 gal (98.4L)

Fuel tankStandard

36.0 gal (136.2L)Optional

YN-19 (US); CYN-16-R(Canada) /

Motorcraft R-134aRefrigerant

1.50 lb (0.68 kg)

A/C Refrigerant10

WSH-M17B19-A

YN-12-D /Motorcraft PAG

RefrigerantCompressor Oil

3.40 fl oz(100.5 ml)

A/C Refrigerant

Compressor Oil10

303

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014




Capacity Item

WSH-M1C231-B

304

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


1Ford recommends using Motorcraft (Ford) DOT 4 LV High Performance Motor VehicleBrake Fluid or equivalent meeting WSS-M6C65-A2. Use of any fluid other than therecommended fluid may cause degraded brake performance and not meet the Fordperformance standards. Keep brake fluid clean and dry. Contamination with dirt, water,petroleum products or other materials may result in brake system damage and possiblefailure.2The design of your engine allows for the use of Motorcraft engine oils or equivalent oils

that meet Ford specifications. It is also acceptable to use an engine oil of recommendedviscosity grade that meets API SN requirements and displays the API certification markfor gasoline engines.3Do not use supplemental engine oil additives in your engine. They are unnecessary and

could lead to engine damage not covered by your Ford warranty.

Do not use API S category oils labeled as SN, SM, SL or lower category unless the label

also displays the API certification mark. These oils do not meet the requirements of theengine and emission system.4Add the coolant type originally equipped in your vehicle.

5Service refill capacity is determined by filling the axle to 1/4-9/16 inch (6-14 millimeter)

below the bottom of the filler hole with the vehicle on a level surface. Add 4 fl oz. (118milliliters) of Additive Friction Modifier XL-3 (US) / CXL-3 (Canada) or equivalent meetingFord specification EST-M2C118-A, for complete fill of 8.8-inch Traction-Lok axles.6Filled with a synthetic rear axle lubricant, consider the rear axle on your vehicle filled for

life. You do not need to check or change the rear axle lubricant unless you suspect a leak.Change the rear axle lubricant any time you have submerged the rear axle in water.7Service refill capacity is determined by filling the transfer case to the bottom of the filler

hole with the vehicle on a level surface.8Make sure the correct automatic transmission fluid is used. Transmission fluid

requirements are indicated on the dipstick blade or the dipstick handle. Before adding,check the container to verify the fluid is of the correct type. Refer to your scheduledmaintenance information to determine the correct service interval.

Note: Automatic transmissions that require MERCON LV should only use MERCON LV fluid.Use of any fluid other than the recommended fluid may cause transmission damage.9Indicates only approximate dry-fill capacity. Some applications may vary based on cooler

size and if equipped with an in-tank cooler. Use the indication on the dipstick, showingthe normal operating range, to determine the amount of transmission fluid and the fluidlevel.10

See the Warning below:

WARNING

The air conditioning refrigerant system contains refrigerant R-134a under highpressure. Opening the air conditioning refrigerant system can cause personal injury.Have the air conditioning refrigerant system serviced only by qualified personnel.

305

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


GENERAL INFORMATION

Radio Frequencies and Reception

Factors

AM and FM frequencies are established bythe Federal Communications Commission(FCC) and the Canadian Radio andTelecommunications Commission (CRTC).

Those frequencies are:• AM: 530, 540-1700, 1710 kHz

• FM: 87.9-107.7, 107.9 MHz

Radio Reception Factors

The further you travel from an FM station, the weaker thesignal and the weaker the reception.

Distance and strength

Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freewayoverpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage andthunderstorms can interfere with the reception.

Terrain

When you pass a ground-based broadcast repeatingtower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one andresult in the audio system muting.

Station overload

CD and CD Player Information

Note: CD units play commercially pressed 4.75-inch (12 centimeter) audio compact

discs only. Due to technical incompatibility,certain recordable and re-recordablecompact discs may not function correctly when used in Ford CD players.

Note: Do not insert CDs with homemade paper (adhesive) labels into the CD player as the label may peel and cause the CD to become jammed. You should use a permanent felt tip marker rather than adhesive labels on your homemade CDs.Ballpoint pens may damage CDs. Please

contact an authorized dealer for further information.

Note: Do not use any irregularly shaped discs or discs with a scratch protection film attached.

Always handle discs by their edges only.Clean the disc with an approved CDcleaner only. Wipe it from the center of thedisc toward the edge. Do not clean in acircular motion.

Do not expose discs to direct sunlight orheat sources for extended periods.

MP3 Track and Folder Structure

Audio systems capable of recognizing andplaying MP3 individual tracks and folderstructures work as follows:

• There are two different modes for MP3disc playback: MP3 track mode(system default) and MP3 foldermode.

• MP3 track mode ignores any folderstructure on the MP3 disc. The playernumbers each MP3 track on the disc(noted by the .mp3 file extension) from

T001 to a maximum of T255. Themaximum number of playable MP3files may be less depending on thestructure of the CD and exact modelof radio present.

306

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Audio System

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


• MP3 folder mode represents a folderstructure consisting of one level offolders. The CD player numbers all MP3tracks on the disc (noted by the .mp3

file extension) and all folderscontaining MP3 files, from F001(folder) T001 (track) to F253 T255.

• Creating discs with only one level offolders helps with navigation throughthe disc files.

If you are burning your own MP3 discs, it isimportant to understand how the systemreads the structures you create. Whilevarious files may be present, (files with

extensions other than mp3), only files withthe .mp3 extension are played; other filesare ignored by the system. This enablesyou to use the same MP3 disc for a varietyof tasks on your work computer, homecomputer and your in-vehicle system.

In track mode, the system displays andplays the structure as if it were only onelevel deep (all .mp3 files play, regardlessof being in a specific folder). In folder

mode, the system only plays the .mp3 filesin the current folder.

AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:AM/FM

WARNING



307

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Audio System

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


CLK: Press this button to switch the display between the clock and radiofrequency. To set the time, press and hold the button until the hours start toflash. Press the arrow buttons (B) to adjust he hours, then repeat to set the

minutes. Press CLK again to exit clock mode.

A

Tune: Press these arrow buttons to manually search through the radio frequencyband. Press and hold for a fast search. In AUDIO mode, press the buttons toadjust different sound settings.

B

AUDIO: Press this button to access settings for Treble, Middle, Bass, Fade andBalance.

C

SEEK: Press this button to go to the previous or next strong station on thefrequency band.

D

Memory presets: Store your favorite radio stations. To store a radio station,tune to the station, then press and hold a preset button until sound returns.

E

AM/FM: Press this button to select a frequency band.F

VOL-PUSH: Press this button to switch the system off and on. Turn the controlto adjust the volume.

G

AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:AM/FM/CD/SYNC/SATELLITERADIO

WARNING


you use extreme caution when using anydevice that may take your focus off theroad. Your primary responsibility is the safeoperation of your vehicle. We recommendagainst the use of any hand-held devicewhile driving and encourage the use of

voice-operated systems when possible.Make sure you are aware of all applicablelocal laws that may affect the use ofelectronic devices while driving.

Note: Some features, such as Sirius satellite radio, may not be available in your location.Check with an authorized dealer.

308

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Audio System

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Memory presets: Store your favorite stations for later access. When tuned toany station, press and hold a preset button until sound returns and PRESET #SAVED appears in the display. You can also save presets automatically byusing the autoset feature:

A

Press MENU repeatedly until AUTO PRESET ON/OFF appears in the display.Use the SEEK buttons to turn AUTO PRESET on, and either wait five seconds

for the search to initiate or press OK to immediately start the search.If you press another control within those five seconds, the search does not start.The system fills the presets with the 10 strongest stations; the station storedin preset 1 begins playing. If there are fewer than 10 strong stations, the systemstores the last one in the remaining presets.

Note: Autoset does not delete your original preset stations.

Note: In order to re-run the autoset features, you must first turn it off beforeturning it back on.

CD slot: Insert a CD.B

Eject: Press this button to eject a CD.CArrow buttons: Press these buttons to make selections in MENU mode.D

MENU: Press this button to access different audio features.E

Compression brings the soft and loud CD passages together for a moreconsistent listening level.

Shuffle plays the current CD tracks in random order.

RDS Radio allows you to search RDS-equipped stations for a certain categoryof music such as CLASSIC, COUNTRY, JAZZ/RB or ROCK.

309

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Audio System

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


SIRIUS allows you to access different satellite radio options.

CLOCK#: Press this button to set the time. Use the memory preset buttons toenter the time, and then press OK.

F

PHONE: Press this button to access the phone features of the SYNC system.See Using SYNC™ With Your Phone (page 327). If your vehicle is not equippedwith SYNC, the display reads NO PHONE.

G

SOUND: Press this button to access settings for Treble, Middle, Bass, Balanceand Fade. Use the SEEK or TUNE controls to change the settings.

H

Bass levels can be increased or decreased.

Treble levels can be increased or decreased.

Balance adjusts the sound between left and right speakers.

Fade adjusts the sound between the front and back speakers.Speed Compensated Volume adjusts the volume to compensate for speedand wind noise. You can set the system between off and +7.

All Seat Mode/Driver Seat Mode optimizes sound quality for the chosenseating position.

DSP Mode (if equipped) allows you to choose between STEREO SURROUNDmode and STEREO mode.

SEEK:I

In radio mode, select a frequency band and press one of these buttons. The

system stops at the first station it finds in that direction.In Sirius mode, press one of these buttons to select the previous or next channel.If you select a specific category (such as Jazz, Rock or News), use these buttonsto find the previous or next channel in the selected category.

In CD and MP3 modes, press one of these buttons to select the previous or nexttrack.

CD: Press this button to access CD and MP3 modes.J

The disc begins to play where it left off. If no CD is loaded, NO DISC appearsin the display.

Press the SEEK buttons to access the previous or next track. Press and holdthe SEEK buttons to quickly reverse or fast-forward within the same track.

TUNE/OK/Play/Pause:K

In radio mode, turn the control to search manually through the radio frequencyband.

In Sirius mode, turn the control to find the next or previous available satelliteradio station.

OK allows you to confirm commands with phone and media features.

310

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Audio System

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Play/Pause allows you to play or pause a track when listening to a CD.

AUX: Press this button to access media through your auxiliary input jack. SeeUsing SYNC™ With Your Media Player (page 345).

L

SIRIUS: Press this button to access different satellite radio modes.M

Note: Sirius satellite radio is available only with a valid Sirius radio subscription.Check with an authorized dealer for availability.

VOL/Power: Press this button to switch the system off and on. Turn it to adjustthe volume.

N

AM/FM: Press this button to select a frequency band.O

CAT/FOLD:P

In Sirius mode, press this button to switch between turning the most recently

selected satellite radio category off or on.In MP3 mode, press this button, then use the SEEK buttons to access theprevious or next folder.

SCAN:Q

In radio mode, press this button to hear a brief sampling of all radio stations.

In Sirius mode, press this button to hear a brief sampling of all availablechannels. If you select a specific category, press SCAN for a brief sampling ofall available channels within the selected category.

In CD and MP3 modes, press this button to hear a brief sampling of all tracks

on the current disc or MP3 folder.DIRECT:R

In radio mode, press this button to select the desired radio frequency (such as93.9) using the memory preset numbers (0–9).

In Sirius mode, press this button to enter the desired channel (such as 002)using the memory preset buttons. If you only enter one digit, and press OK, thesystem goes to that channel. If you enter three digits, the system automaticallygoes to that channel, if available. You may cancel your entry by pressing DIRECT.If you enter an invalid station number, INVALID CHANNEL appears in thedisplay and the system continues playing the current station.

In CD mode, press this button to enter the desired track number using thememory preset buttons. The system then begins playing that track.

In MP3 mode, press this button to enter a memory preset button of the desiredfolder. The system advances to that specific folder.

TEXT:S

MP3 mode, press this button to view Album (AL), Folder (FL), Song (SO) andArtist (AR) in the display, if available.

311

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Audio System

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


In text mode, sometimes the display requires additional text to show. Whenthe < / > indicator is on, press this button, then use the SEEK buttons to viewthe additional text.

LOAD: This control is not operational. To load a CD, insert the disc, label sideup, into the CD slot.

T

AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:AM/FM/CD/SYNC/SATELLITERADIO

WARNING


you use extreme caution when using anydevice that may take your focus off theroad. Your primary responsibility is the safeoperation of your vehicle. We recommendagainst the use of any handheld devicewhile driving and encourage the use ofvoice-operated systems when possible.Make sure you are aware of all applicable


Note: Some features, such as Sirius satellite radio, may not be available in your location.Check with an authorized dealer.

312

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Audio System

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


RADIO: Press this button to listen to the radio or change radio frequency bands.Press the function buttons below the radio screen to select different radiofunctions.

A

CD: Press this button to listen to a CD. Press the function buttons below theradio screen to select on-screen options of Repeat or Shuffle.

B

Number block:C

In radio mode, store your favorite radio stations. To store a radio station, tuneto the station, then press and hold a preset button until sound returns.

In CD mode, select a track.

In phone mode, enter a phone number.Function buttons: Select different functions of the audio system dependingon which mode you are in (such as Radio mode or CD mode).

D

TUNE:E

In radio mode, turn the control to search the frequency band manually.

In satellite radio mode, turn the control to tune to the next or previous channel.

Reverse and Fast Forward; AM, FM, CD Seek:F

313

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Audio System

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


In radio mode, select a frequency band and press one of these buttons. Thesystem stops at the first station it finds in that direction. Press and hold one ofthese buttons to move quickly in that direction to the next strong radio station

or memory preset.In Sirius mode, press one of these buttons to select the previous or next channel.If you select a specific category (such as Jazz, Rock or News), use these buttonsto find the previous or next channel in the selected category. Press and holdone of these buttons to move quickly in that direction to the next channel orcategory.

In CD mode, press one of these buttons to select the previous or next track.Press and hold one of these buttons to move quickly in that direction within thecurrent track.

OK and arrow buttons: Press the up and down or left and right arrow buttons

to browse menu selections. Press OK to confirm menu selections.

G

Eject: Press this button to eject a CD.H

Power and Volume: Press this button to switch the system off and on. Turnit to adjust the volume.

I

CLOCK: Press this button to access the clock setting. Use the center arrowcontrols to change the hours and minutes.

J

SOUND: Press this button to adjust settings for Treble, Middle, Bass, Balanceand Fade.

K

MENU: Press this button to access different audio system features. See Menu

Structure later in this section.

L

PHONE: Press this button to access the phone features of the SYNC system.See Using SYNC™ With Your Phone (page 327).

M

AUX: Press this button to access your auxiliary input jack or switch betweendevices you plug into the input jack or USB port. See Using SYNC™ With YourMedia Player (page 345).

N

SIRIUS: Press this button to listen to Sirius satellite radio.O

314

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Audio System

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:SONY AM/FM/CD

WARNINGDriving while distracted can result inloss of vehicle control, crash andinjury. We strongly recommend that

you use extreme caution when using anydevice that may take your focus off theroad. Your primary responsibility is the safeoperation of your vehicle. We recommendagainst the use of any hand-held devicewhile driving and encourage the use ofvoice-operated systems when possible.

Make sure you are aware of all applicablelocal laws that may affect the use ofelectronic devices while driving.

Note: The MyFord Touch system controls most of the audio features. See MyFord Touch™ (page 359).

VOL and Power: Press this button to switch the system off and on. Turn it toadjust the volume.

A

Eject: Press this button to eject a CD.B

CD slot: Insert a CD.C

TUNE: Turn this control to search through the radio frequency band manually.D

Memory presets: Store your favorite radio stations. To store a radio station,tune to the station, then press and hold a preset button until sound returns.

E

315

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Audio System

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Seek, Reverse and Fast Forward:F

In radio mode, select a frequency band and press one of these buttons. Thesystem stops at the first station it finds in that direction.

In Sirius mode, press these buttons to select the previous or next channel. If aspecific category is selected (such as Jazz, Rock or News), use these buttonsto find the previous or next channel in the selected category.

In CD mode, press these buttons to select the previous or next track.

MEDIA: Press this button to access different audio modes, such as AM, FM andA/V Input.

G

DIGITAL RADIO

Note: HD Radio broadcasts are not available in all markets.

HD Radio technology is the digitalevolution of analog AM/FM radio. Yoursystem has a special receiver that allowsit to receive digital broadcasts (whereavailable) in addition to the analogbroadcasts, it already receives. Digitalbroadcasts provide a better sound qualitythan analog broadcasts with free,

crystal-clear audio and no static ordistortion. For more information, and aguide to available stations andprogramming, please visitwww.hdradio.com.

When HD Radio is on and you tune to astation broadcasting HD Radio technology,you may notice the HD Radio logo on yourscreen. When this logo is available, youmay also see Title and Artist fieldson-screen.

The multicast indicator appears in FMmode (only) if the current station isbroadcasting multiple digital broadcasts.The highlighted numbers signify availabledigital channels where new or differentcontent is available. HD1 signifies the mainprogramming status and is available inanalog and digital broadcasts. Othermulticast stations (HD2 through HD7) areonly available digitally.

When HD Radio broadcasts are active, youcan access the following functions:


• Scan allows you to hear a briefsampling of all available stations. Thisfeature still works when HD Radioreception is on, although it does notscan for HD2-HD7 channels. You maysee the HD logo appear if the stationhas a digital broadcast.

• Memory presets allow you to save anactive channel as a memory preset.

Touch and hold a memory preset slotuntil the sound returns. There is a briefmute while the radio saves the station.Sound returns when finished. Whenswitching to an HD2 or HD3 memorypreset, the sound mutes before thedigital audio plays, because the systemhas to reacquire the digital signal.

Note: As with any saved radio station, youcannot access the saved station if your vehicle is outside the station’ s reception area.

316

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Audio System

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting

Potential reception issues

If you are listening to a multicast station and you are onthe fringe of the reception area, the station may mute dueto weak signal strength.

Reception area

If you are listening to HD1, the system switches back tothe analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is availableagain. However, if you are listening to any of the possibleHD2-HD7 multicast channels, the station mutes and staysmuted unless it is able to connect to the digital signalagain.

When the system first receives a station (aside from HD2-HD7 multicast stations), it first plays the station in theanalog version. Once the receiver verifies the station is anHD Radio station, it shifts to the digital version. Dependingon the station quality, you may hear a slight sound changewhen the station changes from analog to digital. Blendingis the shift from analog to digital sound or digital back toanalog sound.

Station blending

In order to provide the best possibleexperience, use the contact form to report

any station issues found while listening toa station broadcasting with HD Radiotechnology. Independent entities own andoperate each station. These stations areresponsible for ensuring all audio streamsand data fields are accurate.

317

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Audio System

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Potential station issues

ActionCauseIssues

No action required. This is abroadcast issue.

This is poor time alignmentby the radio broadcaster.

Echo, stutter, skip or repeatin audio.Increase or decrease inaudio volume.

No action required. Thereception issue may clear upas you continue to drive.

The radio is shifting betweenanalog and digital audio.

Sound fading or blending inand out.

No action required. This isnormal behavior. Wait until

the audio is available.

The digital multicast is notavailable until the HD Radio

broadcast is decoded. Oncedecoded, the audio is avail-able.

There is an audio mutedelay when selecting HD2 or

HD3, multicast preset orDirect Tune.

No action required. Thestation is not available inyour current location.

The previously storedmulticast preset or directtune is not available in yourcurrent reception area.

Cannot access HD2 or HD3multicast channel whenrecalling a preset or from adirect tune.

Fill out the station issueform at website listed

below.

*

Data service issue by theradio broadcaster.

Text information does notmatch currently playingaudio.


below.*


There is no text informationshown for currently selectedfrequency.

No action required. This isnormal behavior.

Pressing Scan disablesHD2-HD7 channel search.

HD2-HD7 stations not foundwhen Scan is pressed.

* http://www.ibiquity.com/automotive/report_radio_station_experiences

HD Radio Technology manufactured underlicense from iBiquity Digital Corp. U.S. andforeign patents. HD Radio and the HD andHD Radio logos are proprietary trademarksof iBiquity Digital Corp. Ford MotorCompany and iBiquity Digital Corp. are notresponsible for the content sent using HDRadio technology. Content may bechanged, added or deleted at any time atthe station owner's discretion.

SATELLITE RADIO (IF EQUIPPED)

SIRIUS® broadcasts a variety of music,news, sports, weather, traffic andentertainment satellite radio channels. Formore information and a complete list ofSIRIUS satellite radio channels, visitwww.siriusxm.com in the United States,www.sirius.ca in Canada, or call SIRIUS at1-888-539-7474.

318

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Audio System

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Note: This receiver includes the eCos real-time operating system. eCos is published under the eCos License.

Satellite Radio Reception Factors

Potential satellite radio reception issues

For optimal reception performance, keep the antennaclear of snow and ice build-up and keep luggage and othermaterial as far away from the antenna as possible.

Antenna obstructions

Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freewayoverpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage andthunderstorms can interfere with your reception.

Terrain

When you pass a ground-based broadcast-repeatingtower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one andthe audio system may mute.

Station overload

Your display may show ACQUIRING . . . to indicate theinterference and the audio system may mute.

Satellite radio signal interfer-ence

SIRIUS® Satellite Radio Service

Note: SIRIUS reserves the unrestricted rightto change, rearrange, add or delete programming including canceling, movingor adding particular channels, and its prices, at any time, with or without notice to you.Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programmingchanges.

SIRIUS satellite radio is asubscription-based satellite radio servicethat broadcasts a variety of music, sports,news, weather, traffic and entertainment

programming. Your factory-installedSIRIUS satellite radio system includeshardware and a limited subscription term,which begins on the date of sale or leaseof your vehicle. See an authorized dealerfor availability.

For more information on extendedsubscription terms (a service fee isrequired), the online media player and acomplete list of SIRIUS satellite radiochannels, and other features, please visit

www.siriusxm.com in the United States,www.sirius.ca in Canada, or call SIRIUS at1-888-539-7474.

319

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Audio System

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Satellite Radio Electronic SerialNumber (ESN)

You need your ESN to activate, modify or

track your satellite radio account. When in

satellite radio mode, you can view thisnumber by pressing SIRIUS and memorypreset 1 at the same time, or tuning tochannel 0.

Troubleshooting

Possible actionConditionRadio display

No action required. Thismessage should disappearshortly.

Radio requires more thantwo seconds to produceaudio for the selectedchannel.

Acquiring

If this message does notclear shortly, or with an igni-tion key cycle, your receivermay have a fault. See anauthorized dealer for service.

There is an internal moduleor system failure present.

Sat Fault/SIRIUS systemfailure

Tune to another channel orchoose another preset.

The channel is no longeravailable.

Invalid Channel

Contact SIRIUS at 1-888-539-7474 to subscribe tothe channel, or tune toanother channel.

Your subscription does notinclude this channel.

Unsubscribed Channel

The signal is blocked. Whenyou move into an open area,the signal should return.

The signal is lost from theSIRIUS satellite or SIRIUStower to your vehicleantenna.

No Signal

No action required. Theprocess may take up tothree minutes.

Update of channelprogramming in progress.

Updating

Contact SIRIUS at 1-888-539-7474 to resolvesubscription issues.

Your satellite service is nolonger available.

Call SIRIUS 1-888-539-7474

Use the channel guide toturn off the Lock or Skipfunction on that station.

All the channels in theselected category are eitherskipped or locked.

None found. Check ChannelGuide.

No action required.SIRIUS has updated thechannels available for yourvehicle.

Subscription Updated

320

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Audio System

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


AUDIO INPUT JACK

WARNINGS


you use extreme caution when using anydevice that may take your focus off theroad. Your primary responsibility is the safeoperation of your vehicle. We recommendagainst the use of any hand-held devicewhile driving and encourage the use ofvoice-operated systems when possible.Make sure you are aware of all applicable


For safety reasons, do not connector adjust the settings on yourportable music player while your

vehicle is moving.

Store the portable music player in asecure location, such as the centerconsole or the glove box, when your

vehicle is moving. Hard objects maybecome projectiles in a collision or suddenstop, which may increase the risk of seriousinjury. The audio extension cable must belong enough to allow the portable musicplayer to be safely stored while yourvehicle is moving.

The auxiliary input jack allows you toconnect and play music from your portablemusic player through your vehicle speakers.You can use any portable music player

designed for use with headphones. Youraudio extension cable must have male1/8th-inch (3.5 millimeter) connectors ateach end.

1. Switch off the engine, radio andportable music player. Set the parkingbrake and put the transmission inposition P (vehicle with an automatictransmission) or neutral (vehicle witha manual transmission).

2. Plug the extension cable from theportable music player into the auxiliaryinput jack.

3. Switch the radio on. Select either atuned FM station or a CD.

4. Adjust the volume as desired.

5. Switch your portable music player onand adjust its volume to half itsmaximum level.

6. Press AUX until LINE or LINE IN

appears in the display. You should hearmusic from your device even if it is low.

7. Adjust the volume on your portablemusic player until it reaches the volumelevel of the FM station or CD. Do thisby switching back and forth betweenthe AUX and FM or CD controls.

321

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Audio System

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


USB PORT (IF EQUIPPED)

The USB port allows you to plug in mediaplaying devices, memory sticks and chargedevices (if supported). See SYNC™ (page323).

MEDIA HUB (IF EQUIPPED)

The media hub is located in acompartment inside the center console orin under an access door, in front of the

gearshift.

A/V inputsA

SD card slotB

USB portsC

See MyFord Touch™ (page 359).

322

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Audio System

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


GENERAL INFORMATION

SYNC is an in-vehicle communicationssystem that works with yourBluetooth-enabled cellular phone andportable media player. This allows you to:

• Make and receive calls.

• Access and play music from yourportable music player.

• Use 911 Assist, Vehicle Health Reportand SYNC Services (Traffic, Directions& Information).*

• Use applications, such as Pandora andStitcher, via SYNC AppLink.

• Access phonebook contacts and musicusing voice commands.

• Stream music from your connectedphone.

• Text message.

• Use the advanced voice recognitionsystem

• Charge your USB device (if your devicesupports this).

*These features require activation.

Make sure that you review your device'smanual before using it with SYNC.

SupportThe SYNC support team is available tohelp you with any questions you cannotanswer on your own.

Monday-Saturday, 8:30am-9:00pm EST.

Sunday, 10:30am-7:30pm EST.

In the United States, call 1-800-392-3673.

In Canada, call 1-800-565-3673.

323

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Times are subject to change due toholidays.

SYNC Owner Account

Why do I need a SYNC owner account?

• Required to activate Vehicle HealthReport and to view the reports online.

• Required to activate thesubscription-based SYNC Services andto personalize your Saved Points andFavorites.

• Essential for keeping up with the latestsoftware downloads available for

SYNC.• Access to customer support for any

questions you may have.

Driving Restrictions

For your safety, certain features arespeed-dependent and restricted when yourvehicle is traveling over 3 mph (5 km/h).

Safety Information

WARNINGDriving while distracted can result inloss of vehicle control, crash andinjury. We strongly recommend that

you use extreme caution when using anydevice that may take your focus off theroad. Your primary responsibility is the safeoperation of your vehicle. We recommendagainst the use of any hand-held devicewhile driving and encourage the use ofvoice-operated systems when possible.

Make sure you are aware of all applicablelocal laws that may affect the use ofelectronic devices while driving.

When using SYNC:

• Do not operate playing devices if thepower cords or cables are broken, split

or damaged. Place cords and cablesout of the way, so they do not interferewith the operation of pedals, seats,compartments or safe driving abilities.

• Do not leave playing devices in yourvehicle during extreme conditions as itcould cause them damage. See yourdevice's manual for further information.

• Do not attempt to service or repair thesystem. See an authorized dealer.

Privacy InformationWhen a cellular phone is connected toSYNC, the system creates a profile withinyour vehicle that is linked to that cellularphone. This profile is created in order tooffer you more cellular features and tooperate more efficiently. Among otherthings, this profile may contain data aboutyour cellular phone book, text messages(read and unread), and call history,including history of calls when your cellular

phone was not connected to the system.In addition, if you connect a media device,the system creates and retains an index ofsupported media content. The system alsorecords a short development log ofapproximately 10 minutes of all recentsystem activity. The log profile and othersystem data may be used to improve thesystem and help diagnose any problemsthat may occur.

The cellular profile, media device index,and development log will remain in thevehicle unless you delete them and aregenerally accessible only in the vehiclewhen the cellular phone or media playeris connected. If you no longer plan to usethe system or the vehicle, we recommendyou perform a Master Reset to erase allstored information.

324

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


System data cannot be accessed withoutspecial equipment and access to thevehicle's SYNC module. Ford MotorCompany and Ford of Canada will not

access the system data for any purposeother than as described absent consent, acourt order, or where required by lawenforcement, other governmentauthorities, or other third parties actingwith lawful authority. Other parties mayseek to access the informationindependently of Ford Motor Company andFord of Canada. For further privacyinformation, see the sections on 911 Assist,Vehicle Health Report, and Traffic,

Directions and Information.

USING VOICE RECOGNITION

This system helps you control many

features using voice commands. Thisallows you to keep your hands on thewheel and focus on what is in front of you.

Initiating a Voice Session

Push the voice icon. A tonesounds and Listening appears inthe display. Say any of the

following:

If You Want ToSay

Stream audio from your phone."Bluetooth audio"

Cancel the requested action."Cancel"

Access the device connected to the auxiliary input jack."Line in"

Access mobile applications."Mobile apps"*

Make calls."Phone"

Access the SYNC Services portal."Services"*

Return to the main menu."SYNC"

Access the device connected to your USB port."USB"

Run a vehicle health report."Vehicle health report"*

Adjust the level of voice interaction and feedback."Voice settings"

Hear a list of voice commands available in the currentmode."Help"

* This is an optional feature and available in the United States only.

325

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


System Interaction and Feedback

The system provides feedback throughaudible tones, prompts, questions and

spoken confirmations depending on thesituation and the chosen level ofinteraction (voice settings). You cancustomize the voice recognition system toprovide more or less instruction andfeedback.

The default setting is to a higher level ofinteraction in order to help you learn to usethe system. You can change these settingsat any time.

Adjusting the Interaction Level

Push the voice icon. Say "Voicesettings" when prompted, thenany of the following:

The system:When you say:

Provides more detailed interaction andguidance.

"Interaction mode standard"

Provides less audible interaction and moretone prompts.

"Interaction mode advanced"

The system defaults to the standard interaction mode.

Confirmation prompts are short questionsthe system asks when it is not sure of yourrequest or when there are multiple possibleresponses to your request. For example,the system may ask "Phone, is that

correct?". If turned off, the system simplymakes a best guess as to what yourequested and may ask you to confirmsettings.


Makes a best guess from the command;you may still occasionally be asked to

confirm settings.

"Confirmation prompts off"

Clarifies your voice command with a short

question.

"Confirmation prompts on"

The system creates candidate lists whenit has the same confidence level of severaloptions based on your voice command.When turned on, it may prompt you withas many as four possibilities forclarification.

For example, say "Say 1 after the tone tocall John Doe at home. Say 2 after the toneto call Johnny Doe on mobile. Say 3 afterthe tone to call Jane Doe at home." Youcould also say "Say 1 after the tone to playJohn Doe, Say 2 after the tone to playJohnny Doe."

326

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014



Makes a best guess from the media

candidate list. You may still occasionallybe asked questions.

"Media candidate lists off"

Clarifies your voice command for mediacandidates.

"Media candidate lists on"

Makes a best guess from the phonecandidate list. You may still occasionally

be asked questions.

"Phone candidate lists off"

Clarifies your voice command for phonecandidates

"Phone candidate lists on"

Helpful Hints

• Make sure the interior of your vehicle isas quiet as possible. Wind noise fromopen windows and road vibrations mayprevent the system from correctlyrecognizing spoken commands.

• After pressing the voice icon, wait untilafter the tone sounds and Listening

appears before saying a command. Anycommand spoken before this does notregister with the system.

• Speak naturally, without long pausesbetween words.

• At any time, you can interrupt thesystem while it is speaking by pressingthe voice icon.

USING SYNC™ WITH YOURPHONE

Hands-free calling is one of the mainfeatures of SYNC. While the systemsupports a variety of features, many aredependent on your cellular phone'sfunctionality. At a minimum, most cellular

phones with Bluetooth wireless technologysupport the following functions:

• Answering an incoming call.

• Ending a call.

• Using privacy mode.

• Dialing a number.

• Redialing.

• Call waiting notification.

• Caller ID.

Other features, such as text messagingusing Bluetooth and automatic phonebookdownload, are phone-dependent features.To check your phone's compatibility, seeyour phone's manual and visitwww.SYNCMyRide.com,www.SYNCMyRide.ca orwww.syncmaroute.ca.

327

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Pairing a Phone for the First Time

Note: SYNC can support downloading upto approximately 1000 entries per

Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone.Note: Make sure to switch on the ignition and the radio. Put the transmission in position P .

Note: To scroll through the menus, pressthe up and down arrows on your audio system.

Wirelessly pairing your phone with SYNCallows you to make and receive hands-freecalls.

1. Press the phone button. When thedisplay indicates there is no phonepaired, press OK.

2. When Find SYNC appears in thedisplay, press OK.

3. Put your phone into Bluetoothdiscovery mode. See your device'smanual if necessary.

4. When prompted on your phone'sdisplay, enter the six-digit PIN providedby SYNC in the radio display. Thedisplay indicates when the pairing issuccessful.

Depending on your phone's capability andyour market, the system may prompt youwith questions, such as setting the currentphone as the primary phone (the phoneSYNC automatically tries to connect withfirst upon vehicle start-up) anddownloading your phonebook.

Pairing Subsequent Phones

Note: Make sure to switch on the ignition and the radio. Put the transmission in position P .

Note: To scroll through the menus, pressthe up and down arrows on your audio system.

1. Press the phone button, and then scrollto System Settings. Press OK.

2. Scroll to Bluetooth Devices. Press OK.

3. Scroll to Add Bluetooth Device. PressOK.

4. When Find SYNC appears in thedisplay, press OK.

5. Put your phone into Bluetoothdiscovery mode. See your phone'smanual if necessary.

6. When prompted on your phone'sdisplay, enter the six-digit PIN providedby SYNC in the radio display. The

display indicates when the pairing issuccessful.

The system then prompts with questions,such as if you would like to set the currentphone as the primary phone (the phoneSYNC automatically tries to connect withfirst upon vehicle start-up) and downloadyour phone book.

Phone Voice Commands

Press the voice icon and say "Phone". Sayany of the following:

"PHONE"

"Call <name>"1,2

"Call <name> at home"1,2

"Call <name> at work"1,2

"Call <name> in office"1,2

"Call <name> on mobile OR cell"1,2

"Call <name> on other"1,2

"Call history incoming"2

"Call history missed"2

328

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


"PHONE"

"Call history outgoing"2

"Connections"2

"Dial"1,3

"Go to privacy"

"Hold"

"Join"

"Menu"2,4

"Phone book <name>"2

"Phone book <name> at home"2

"Phone book <name> at office"2

"Phone book <name> at work"2

"Phone book <name> on mobile OR

cell"2

"Phone book <name> on other"2

1 This command does not require you tosay "Phone" first.2 This command is not available until

phone information is completelydownloaded using Bluetooth.3 See Dial table below.

4 See Menu table below.

Phone book commands: When you askSYNC to access things such as aphonebook name or number, therequested information appears in thedisplay to view. Press the phone buttonand say, "Call" to call the contact.

"DIAL"

"411 (four-one-one)", "911" (nine-one-

one)

"700" (seven hundred)

"800" (eight hundred)

"900" (nine hundred)

"Pound" (#)

"Number <0-9>"

"Asterisk" (*)

"Clear" (deletes all entered digits)

"Delete" (deletes one digit)

"Plus"

"Star"

Note: To exit dial mode, press and hold the phone button or press MENU to go to the phone menu.

"MENU"

"(Phone) connections"

"(Phone) settings (message) notificationoff"

"(Phone) settings (message) notificationon"

"(Phone) settings (set) phone ringer"

"(Phone) settings (set) ringer 1"



"(Phone) settings (set) ringer off"

"Battery"

"Phone name"

329

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


"MENU"

"Signal"

"Text message inbox"

Words in ( ) are optional and do not haveto be spoken for the system to understandthe command.

Making Calls

Press the voice icon and when promptedsay:

1. Say "Call <name>" or "Dial", then the

desired number.2. When the system confirms the number,

say, "Dial" again to initiate the call.

To erase the last spoken digit, say, "Delete"or press the left arrow button. To erase allspoken digits, say "Clear" or press and holdthe left arrow button.

To end the call, press and hold the phonebutton.

Receiving Calls

When receiving a call, you can:

• Answer the call by pressing the phonebutton.

• Reject the call by pressing and holdingthe phone button.

• Ignore the call by doing nothing.

Phone Options during an ActiveCall

During an active call, you have more menufeatures that become available, such asputting a call on hold or joining calls. Usethe arrow buttons to scroll through themenu options.

1. Press MENU during an active call.

2. After selecting Active Call Menu, pressOK.

3. Scroll to cycle through the followingoptions:

You can:When you select:

Mute the call.Mute Call?

Switch a call from an active hands-free environment toyour cellular phone for a more private conversation.

Privacy

Press OK when Privacy on/off appears. (The displayindicates In Privacy and the system transfers your call.)

Put an active call on hold.Call HoldPress OK when Hold on/off appears. To answer anothercall at this time, press the phone button.

Enter "tones", such as numbers for passwords.Enter TonesScroll until the desired number appears in the display, thenpress OK; a tone sounds as confirmation. Repeat asnecessary.

Join two separate calls. (SYNC supports a maximum ofthree callers on a multiparty call or conference call.)

Join Calls

1. Press the phone button.

330

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014



2. Access the desired contact through SYNC or use voicecommands to place the second call. Once actively in thesecond call, press MENU.3. Scroll to Join Calls, and press OK. Press OK again whenJoin Calls? appears.

Access your phonebook contacts.Phonebook1. Press OK to select, and then scroll through your phone-book contacts.2. Press OK again when the desired selection appears inthe display.3. Press the phone button.

Access your call history log.Call History1. Press OK to select, then scroll through your call historyoptions (incoming, outgoing or missed).2. Press OK when the desired selection appears in thedisplay.3. Press the phone button to call the selection.

Exit the current menu.Return

Accessing Features through thePhone Menu

SYNC's phone menu allows you to rediala number, access your call history andphonebook and sends text messages aswell as access phone and system settings.You can also access advanced features,such as 911 Assist, Vehicle Health Reportand SYNC Services.

1. Press the phone button to enter thephone menu.

2. Scroll to cycle through:


Redial the last number called (if available). Press OK toselect, and then press OK again to confirm.Phone Redial

Access any previously dialed, received or missed calls afteryou connect your Bluetooth-enabled phone to SYNC.

Call History1

1. Press OK to select.2. Scroll to select from Call History Incoming, Call HistoryOutgoing or Call History Missed. Press OK to make yourselection.3. Press OK or the phone button to call the desired selec-tion.

331

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014



Note: The system attempts to automatically re-downloadyour phonebook and call history each time your phoneconnects to SYNC (if the auto download feature is on andyour Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone supports thisfeature).

Access and call any contacts in your previously down-loaded phonebook.

Phonebook1,2

1. Press OK to confirm and enter. If your phonebook hasfewer than 255 listings, they appear alphabetically in flatfile mode. If there are more than 255 entries, the systemorganizes them into alphabetical categories.2. Scroll until the desired contact appears, then press OK.

3. Press OK or the phone button.Send, download and delete text messages.Text Message

1

View your phone's status, set ring tones, select yourmessage notification, change phone book entries andautomatically download your cellular phone among otherfeatures.

Phone Settings1

Access the SYNC Services portal where you can requestvarious types of information, traffic reports and directions.

SYNC Services3

Place an emergency call to a 911 operator for you after anaccident, when used properly.911 Assist4

Create and receive a diagnostic report card on your vehicle.Vehicle Health Report3

Interact with SYNC-capable mobile applications on yoursmartphone.

Mobile Apps3

Access Bluetooth Devices menu listings (Add, Connect,Set as Primary, On and Off, Delete) as well as Advancedmenu listings (prompts, languages, defaults, master reset,install application and system information).

System Settings

Exit the phone menu by pressing OK.Exit Phone Menu

1 This is a phone-dependent feature.

2 This is a phone-dependent and speed-dependent feature.

3 This is an optional feature and available in the United States only.

4 This is an optional feature and available in the United States and Canada only.

332

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Text Messaging

Note: This is a phone-dependent feature.

SYNC allows you to receive, send,download and delete text messages. Thesystem can also read incoming textmessages to you so that you do not haveto take your eyes off the road.

Receiving a Text Message

Note: This is a phone-dependent feature.Your phone must support downloading text messages using Bluetooth to receiveincoming text messages.

When a new message arrives, an audibletone sounds and the display indicates youhave a new message. You have theseoptions:

• Press the voice button, wait for theprompt and say "Read message" tohave SYNC read the message to you.

• Press OK to receive and open the textmessage or do nothing and themessage goes into your text messageinbox. Press OK again and SYNC readsyour message aloud as you are not ableto view the message. You can then alsochoose to reply or forward themessage.

• Press OK and scroll to choosebetween:

• Reply to Text Message: Press OKto access and then scroll throughthe list of pre-defined messages tosend.

• Forward Text Message: Press OKto forward the message to anyonein your Phonebook or Call History.You can also choose Enter Number.

Sending, Downloading and Deleting Your Text Messages

Note: Forwarding a text message is a

speed-dependent feature and is only available when your vehicle is traveling at 3 mph (5 km/h) or less.

Note: You can only have one recipient per text message.

Text messaging is a phone-dependentfeature. If your phone is compatible, SYNCallows you to receive, send, download anddelete text messages.

1. Press the phone button.

2. Scroll to Text Message, and then pressOK.

Scroll to select from the following options:

• Send Text Message? allows you tosend a new text message based on apre-defined set of 15 messages.

• Download Unread Msgs allows youto download your unread messages(only) to SYNC. To download themessages, press OK to select. The

display indicates that it is downloadingyour messages. When it is complete,SYNC takes you to your inbox.

• Delete All Messages? allows you todelete current text messages fromSYNC (not your phone). To delete themessages, press OK to select. Thedisplay indicates when it is finisheddeleting all your text messages. SYNCreturns you to the text message menu.

•

Return exits the current menu whenyou press OK.

If you select Send Text Message?:

1. Press OK to select. If the systemdetects your phone does not supportthis feature, Unsupported appears inthe display and SYNC returns to themain menu.

2. Scroll to cycle through the messageoptions in the following chart.

333

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


3. Press OK when the desired selectionis in the display.

4. Enter the name of the recipient. Scroll

to cycle through Phonebook or CallHistory entries. You can also selectEnter Number to say the desirednumber.

5. Press OK to enter the desired menuand scroll to select the specificcontact.

6. Press OK when the contact appearsand press OK again to confirm whenthe system asks if you would like tosend the message. The system sends

each text message with the followingsignature: "This message was sentfrom my <Ford or Lincoln>".

Pre-defined text message options

Can't talk right now

Call me

Call U later

Be there in 10 minutes

Be there in 20 minutes

Yes

Pre-defined text message options

No

Why?

Thanks

Where R you?

I need more directions

I love you

Too funny

Can't wait to see you

I'm stuck in traffic

Accessing Your Phone Settings

These are phone-dependent features. Yourphone settings allow you to access andadjust features such as your ring tone, textmessage notification, modify yourphonebook and set up automaticdownload.

1. Press the phone button.2. Scroll to Phone Settings, and then

press OK.

3. Scroll to select from the followingoptions:


See the provider, name, signal power, battery power androaming status of your connected phone.

Phone Status

Press OK to select and scroll to view the information.When done, press OK again to return to the phone statusmenu.

Select which ring tone sounds during an incoming call (oneof the system's or your phone's).

Set Ringer

1. Press OK to select and scroll to hear Ringer 1, Ringer 2,Ringer 3 and Phone Ringer.2. Press OK to select.

334

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014



If your phone supports in-band ringing, your phone's ringtone plays when you choose Phone Ringer.

Have the option of hearing an audible tone to notify youwhen a text message arrives.

Message Notification

1. Press OK to select and scroll between Message Notific-ation On and Message Notification Off.2. Press OK to select.

Modify the contents of your phonebook (such as add,delete or download). Press OK to choose between:

Modify Phonebook

Add Contacts: Press OK to add more contacts from yourphone book. Push the desired contact(s) on your phone.

See your phone's manual on how to push contacts.

Delete Phonebook: Press OK to delete the current phonebook and call history. When Delete Phonebook appears,press OK to confirm. SYNC takes you back to the PhoneSettings menu.

Download Phonebook: Press OK to select, then and pressOK again when Confirm Download? appears.

Automatically download your phone book each time your

phone connects to SYNC.*

Auto Download

Press OK to select. When Auto Download On? appears,press OK to have your phonebook automatically down-

loaded each time.**

Select Off if you do not want to download your phonebookevery time your phone connects to SYNC. Your phonebook,call history and text messages can only be accessed whenyour specific phone is connected to SYNC.


*Downloading times are phone-dependent and quantity-dependent.

**When Auto Download is on, it automatically deletes any changes, additions or deletions

saved since your last download.

System Settings

This menu provides access to yourBluetooth Devices and Advanced menufeatures. Use the arrow buttons to scrollthrough the menu options.

Bluetooth Devices

The Bluetooth Devices menu allows youto add, connect and delete devices, set aphone as primary as well as turn yourBluetooth feature on and off.

335

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


1. Press the phone button to enter thephone menu

2. Scroll to System Settings. Press OK.



You can:If you select:

See Using SYNC™ With Your Phone (page 327).Add Bluetooth Device*

Connect a previously paired Bluetooth-enabled phone.**Connect Bluetooth Device

1. Press OK to select and view a list of previously pairedphones.2. Scroll until you find the desired device, and then pressOK to connect the phone.

Set a previously paired phone as your primary phone.Set as Primary Phone Press OK to select and scroll to select the desired phone.Press OK to confirm.SYNC attempts to connect with the primary phone at everyignition cycle. When you select a phone as a primary phone,it appears first in the list and the system marks it with anasterisk.

Turn the Bluetooth feature on and off.Set BluetoothPress OK and scroll to toggle between On and Off. Makea selection, and then press OK.Setting Bluetooth to off disconnects all Bluetooth devicesand turns off all Bluetooth features.

Delete a paired phone.Delete DevicePress OK and scroll to select the device. Press OK toconfirm.

Delete all previously paired phones (and all informationoriginally saved with those phones).

Delete All Devices

Press OK to select.


*

This is a speed-dependent feature.**

You can only connect one device at a time. When another phone is connected, theprevious one is disconnected.

336

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Advanced

The Advanced menu allows you to accessand set prompts, languages, defaults,

perform a master reset, install anapplication and view system information.

1. Press the phone button to enter thephone menu


3. Scroll to Advanced. Press OK.4. Scroll to select from the following

options:


Get help from SYNC by using questions, helpful hints orasking you for a specific action. To turn these prompts onor off:

Prompts

1. Press OK to select and scroll to select between On andOff.

2. Press OK when the desired selection appears in thedisplay. SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu.

Choose between English, Français and Español. Onceselected, all of the radio displays and prompts are in theselected language.

Languages

1. Press OK to select and then scroll through the languages.2. Press OK when the desired selection appears in thedisplay. If you change the language setting, the displayindicates that the system is updating. When complete,SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu.

Return to the factory default settings. This selection doesnot erase your indexed information (phonebook, callhistory, text messages and paired devices).

Factory Defaults

1. Press OK to select and then press OK again whenRestore Defaults? appears in the display.2. Press OK to confirm.

Completely erase all information stored on SYNC(phonebook, call history, text messages and paireddevices) and return to the factory default settings.

Master Reset

Press OK to select. The display indicates when complete

and SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu.Install applications you have downloaded.Install Application?Press OK and scroll to select. Press OK to confirm.

Delete all previously paired phones (and all informationoriginally saved with those phones).

Delete All Devices

Press OK to select.

Access the Auto Version number as well as the FDNnumber.

System Info

337

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014



Press OK to select.

This is a Bluetooth component, which can further helpyour phone with the exchange of text messages.

MAP Profile


SYNC™ APPLICATIONS ANDSERVICES (IF EQUIPPED)

In order for the following features to work,

your cellular phone must be compatiblewith SYNC. To check your phone'scompatibility, visit www.SYNCMyRide.com,www.SYNCMyRide.ca orwww.syncmaroute.ca.

• SYNC Services*: Provides access to

traffic, directions and information suchas travel, horoscopes, stock prices andmore.

• 911 Assist: Can alert 911 in the event ofan emergency.

• Vehicle Health Report*: Provides a

diagnostic and maintenance reportcard of your vehicle.

*This is an optional feature and available

in the United States only.

911 Assist

WARNINGS

Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on

before a crash, the system will notdial for help which could delay

response time, potentially increasing therisk of serious injury or death after a crash.

WARNINGS

Do not wait for 911 Assist to make anemergency call if you can do ityourself. Dial emergency services

immediately to avoid delayed response

time which could increase the risk ofserious injury or death after a crash. If youdo not hear 911 Assist within five secondsof the crash, the system or phone may bedamaged or non-functional.

Always place your phone in a securelocation in your vehicle so it does notbecome a projectile or get damaged

in a crash. Failure to do so may causeserious injury to someone or damage thephone which could prevent 911 Assist from

working properly.

Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on before the incident.

Note: Before setting this feature on, make sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy Notice later in this section for importantinformation.

Note: If any user turns 911 Assist on or off,that setting applies for all paired phones. If

911 Assist is turned off, either a voice message plays or a display message (or icon) comes on (or both) when your vehicleis started after a previously paired phoneconnects.

Note: Every phone operates differently.While SYNC 911 Assist works with mostcellular phones, some may have troubleusing this feature.

338

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


If a crash deploys an airbag (excludingknee airbags and rear inflatable safetybelts [if equipped]) or activates the fuelpump shut-off, your SYNC-equipped

vehicle may be able to contact emergencyservices by dialing 911 through a paired andconnected Bluetooth-enabled phone. Youcan learn more about the 911 Assistfeature, visit www.SYNCMyRide.com,www.SYNCMyRide.ca orwww.syncmaroute.ca.

See Supplementary Restraints System(page 39). Important information aboutairbag deployment is in this chapter.

See Roadside Emergencies (page 215).Important information about the fuel pumpshut-off is in this chapter.

Setting 911 Assist On

1. Press the phone button to enter thephone menu.

2. Scroll to select 911 Assist.

3. Press OK to confirm and enter the 911Assist menu.

4. Scroll to select between On and Off.5. Press OK when the desired option

appears in the radio display. Set On orSet Off appears in the display asconfirmation.

Off selections include:

• Off with reminder: Provides a displayand voice reminder at phoneconnection at vehicle start.

• Off without reminder: Provides adisplay reminder only without a voicereminder at phone connection.

To make sure that 911 Assist worksproperly:

• SYNC must be powered and workingproperly at the time of the incident andthroughout feature activation and use.

• The 911 Assist feature must be set onbefore the incident.

• You must pair and connect aBluetooth-enabled and compatiblecell phone to SYNC.

•

A connected Bluetooth-enabled phonemust have the ability to make andmaintain an outgoing call at the timeof the incident.

• A connected Bluetooth-enabled phonemust have adequate network coverage,battery power and signal strength.

• The vehicle must have battery powerand be located in the U.S., Canada orin a territory in which 911 is theemergency number.

In the Event of a Crash

Not all crashes will deploy an airbag oractivate the fuel pump shut-off (thetriggers for 911 Assist). If a connected cellphone sustains damage or loses itsconnection to SYNC during a crash, SYNCwill search for and try to connect to apreviously paired cell phone; SYNC willthen attempt to call the emergencyservices.

Before making the call:

• SYNC provides a short window of time(about 10 seconds) to cancel the call.If you fail to cancel the call, SYNCattempts to dial 911.

• SYNC says the following, or a similarmessage: "SYNC will attempt to call911, to cancel the call, press Cancel onyour screen or press and hold thephone button on your steering wheel."

If you do not cancel the call, and SYNCmakes a successful call, a pre-recordedmessage plays for the 911 operator, andthen the occupant(s) in your vehicle is ableto talk with the operator. Be prepared toprovide your name, phone number andlocation immediately, because not all 911systems are capable of receiving thisinformation electronically.

339

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


911 Assist May Not Work If

• Your cellular phone or 911 Assisthardware sustains damage in a crash.

• The vehicle's battery or the SYNCsystem has no power.

• The phone(s) thrown from your vehicleare the ones paired and connected tothe system.

911 Assist Privacy Notice

When you turn on 911 Assist, it maydisclose to emergency services that yourvehicle has been in a crash involving the

deployment of an airbag or activation ofthe fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions orupdates to 911 Assist may also be capableof electronically or verbally disclosing to911 operators your vehicle location or otherdetails about your vehicle or crash to assist911 operators to provide the mostappropriate emergency services. If you donot want to disclose this information, donot turn the feature on.

Vehicle Health Report

WARNING

Always follow scheduledmaintenance instructions, regularlyinspect your vehicle, and seek repair

for any damage or problem you suspect.Vehicle Health Report supplements, butcannot replace, normal maintenance andvehicle inspection. Vehicle Health Reportonly monitors certain systemselectronically monitored by your vehicleand will not monitor or report the statusof any other system, (such as brake liningwear). Failure to perform scheduledmaintenance and regularly inspect yourvehicle may result in vehicle damage andserious injury.

Note: This feature is only available in theUnited States.

Note: Your Vehicle Health Report feature requires activation before use. Visitwww.SYNCMyRide.com to register. Thereis no fee or subscription associated with

Vehicle Health Report, but you must register to use this feature.

Note: This feature may not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your cellular phone. Before running a report, review the Vehicle HealthReport Privacy Notice.

Note: In order to allow a break-in period for your vehicle, you may not be able to create a Vehicle Health Report until your vehicle

odometer has reached 200 miles.Note: Cellular phone and SMS charges may apply when making a report.

Register for Vehicle Health Report and setyour report preferences atwww.SYNCMyRide.com. After registering,you can request a Vehicle Health Report(inside your vehicle). Return to youraccount at www.SYNCMyRide.com to viewyour report. You can also choose for SYNC

to remind you automatically to run reportsat specific mileage intervals.

The system allows you to check yourvehicle's overall health in the form of adiagnostic report card. The vehicle healthreport contains valuable information suchas:

• Vehicle diagnostic information

• Scheduled maintenance

• Open recalls and Field Service Actions

• Items noted during vehicle inspectionsby an authorized dealer that still needservicing.

You can run a report (after your vehicle hasbeen running a minimum of 60 seconds)by pressing the voice button and saying"Vehicle health report", or pressing thephone button.

To run a report using the phone button:

340

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


1. Press the phone button to enter phonemenu.

2. Scroll to select Vehicle Health, and

then press OK.


Vehicle health report options

Automatic Reports: Press OK to and select On or Off.Select On to have SYNC automatically prompt you to run

a health report at certain mileage intervals.*

User Preferences: Press OKto select and enter themenu. Scroll to select from:

Mileage Intervals: Press OK. Scroll to select between5000, 7500 or 10000-mile intervals and press OK to makeyour selection.

Return: Press OK to exit the menu.

Press OK for SYNC to run a health report of your vehicle'sdiagnostic systems and send the results to Ford where itcombines with scheduled maintenance information, openrecalls and other field service actions and vehicle inspec-tion items that still need servicing from an authorizeddealer.

Run Report?

*You must first turn this feature on before you can select the desired mileage interval.

Note: SYNC Services varies by trim level and model year and may require a subscription. Traffic alerts and turn-by-turndirections available in select markets.Message and data rates may apply. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to changeor discontinue this product service at any time without prior notification or incurring any future obligation.

Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice

When you create a Vehicle Health Report,Ford Motor Company may collect yourcellular phone number (to process yourreport request) and diagnostic informationabout your vehicle. Certain versions orupdates to Vehicle Health Report may alsocollect more vehicle information. Ford mayuse your vehicle information it collects forany purpose. If you do not want to discloseyour cellular phone number or vehicle

information, do not run the feature or setup your Vehicle Health Report profile atwww.SYNCMyRide.com. Seewww.SYNCMyRide.com (Vehicle HealthReport Terms and Conditions, and PrivacyStatement) for more information.

SYNC Services: Traffic, Directions& Information (TDI) (If Equipped,Unites States Only)

Note: SYNC Services varies by trim level

and model year and may require a subscription. Traffic alerts and turn-by-turndirections available in select markets.Message and data rates may apply. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to changeor discontinue this product service at any time without prior notification or incurring any future obligation.

341

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Note: SYNC Services requires activation before use. Visit www.SYNCMyRide.com to register and check your eligibility for complimentary services. Standard phone

and message rates may apply. Subscription may be required. You must also have the active SYNC Services Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone paired and connected to the system in order to connect to, and use, SYNC Services. See Using SYNC ™ WithYour Phone (page 327).

Note: This feature does not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your cellular phone. Make sure your cellular phone is not blocking caller ID before using SYNC Services.

Note: The driver is ultimately responsiblefor the safe operation of the vehicle, and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safeto follow the suggested directions. Any navigation features provided are only an aid.Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existingtraffic regulations. Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an

unsafe or illegal maneuver, place you in anunsafe situation, or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. Mapsused by this system may be inaccurate because of errors, changes in roads, trafficconditions or driving conditions.

Note: When you connect, the service usesGPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect your vehicle's currentlocation, travel direction and speed to help

provide you with the directions, traffic reports, or business searches you request.Further, to provide the services you request,for continuous improvement, the service may collect and record call details and voicecommunications. For more information, see SYNC Services Terms and Conditions atwww.SYNCMyRide.com. If you do not wantFord or its service providers to collect your vehicle travel information or other information identified in the Terms and

Conditions, do not subscribe or use the service.

SYNC Services uses advanced vehiclesensors, integrated GPS technology andcomprehensive map and traffic data, togive you personalized traffic reports,precise turn-by-turn directions, businesssearch, news, sports, weather and more.For a complete list of services, or to learnmore, please visit www.SYNCMyRide.com.

Connecting to SYNC Services UsingVoice Commands

1. Press the voice button.

2. When prompted, say "Services". Thisinitiates an outgoing call to SYNCServices using your paired andconnected Bluetooth-enabled cellularphone.

3. Once you connect to the service, followthe voice prompts to request the

desired service, such as Traffic orDirections. You can also say, "What aremy choices?" to receive a list ofavailable services from which tochoose.

4. Say, "Services" to return to the Servicesmain menu or for help, say, "Help".

342

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Connecting to SYNC Services Usingthe Phone Menu

1. Press the phone button to enter the

phone menu.2. Scroll to Services.

3. Press OK to confirm and enter theServices menu. The display indicatesthe system is connecting.

4. Press OK. SYNC initiates the call to theServices portal.

5. Once you connect to the service, followthe voice prompts to request thedesired service, such as Traffic or

Directions. You can also say, "What aremy choices?" to receive a list ofavailable services from which tochoose.


Receiving Turn-by-Turn Directions

1. When connected to SYNC Services,say "Directions" or "Business search".

To find the closest business or type ofbusiness to your current location, justsay "Business search" and then"Search near me". If you need furtherassistance in finding a location you cansay "Operator" at any time within aDirections or Business search to speakwith a live operator. The system mayprompt you to speak with an operatorwhen it has difficulty matching yourvoice request. The live operator can

assist you by searching for businessesby name or by category, residentialaddresses by street address or byname or specific street intersections.

Operator Assist is a feature of yourSYNC Services subscription. For moreinformation on Operator Assist, visitwww.SYNCMyRide.com/support.

2. Follow the voice prompts to select yourdestination. Once you select yourdestination, the system uploads yourcurrent vehicle location, calculates aroute based on current trafficconditions and sends it back to yourvehicle. After the route download iscomplete, the phone call automaticallyends. You then receive audible andvisual driving instructions as you traveltoward your destination.

3. While on an active route, you can selector say "Route summary" or "Routestatus" to view the Route Summaryturn list or the Route Status ETA. Youcan also turn voice guidance on or off,cancel the route or update the route.

If you miss a turn, SYNC automatically asksif you want the route updated. Just say,"Yes" when prompted and the systemsends a new route to your vehicle.

Disconnecting from SYNC Services

1. Press and hold the phone button onthe steering wheel.

2. Say "Goodbye" from the SYNCServices main menu.

343

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


SYNC Services quick tips

You can personalize your Services feature to provide

quicker access to your most used or favorite information.You can save address points such as work or home. Youcan also save favorite information like sports teams or anews category. You can learn more about personalizationby logging onto www.SYNCMyRide.com.

Personalizing

Press the voice button at any time (while connected toSYNC Services) to interrupt a voice prompt or an audioclip (such as a sports report) and say your voice command.

Push to interrupt

Your subscription is associated with your Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone number, not your VIN (VehicleIdentification Number). You can pair and connect yourphone to any vehicle equipped with SYNC Services andcontinue enjoying your personalized services.

Portable

You can even access your account outside your vehicle.Just use the number on your phone's call history. Trafficand Directions features do not function properly butinformation services and the 411 connect and text messagefeatures are available.

SYNC AppLink


Note: You must pair and connect your smartphone to SYNC to access AppLink.

Note: iPhone users need to connect the phone to the USB port in order to start the application. We recommend you lock your iPhone after starting an application.

Note: The AppLink feature is not available

if your vehicle is equipped with the MyFord Touch or MyLincoln Touch system.

Note: Depending on your display type, youcan access AppLink from the media menu,the phone menu, or by using voicecommands. Once an app is running through AppLink, you can control main features of the app through voice commands and steering wheel controls.

To Access Using the Phone Menu

1. Press the phone button to access theSYNC phone menu on-screen.

2. Scroll to Mobile Apps and press OK toaccess a list of available applications.

3. Scroll through the list of availableapplications and press OK to select aparticular app.

4. Once an app is running through SYNC,you can access an app’s menu bypressing the MENU button to first

access the SYNC menu.5. Select "SYNC-Media" by pressing OK.

6. Scroll until "<App name> Menu" isdisplayed (such as, Pandora Menu),then press OK. From here, you canaccess an application's features, suchas Thumbs up and Thumbs down. Formore information, please visitwww.SYNCMyRide.com.

344

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


To Access Using the Media Menu

1. Press the AUX button on the centerconsole.

2. Press MENU to access the SYNCmenu.

3. Select "SYNC-Media" by pressing OK.

4. Scroll to Mobile Apps and press OK toaccess a list of available applications.

5. Scroll through the list of availableapplications and press OK to select aparticular app.

6. Once an app is running through SYNC,you can access an app’s menu bypressing the MENU button to firstaccess the SYNC menu.

7. Select "SYNC-Media" by pressing OK.

8. Scroll until "<App name> Menu" isdisplayed (such as, Pandora Menu),then press OK. From here, you canaccess an application's features, suchas Thumbs up and Thumbs down. Formore information, please visitwww.SYNCMyRide.com.

To Access Using Voice Commands

1. Press the voice icon.

2. When prompted, say "Mobile Apps".

3. Say the name of the application afterthe tone.

4. The app should start. While an app isrunning through SYNC, you can pressthe voice button and speak commandsspecific to the app, such as "Play

Station Quickmix". Say "Help" todiscover available voice commands.

USING SYNC™ WITH YOURMEDIA PLAYER

You can access and play music from yourdigital music player over your vehicle'sspeaker system using the system's mediamenu or voice commands. You can alsosort and play your music by specificcategories, such as artist and album.

Note: The system is capable of indexing upto 30,000 songs.

SYNC is capable of hosting nearly anydigital media player including: iPod®,

Zune™

, Plays from device players, andmost USB drives. SYNC also supportsaudio formats, such as MP3, WMA, WAVand ACC.

Connecting Your Digital MediaPlayer to the USB Port

Note: If your digital media player has a power switch, make sure you switch it on before plugging it in.

To Connect Using Voice Commands1. Plug the device into the USB port.

2. Press the voice icon and whenprompted, say "USB".

3. You can now play music by saying anyof the appropriate voice commands.See the media voice commands.

To Connect Using the System Menu

1. Plug the device into the USB port.

2. Press AUX and then MENU to enterthe media menu.

3. Scroll to Select Source. Press OK.

4. Scroll to USB. Press OK.

5. Depending on how many digital mediafiles are on your connected device,Indexing may appear in the radiodisplay. When indexing is complete, thescreen returns to the Play menu.

345

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Press OK and scroll through selections of:

• Play All

• Albums

• Genres• Playlists

• Tracks

• Explore USB

• Similar Music

• Return

What's Playing?

At any time when a track is playing, you

can press the voice icon and ask thesystem "What's playing?". The systemreads the metadata tags (if populated) ofthe playing track to you.

Media Voice Commands

Press the voice icon. Whenprompted, say "USB", then anyof the following:

"USB"

"Autoplay off"

"Autoplay on"

"Connections"

"Pause"

"Play"

"Play album <name>"

1,2

"Play all"

"Play artist <name>"1,2

"Play genre <name>"1,2

"Play next folder"3

"Play next track"

"USB"

"Play playlist <name>"1,2

"Play previous folder"3

"Play previous track"

"Play song <name>"1,2

"Play track <name>"1,2

"Refine album <name>"1,2

"Refine artist <name>"

1,2

"Refine song <name>"1,2

"Refine track <name>"1,2

"Repeat off"

"Repeat on"

"Search album <name>"1,2

"Search artist <name>"1,2

"Search genre <name>"1,2

"Search song <name>"1,2

"Search track <name>"1,2

"Shuffle off"

"Shuffle on"

346

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


"USB"

"Similar music"

"What's playing?"

1 <name> is a dynamic listing, meaning thatit could be the name of anything, such asa group, artist or song.2

This voice command is not available untilindexing is complete.3 This voice command is only available in

folder mode.

Voice command guide

Turn autoplay on to listen to music processed duringindexing. Turn autoplay off to allow the indexing process

to finish before the system plays any of your music.*

"Autoplay"

The system searches all the data from your indexed musicand, if available, begins to play the chosen type of music.You can only play genres of music that are present in theGENRE metadata tags that you have on your digital mediaplayer.

"Search genre" or "Playgenre"

The system compiles a playlist and then plays musicsimilar to what is currently playing from the USB port usingindexed metadata information.

"Similar music"

The system searches for specific artist, track or album

information from the music indexed through the USB port.

"Search" or "Play" artist,

track or albumThis allows you to make your previous command morespecific. For example, if you asked to search and play allmusic by a certain artist, you could then say, "Refinealbum" and choose a specific album from the list to view.If you then select Play, the system only plays music fromthat specific album.

"Refine"

*Indexing times can vary from device to device and with regard to the number of songs

the system needs to process.

Press the voice icon. When prompted, say,"Bluetooth audio", then any of thefollowing:

"BLUETOOTH AUDIO"

"Connections"

"Pause"

"Play"

"Play next track"


347

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Media Menu Features

The media menu allows you to select yourmedia source, how to play your music

(such as by artist, genre, shuffle or repeat),

and also to add, connect or delete devices.


2. Scroll to cycle through:


Play your music by artist, album, genre, playlist, track,similar music or play all music. You can also choose toExplore USB to view the supported digital music files onyour playing device.

Play Menu

Select and play music from your USB port, auxiliary inputjack (line in) or stream music from your Bluetooth-enabled

phone.

Select Source

SYNC USB: Press OK to access music plugged into yourUSB port. You can also plug in devices to charge them (ifsupported by your device). Once connected, the system

indexes any readable media files.1

Bluetooth Audio: This is a phone-dependent feature thatallows you to stream music playing on your Bluetooth-enabled phone. If supported by your device, you can pressSEEK to play the previous or next track.

SYNC Line In: Press OK to select and play music from yourportable music player over your vehicle's speakers.

2

Choose to shuffle or repeat your music and select yourAutoplay settings. Once you turn these selections on, theyremain on until you turn them off. Press SEEK to play the

previous or next track.3

Media Settings

Shuffle: Press OK to shuffle available media files in thecurrent playlist. To shuffle all media tracks, you must selectPlay All in the play menu and then select Shuffle.

Repeat: Press OK to repeat any song.

Autoplay: Turn autoplay on to listen to music processedduring indexing. Turn autoplay off to allow the indexingprocess to finish before the system plays any of your

music.4

Interact with SYNC-capable mobile applications on yoursmartphone.

Mobile Apps

348

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014



Access Bluetooth Device menu listings (Add, Connect, Setas Primary, On and Off, Delete) as well as Advanced menulistings (prompts, languages, defaults, master reset, installapplication and system information).

System Settings

Press OK to exit the media menu.Exit Media Menu

1The time required to complete this depends on the size of the media the system needsto index. If autoplay is on, you can listen to media processed during indexing. If autoplayis off, you cannot listen to music until the system finishes indexing media. SYNC is capableof indexing thousands of average size media and notifies you if it reaches the maximumindexing file size.2If you have already connected a device to the USB port, you cannot access the line in

feature. Some digital media players require both USB and line in ports to stream dataand music separately.3Some digital media players require both USB and line in ports to stream data and music

separately4Indexing times can vary from device to device and with regard to the number of songs

the system needs to process.

Accessing Your Play Menu

This menu allows you to select and playyour media by artist, album, genre, playlist,track, similar music or even to explore whatis on your USB device.

Note: If your digital media player has a power switch, make sure you switch it on before plugging it in.


2. Scroll to Play. Press OK.If there are no media files to access, thedisplay indicates there is no media. If thereare media files, you have the followingoptions:


Play all indexed media (tracks) from your playing device

in flat file mode, one at a time in numerical order.

Play All

Press OK to select. The first track title appears in thedisplay.

Sort all indexed media by artist. Once selected, the systemlists and then play all artists and tracks alphabetically. Ifthere are fewer than 255 indexed artists, the system liststhem alphabetically in flat file mode. If there are morethan 255, the system categorizes them alphabetically.

Artists

349

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014



1. Press OK to select. You can select to play All Artists orany indexed artist.2. Scroll to choose the desired artist. Press OK.

Sort all indexed media by albums. If there are fewer than255 indexed albums, the system lists them alphabeticallyin flat file mode. If there are more than 255, the systemcategorizes them alphabetically.

Albums

1. Press OK to enter the album menu and select fromplaying all albums or from any individual indexed album.2. Scroll to choose the desired album. Press OK.

Sort indexed music by genre (category) type. SYNC liststhe genres alphabetically in flat file mode. If there are morethan 255, the system categorizes them alphabetically.

Genres

1. Press OK to select.2. Scroll to select the desired genre. Press OK.

Access your playlists (from formats, such as .ASX, .M3U,.WPL or .MTP). The system lists your playlists alphabetic-ally in flat-file mode. If there are more than 255, the systemcategorizes them alphabetically.

Playlists

1. Press OK to select.2. Scroll to select the desired playlist. Press OK.

Search for and play a specific indexed track. SYNC listsyour tracks alphabetically in flat file mode. If there aremore than 255, the system categorizes them alphabetic-ally.

Tracks

1. Press OK to select.2. Scroll to select the desired track. Press OK.

Explore all supported digital media on your media deviceconnected to the USB port. You can only view mediacontent which is compatible with SYNC; other files savedare not visible.

Explore USB

1. Press OK to select.

2. Scroll to explore indexed media on your flash drive.

Play music similar to what is currently playing from theUSB port. The system uses the metadata information ofeach song to compile a playlist for you.

Similar Music*

350

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014



Press OK to select. The system creates a new list of similarsongs and begins playing. This feature does not includetracks with incomplete metadata information.


*With certain playing devices, if your metadata tags are not populated, the tracks are not

available in voice recognition, play menu or similar music. However, if you place thesetracks onto your playing device in "Mass Storage Device Mode", they are available in voicerecognition, play menu browsing and similar music. The system places Unknown itemsinto any unpopulated metadata tag.

System SettingsBluetooth Devices

The Bluetooth Devices menu allows youto add, connect and delete a device as turnthe Bluetooth feature on and off.

1. Press AUX and then MENU to enter

the media menu.2. Scroll to System Settings. Press OK.



Pair more devices to the system.Add Bluetooth Device*

1. Press OK to select and press OK again when Find SYNC

appears in the display.2. Follow the directions in your phone's manual to put yourphone into discovery mode. A six-digit PIN appears in thedisplay.3. When prompted on your phone's six-digit display, enterthe PIN.

Connect a previously paired Bluetooth-enabled device.Connect Bluetooth Device1. Press OK to select and view a list of previously paireddevices.2. Scroll until you find the desired device, and then pressOK to connect the device.

Turn the Bluetooth feature on and off.**Set Bluetooth

1. Press OK and scroll to toggle between On and Off.2. Make a selection, and then press OK.

Delete a paired media device.Delete Device1. Press OK and scroll to select the device.2. Press OK to confirm.

Delete all previously paired devices.Delete All Devices

351

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014



Press OK to select.

Exit the current menu.Return*This is a speed-dependent feature.

**Setting Bluetooth to off disconnects all Bluetooth devices and turns off all Bluetooth

features.

Advanced

The Advanced menu allows you to accessand set prompts, languages, defaults and

perform a master reset.



3. Scroll to Advanced. Press OK.


Have SYNC guide you by asking questions, helpful hintsor ask you for a specific action.

Prompts

1. Press OK to select and scroll to select between on oroff.2. Press OK when the desired selection appears in thedisplay. SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu.

Choose from English, Français or Español. The displays

and prompts are in the selected language.

Languages

1. Press OK to select and then scroll through the languages.2. Press OK when the desired selection appears in thedisplay.3. If you change the language setting, the display indicatesthat the system is updating. When complete, SYNC takesyou back to the Advanced menu.

Return to the factory default settings. This selection doesnot erase your indexed information (phonebook, callhistory, text messages and paired devices).

Factory Defaults

1. Press OK to select.2. Press OK again when Restore Defaults? appears inthe display.3. Press OK to confirm.

352

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014



Completely erase all information stored on SYNC (allphonebook, call history, text messages and all paireddevices) and return to the factory default settings.

Master Reset

Download new software applications (if available) andthen load the desired applications through your USB port.See the web site for more information.

Application


SYNC™ TROUBLESHOOTING

Your SYNC system is easy to use. However,should questions arise, see the tablesbelow.

Use the website at any time to check yourphone's compatibility, register youraccount and set preferences as well as

access a customer representative via anonline chat (during certain hours). Visitwww.SYNCMyRide.com,www.SYNCMyRide.ca orwww.syncmaroute.ca for moreinformation.

Phone issues

Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue

Review your phone's manual

about audio adjustments.

The audio control settings

on your phone may beaffecting SYNC perform-ance.

There is excessive back-

ground noise during a phonecall.

Try turning off the device,resetting the device,removing the device'sbattery, then trying again.

This may be a possiblephone malfunction.

During a call, I can hear theother person but theycannot hear me.

Go to the website to reviewyour phone's compatibility.

This is a phone-dependentfeature.

SYNC is not able to down-load my phonebook.

Try turning off the device,resetting the device orremoving the device'sbattery, then trying again.


Try pushing your phonebookcontacts to SYNC by usingthe Add Contacts feature.Use the SYNCmyphonefeature available on thewebsite.

353

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Phone issues


Try pushing your phonebookcontacts to SYNC by usingthe Add Contacts feature.

This may be a limitation onyour phone's capability.

The system says PhonebookDownloaded but thephonebook in SYNC isempty or missing contacts. If the missing contacts are

stored on your SIM card, trymoving them to the devicememory.Remove any pictures orspecial ring tones associ-ated with the missingcontact.

Depending upon your phone,you may have to grant SYNCpermission to access yourphonebook contacts. Makesure to confirm whenprompted by your phoneduring the phonebookdownload.



I am having troubleconnecting my phone toSYNC. Try turning off the device,

resetting the device orremoving the device'sbattery, then trying again.

This may be a possible

phone malfunction.

Try deleting your devicefrom SYNC, deleting SYNCfrom your device and tryingagain.Check the security and autoaccept and prompt alwayssettings relative to the SYNCBluetooth connection on

your phone.Update your device's firm-ware.Turn off the Auto phone-book download setting.



Text messaging is notworking on SYNC.

354

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Phone issues


Try turning off the device,resetting the device orremoving the device'sbattery, then trying again.


USB and media issues


Try turning off the device,

resetting the device,removing the device'sbattery, then trying again.

This may be a possible

device malfunction.

I am having trouble

connecting my device.

Make sure you are using themanufacturer's cable.Make sure you insert theUSB cable correctly into thedevice and the USB port.Make sure that the devicedoes not have an auto-install program or activesecurity settings.

Make sure you are notleaving the device in yourvehicle during very hot orcold temperatures.

This is a device limitation.SYNC does not recognizemy device when I turn on thecar.

Review the device compatib-ility chart on the SYNCwebsite to confirm yourphone supports theBluetooth audio streaming

function.

This is a phone-dependentfeature.The device is not connected.

Bluetooth audio does notstream.

Make sure you correctlyconnect the device to SYNC,and that you have pressedplay on your device.

Make sure that all songdetails are populated.

Your music files may notcontain the correct artist,song title, album or genreinformation.

SYNC does not recognizemusic that is on my device.

355

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


USB and media issues


Some devices require you tochange the USB settingsfrom mass storage to MTPclass.

The file may be corrupted.The song may have copy-right protection, which doesnot allow it to play.

Vehicle Health Report and Services (Traffic, Directions and Information) issues


This is a free feature, but you

must first register online touse it.

You did not activate your

account on the website.You may have the wrongVIN (vehicle identificationnumber) listed.

I received a text that I did

not activate Vehicle HealthReport.Make sure that your VIN iscorrectly listed in youraccount.

When you register youraccount, you must choose apreferred dealer. If it alreadylists a dealer, try selectinganother dealer and loggingout. Log back in, change it

back to your preferreddealer, and retrieve thereport.

The preferred dealerinformation did not loadcorrectly.

I am unable to retrieve thereport on the website, or Ireceive a system error.

Update your cellular numberin your account on thewebsite.

This could be due to yourphone's compatibility.Bad signal strength.

I am unable to submit areport.

Make sure you have fullsignal strength and that yourBluetooth volume level hasbeen turned up.

You did not register yourphone correctly on thewebsite.

Make sure the currentlyconnected phone isregistered on yourSYNCMyRide account.Try deleting your phone andperforming a clean pairing.

This is a free feature, but youmust first register online touse it.

You did not activate thisphone for this service.Your phone has ID blockeractive.

I heard a commercial whenI tried to use Traffic, Direc-tions and Information.

356

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Vehicle Health Report and Services (Traffic, Directions and Information) issues


Turn off ID blocker on yourphone as the system recog-nizes you by your phonenumber.Make sure the currentlyconnected phone is thesame one that is registeredon your SYNCMyRideaccount.

Voice command issues


Review the phone voicecommands and the mediavoice commands at thebeginning of their respectivesections.

You may be using the wrongvoice commands.You may be speaking toosoon or at the wrong time.

SYNC does not understandwhat I am saying.

After pressing the voice icon,wait until after the tonesounds and Listeningappears before saying acommand. Any commandspoken before this does notregister with the system.

Review the media voicecommands at the beginningof the media section.

You may be using the wrongvoice commands.You may be saying thename differently than theway you saved it.

SYNC does not understandthe name of a song or artist.

Say the song or artistexactly as listed. If you say"Play Artist Prince", the

system does not play musicby Prince and the Revolutionor Prince and the NewPower Generation.

The system may not be

reading the name the sameway you are saying it.

Make sure you are saying thecomplete title, such as"California remix featuringJennifer Nettles".

357

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Voice command issues


If the song titles are in allCAPS, you have to spellthem. LOLA requires you tosay "L-O-L-A".Do not use special charac-ters in the title. The systemdoes not recognize them.

Review the Phone voicecommands at the beginningof the phone section.

You may be using the wrongvoice commands.You may be saying thename differently than theway you saved it.

SYNC does not understandor is calling the wrongcontact when I want tomake a call. Make sure you are saying the

contacts exactly as they arelisted. For example, if yousave a contact as JoeWilson, say "Call JoeWilson".

The system may not bereading the name the sameway you are saying it.Contacts in your phonebookmay be very short andsimilar, or they may containspecial characters.

Using the SYNC phonemenu, open the phonebookand scroll to the nameSYNC is having troubleunderstanding. SYNC willread the name to you, giving

you some idea of thepronunciation SYNC isexpecting.

Your phonebook contactsmay be in CAPS.

The system works better ifyou list full names, such as"Joe Wilson" rather than"Joe".Do not use special charac-ters, such as 123 or ICE, asthe system does not recog-nize them.

If a contact is in CAPS, youhave to spell it. JAKErequires you to say "Call J-A-K-E".

358

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

SYNC™

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING



PhoneA

Navigation (or Information if your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation)B

Climate (or Settings, if your vehicle is equipped with manual climate control)CSettings (if your vehicle is equipped with automatic climate control)D

HomeE

InformationF

EntertainmentG

359

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


This system uses a four-corner strategy toprovide quick access to several vehiclefeatures and settings. The touchscreenprovides easy interaction with your cellular

phone, multimedia, climate control andnavigation system. The corners display anyactive modes within those menus, such asphone status or the climate temperature.

Note: Some features are not available while your vehicle is moving.

Note: Your system is equipped with afeature that allows you to access and control audio features for 30 minutes after you switch the ignition off (and no doors

open).PHONE

Press to select any of the following:

• Phone

• Quick Dial

• Phonebook

• History

• Messaging

• Settings

NAVIGATION


• My Home

• Favorites

• Previous Destinations

• Point of Interest

• Emergency

• Street Address

• Intersection

• City Center

• Map

• Edit Route

• Cancel Route

CLIMATE


• Driver Settings

• Recirculated Air

• Auto• Dual

• Passenger Settings

• A/C

• Defrost

SETTINGS


• Clock• Display

• Sound

• Vehicle

• Settings

• Help

HOME

Press to access your home

screen. Depending on yourvehicle’s option package and software,your screens may vary in appearance fromthe descriptions in this section. Yourfeatures may also be limited depending onyour market. Check with an authorizeddealer for availability.

INFORMATION


• Services

• Travel Link

• Alerts

• Calendar

• Apps

ENTERTAINMENT

360

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014



• AM

• FM

• SIRIUS• CD

• USB

• BT Stereo

• SD Card

• A/V In

Using the Touch-SensitiveControls on Your System

To turn a feature on and off, just touch thegraphic with your finger. To get the bestperformance from the touch-sensitivecontrols:

• Do not press hard on the controls. Theyare sensitive to light touch.

• Use your bare finger to touch the centerof a touch-control graphic. Touchingoff-center of the graphic may affectoperation of a nearby control.

•Make sure your hands are clean anddry.

• Since the touchscreen operates basedon the touch of a finger, you may havetrouble using it if you are wearinggloves.

• Keep metal and other conductivematerial away from the surface of thetouchscreen as this may causeelectronic interference (for example,inadvertently turning on a feature other

than the one you meant to turn on).

Cleaning the Touchscreen Display

Use a clean, soft cloth such as one usedfor cleaning glasses. If dirt or fingerprintsare still visible, apply a small amount ofalcohol to the cloth. Do not pour or sprayalcohol onto the display. Do not usedetergent or any type of solvent to cleanthe display.

Using Your Bezel Controls

Depending on your vehicle and optionpackage, you may also have these controls

on your bezel:• Power: Switch the media or climate

features off and on.

• VOL: Control the volume of playingmedia.

• Temperature, fan and climate controlbuttons: Control the temperature, fanspeed or settings of the climate controlsystem.

• Seek and Tune buttons: Use as you

normally would in media modes.• Eject: Eject a CD from the

entertainment system.

• SOURCE: Touch the word repeatedlyto see all available media modes. Thescreen does not change, but you seethe media change in the lower leftstatus bar.

• MEDIA: Touch the word to access theSound menu where you can adjust

settings such as: Bass, Treble,Midrange, Balance and Fade, DSP(Digital Signal Processing), OccupancyMode and Speed CompensatedVolume. (Your vehicle may not haveall of these sound options.)

• Hazard flasher: Switch the hazardflashers off and on.

Using Your Steering WheelControls

Depending on your vehicle and optionpackage, you can use your steering wheelcontrols to interact with the touchscreensystem. See Steering Wheel (page 65).

Support

The SYNC support team is available tohelp you with any questions you are notable to answer on your own.

361

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Monday-Saturday, 8:30am-9:00pm EST.

Sunday, 10:30am-7:30pm EST.

In the United States, call: 1-800-392-3673.

In Canada, call: 1-800-565-3673.

Times are subject to change due toholidays.

Safety Information

WARNING


you use extreme caution when using anydevice that may take your focus off theroad. Your primary responsibility is the safeoperation of your vehicle. We recommendagainst the use of any hand-held devicewhile driving and encourage the use ofvoice-operated systems when possible.Make sure you are aware of all applicablelocal laws that may affect the use ofelectronic devices while driving.

• Do not attempt to service or repair thesystem. See an authorized dealer.

• Do not operate playing devices if thepower cords or cables are broken, splitor damaged. Place cords and cablesout of the way, so they do not interferewith the operation of pedals, seats,compartments or safe driving abilities.

• Do not leave playing devices in yourvehicle during extreme conditions as itcould cause them damage. See yourdevice's user guide for further

information.• For your safety, some SYNC functions

are speed-dependent. Their use islimited to when your vehicle is travelingat speeds under 3 mph (5 km/h).

Make sure that you review your device'smanual before using it with SYNC.

Speed-restricted Features

Some features of this system may be toodifficult to use while your vehicle is movingso they are restricted from use unless yourvehicle is stationary.

• Screens crowded with information,such as Point of Interest reviews andratings, SIRIUS Travel Link sportsscores, movie times or ski conditions.

• Any action that requires you to use akeyboard is restricted, such as enteringa navigation destination or editing

information.• All lists are limited so the user can view

fewer entries (such as phone contactsor recent phone call entries).

See the following chart for more specificexamples.

Restricted features

Pairing a Bluetooth phoneCellular Phone

Adding phonebook contacts or uploading phonebookcontacts (from a USB)

List entries are limited for phone contacts and recentphone call entries

Editing the keypad codeSystem Functionality

Enabling Valet Mode

362

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Restricted features

Editing settings while the rear view camera or active parkassist are active

Editing wireless settingsWi-Fi and Wireless

Editing the list of wireless networks

Playing videoVideos, Photos and Graphics

Editing the screen's wallpaper or adding new wallpaper

Composing text messagesText Messages

Viewing received text messages

Editing preset text messages

Using the keyboard to enter a destinationNavigation

Demo navigation route

Adding or editing Address Book entries or Avoid Areas

Privacy Information

When you connect a cellular phone to

SYNC, the system creates a profile withinyour vehicle that links to that cellularphone. This profile helps in offering youmore cellular features and operating moreefficiently. Among other things, this profilemay contain data about your cellularphone book, text messages (read andunread), and call history, including historyof calls when your cell phone was notconnected to the system. In addition, if youconnect a media device, the systemcreates and retains an index of supportedmedia content. The system also records ashort development log of approximately10 minutes of all recent system activity.The log profile and other system data maybe used to improve the system and helpdiagnose any problems that may occur.

The cellular profile, media device index,and development log remain in yourvehicle unless you delete them and aregenerally accessible only in your vehicle

when the cellular phone or media playeris connected. If you no longer plan to usethe system or your vehicle, we recommendyou perform a Master Reset to erase allstored information.

System data cannot be accessed withoutspecial equipment and access to yourvehicle's SYNC module. Ford MotorCompany and Ford of Canada do notaccess the system data for any purposeother than as described absent consent, acourt order, or where required by lawenforcement, other governmentauthorities, or other third parties actingwith lawful authority. Other parties mayseek to access the informationindependently of Ford Motor Company andFord of Canada. For further privacyinformation, see the sections on 911 Assist,Vehicle Health Report, and Traffic,Directions and Information.

363

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Using Voice Recognition

This system helps you control manyfeatures using voice commands. This

allows you to keep your hands on thewheel and focus on what is in front of you.The system provides feedback throughaudible tones, prompts, questions andspoken confirmations depending on thesituation and the chosen level ofinteraction (voice settings).

The system also asks short questions(confirmation prompts) when it is not sureof your request or when there are multiplepossible responses to your request.

When using voice commands, words andicons may appear in the lower left statusbar indicating the status of the voicesession (such as Listening, Success, Failed,Paused or Try Again).

How to Use Voice Commands with YourSystem

Press the voice icon. After thetone, speak your command

clearly.

These commands can be said at any timeduring a voice session

"Cancel"

"Exit"

"Go back"

"List of commands"

"Main menu"

"Next page"

"Previous page"

"What can I say?"

"Help"

What Can I Say?

To access the available voice commandsfor the current session, do one of the

following:• During a voice session, press the Help

icon (?) in the lower left status bar ofthe screen.

• Say, "What can I say?" for anon-screen listing of the possible voicecommands associated with yourcurrent voice session.

• Press the voice icon. After the tone, say,"Help" to hear a list of possible voicecommands.

Helpful Hints

• Make sure the interior of your vehicle isas quiet as possible. Wind noise fromopen windows and road vibrations mayprevent the system from correctlyrecognizing spoken commands.

• After pressing the voice icon, wait untilafter the tone sounds and Listeningappears before saying a command. Any

command spoken prior to this does notregister with the system.

• Speak naturally, without long pausesbetween words.

• At any time, you can interrupt thesystem while it is speaking by pressingthe voice icon.

Accessing a List of Available Commands

• If you use the touchscreen, press the

Settings icon > Help > VoiceCommand List.

• If you use the steering wheel control,press the voice icon. After the tone,speak your command clearly.

364

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Available voice commands

"Audio list of commands"

"Bluetooth audio list of commands"

"Browse list of commands"

"CD list of commands"

"Climate control list of commands"

"List of commands"

"Navigation list of commands"*

"Phone list of commands"

"Radio list of commands"

"SD card list of commands"

"Sirius satellite list of commands"**

"Travel link list of commands"*

"USB list of commands"

"Voice instructions list of commands"

"Voice settings list of commands"

"Help"

* This command is only available when

your vehicle is equipped with thenavigation system, and the navigationsystem SD card is in the card slot.**

This command is only available when

you have an active SIRIUS satellite radiosubscription.

Voice Settings

Voice settings allow you to customize thelevel of system interaction, help andfeedback. The system defaults to standardinteraction that uses candidate lists andconfirmation prompts as these provide thehighest level of guidance and feedback.

• Interaction Mode: Novice modeprovides detailed interaction andguidance while the advanced modehas less audible interaction and more

tone prompts.• Confirmation Prompts: The system

uses these short questions to confirmyour voice request. If turned off, thesystem simply makes a best guess asto what you requested. The systemmay still occasionally ask you toconfirm settings.

• Phone and Media Candidate Lists:Candidate lists are lists of possible

results from your voice commands. Thesystem creates these lists when it hasthe same confidence level of severaloptions based on your voice command.

To access these settings using thetouchscreen:

1. Press the Settings icon > Settings >Voice Control.

2. Select from:

• Interaction Mode

• Confirmation Prompts

• Media Candidate Lists

• Phone Candidate Lists

• Voice Control Volume.

To access these settings using voicecommands:

1. Press the voice icon. Wait for theprompt "Please say a command".Another tone sounds to let you know

the system is listening.2. Say any of the following commands:

Voice settings using voice commands

"Confirmation prompts off"

"Confirmation prompts on"

"Interaction mode advanced"

365

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Voice settings using voice commands

"Interaction mode novice"

"Media candidate lists off"

"Media candidate lists on"

"Phone candidate lists off"

"Phone candidate lists on"

"Help"

Using Voice Commands with theTouchscreen Options

Your voice system has a dual mode feature

which allows you to switch between usingvoice commands and making on-screenselections. This is available only when thesystem displays a list of candidatesgenerated during a voice session. Forexample, when entering in a street addressor trying to call a contact from the phoneyou paired to the system.

SETTINGS

ClockA

DisplayBSoundC

VehicleD

SettingsE

HelpF

366

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Under this menu, you can setyour clock, access and adjust thedisplay, sound and vehicle

settings as well as access settings for

specific modes or the help feature.

Clock

Note: You cannot manually set the date.Your vehicle’ s GPS does this for you.

Note: If the battery has been disconnected, your vehicle needs to acquire a GPS signalto update the clock. Once your vehicle acquires the signal, it may take a few minutes for the update to display the correcttime.

1. Press the Settings icon > Clock.

2. Press + and - to adjust the time.

From this screen, you can also make otheradjustments such as 12-hour or 24-hourmode, activate GPS time synchronization

and have the system automatically updatenew time zones.

You can also turn the outside airtemperature display off and on. It appearsat the top center of the touchscreen, nextto the time and date.

The system automatically saves anyupdates you make to the settings.

Display

You can adjust the touchscreen displaythrough the touchscreen or by pressing thevoice button on your steering wheelcontrols and when prompted, say, "Displaysettings".

Press the Settings icon >Display , to access and makeadjustments using the

touchscreen.

• Brightness allows you to make thescreen display brighter or dimmer.

• Auto DIM, when set to On, lets you use

the Auto Dim Manual Offset feature.When set to Off, screen brightnessdoes not change.

• Mode allows you to set the screen toa certain brightness or have the systemautomatically change based on theoutside light level, or turn the displayoff.

• If you select AUTO or NIGHT, youhave the options of turning thedisplay's Auto Dim feature on or off

and changing the Auto Dim ManualOffset feature.

• Auto Dim Manual Offset allows youto adjust screen dimming as theoutside lighting conditions change fromday to night. This feature also allowsyou to adjust screen brightness usingthe instrument panel dimming control.

• Edit Wallpaper

• You can have your touchscreen

display the default photo or uploadyour own.

Uploading Photos for Your HomeScreen Wallpaper

Note: You cannot load photos directly from your camera. You must access the photoseither from your USB mass storage deviceor from an SD card.

Note: Photographs with extremely largedimensions (such as 2048 x 1536) may not be compatible and appear as a blank(black) image on the display.

Your system allows you to upload and viewup to 32 photos.

To access, press the Settingsicon > Display > EditWallpaper, and then follow the

system prompts to upload yourphotographs.

367

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Only the photograph(s), which meets thefollowing conditions, display:

• Compatible file formats are as follows:

.jpg, .gif, .png, .bmp• Each file must be 1.5 MB or less.

• Recommended dimensions: 800 x 384

Sound

Press the Settings icon > Sound,then select from the following:

Sound

Bass

Midrange

Treble

Set Balance and Fade

DSP*

Occupancy Mode*

Speed Compensated Volume* Your vehicle may not have these sound

settings.

Vehicle

Press the Settings icon >Vehicle, then select from thefollowing:

• Vehicle Health Report

• Rear View Camera

• Enable Valet Mode.

Vehicle Health Report

Turn Automatic Reminders on and offand set the mileage interval at which youwould like to receive the reports. Press ?for more information on these selections.

When done making your selections, pressRun Vehicle Health Report Now if youwant your report.

You can find more information on VehicleHealth Report in this chapter. SeeInformation (page 399).

Rear View Camera

This menu allows you to access settingsfor your rear view camera.

Press the Settings icon >Vehicle > Rear View Camera,then select from the following

settings:

• Rear Camera Delay

• Visual Park Aid Alert

• Guidelines.

You can find more information on the rearview camera in another chapter. See RearView Camera (page 173).

Enable Valet Mode

Valet mode allows you to lock the system.No information is accessible until thesystem is unlocked with the correct PIN.You can create your own four-digit PIN tolock and unlock the system.

1. Press the Settings icon > Vehicle >Enable Valet Mode.

2. When prompted, enter a four-digit PIN.

After you press Continue, the system locksuntil you enter the PIN again.

Note: If the system locks, and you need to reset the PIN, enter 3681 and the systemunlocks.

368

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Settings

Access and adjust system settings, voicefeatures, as well as phone, navigation and

wireless settings.

System

Press the Settings icon >Settings > System, then select

from the following:

System

Select to have the touchscreen display in English, Spanishor French.

Language

Select to display units in kilometers or miles.Distance

Select to display units in Celsius or Fahrenheit.Temperature

Adjust the volume of voice prompts from the system.System Prompt Volume

Select to have the system beep to confirm choices madethrough the touchscreen.

Touch Screen Button Beep

Select to have the system beep to confirm button choicesmade through the climate or audio system.

Touch Panel Button Beep

Have the touchscreen keyboard display in QWERTY orABC format.

Keyboard Layout

Install any downloaded applications or view the currentsoftware licenses.

Install Applications

Select to restore factory defaults. This erases all personalsettings and personal data.

Master Reset

Voice Control

Press the Settings icon >Settings > Voice Control, thenselect from the following:

369

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Voice control

Standard interaction mode provides more detailed inter-

action and guidance. Advanced mode has less audibleinteraction and more tone prompts.

Interaction Mode

Have the system ask you short questions if it has not

clearly heard or understood your request.*

Confirmation Prompts

Candidate lists are possible results from your voicecommands. The system simply makes a best guess atyour request with these turned off.

Media Candidate Lists

Candidate lists are possible results from your voicecommands. The system simply makes a best guess atyour request with these turned off.

Phone Candidate Lists

This allows you to adjust the system’s voice volume level.Voice Control Volume

* Even with confirmation prompts turned off, the system may occasionally ask you to

confirm settings

Media Player

Press the Settings icon >Settings > Media Player, then

select from the following:

Media player

When this feature is on, the system automatically switchesto the media source upon initial connection. This allowsyou to listen to music during the indexing process. Whenthis feature is off, the system does not automaticallyswitch to the inserted media source.

Autoplay

Select to connect, disconnect, add or delete a device. You

can also set a device as your favorite so that the systemautomatically attempts to connect to that device at everyignition cycle.

Bluetooth Devices

When this feature is on, the system automatically indexesmedia on your connected Bluetooth device.

Index Bluetooth AudioDevices

370

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Media player

This allows you to view the version level of the GracenoteDatabase.

Gracenote Database Info

With this feature on, the Gracenote Database suppliesmetadata information for your music files. This overridesinformation from your device. This feature defaults to off.

Gracenote Mgmt

With this feature on, the Gracenote Database suppliedcover art for your music files. This overrides any art fromyour device. This feature defaults to Media Player.

Cover Art Priority

Navigation

Press the Settings icon >Settings > Navigation, thenselect from the following:

Navigation

Turn breadcrumbs on and off.Map Preferences

Have the system display your turn list top to bottom orbottom to top.

Turn the Parking POI notification on and off.

Choose to have the system display the Shortest, Fastestor most Ecological route first. If you set Always UsePreferred Route to Yes, the system uses the selectedroute type to calculate only one route to the desireddestination. Always Use Preferred Route bypasses routeselection in destination programming. The system onlycalculates one route based on the preferred route setting.Eco Time Penalty allows you to select a low, medium orhigh cost for the calculated Eco Route. The higher thesetting, the longer the time allotment is for the route.

Route Preferences

Have the system avoid freeways.

Have the system avoid tollroads.

Have the system avoid ferries or car trains.

Have the system use HOV (high-occupancy vehicle) lanes.

Have the system use guidance prompts.Navigation Preferences

371

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Navigation

Have the system automatically fill-in State/Provinceinformation.

Have the system display areas where roadwork occurs.Traffic Preferences

Have the system display incident icons.

Have the system display areas where difficult drivingconditions may occur.

Have the system display areas where snow and ice on theroad may occur.

Have the system display any smog alerts.

Have the system display weather warnings.

Have the system display where there may be reducedvisibility.

Have the system turn on your radio for traffic announce-ments.

Enter specific areas that you would like to avoid onplanned navigation routes.

Avoid Areas

Phone

Press the Settings icon >Settings > Phone, then selectfrom the following:

Phone

Connect, disconnect, add or delete a device, as well assave it as a favorite.

Bluetooth Devices

Turn Bluetooth on and off.Bluetooth

Have all calls go directly to your voice mail and not ringinside your vehicle. With this feature turned on, textmessage notifications are also suppressed and do not ringinside your vehicle.

Do Not Disturb

Turn on or turn off the 911 Assist feature. See Information(page 399).

911 Assist

372

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Phone

Select the type of notification for phone calls - ring tone,beep, text to speech, or have it be silent.

Phone Ringer

Select the type of notification for text messages - alerttone, beep, text to speech, or have it be silent.

Text Message Notification

If compatible with your phone, you can adjust your internetdata connection. Select to make your connection profilewith the personal area network or to turn off yourconnection. You can also choose to adjust your settingsor have the system always connect, never connect whenroaming or query on connect. Press ? for more information.

Internet Data Connection

Access features, such as automatic phonebook download,

re-download your phonebook, add contacts from yourphone as well as delete or upload your phonebook.

Manage Phonebook

Have the system alert you when in Roaming mode.Roaming Warning

Wireless & Internet

Your system has a Wi-Fi feature thatcreates a wireless network within yourvehicle, thereby allowing other devices(such as personal computers or phones)in your vehicle to speak to each other,share files or play games. Using this Wi-Fi

feature, everyone in your vehicle can alsogain access the internet if you have a USBmobile broadband connection inside yourvehicle, your phone supports personal areanetworking and if you park outside awireless hotspot.

Press the Settings icon >Settings > Wireless &Internet, then select from the

following:

373

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Wi-fi

Wi-Fi Network (Client) Mode turns the Wi-Fi feature on

and off in your vehicle. Make sure you turn it on forconnectivity purposes.

Wi-Fi Settings

Choose a Wireless Network allows you to use a previ-ously stored wireless network. You can categorize byalphabetical listing, priority and signal strength. You canalso choose to search for a network, connect to a network,disconnect from a network, receive more information,prioritize a network or delete a network.

Gateway (Access Point) Mode makes SYNC an accesspoint for a phone or a computer when turned on. Thisforms the local area network within your vehicle for things,such as game playing, file transfer and internet browsing.Press ? for more information.

Gateway (Access Point) Settings allows you to viewand change settings for using SYNC as the internetgateway.

Gateway (Access Point) Device List allows you to viewrecent connections to your Wi-Fi system.

Instead of using Wi-Fi, your system can also use a USBmobile broadband connection to access the internet. (Youmust turn on your mobile broadband device on yourpersonal computer before connecting it to the system.)This screen allows you to set up what is your typical areafor your USB mobile broadband connection. (USB mobilebroadband settings may not display if the device is alreadyon.) You can select the following: Country, Carrier, PhoneNumber, User Name and Password.

USB Mobile Broadband

Shows you the currently paired devices as well as givingyou your typical Bluetooth options to connect, disconnect,

set as favorite, delete and add device. Bluetooth is aregistered trademark of the Bluetooth SIG.

Bluetooth Settings

Choose your connection methods and change them asneeded. You can select to Change Order and have thesystem either always attempt to connect using a USBmobile broadband or using Wi-Fi.

Prioritize ConnectionMethods

374

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


TheWi-Fi

CERTIFIED Logo is a certification mark ofthe Wi-Fi Alliance.

HelpPress the Settings icon > Help,then select from the following:

Help

View your vehicle's current location, if your vehicle isequipped with navigation. If your vehicle is not equippedwith navigation, you do not see this button.

Where Am I?

Touchscreen system serial numberSystem InformationYour vehicle identification number (VIN)

Touchscreen system software version

Navigation system version

Map database version

Sirius satellite radio ESN

Gracenote Database Information and Library version

View the licenses for any software and applicationsinstalled on your system.

Software Licenses

Certain features are not accessible when your vehicle ismoving.

Driving Restrictions

Turn on and turn off the 911 Assist feature. See Informa-tion (page 399).

911 Assist

In Case of Emergency (ICE) Quick Dial: allows you tosave up to two numbers as ICE contacts for quick accessif there is an emergency. Select Edit to access your

phonebook and then select the desired contacts. Thenumbers then appear as options on this screen for the ICE1 and ICE 2 buttons. The ICE contacts you select appearat the end of the 911 Assist call process.

View categorized lists of voice commands.Voice Command List

375

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


To access Help using the voice commands,press the voice button, then, after the tone,

say "Help". The system provides allowablevoice commands for the current mode.

ENTERTAINMENT

AM 1 and AM ASTA

FM 1, FM 2 and FM ASTB

SIRIUSC

CDD

USBE

Touch this button to scroll down for more options, such as SD Card, BT Stereoand A/V In

F

These buttons change with the media mode you are in.G

Radio memory presets and CD controls.H

Note: Some features may not be availablein your area. Contact an authorized dealer for more information.

You can access these options using thetouchscreen or voice commands.

Browsing Device Content

When listening to audio on a device, youcan browse through other devices withouthaving to change sources. For example, ifyou are currently listening to audio on anSD card, you can browse all the artists thatare stored on your USB device.

376

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Press the voice icon on thesteering wheel. When prompted,you can say:

"BROWSE" within devices

"Browse"*

"Browse <league> games"**

"Browse <Sirius category> channels"**

"Browse SD card"

"Browse Sirius channel guide"

**

"Browse USB"

"Help"

* If you only say, "Browse", you can then

say any commands in the following chart.**

This command is only usable if you havean active subscription to SIRIUS satelliteradio.

"BROWSE"

"<League> Games"*

"<Sirius category> channels"*

"SD card"**

"Sirius Channel Guide"*

"USB"**

"Help"

* This command is only usable if you have

an active subscription to SIRIUS satelliteradio.**

For more commands in SD card or USBmode, see the "SD Card and USB Port"section of this chapter.

Your voice system allows you to changeaudio sources with a simple voicecommand. For example, if you are listeningto music on a USB device, then want to

switch to a satellite radio channel, simplypress the voice button on the steeringwheel controls and say the name of theSIRIUS station (such as, "the Highway").The following voice commands areavailable at the top level of the voicesession no matter which current audiosource you are listening to (such as a USBdevice or SIRIUS satellite radio).

Note: This is only available when your MyFord Touch system language is set toNorth American English.

Sample commands

"<87.9-107.9>"

"<530-1710>"

"<Channel name>"*

"AM <530-1710>"

"FM <87.9-107.9>"

"Play [album] <name>"**

"Play [artist] <name>"**

"Play [genre] <name>"**

"Play [playlist] <name>"**

"Play [song] <name>"**

"Play <name>"

"Play <name (song or album)> by <artistname>"

377

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Direct Tune

Touch this button to manually enter thedesired station number. Touch Enter when

you are done.

HD Radio™ Information (If Available)

Note: HD Radio broadcasts are not available in all markets.

HD Radio technology is the digitalevolution of analog AM/FM radio. Yoursystem has a special receiver that allowsit to receive digital broadcasts (whereavailable) in addition to the analog

broadcasts, it already receives. Digitalbroadcasts provide a better sound qualitythan analog broadcasts with free,crystal-clear audio and no static ordistortion. For more information, and aguide to available stations andprogramming, please visitwww.hdradio.com.

When HD Radio is on and you tune to astation broadcasting HD Radio technology,you may notice the following indicators on

your screen:

The HD Radio logo either blinks when

acquiring a digital station, and then stayssolid when digital audio is playing, or is greywhen acquiring a digital station, and thenchanges to orange when digital audio isplaying. When this logo is available, youmay also see Title and Artist fieldson-screen.

The multicast indicator appears in FMmode (only) if the current station isbroadcasting multiple digital broadcasts.The highlighted numbers signify available

digital channels where new or differentcontent is available. HD1 signifies the mainprogramming status and is available inanalog and digital broadcasts. Othermulticast stations (HD2 through HD7) areonly available digitally.

TAG allows you to save a song todownload later when you are on anacquired HD Radio station and the featureis on. To turn the feature on and use it:

1. Press AM or FM > Options > TAGButton > On.

2. When you hear a song you like, touchTAG.

3. The system automatically saves thesong's information and transfers it toyour portable music player (ifsupported) when you connect it to thesystem. The system automaticallytransfers the tag to your player (ifalready connected) and a pop-upconfirms the transfer.

4. When you access iTunes with yourportable music player, the tags appearto you as a reminder. The systemallows you to tag up to approximately100 songs. For a list of devices thatsupport tagging, seewww.SYNCMyRide.com,www.SYNCMyRide.ca orwww.syncmaroute.ca.

379

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014



• Scan allows you to hear a brief

sampling of all available stations. Thisfeature still works when HD Radioreception is on, although it does notscan for HD2-HD7 channels. You maysee the HD logo appear if the stationhas a digital broadcast.

• Memory presets allow you to save anactive channel as a memory preset.Touch and hold a memory preset slotuntil the sound returns. There is a brief

mute while the radio saves the station.Sound returns when finished. Whenswitching to an HD2 or HD3 memorypreset, the sound mutes before thedigital audio plays, because the systemhas to reacquire the digital signal.

Note: As with any saved radio station, youcannot access the saved station if your vehicle is outside the station’ s reception area.

HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting


If you are listening to a multicast station and you are onthe fringe of the reception area, the station may mute dueto weak signal strength.

Reception area

If you are listening to HD1, the system switches back tothe analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is availableagain. However, if you are listening to any of the possible

HD2-HD7 multicast channels, the station mutes and staysmuted unless it is able to connect to the digital signalagain.

When the system first receives a station (aside from HD2-HD7 multicast stations), it first plays the station in theanalog version. Once the receiver verifies the station is anHD Radio station, it shifts to the digital version. Dependingon the station quality, you may hear a slight sound changewhen the station changes from analog to digital. Blendingis the shift from analog to digital sound or digital back toanalog sound.

Station blending

In order to provide the best possibleexperience, use the contact form to reportany station issues found while listening toa station broadcasting with HD Radiotechnology. Independent entities own andoperate each station. These stations areresponsible for ensuring all audio streamsand data fields are accurate.

380

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Potential station issues

ActionCauseIssues

No action required. This is abroadcast issue.

This is poor time alignmentby the radio broadcaster.

Echo, stutter, skip or repeatin audio.Increase or decrease inaudio volume.

No action required. Thereception issue may clear upas you continue to drive.

The radio is shifting betweenanalog and digital audio.

Sound fading or blending inand out.

No action required. This isnormal behavior. Wait until

the audio is available.

The digital multicast is notavailable until the HD Radio

broadcast is decoded. Oncedecoded, the audio is avail-able.

There is an audio mutedelay when selecting HD2 or

HD3, multicast preset orDirect Tune.

No action required. Thestation is not available inyour current location.

The previously storedmulticast preset or directtune is not available in yourcurrent reception area.

Cannot access HD2 or HD3multicast channel whenrecalling a preset or from adirect tune.


below.

*


Text information does notmatch currently playingaudio.


below.*


There is no text informationshown for currently selectedfrequency.

No action required. This isnormal behavior.

Pressing Scan disablesHD2-HD7 channel search.

HD2-HD7 stations not foundwhen Scan is pressed.

* http://www.ibiquity.com/automotive/report_radio_station_experiences

HD Radio Technology manufactured underlicense from iBiquity Digital Corp. U.S. andforeign patents. HD Radio and the HD andHD Radio logos are proprietary trademarksof iBiquity Digital Corp. Ford MotorCompany and iBiquity Digital Corp. are notresponsible for the content sent using HDRadio technology. Content may bechanged, added or deleted at any time atthe station owner's discretion.

Radio Voice Commands

If you are listening to the radio,press the voice button on thesteering wheel controls. When

prompted, say any of the followingcommands.

If you are not listening to the radio, pressthe voice button and, after the tone, say"Radio", then any of the followingcommands.

381

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


"RADIO"

"<87.9-107.9>"

"<87.9-107.9> HD"1

"<530-1710>"

"AM"

"AM <530-1710>"

"AM autoset"

"AM autoset preset <#>"

"AM preset <#>"

"Browse"2

"FM"

"FM <87.9-107.9>"

"FM <87.9-107.9> HD <#>"1

"FM autoset"

"FM autoset preset <#>"

"FM preset <#>"

"FM 1"

"FM 1 preset <#>"

"FM 2"

"FM 2 preset <#>"

"HD <#>"1

"Preset <#>"

"Radio off"

"Radio on"

"Set PTY"

"RADIO"

"Tune"3

"Help"

1 If available.

2 If you have said "Browse", see the

"Browse" chart later in this section.3 If you have said "Tune", see the following

"Tune" chart.

"TUNE"

"<530-1710>"

"<87.9-107.9>"

"<87.9-107.9> HD <#>"*

"AM"

"AM <530-1710>"

"AM autoset"

"AM autoset preset <#>""AM preset <#>"

"FM"

"FM <87.9-107.9>"

"FM <87.9-107.9> HD <#>"*

"FM autoset"

"FM autoset preset <#>"

"FM preset <#>"

"FM 1"

"FM 1 preset <#>"

"FM 2"

"FM 2 preset <#>"

382

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


"TUNE"

"HD <#>"*

"Preset <#>"

"Help"

* If available.

SIRIUS® Satellite Radio (IfActivated)

Press the lower left corner of thetouchscreen, and then select theSIRIUS tab.

Memory Presets

Save a channel by pressing and holdingone of the memory preset areas. There isa brief mute while the radio saves thechannel. Sound returns when finished.

ALERT

Save the current song, artist, or team as a

favorite. The system alerts you when itplays again on any channel.

Replay

Replay audio on the current channel. Youcan replay approximately 45 minutes ofaudio as long as you have remained tunedto the current station. Changing stationserases the previous audio.

While in replay mode:

•

Press and release the seek buttons tohear the previous or next song.

• Press and hold the seek buttons toreverse or fast forward in the currenttrack.

• Press play or pause to play or pausethe audio.

• Press Replay to return to live audio ifyou have been using the feature toreplay audio.

Scan

Touch this button to hear a brief samplingof channels.

Options

Touch this button to view and adjustvarious media settings.

Sound Settings

Touch this button to adjust settings for:

• Bass

• Midrange

•

Treble• Balance and Fade

• DSP (Digital Signal processing)

• Occupancy Mode

• Speed Compensated Volume.

Note: Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings.

Set Category for Seek/Scan

This allows you to select a category ofmusic you would like to search for. You canthen choose to either seek or scan for thestations playing that category.

Parental Lockout

This allows you to lock and unlockchannels, change or reset your PIN orunlock all channels. To use this feature,you need your initial PIN, which is 1234.

Artist/Title/Team Alerts

This feature allows you to select Artists,Titles and Teams that you would like thesystem to alert you to when they areplaying on other channels. Press Edit Alertsto delete or turn off alerts. You can alsoset all alerts to on or off. When an alertappears on the screen, you can choose to

383

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Tune to the channel, to Cancel the alert orto Disable Alerts. If you are listening to asporting event, you can save your favoriteteams so that the system can alert you

when they are playing on a satellite radiochannel.

Note: SIRIUS does not support the Alertfeature on all channels. Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for Alertfeature variation.

Electronic Serial Number (ESN)

SIRIUS requires this number whencommunicating with you about your

account. Direct Tune

Touch this button to manually enter thedesired satellite channel number. TouchEnter when you are done.

Browse

Touch this button to view a list of allavailable stations. Scroll to see morecategories. Touch the station you want tolisten to.

Touch Skip if you want to skip thischannel.

Touch Lock if you do not want anyone tolisten to this channel.

Touch Title or Artist to see song andartists on other stations.

SIRIUS Satellite Radio Information

Note: SIRIUS reserves the unrestricted rightto change, rearrange, add or delete programming including canceling, movingor adding particular channels, and its prices, at any time, with or without notice to you.Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programmingchanges.

SIRIUS satellite radio is asubscription-based satellite radio servicethat broadcasts a variety of music, sports,news, weather, traffic and entertainmentprogramming. Your factory-installedSIRIUS satellite radio system includeshardware and a limited subscription termthat begins on the date of sale or lease of

your vehicle. See an authorized dealer foravailability.

For more information on extendedsubscription terms (a service fee isrequired), the online media player and alist of SIRIUS satellite radio channels, andother features, please visitwww.siriusxm.com in the United States,www.sirius.ca in Canada, or call SIRIUS at1-888-539-7474.

Note: This receiver includes the eCos real-time operating system. eCos is published under the eCos License.

Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number (ESN)

You need your ESN to activate, modify ortrack your satellite radio account. The ESNis on the System Information Screen (SRESN:XXXXXXXXXXXX). To access yourESN, touch the bottom left corner of the

touchscreen. Touch SIRIUS > Options.

384

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


SIRIUS Satellite Radio Reception Factors and Troubleshooting


For optimal reception performance, keep the antennaclear of snow and ice build-up and keep luggage and othermaterials as far away from the antenna as possible.

Antenna obstructions

Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freewayoverpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage andthunderstorms can interfere with your reception.

Terrain

When you pass a ground-based broadcast-repeatingtower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one andthe audio system may mute.

Station overload

Your display may show ACQUIRING... to indicate theinterference and the audio system may mute.

Satellite radio signal interfer-ence

Troubleshooting tips

ActionCauseRadio display

No action required. Thismessage should disappearshortly.

Radio requires more thantwo seconds to produceaudio for the selected

channel.

Acquiring...

If this message does notclear shortly, or with an igni-tion key cycle, your receivermay have a fault. See anauthorized dealer for service.

There is an internal moduleor system failure present.

Sat Fault/SIRIUS SystemFailure.

Tune to another channel orchoose another preset.

The channel is no longeravailable.

Invalid Channel.

Contact SIRIUS at 1-888-

539-7474 to subscribe tothe channel, or tune toanother channel.

Your subscription does not

include this channel.

Unsubscribed Channel.

The signal is blocked. Whenyou move into an open area,the signal should return.

The signal is lost from theSIRIUS satellite or SIRIUStower to your vehicleantenna.

No Signal.

385

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Troubleshooting tips

ActionCauseRadio display

No action required. Theprocess may take up tothree minutes.

Update of channelprogramming in progress.

Updating.

Contact SIRIUS at 1-888-539-7474 to resolvesubscription issues.

Your satellite service is nolonger available.

Call SIRIUS1-888-539-7474.

Use the channel guide toturn off the Lock or Skipfunction on that station.

All the channels in theselected category are eitherskipped or locked.

None found. Check ChannelGuide.

No action required.SIRIUS has updated thechannels available for yourvehicle.

Subscription Updated.

SIRIUS Satellite Radio VoiceCommands

If you are listening to SIRIUSsatellite radio, press the voicebutton on the steering wheel

controls. When prompted, say any of thefollowing commands.

If you are not listening to SIRIUS satelliteradio, press the voice button and, after thetone, say "SIRIUS", then any of thefollowing commands.

"SIRIUS"

"<Channel name>"

"Preset <#>""SAT"

"SAT preset <#>"

"SAT 1"

"SAT 1 Preset <#>"

"SAT 2"

"SIRIUS"

"SAT 2 preset <#>"

"SAT 3"

"SAT 3 preset <#>"

"Sirius <0-223>"

"Sirius off"

"Sirius on"

"Sports game"*

"Tune"**

"Help"

*

If you have said "Sports game", see thefollowing "Sports game" chart.**

If you have said "Tune", see the following"Tune" chart.

386

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


"SPORTS GAME"

"Tune to the <college name> game"

"Tune to the <team city> game"

"Tune to the <team city> <team name>game"

"Tune to the <team name> game"

"Help"

"TUNE"

"<Channel Name>"

"Preset <#>"

"SAT"

"SAT 1"

"SAT 1 preset <#>"

"SAT 2"

"SAT 2 preset <#>"

"SAT 3"

"SAT 3 preset <#>"

"Sirius <0-223>"

"Help"

CD

Press the lower left corner of the

touchscreen, and then select theCD tab.

You can also advance and reverse thecurrent track or current folder, if applicable.

Repeat

Touch this button to repeat the currentlyplaying track, all tracks on the disc or turnthe feature off if already on.

Shuffle

Touch this button to play the tracks orentire albums in random order, or turn the

feature off if already on.

Scan

Touch this button to hear a brief samplingof all available tracks.

More Info

Touch this button to see disc information.

Options

Sound Settings

Touch this button to adjust settings for:

• Bass

• Midrange

• Treble

• Balance and Fade


• Occupancy Mode

•Speed Compensated Volume.


Compression

Touch this button to turn the compressionfeature on and off.

Browse

Touch this button to look through all

available CD tracks.

CD Voice Commands

If you are listening to a CD, pressthe voice button on the steeringwheel controls. When prompted,

say any of the following commands.

If you are not listening to a CD, press thevoice button and, after the tone, say "CD",then any of the following commands.

387

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


"CD"

"Pause"

"Play"

"Play next track"


"Play track <1-512>"

"Repeat"

"Repeat folder"*

"Repeat off"

"Repeat track"

"Shuffle"

"Shuffle CD"*

"Shuffle folder"*

"Shuffle off"

"Help"*This applies to WMA or MP3 files only.

SD Card Slot and USB Port

SD Card

Note: Your SD card slot is spring-loaded.To remove the SD card, press the card in and the system ejects it. Do not attempt to pull the card to remove it as this could cause

damage.

Note: The navigation system also uses thiscard slot. See Navigation (page 410).

The SD card slot is located either in thecenter console or behind a small accessdoor in the instrument panel. To access

and play music from your device, press thelower left corner of the touchscreen.

SD logo is a trademark of SD-3C, LLC.

USB Port

The USB ports are located either in thecenter console or behind a small accessdoor in the instrument panel. To accessand play music from your device, press thelower left corner of the touchscreen.

388

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


This feature allows you to plug in mediaplaying devices, memory sticks, flash drivesor thumb drives, and charge devices if theysupport this feature.

In order to playback video from your iPodor iPhone, you must have a specialcombination USB/RCA composite videocable (which you can buy from Apple).When you connect the cable to your iPodor iPhone, plug the other end into both theRCA jacks and the USB port.

Playing Music from Your Device

Note: The system is capable of indexing up

to 30,000 songs.Insert your device and select theSD Card or USB tab once thesystem recognizes it. You can

then select from the following options:

Repeat

This feature replays the currently playingsong or album.

ShuffleTouch this button to play music on theselected album or folder in random order.

Similar Music

This feature allows you to choose musicsimilar to what is currently playing.

More Info

Touch this button to see disc information

such as current track, artist name, albumand genre.

Options

Touch this button to view and adjustvarious media settings.

Sound Settings allows you to adjustsettings for:

• Bass

•Midrange

• Treble

• Balance and Fade


• Occupancy Mode

• Speed Compensated Volume.


Media Player Settings allows you to

select more settings, which is under MediaPlayer. See Settings (page 366).

Device Information displays softwareand firmware information about thecurrently connected media device.

Update Media Index indexes your devicewhen you connect it for the first time andeach time the content changes (such asadding or removing tracks) to make sureyou have the latest voice commands

available for all media on the device. Browse

This feature allows you to view thecontents of the device. It also allows youto search by categories, such as genre,artist or album.

If you want to view song information suchas Title, Artist, File, Folder, Album, andGenre, touch the on-screen album art.

You can also touch What’s Playing tohear how the system pronounces the

current band and song. This can be helpfulwhen using voice commands to make surethe system correctly plays your request.

389

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Playing Video from Your Device

To access and play video from your device,your vehicle's transmission must be in

position P with the ignition in accessorymode. See Starting and Stopping theEngine (page 135).

SD Card and USB Voice Commands

If you are listening to a USBdevice or an SD card, press thevoice button on the steering

wheel controls. When prompted, say anyof the following commands.

If you are not listening to a USB device oran SD card, press the voice button and,after the tone, say "USB" or "SD card",then any of the following commands.

"USB" or "SD CARD"

"Browse"*

"Next"

"Pause"

"Play"

"Play album <name>"

"Play all"

"Play artist <name>"

"Play audiobook <name>"

"Play author <name>"

"Play composer <name>"

"Play folder <name>"

"Play genre <name>"

"Play movie <name>"**

"Play music video <name>"**

"Play playlist <name>"

"USB" or "SD CARD"

"Play podcast <name>"

"Play podcast episode <name>"

"Play similar music"

"Play song <name>"

"Play TV show <name>"**

"Play TV show episode <name>"**

"Play video <name>"**

"Play video podcast <name>"**

"Play video podcast episode <name>"**

"Play video playlist <name>"**

"Previous"

"Repeat all"

"Repeat off"

"Repeat one"

"Shuffle"

"Shuffle album"

"Shuffle off"

"What's this?"

"Help"

* If you have said you would like to browse

your USB or SD card, the system promptsyou to specify what you would like tobrowse. When prompted, see the following"Browse" chart.**

These commands are only available inUSB mode and are device-dependent.

390

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


"BROWSE"

"Album <name>"

"All albums"

"All artists"

"All audiobooks"

"All authors"

"All composers"

"All folders"

"All genres"

"All movies"*

"All music videos"*

"All playlists"

"All podcasts"

"All songs"

"All TV shows"*

"All video playlists"*

"All video podcasts"*

"All videos"*

"Artist <name>"

"Audiobook <name>"

"Author <name>"

"Composer <name>"

"Folder <name>"

"Genre <name>"

"Playlist <name>"

"Podcast <name>"

"BROWSE"

"TV show <name>"*

"Video <name>"*

"Video playlist <name>"*

"Video podcast <name>"*

"Help"

* This command is only available in USB

mode and is device-dependent.

Supported Media Players, Formatsand Metadata Information

SYNC is capable of hosting nearly anydigital media player, including iPod,Zune™, plays from device players, andmost USB drives. Supported audio formatsinclude MP3, WMA, WAV and AAC.

It is also able to organize your indexedmedia from your playing device bymetadata tags. Metadata tags, which are

descriptive software identifiers embeddedin the media files, provide informationabout the file.

If your indexed media files contain noinformation embedded in these metadatatags, SYNC may classify the emptymetadata tags as Unknown.

In order to playback video from your iPodor iPhone, you must have a specialcombination USB/RCA composite video

cable (which you can buy from Apple).When you connect the cable to your iPodor iPhone, plug the other end into both theRCA jacks and the USB port.

Bluetooth Audio

Your system allows you to stream audioover your vehicle's speakers from yourconnected, Bluetooth-enabled cellularphone.

391

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


To access, press the lower leftcorner on the touchscreen, thenselect the BT Stereo tab.

Bluetooth Audio Voice Commands

If you are listening to a Bluetoothaudio device, press the voicebutton on the steering wheel

control. When prompted, say "Next song","Pause", "Play" or "Previous song".

If you are not listening to a Bluetooth audiodevice, press the voice button and, afterthe tone, say "Next song", "Pause", "Play"or "Previous song".

A/V Inputs

WARNINGS


you use extreme caution when using anydevice that may take your focus off theroad. Your primary responsibility is the safe

operation of your vehicle. We recommendagainst the use of any handheld devicewhile driving and encourage the use ofvoice-operated systems when possible.Make sure you are aware of all applicablelocal laws that may affect the use ofelectronic devices while driving.

For safety reasons, do not connector adjust the settings on yourportable music player while your

vehicle is moving.

Store the portable music player in asecure location, such as the centerconsole or the glove box, when your

vehicle is moving. Hard objects maybecome projectiles in a crash or suddenstop, which may increase the risk of seriousinjury. The audio extension cable must belong enough to allow the portable musicplayer to be safely stored while yourvehicle is moving.

Your A/V inputs allow you to connect anauxiliary audio/video source (such as agaming systems or a personal camcorder)

by connecting RCA cords (not included)to these input jacks. The jacks are yellow,red and white and are located eitherbehind a small access door on theinstrument panel or in your center console.

You can also use the A/V inputs as anauxiliary input jack to play music from yourportable music player over your vehicle'sspeakers. Plug in your 1/8 inch (3.5millimeter) RCA adapter into the two left

A/V input jacks (red and white).Press the lower left corner of thetouchscreen, and then select A/V In.

To use the auxiliary input jack feature,make sure that your portable music playeris designed for use with headphones andthat it is fully charged. You also need anaudio extension cable with stereo male1/8-inch (3.5 millimeter) connectors at oneend and a RCA jack at the other.

1. Switch off the engine, radio andportable music player. Set the parkingbrake and put the transmission inposition P.

2. Attach one end of the audio extensioncable to the headphone output of yourplayer and the other end into theadapter in one of the two left A/V inputjacks (white or red) inside the centerconsole.

392

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


3. Press the lower left corner on thetouchscreen. Select either a tuned FMstation or a CD (if there is a CD alreadyloaded into the system).

4. Adjust the volume as desired.

5. Turn the portable music player on andadjust the volume to ½ the maximum.

6. Press the lower left corner on thetouchscreen. Select the A/V In tab.(You should hear audio from yourportable music player although it maybe low.)

7. Adjust the sound on your portablemusic player until it reaches the levelof the FM station or CD by switchingback and forth between the controls.

In order to playback video from your iPodor iPhone, you must have a specialcombination USB/RCA composite videocable (which you can buy from Apple).When you connect the cable to your iPodor iPhone, plug the other end into both theRCA jacks and the USB port.

Troubleshooting

• Do not connect the audio input jack toa line level output. The jack only works

correctly with devices that have aheadphone output with a volumecontrol.

• Do not set the portable music player'svolume level higher than is necessaryto match the volume of the CD or FMradio as this causes distortion andreduces sound quality.

• If the music sounds distorted at lowerlistening levels, turn the portable musicplayer volume down. If the problempersists, replace or recharge thebatteries in the portable media player.

• Control the portable media player inthe same manner when used withheadphones, as the auxiliary input jackdoes not provide control (such as Playor Pause) over the attached portablemedia player.

PHONE

393

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


PhoneA

Quick DialB

PhonebookCHistoryD

MessagingE

SettingsF

Hands-free calling is one of the mainfeatures of SYNC. Once you pair yourphone, you can access many options usingthe touchscreen or voice commands. Whilethe system supports a variety of features,many are dependent on your cellularphone’s functionality.

At a minimum, most cellular phones withBluetooth wireless technology support thefollowing functions:

• Answering an incoming call.

• Ending a call.

• Using privacy mode.

• Dialing a number.

• Redialing.• Call waiting notification.

• Caller ID.

Other features, such as text messagingusing Bluetooth and automatic phonebookdownload, are phone-dependent features.To check your phone’s compatibility, seeyour phone’s user manual and visitwww.SYNCMyRide.com,www.SYNCMyRide.ca or

www.syncmaroute.ca.

Pairing Your Phone for the FirstTime

WARNING


you use extreme caution when using anydevice that may take your focus off theroad. Your primary responsibility is the safeoperation of your vehicle. We recommendagainst the use of any handheld devicewhile driving and encourage the use ofvoice-operated systems when possible.Make sure you are aware of all applicablelocal laws that may affect the use ofelectronic devices while driving.

The first thing you must do to use thephone features of SYNC is to pair yourBluetooth-enabled cellular phone withSYNC. This allows you to use your phonein a hands-free manner.

Note: Put the transmission in park (P). Switch on your vehicle ignition and the radio.

1. Touch Add Phone in the upper leftcorner of the touchscreen. Find SYNCappears on the screen, and instructsyou to begin the pairing process fromyour device.

2. Make sure that Bluetooth is set to Onand that your cellular phone is in theproper mode. See your phone’s manualif necessary.

394

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Note: Select SYNC , and a six-digit PIN appears on your device.

3. If prompted to enter a PIN on your

device, it does not support SecureSimple Pairing. To pair, enter the PINdisplayed on the touchscreen. Skip thenext step.

4. When prompted on your phone’sdisplay, confirm that the PIN providedby SYNC matches the PIN displayedon your cellular phone.

5. The display indicates when the pairingis successful.

SYNC may prompt you with more phoneoptions. For more information on yourphone's capability, see your phone'smanual and visit the website.

Pairing Subsequent Phones

Note: Put the transmission in park (P). Switch on your vehicle ignition and the radio.

1. Press the Phone corner of thetouchscreen > Settings > BT Devices> Add Device.

2. Make sure that Bluetooth is set to Onand that your cellular phone is in theproper mode. See your phone’s manualif necessary.

Note: Select SYNC , and a six-digit PIN appears on your device.

3. If prompted to enter a PIN on yourdevice, it does not support SecureSimple Pairing. To pair, enter the PINdisplayed on the touchscreen. Skip thenext step.

4. When prompted on your phone’sdisplay, confirm that the PIN providedby SYNC matches the PIN displayedon your cellular phone.

5. The display indicates when the pairingis successful.

SYNC may prompt you with more phoneoptions. For more information on yourphone's capability, see your phone'smanual and visit the website.

Making Calls

Press the voice button on yoursteering wheel controls. Whenprompted, say, "Call <name>"

or say "Dial", then the desired number.

To end the call or exit phonemode, press and hold the phonebutton.

Receiving Calls

During an incoming call, an audible tonesounds. Call information appears in thedisplay if it is available.

Accept the call by pressingAccept on the touchscreen orby pressing the phone button on

your steering wheel controls.

Reject the call by pressing Reject on the

touchscreen or by pressing and holding thephone button on your steering wheelcontrols.

Ignore the call by doing nothing. SYNC logsit as a missed call.

Phone Menu Options

Press the top left corner on yourtouchscreen to select from the followingoptions:

Phone

Touch this button to access the on-screennumerical pad to enter a number and placea call. During an active call, you can alsochoose to:

• Mute the call.

• Put the call on hold.

• Turn on the privacy feature.

395

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


• Join two calls.

• End the call.

Quick Dial

Set up favorite contacts from youphonebook or history folder.

Phonebook

Touch this button to access and call anycontacts in your previously downloadedphone book. The system places the entriesin alphabetical categories summarized atthe top of the screen.

To switch on contact picture settings, ifyour device supports this feature, pressPhone > Settings > Manage Phonebook> Download photos from Phonebook> On.

History

After you connect your Bluetooth-enabledphone to SYNC, you can access anypreviously dialed, received or missed calls.You can also choose to save these to your

Favorites or to Quick Dial.Note: This is a phone-dependent feature.If your phone does not support downloadingcall history using Bluetooth, SYNC keepstrack of calls made with the SYNC system.

Messaging

Send text messages using yourtouchscreen. See Text messaging laterin this section.

Settings

Touch this button to access various phonesettings, such turning Bluetooth on and off,managing your phonebook and more. SeePhone settings later in this section.

Text Messaging

Note: Downloading and sending text messages using Bluetooth are

phone-dependent features.Note: Certain features in text messaging are speed-dependent and not availablewhen your vehicle is traveling at speeds over 3 mph (5 km/h).

Note: SYNC does not download read text messages from your phone.

You can send and receive text messagesusing Bluetooth, read them aloud andtranslate text messaging acronyms, such

as LOL.1. Touch the top left corner of the display

to access the Phone menu.

2. Select Messaging.

3. Choose from the following:

• Listen (speaker icon).

• Dial.

• Send Text.

• View.

• Delete.

Composing a Text Message

Note: This is a speed-dependent feature.It is unavailable when your vehicle istraveling at speeds over 3 mph (5 km/h).

Note: Downloading and sending text messages using Bluetooth are phone-dependent features.

1. Touch the top left corner of the displayto access the Phone menu.

2. Touch Messaging > Send Text.

3. Enter a phone number or choose fromyour phonebook.

4. You can select from the followingoptions:

396

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


• Send, which sends the message as itis.

• Edit Text, which allows you to

customize the pre-defined message orcreate a message on your own.

You can then preview the message, verifythe recipient as well as update themessage list.

Text message options

I’ll call you back in a few minutes.

I just left, I’ll be there soon.

Can you give me a call?

I’m on my way.

I’m running a few minutes late.

I’m ahead of schedule, so I’ll be thereearly.

I’m outside.

I’ll call you when I get there.

OK

Yes

No

Thanks

Stuck in traffic.

Call me later.

LOL

Receiving a Text Message

Note: If you select View and your vehicleis traveling over 3 mph (5 km/h), the systemoffers to read the message to you instead of allowing you to view it while driving.

When a new message arrives, an audibletone sounds and the screen displays apop-up with the caller name and ID, ifsupported by your phone. You can press:

• View to view the text message.

• Listen for SYNC to read the messageto you.

• Dial to call the contact.

• Ignore to exit the screen.

Phone Settings

Press Phone > Settings.

Bluetooth DevicesTouch this tab to connect, disconnect, addor delete a device, as well as save it as afavorite.

Bluetooth

Touch this tab to turn Bluetooth off or on.

Do Not Disturb

Touch this tab if you want all calls to go

directly to your voice mail and not ring inthe vehicle. When this feature is on, textmessage notifications do not ring insidethe cabin either.

911 Assist

Turn on or turn off the 911 Assist feature.See Information (page 399).

Phone Ringer

Select the ring tone you want to hear whenyou receive a call. Choose from possiblesystem ring tones, your currently pairedphone’s ring tone, a beep, text-to-speechor a silent notification.

397

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Text Message Notification

Select a text message notification, ifsupported by your phone. Choose from

possible system alert tones,text-to-speech or silent.

Internet Data Connection

If your phone is compatible, use this screento adjust your internet data connection.Select to make your connection profilewith the personal area network or to switchoff your connection. You can also chooseto adjust your settings or have the systemalways connect, never connect when

roaming or query on connect. Press ? formore information.

Manage Phonebook

Touch this button to access features suchas automatic phonebook download,re-download your phonebook, addcontacts from your phone as well as deleteor upload your phonebook.

Roaming Warning

Touch this button to have the system alertyou when your phone is in roaming mode.

Phone Voice Commands

Press the voice button on thesteering wheel controls. Whenprompted, say any of the

following commands:

"PHONE"

"Call"

"Call <name>"

"Call <name> at home"

"Call <name> at work"

"Call <name> on cell"

"PHONE"

"Call <name> on other"

"Call voicemail"

"Dial"

"Do not disturb off"

"Do not disturb on"

"Forward text messages"

"Go to hands free"*

"Hold call off"*

"Hold on"*

"Join calls"*

"Listen to text message <#>"

"Listen to text messages"

"Messages"**

"Mute call"*

"Pair phone"

"Privacy on"*

"Read text message"

"Reply to text messages"

"Turn ringer off"

"Turn ringer on"

398

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


"PHONE"

"Unmute call"*

"Help"

* This command is only available during an

active call.**

If you say "Messages", see the following"Messages" chart for additionalcommands.

"MESSAGES"

"Call"

"Forward text messages"

"Listen to text message <#>"

"Listen to text messages"

"Reply to text messages"

"Help"

INFORMATION

SYNC ServicesA

Sirius Travel LinkBAlertsC

CalendarD

SYNC ApplicationsE

399

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Under the Information menu, you canaccess features such as:

• SYNC Services

•Sirius Travel Link

• Alerts

• Calendar

• SYNC Applications

If your vehicle is equipped withNavigation, press theInformation button to access

these features. If your vehicle is notequipped with Navigation, press the cornerof the touchscreen with the green tab.

SYNC Services (If Equipped,United States Only)

Note: SYNC Services varies by trim level and model year and may require a subscription. Traffic alerts and turn-by-turndirections available in select markets.Message and data rates may apply. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to changeor discontinue this product service at any

time without prior notification or incurring any future obligation.

Note: SYNC Services requires activation before use. Visit www.SYNCMyRide.com to register and check your eligibility for complimentary services. Standard phone and message rates may apply. Subscription may be required. You must also have the active SYNC Services Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone paired and connected to the system in order to connect to, and use,

SYNC Services. See Phone (page 393).Note: This feature does not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your cellular phone. Make sure your cellular phone is not blocking caller ID before using SYNC Services.

Note: The driver is ultimately responsiblefor the safe operation of the vehicle, and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safeto follow the suggested directions. Any

navigation features provided are only an aid.Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existingtraffic regulations. Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in anunsafe or illegal maneuver, if you would be placed in an unsafe situation, or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. Maps used by this system may beinaccurate because of errors, changes in roads, traffic conditions or driving

conditions.Note: When you connect, the service usesGPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect your vehicle's currentlocation, travel direction and speed to help provide you with the directions, traffic reports, or business searches you request.Further, to provide the services you request,for continuous improvement, the service may collect and record call details and voicecommunications. For more information, see

SYNC Services Terms and Conditions atwww.SYNCMyRide.com. If you do not wantFord or its service providers to collect your vehicle travel information or other information identified in the Terms and Conditions, do not subscribe or use the service.

SYNC Services uses advanced vehiclesensors, integrated GPS technology andcomprehensive map and traffic data, togive you personalized traffic reports,precise turn-by-turn directions, businesssearch, news, sports, weather and more.For a complete list of services, or to learnmore, please visit www.SYNCMyRide.com.

Connecting to SYNC Services UsingVoice Commands

400

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


1. Press the voice button.

2. When prompted, say "Services". Thisinitiates an outgoing call to SYNC

Services using your paired andconnected Bluetooth-enabled cellularphone.

3. Once you connect to the service, followthe voice prompts to request thedesired service, such as "Traffic" or"Directions". You can also say, "Whatare my choices?" to receive a list ofavailable services from which tochoose.

4. Say, "Services" to return to the Services

main menu or for help, say, "Help".

Connecting to SYNC Services Usingthe Touchscreen

If your vehicle is equipped withNavigation, press theInformation button.

If your vehicle is not equipped withNavigation, press the green tab on yourtouchscreen.

1. Select Connect to Services to initiatean outgoing call to SYNC Servicesusing your phone.

2. Once connected, follow the voiceprompts to request your desiredService, such as "Traffic" or"Directions". You can also say, "Whatare my choices?" to receive a list ofavailable services from which tochoose.


Receiving Turn-by-Turn Directions

1. When connected to SYNC Services,say "Directions" or "Business search".To find the closest business or type ofbusiness to your current location, justsay "Business search" and then"Search near me". If you need further

assistance in finding a location you cansay "Operator" at any time within aDirections or Business search to speakwith a live operator. The system may

prompt you to speak with an operatorwhen it has difficulty matching yourvoice request. The live operator canassist you by searching for businessesby name or by category, residentialaddresses by street address or byname or specific street intersections.Operator Assist is a feature of yourSYNC Services subscription. For moreinformation on Operator Assist, visitwww.SYNCMyRide.com/support.

2. Follow the voice prompts to select yourDestination. After the route downloadis finished, the phone call automaticallyends.

If your vehicle is not equipped withNavigation:

• Turn-by-turn directions appear in theinformation display, in the status barof your touchscreen system and on theSYNC Services screen. You also receive

driving instructions from audibleprompts.

• When on an active route, you canselect Route Summary or RouteStatus using the touchscreen controlsor voice commands to view the RouteSummary Turn List or the RouteStatus ETA. You can also turn voiceguidance on or off, cancel the route orupdate the route.

If you miss a turn, SYNC automatically asksif you want the route updated. Just say,"Yes" when prompted and the systemdelivers a new route to your vehicle.

If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation,SYNC Services downloads your requesteddestination to the navigation system. Thenavigation system then calculates theroute and provides driving instructions.See Navigation (page 410).

401

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Disconnecting from SYNC Services

1. Press and hold the hang-up phone

button on the steering wheel.

2. Say "Good-bye" from the SYNCServices main menu.

SYNC Services quick tips

You can personalize your Services feature to providequicker access to your most used or favorite information.You can save address points, such as work or home. Youcan also save favorite information like sports teams, suchas Detroit Lions, or a news category. You can learn moreabout personalization by logging ontowww.SYNCMyRide.com.

Personalizing

Press the voice button at any time (while connected to

SYNC Services) to interrupt a voice prompt or an audioclip (such as a sports report) and say your voice command.

Push to interrupt

Your subscription is associated with your Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone number, not your VIN (VehicleIdentification Number). You can pair and connect yourphone to any vehicle equipped with SYNC Services andcontinue enjoying your personalized services.

Portable

SYNC Services Voice Commands

When a route has beendownloaded (non-navigationsystems), press the voice button

on the steering wheel controls. Whenprompted, say any of the followingcommands:

"SERVICES"

"Cancel route"

"Navigation voice off"

"Navigation voice on"

"Next turn"

"Route status"

"Route summary"

"SERVICES"

"Services""Update route"

"Help"

Sirius Travel Link (If Equipped)

WARNING


injury. We strongly recommend thatyou use extreme caution when using anydevice that may take your focus off theroad. Your primary responsibility is the safeoperation of your vehicle. We recommendagainst the use of any handheld devicewhile driving and encourage the use ofvoice-operated systems when possible.Make sure you are aware of all applicablelocal laws that may affect the use ofelectronic devices while driving.

402

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Note: In order to use Sirius Travel Link, your vehicle must be equipped with navigation and your navigation SD card must be in the SD card slot.

Note: A paid subscription is required to access and use these features. Go towww.siriusxm.com/travellink for moreinformation.

Note: Visit www.siriusxm.com/traffic# and click on Coverage map and details for acomplete listing of all traffic areas covered by Sirius Travel Link.

Note: Neither Sirius nor Ford is responsiblefor any errors or inaccuracies in the SiriusTravel Link services or its use in vehicles.

When you subscribe to Sirius Travel Link,it can help you locate the best gas prices,find movie listings, get current traffic alerts,view the current weather map, getaccurate ski conditions and see scores tocurrent sports games.

If your vehicle is equipped withNavigation, touch the i(Information) button to access

these features. If your vehicle is notequipped with Navigation, touch the cornerof the touchscreen with the green tab.

Traffic On Route and Traffic Nearby

Touch these buttons to identify trafficincidents on your route, nearby yourvehicle’s current location or near any ofyour favorite places, if programmed.

Fuel Prices

Touch this button to view fuel prices atstations close to your vehicle’s location oron an active navigation route.

Movie Listings

Touch this button to view nearby movietheaters and their show times, if available.

Weather

Touch this button to view the nearbyweather, current weather, or the five day

forecast for the chosen area. Select Mapto see the weather map, which can showstorms, radar information, charts andwinds. Select Area to select from a listingof weather locations.

Sports Info

Touch this button to view scores andschedules from a variety of sports. You canalso save up to 10 favorite teams for easieraccess. The score automatically refreshes

when a game is in progress.

Ski Conditions

Touch this button to view ski conditionsfor a specific area.

Sirius Travel Link Voice Commands

Press the voice button on thesteering wheel controls. Whenprompted, say any of the

following commands:

"SIRIUS TRAVEL LINK"

"5-day weather forecast"

"Fuel prices"

"Movie listings"

"Sports headlines"*

"Sports schedules"*

"Sports scores"*

"Traffic"

"Weather"

403

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


"SIRIUS TRAVEL LINK"

"Weather map"

"Help"* If you say "Sports headlines", "Sports

schedules" or "Sports scores", you canthen say any of the commands in thefollowing chart.

Sports-related commands

"Baseball"

"College basketball"

"College football"

"Golf"

"MLS"

"My teams"

"NBA"

"NFL"

"NHL"

"WNBA"

"Help"

Additional sports-related voicecommands

"Baseball headlines"

"Baseball schedule"

"Baseball scores"

"College basketball headlines"

"College basketball schedule"

"College basketball scores"

"College football headlines"


"College football schedule"

"College football scores"

"Golf headlines"

"Golf leaderboard"

"Golf schedule"

"MLS headlines"

"MLS schedule"

"MLS scores"

"Motor sports headlines"

"Motor sports order"

"Motor sports schedule"

"My team headlines"

"My teams schedule"

"My teams scores"

"NBA headlines"

"NBA schedule"

"NBA scores"

"NFL headlines"

"NFL schedule"

"NFL scores"

"NHL headlines""NHL schedule"

"NHL scores"

"WNBA headlines"

404

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014



"WNBA schedule"

"WNBA scores"

"Help"

Alerts



Press Alerts, and then choose from anyof the following services:

• View the complete message.

• Delete the message.

• Delete All messages.

This screen displays any system messages(such as an SD card fault).

Note: The system alerts you to any messages by turning the information icon yellow. After you read or delete the messages, the icon returns to white.

Calendar



Press Calendar. You can view the currentcalendar by day, week or month.

911 Assist (If Equipped)

WARNINGS

Unless the 911 Assist setting is set onbefore a crash, the system will notdial for help, which could delay

response time, potentially increasing therisk of serious injury or death after a crash.

Do not wait for 911 Assist to make anemergency call if you can do ityourself. Dial emergency services

immediately to avoid delayed responsetime, which could increase the risk ofserious injury or death after a crash. If you

do not hear 911 Assist within five secondsof the crash, the system or phone may bedamaged or non-functional.

Always place your phone in a securelocation in your vehicle so it does notbecome a projectile or damaged in

a crash. Failure to do so may cause seriousinjury to someone or damage the phone,which could prevent 911 Assist fromworking properly.

Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident.

Note: Before setting this feature on, make sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy Notice later in this section for importantinformation.

Note: If any user turns 911 Assist on or off,that setting applies for all paired phones. If 911 Assist is turned off, either a voice message plays or a display message (or

icon) comes on (or both) when your vehicleis started after a previously paired phoneconnects.

Note: Every phone operates differently.While SYNC 911 Assist works with mostcellular phones, some may have troubleusing this feature.

405

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


If a crash deploys an airbag (excludes kneeairbags and rear inflatable safety belts [ifequipped]) or activates the fuel pumpshut-off, your SYNC-equipped vehicle may

be able to contact emergency services bydialing 911 through a paired and connectedBluetooth-enabled phone. You can learnmore about the 911 Assist feature, visitwww.SYNCMyRide.com,www.SYNCMyRide.ca orwww.syncmaroute.ca.

See Supplementary Restraints System(page 39). Important informationregarding airbag deployment is in thischapter.

See Roadside Emergencies (page 215).Important information regarding the fuelpump shut-off is in this chapter.

Setting 911 Assist On


these features. If your vehicle is notequipped with Navigation, touch the corner

of the touchscreen with the green tab.

Touch Apps > 911 Assist, then select On.

You can also access 911 Assistby:

• Pressing the Settings icon > Settings> Phone > 911 Assist, or

• Pressing the Settings icon > Help > 911Assist.

To make sure that 911 Assist worksproperly:

• SYNC must be powered and workingproperly at the time of the incident andthroughout feature activation and use.

• The 911 Assist feature must be set onprior to the incident.

• You must pair and connect aBluetooth-enabled and compatiblephone to SYNC.

•

A connected Bluetooth-enabled phonemust have the ability to make andmaintain an outgoing call at the timeof the incident.

• A connected Bluetooth-enabled phonemust have adequate network coverage,battery power and signal strength.

• The vehicle must have battery powerand be located in the United States,Canada or in a territory in which 911 isthe emergency number.

In the Event of a Crash

Not all crashes deploy an airbag or activatethe fuel pump shut-off (which wouldtrigger 911 Assist); however, SYNC tries tocontact emergency services if 911 Assisttriggers. If a connected phone sustainsdamage or loses connection to SYNC,SYNC searches for, and tries to connectto, any available previously paired phoneand tries to make the call to 911.

Before making the call:

• SYNC provides a short window of time(about 10 seconds) to cancel the call.If you fail to cancel the call, SYNCattempts to dial 911.

• SYNC says the following, or a similarmessage: "SYNC will attempt to call911, to cancel the call, press Cancel onyour screen or press and hold thephone button on your steering wheel."

If you do not cancel the call, and SYNCmakes a successful call, a pre-recordedmessage plays for the 911 operator, andthen the occupant(s) in your vehicle is ableto talk with the operator. Be prepared toprovide your name, phone number andlocation immediately, because not all 911systems are capable of receiving thisinformation electronically.

406

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


911 Assist May Not Work If

• Your cellular phone or 911 Assisthardware sustains damage in a crash.

• The vehicle's battery or the SYNCsystem has no power.

• The phone(s) thrown from your vehicleare the ones paired and connected tothe system.

911 Assist Privacy Notice

When you turn on 911 Assist, it maydisclose to emergency services that yourvehicle has been in a crash involving the

deployment of an airbag or activation ofthe fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions orupdates to 911 Assist may also be capableof electronically or verbally disclosing to911 operators your vehicle location or otherdetails about your vehicle or crash to assist911 operators to provide the mostappropriate emergency services. If you donot want to disclose this information, donot turn the feature on.

Vehicle Health Report (If Equipped)

WARNING

Always follow scheduledmaintenance instructions, regularlyinspect your vehicle, and seek repair

for any damage or problem you suspect.Vehicle Health Report supplements, butcannot replace, normal maintenance andvehicle inspection. Vehicle Health Reportonly monitors certain systems

electronically monitored by your vehicleand will not monitor or report the statusof any other system, (such as brake liningwear). Failure to perform scheduledmaintenance and regularly inspect yourvehicle may result in vehicle damage andserious injury.


Note: Your Vehicle Health Report feature requires activation prior to use. Visitwww.SYNCMyRide.com to register. Thereis no fee or subscription associated with

Vehicle Health Report, but you must register to use this feature.

Note: This feature may not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your cellular phone. Before running a report, review the Vehicle HealthReport Privacy Notice.

Note: In order to allow a break-in period for your vehicle, you may not be able to create a Vehicle Health Report until your vehicle

odometer has reached 200 miles.Note: Cellular phone and SMS charges may apply when making a report.

Register for Vehicle Health Report and setyour report preferences atwww.SYNCMyRide.com. After registering,you can request a Vehicle Health Report(inside your vehicle). Return to youraccount at www.SYNCMyRide.com to viewyour report. You can also choose for SYNC

to remind you automatically to run reportsat specific mileage intervals. Cellular phoneairtime usage may apply when reporting.

The system allows you to check yourvehicle’s overall health in the form of adiagnostic report card. The Vehicle HealthReport contains valuable information, suchas:

• Vehicle diagnostic information

• Scheduled maintenance

•Open recalls and Field Service Actions

• Items noted during vehicle inspectionsby your authorized dealer that still needservicing.

Making a Report

If you want to run a report byusing the touchscreen, touchApps > Vehicle Health Report.

407

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


To run a report by voicecommand, press the voicebutton on the steering wheel

and, when prompted, say "Vehicle health

report".

Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice

When you create a Vehicle Health Report,Ford Motor Company may collect yourcellular phone number (to process yourreport request) and diagnostic informationabout your vehicle. Certain versions orupdates to Vehicle Health Report may alsocollect more vehicle information. Ford may

use your vehicle information it collects forany purpose. If you do not want to disclose

your cellular phone number or vehicleinformation, do not run the feature or setup your Vehicle Health Report profile atwww.SYNCMyRide.com. See

www.SYNCMyRide.com (Vehicle HealthReport Terms and Conditions, and PrivacyStatement) for more information.

CLIMATE

Press the lower right corner onthe touchscreen to access yourclimate control features.

Depending on your vehicle line and option

package, your climate screen may lookdifferent from the screen shown here.

Power: Touch to switch the system off and on. Outside air cannot enter your

vehicle when you switch off the system.

A

Passenger settings: Touch + or– to adjust the temperature. Touch the heatedseat icon to control the heated seat. Touch the cooled seat icon to control thecooled seat. See Seats (page 114).

B

Fan speed: Touch + or – to adjust fan speed.C

408

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Recirculated air: Touch to turn the recirculated air on or off which may reducethe amount of time needed to cool down the interior and help reduce odorsfrom reaching the interior. Recirculated air also engages automatically when

you select MAX A/C and may turn on manually in any airflow mode exceptdefrost. It may also turn off in all airflow modes except MAX A/C to reduce fogpotential.

D

MAX A/C: Touch to cool your vehicle with recirculated air. Touch again fornormal A/C operation. MAX A/C distributes air through instrument panel ventsand may help reduce odors from entering your vehicle. MAX A/C is moreeconomical and efficient than normal A/C mode.

E

A/C: Touch to turn the air conditioning on or off. Use A/C with recirculated airto improve cooling performance and efficiency. A/C engages automatically inMAX A/C, defrost and footwell/defrost.

F

AUTO: Touch to engage automatic operation, then set the temperature usingthe temperature control. The system automatically controls fan speed, airflowdistribution, A/C on or off and the use of fresh or recirculated air.

G

Rear defrost: Touch to turn the rear window defroster and heated mirrors.H

Defrost: Touch to clear the windshield of fog and thin ice. Touch again to returnto the previous airflow selection. When on, defrost provides outside air to reducewindow fogging and distributes air through the windshield defroster vents anddemister vents.

I

Manual airflow distribution controls:Footwell and Defrost: Distributesair through the windshield defroster vents, demister vents, floor vents and rear

seat floor vents, and provides outside air to reduce window fogging. Panel:Distributes air through the instrument panel vents. Panel and Floor: Distributesair through the instrument panel vents, demister vents, floor vents and rear seatfloor vents. Floor: Distributes air through the demister vents, floor vents andrear seat floor vents.

J

Driver settings: Touch + or – adjust the temperature. Touch the heated seaticon to control the heated seat. Touch the cooled seat icon to control the cooledseat. See Seats (page 114). Touch and hold MyTemp to select a temperatureyou would like your vehicle to remember and maintain for you.

K

Climate Control Voice CommandsPress the voice button on thesteering wheel controls. Whenprompted, say any of the

following commands:

Climate control commands

"Climate automatic"

"Climate off"

"Climate on"

"Climate temperature <15.5-29.5>degrees"

409

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Climate control commands

"Climate temperature <60-85> degrees"

"Climate my temp"

"Help"

There are additional climate controlcommands but in order to access them,you have to say "Climate" first. When thesystem is ready to listen, you may say anyof the following commands:

"CLIMATE"

"A/C off"

"A/C on"

"Automatic"

"Climate my temp"

"Defrost off"

"Defrost on"

"Dual off""Fan decrease"

"Fan increase"

"Floor on"

"MAX A/C off"

"MAX A/C on"

"Off"

"On"

"Panel floor on"

"Panel on"

"Recirc off"

"Recirc on"

"Temperature"*

"CLIMATE"

"Temperature <15.5-29.5> degrees"

"Temperature <60-85> degrees"

"Temperature decrease"

"Temperature high"

"Temperature increase"

"Temperature low"

"Windshield floor on"

"Help"

* If you say "Temperature", you can then

say any of the commands in the followingchart.

"TEMPERATURE"

"<15.5-29.5> degrees"

"<60-85> degrees"

"High"

"Low"

"Help"

NAVIGATION

Note: The navigation SD card must be inthe SD card slot to operate the navigation system. If you need a replacement SD card, see an authorized dealer.

Note: The SD card slot is spring-loaded. To remove the SD card, just push the card in and release it. Do not attempt to pull thecard out to remove it; this could causedamage.

Your navigation system is comprised oftwo main features, destination mode andmap mode.

410

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


To set a destination, press the green cornerof your touchscreen, then the Dest buttonwhen it appears. See Setting adestination later in this chapter.

To view the navigation map and yourvehicle's current location, touch the greenbar in the upper right hand corner of thetouchscreen, or, press Dest, then Map. SeeMap mode later in this chapter.

Setting a Destination

Press the green corner of your touchscreen,then the Dest button when it appears.Choose any of the following:

Destination

My Home

Favorites

Previous Destinations

Point of Interest

Emergency

Street Address

Intersection

City Center

Map

Edit Route Cancel Route

1. Enter the necessary information intothe highlighted text fields (in any

order). For address destination entry,the Go! button appears once you enterall the necessary information. Pressingthe Go! button makes the addresslocation appear on the map. If youchoose Previous Destination, the last20 destinations you have selectedappear.

2. Select Set as Dest to make this yourdestination. You can also choose to setthis as a waypoint (have the systemroute to this point on the way to your

current destination) or save it as afavorite. The system considers anyAvoid Areas selections in its routecalculation.

3. Choose from up to three different typesof routes, and then select Start Route.

• Fastest: Uses the fastest moving roadspossible.

• Shortest: Uses the shortest distancepossible.

• Eco Route: Uses the most fuel-efficientroute.

You can cancel the route or have thesystem demo the route for you. SelectRoute Prefs to set route preferences likeavoiding freeways, tollroads, ferries andcar trains as well as to use or not usehigh-occupancy vehicle lanes.(High-occupancy vehicle lanes are alsoknown as carpool or diamond lanes.

People who ride in buses, vanpools orcarpools use these lanes.)

Note: If your vehicle is on a recognized road and you do not press the Start Route button, the system defaults to the FastestRoute option and begins guidance.

During route guidance, you can press thetalking bubble icon that appears in theupper right navigation corner (green bar)if you want the system to repeat routeguidance information. When the system

repeats the last guidance instruction, itupdates the distance to the next guidanceinstruction, since it detects when thevehicle is moving.

411

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Point of Interest (POI) Categories

Main categories

Food/Drink & Dining

Travel & Transportation

Financial

Emergency

Community

Health & Medicine

Automotive

Shopping

Entertainment & Arts

Recreation & Sports

Government

Domestic Services

Subcategories

Restaurant

Golf

Parking

Home & Garden

Personal Care Services

Auto Dealership

Govt Office

Public Transit

Education

To expand these listings, press the + infront of the listing.

The system also allows you to sortalphabetically, by distance or by cityseekrlistings (if available).

cityseekrNote: cityseekr point of interest (POI)information is limited to approximately 912cities (881 in the United States, 20 inCanada and 11 in Mexico).

cityseekr, when available, is a service thatprovides more information about certainpoints of interest such as restaurants,hotels and attractions.

When you have selected a point of interest,the location and information appear, such

as address and phone number. If cityseekrlists the point of interest, more informationis available, such as a brief description,check-in and checkout times or restauranthours.

Press More Information for a longerreview, a list of services and facilities, theaverage room or meal price as well as thewebsite. This screen displays the point ofinterest icon such as:

Hotel

Coffeehouse

412

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Food & Drink

Nightlife

Attraction

This icon appears when your

selection exists in multiplecategories within the system.

When you are viewing more informationfor hotels, cityseekr also tells you if thehotel has certain services and facilitiesusing icons, such as:

• Restaurant

• Business center

• Handicap facilities

• Laundry

• Refrigerator

• 24 hour room service

• Fitness center

• Internet access

• Pool

• Wi-fi.

For restaurants, cityseekr can provide

information such as star rating, averagecost, review, handicap access, hours ofoperation, and website address.

For hotels, cityseekr can provideinformation such as star rating, pricecategory, review, check-in and checkouttimes, hotel service icons and websiteaddress.

Setting Your NavigationPreferences

Select settings for the system to take into

account when planning your route.Press the Settings icon >Settings > Navigation.

Map Preferences

Breadcrumbs

Display your vehicle’s previously traveledroute with white dots. Turn this feature ONor OFF.

Turn List Format

Have the system display your turn list Topto Bottom or Bottom to Top.

Parking POI Notification

Set the automatic parking point of interestnotification. Turn this feature ON or OFF.When parking point of interest notificationis on, the icons display on the map when

you get close to your destination. This maynot be very useful in dense areas, and mayclutter the map when other points ofinterest display.

Route Preferences

Preferred Route

Choose to have the system display theShortest, Fastest or most Ecological routefirst. If you set Always Use Preferred

Route to Yes, the system uses theselected route type to calculate only oneroute to the desired destination.

Always Use Preferred Route

Bypass route selection in destinationprogramming. The system only calculatesone route based on preferred route setting.

413

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Eco Time Penalty

Select a low, medium or high cost for thecalculated Eco Route. The higher the

setting, the longer the time allotment is forthe route.

Avoid

These features allow you to choose tohave the system avoid freeways, toll roads,ferries and car trains when planning yourroute. Turn these features ON or OFF.

Use HOV Lanes

Have the system use high-occupancy

vehicle lanes, if available, when planningyour route.

Navigation Preferences

Guidance Prompts

Have the system use Voice & Tones orTone Only on your programmed route.

Auto - Fill State/Province

Have the system automatically fill in thestate and province based on theinformation already entered into thesystem. Turn this feature ON or OFF.

Traffic Preferences

Avoid Traffic Problems

Choose how you want the system tohandle traffic problems along your route.

• Automatic: Have the system reroute

you to avoid traffic incidents thatdevelop and impact the current route.The system does not provide a trafficalert notification.

• Manual: Have the system alwaysprovide a traffic alert notification fortraffic incidents along the plannedroute. You have a choice to accept orignore the notification before makingthe route deviation.

Traffic Alert Notification

Have the system display traffic alertnotifications.

Other traffic alert features allows you toturn on certain, or all, traffic icons on themap such as road work, incident, accidentsand closed roads. Scroll down to view allthe different types of alerts. Turn thesefeatures ON or OFF.

Avoid Areas

Choose areas which you want the systemto avoid when calculating a route for you.

Press Add to program an entry. Once youmake a selection, the system tries to avoidthe area(s) if possible for all routes. Todelete a selection, choose the listing onthe screen. When the screen changes toAvoid Areas Edit, you can press Deleteat the bottom right of the screen.

Map Mode

Press the green bar in the upper right areaof the touchscreen to view map mode. Map

mode shows advanced viewing comprisedof both 2D city maps as well as 3Dlandmarks (when available).

2D city maps show detailed outlines ofbuildings, visible land use and landelements and detailed railwayinfrastructure for the most essential citiesaround the globe. These maps also containfeatures, such as town blocks, buildingfootprints, and railways.

3D landmarks appear as clear, visibleobjects that are typically recognizable andhave a certain tourist value. The 3Dlandmarks appear in 3D map mode only.Coverage varies, and improves withupdated map releases.

414

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Change the appearance of the map displayby repeatedly pressing the arrow button inthe upper left corner of the screen. It

toggles between three different mapmodes: Heading up, North up, and 3D.

Heading up (2D map) alwaysshows the direction of forwardtravel to be upward on the screen.This view is available for map

scales up to 2.5 miles (4 kilometers). Thesystem remembers this setting for largermap scales, but shows the map in Northup only. If the scale returns below this level,

the system restores Heading up.North up (2D map) always showsthe northern direction to beupward on the screen.

3D map mode provides anelevated perspective of the map.This viewing angle can be adjustedand the map can be rotated 180

degrees by touching the map twice, andthen dragging your finger along the shaded

bar with arrows at the bottom of the map.View switches between full map, streetlist and exit view in route guidance.

Menu displays a pop-up box that allowsdirect access to navigation settings,View/Edit Route, SIRIUS Travel Link,Guidance Mute and Cancel Route.

Re-center the map by pressingthis icon whenever you scroll themap away from your vehicle’s

current location.

Auto Zoom

Press the green bar to access map mode,then select the + or - zoom button to bringup the zoom level and Auto buttons on thetouchscreen. When you press Auto, AutoZoom turns on and Auto displays in thebottom left corner of the screen in the mapscale. The map zoom level thensynchronizes with vehicle speed. The

slower your vehicle is traveling, the fartherin the map zooms in; the faster your vehicleis traveling, the farther the map zooms out.To turn the feature off, just press the + or- button again.

In 3D mode, rotate the map view byswiping your finger across the shaded barwith the arrows.

Map Icons

Vehicle mark shows the currentlocation of your vehicle. It staysin the center of the map display,except when in scroll mode.

Scroll cursor allows you to scrollthe map; the fixed icon is in thecenter of the screen. The mapposition closest to the cursor is in

a window on the top center part of thescreen.

Address book entry defaulticon(s) indicates the location onthe map of an address book entry.This is the default symbol shown

after the entry has been stored to theAddress Book by any method other thanthe map. You can select from any of the22 icons available. You can use each iconmore than once.

415

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Home indicates the location onthe map currently stored as thehome position. You can only saveone address from the Address

Book as your Home entry. You cannotchange this icon.

POI (Point Of Interest) iconsindicate locations of any point ofinterest categories you choose todisplay on the map. You can

choose to display three point of interestcategories on the map at one time.

Starting point indicates thestarting point of a planned route.

Waypoint indicates the locationof a waypoint on the map. Thenumber inside the circle is differentfor each waypoint and represents

the position of the waypoint in the routelist.

Destination symbol indicates theending point of a planned route.

Next maneuver point indicatesthe location of the next turn on theplanned route.

No GPS symbol indicates thatinsufficient GPS satellite signalsare available for accurate mappositioning. This icon may display

under normal operation in an area withpoor GPS access.

Quick-touch Buttons

When in map mode, touch anywhere onthe map display to access the followingoptions:

Set as Dest

Touch this button to select a scrolledlocation on the map as your destination.

You may scroll the map by pressing yourindex finger on the map display. When youreach the desired location, simply let goand then touch Set as Dest.

Set as Waypoint

Touch this button to set the currentlocation as a waypoint.

Save to Favorites

Touch this button to save the currentlocation to your favorites.

POI Icons

Touch this button to select icons to displayon the map. You can select up to threeicons to display on the map at the sametime. Turn these ON or OFF.

Cancel Route

Touch this button to cancel the active

route.

View/Edit Route

Access these features when a route isactive:

• View Route

• Edit Destination/Waypoints

• Edit Turn List

• Detour

• Edit Route Preferences• Edit Traffic Preferences

• Cancel Route.

416

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Nokia is the digital map provider for thenavigation application. If you find map dataerrors, you may report them directly toNokia by going to

http://mapreporter.navteq.com. Nokiaevaluates all reported map errors andresponds with the result of theirinvestigation by e-mail.

Navigation Map Updates

Annual navigation map updates areavailable for purchase through yourdealership, by calling 1-800-NAVMAPS (inMexico, call 01-800-557-5539) or going

to www.navigation.com/ford. You need tospecify the make and model of your vehicleto determine if there is an update available.

Navigation Voice Commands

When in navigation mode, pressthe voice button on the steeringwheel controls. After the tone,

say any of the following commands:

Navigation system voice commands

"Cancel next waypoint"1

"Cancel route"1

"Destination"2

"Destination <nametag>"

"Destination <POI category>"

"Destination favorites""Destination home"

"Destination intersection"

"Destination nearest <POI category>"

"Destination nearest POI"

"Destination play nametags"


"Destination POI"

"Destination POI category"

"Destination previous destination"

"Destination street address"

"Detour"1

"Navigation"3

"Navigation voice volume decrease"

"Navigation voice volume increase"

"Repeat instruction"1

"Show 3D"

"Show heading up"

"Show map"

"Show north up"

"Show route"1

"Show turn list"1

"Voice guidance off"

"Voice guidance on"

"Where am I?"

"Zoom in"

417

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014



"Zoom out"

"Help"1 These commands are only available whena navigation route is active.2 If you say "Destination", you can then say

any command in the following"Destination" chart.3 If you say "Navigation", you can then say

any command in the following"Navigation" chart.

"DESTINATION"

"<nametag>"

"<POI category>"

"Favorites"

"Home"

"Intersection"

"Nearest <POI category>"

"Nearest POI"

"Play nametags"

"POI category"

"Previous destination"

"Street address"

"Help"

"NAVIGATION"

"Destination"*

"Zoom city"

"Zoom country"

"Zoom minimum"

"NAVIGATION"

"Zoom maximum"

"Zoom province"

"Zoom state"

"Zoom street"

"Zoom to <distance>"

"Help"

* If you say "Destination", you can then say

any command in the "Destination" chart.

One-shot Destination Street Address

When you say either "Navigationdestination street address" or "Destinationstreet address", the system asks you to saythe full address. The system displays anexample on-screen. You can then speakthe address naturally, such as "One twothree four Main Street, Anytown".

418

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


For a complete listing of the accessoriesthat are available for your vehicle, pleasecontact an authorized dealer or visit ouronline store at

www.Accessories.Ford.com (UnitedStates only).

Ford Motor Company will repair or replaceany properly authorized dealer-installedFord Custom Accessories found to bedefective in factory-supplied materials orworkmanship during the warranty period,as well as any component damaged by thedefective accessories.

Ford Motor Company will warrant your

vehicle through the warranty that providesthe greatest benefit:

• 24 months, unlimited mileage.

• The remainder of your new vehiclelimited warranty.

Contact an authorized dealer for detailsand a copy of the warranty.

Exterior style

• Hood deflector.

• Chrome exhaust tips.

• Side window deflectors.

• Front grilles.

• Running boards.

• Step bars.

• Splash guards.

• Lamps

• Custom graphics*.

Interior style

• Ambient lighting.

• Floor mats.

• Electrochromaticcompass/temperature interior mirrors.

• Sliding rear windows.

• Leather-trimmed interior seating*.

Lifestyle

• Smoker's package.

• Bedliners and bedmats.

• Bed side step.

• Towing mirrors.

• Bed extender.

• Tonneau covers*.

• Interior cargo organization andmanagement.

• Racks and carriers*.

• Truck bed camping tent*.

•Sportliner cargo liner*.

• Rear-seat entertainment*.

• Trailer brake controller.

• Hitch balls and towbars.

• Truck bed cargo organization andmanagement.

• Trailer hitches, wiring harnesses andaccessories.

Peace of mind

• Keyless entry keypad.

• Vehicle security systems.

• Protective seat covers*.

• Cable lock*.

• Locking gas plug for capless fuelsystem.

• Bumper- and hitch-mounted parkingsensors*.

• Remote start.

• Wheel locks.

• Wheel well liners.

• Bed hooks*.

• Back-up alarm*.

• Tool or cargo boxes*.

• Speed/Cruise control.

• Vehicle cover.

419

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Accessories

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


*The accessory manufacturer designs,develops and therefore warrants FordLicensed Accessories, and does not designor test these accessories to Ford Motor

Company engineering requirements.Contact an authorized Ford dealer for themanufacturer's limited warranty details,and request a copy of the Ford LicensedAccessories product limited warranty fromthe accessory manufacturer.

For maximum vehicle performance, keepthe following information in mind whenadding accessories or equipment to yourvehicle:

•When adding accessories, equipment,passengers and luggage to yourvehicle, do not exceed the total weightcapacity of the vehicle or of the frontor rear axle (GVWR or GAWR asindicated on the Safety ComplianceCertification label). Ask an authorizeddealer for specific weight information.

• The Federal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) and CanadianRadio Telecommunications

Commission (CRTC) regulate the useof mobile communications systemsthat are equipped with radiotransmitters, for example, two-wayradios, telephones and theft alarms.Any such equipment installed in yourvehicle should comply with FederalCommunications Commission (FCC)and Canadian RadioTelecommunications Commission(CRTC) regulations and should be

installed only by an authorized dealer.

• Mobile communications systems mayharm the operation of your vehicle,particularly if their manufacturer didnot design them specifically for

automotive use.• If you or an authorized Ford dealer add

any non-Ford electrical or electronicaccessories or components to yourvehicle, you may adversely affectbattery performance and durability,and may adversely affect theperformance of other electricalsystems in the vehicle.

420

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Accessories

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


END USER LICENSEAGREEMENT

SYNC® End User LicenseAgreement (EULA)

• You have acquired a device ("DEVICE")that includes software licensed by FordMotor Company and its affiliates("FORD MOTOR COMPANY") from anaffiliate of Microsoft Corporation("MS") . Those installed softwareproducts of MS origin, as well asassociated media, printed materials,and "online" or electronicdocumentation ("MS SOFTWARE")are protected by internationalintellectual property laws and treaties.The MS SOFTWARE is licensed, notsold. All rights reserved.

• The MS SOFTWARE may interface withand/or communicate with, or may belater upgraded to interface with and/orcommunicate with additional softwareand/or systems provided by FORDMOTOR COMPANY. The additionalsoftware and systems of FORDMOTOR COMPANY origin, as well asassociated media, printed materials,and "online" or electronicdocumentation ("FORD SOFTWARE")are protected by internationalintellectual property laws and treaties.The FORD SOFTWARE is licensed, notsold. All rights reserved.

• The MS SOFTWARE and/or FORDSOFTWARE may interface with and/orcommunicate with, or may be laterupgraded to interface with and/or

communicate with additional softwareand/or systems provided by third partysoftware and service suppliers. Theadditional software and services ofthird party origin, as well as associatedmedia, printed materials, and "online"or electronic documentation ("THIRDPARTY SOFTWARE") are protected byinternational intellectual property lawsand treaties. The THIRD PARTYSOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. All

rights reserved.• The MS SOFTWARE, FORD

SOFTWARE and THIRD PARTYSOFTWARE hereinafter collectivelyand individually will be referred to as"SOFTWARE".

IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS ENDUSER LICENSE AGREEMENT ("EULA")DO NOT USE THE DEVICE OR COPYTHE SOFTWARE. ANY USE OF THESOFTWARE, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICE, WILLCONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT TOTHIS EULA (OR RATIFICATION OF ANYPREVIOUS CONSENT).

GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE: ThisEULA grants you the following license:

• You may use the SOFTWARE asinstalled on the DEVICE and asotherwise interfacing with systemsand/or services provide by or through

FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its thirdparty software and service providers.

421

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Appendices

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Description of Other Rights andLimitations

• Speech Recognition: If the

SOFTWARE includes speechrecognition component(s), you shouldunderstand that speech recognition isan inherently statistical process andthat recognition errors are inherent inthe process. Neither FORD MOTORCOMPANY nor its suppliers shall beliable for any damages arising out oferrors in the speech recognitionprocess.

• Limitations on Reverse Engineering,

Decompilation and Disassembly:You may not reverse engineer,decompile, or disassemble nor permitothers to reverse engineer, decompileor disassemble the SOFTWARE, exceptand only to the extent that such activityis expressly permitted by applicablelaw notwithstanding this limitation.

• Limitations on Distributing,Copying, Modifying and CreatingDerivative Works: You may not

distribute, copy, make modificationsto or create derivative works based onthe SOFTWARE, except and only to theextent that such activity is expresslypermitted by applicable lawnotwithstanding this limitation.

• Single EULA: The end userdocumentation for the DEVICE andrelated systems and services maycontain multiple EULAs, such asmultiple translations and/or multiple

media versions (e.g., in the userdocumentation and in the software).Even if you receive multiple EULAs, youare licensed to use only one (1) copy ofthe SOFTWARE.

• SOFTWARE Transfer: You maypermanently transfer your rights underthis EULA only as part of a sale ortransfer of the DEVICE, provided you

retain no copies, you transfer all of theSOFTWARE (including all componentparts, the media and printed materials,any upgrades, and, if applicable, theCertificate(s) of Authenticity), and therecipient agrees to the terms of thisEULA. If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade,any transfer must include all priorversions of the SOFTWARE.

• Termination: Without prejudice to anyother rights, FORD MOTOR COMPANYor MS may terminate this EULA if youfail to comply with the terms andconditions of this EULA.

• Security Updates/Digital RightsManagement: Content owners usethe WMDRM technology included inyour DEVICE to protect theirintellectual property, includedcopyrighted content. Portions of theSOFTWARE on your DEVICE useWMDRM software to accessWMDRM-protected content. If theWMDRM software fails to protect thecontent, content owners may askMicrosoft to revoke the SOFTWARE'sability to use WMDRM to play or copyprotected content. This action doesnot affect unprotected content. Whenyour DEVICE downloads licenses forprotected content, you agree thatMicrosoft may include a revocation listwith the licenses. Content owners may

require you to upgrade the SOFTWAREon your DEVICE to access their content.If you decline an upgrade, you will notbe able to access content that requiresthe upgrade.

422

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Appendices

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


• Consent to Use of Data: You agreethat MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORDMOTOR COMPANY, third partysoftware and systems suppliers, their

affiliates and/or their designated agentmay collect and use technicalinformation gathered in any manner aspart of product support services relatedto the SOFTWARE or related services.MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORDMOTOR COMPANY, third partysoftware and services suppliers, theiraffiliates and/or their designated agentmay use this information solely toimprove their products or to provide

customized services or technologies toyou. MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORDMOTOR COMPANY, third partysoftware and systems suppliers, theiraffiliates and/or their designated agentmay disclose this information to others,but not in a form that personallyidentifies you.

• Internet-Based ServicesComponents: The SOFTWARE maycontain components that enable and

facilitate the use of certainInternet-based services. Youacknowledge and agree that MS,Microsoft Corporation, FORD MOTORCOMPANY, third party software andservice suppliers, their affiliates and/ortheir designated agent mayautomatically check the version of theSOFTWARE and/or its componentsthat you are utilizing and may provideupgrades or supplements to the

SOFTWARE that may be automaticallydownloaded to your DEVICE.

• Additional Software/Services: TheSOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTORCOMPANY, third party software andservice suppliers, MS, MicrosoftCorporation, their affiliates and/or theirdesignated agent to provide or makeavailable to you SOFTWARE updates,

supplements, add-on components, orInternet-based services componentsof the SOFTWARE after the date youobtain your initial copy of the

SOFTWARE ("SupplementalComponents").

If FORD MOTOR COMPANY or third partysoftware and services suppliers provide ormake available to you SupplementalComponents and no other EULA terms areprovided along with the SupplementalComponents, then the terms of this EULAshall apply.

If MS, Microsoft Corporation, their affiliates

and/or their designated agent makeavailable Supplemental Components, andno other EULA terms are provided, thenthe terms of this EULA shall apply, exceptthat the MS, Microsoft Corporation oraffiliate entity providing the SupplementalComponent(s) shall be the licensor of theSupplemental Component(s).

FORD MOTOR COMPANY, MS, MicrosoftCorporation, their affiliates and/or theirdesignated agent reserve the right to

discontinue without liability anyInternet-based services provided to you ormade available to you through the use ofthe SOFTWARE.

423

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Appendices

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


• Links to Third Party Sites: The MSSOFTWARE may provide you with theability to link to third party sites throughthe use of the SOFTWARE. The third

party sites are not under the control ofMS, Microsoft Corporation, theiraffiliates and/or their designatedagent. Neither MS nor MicrosoftCorporation nor their affiliates nor theirdesignated agent are responsible for(i) the contents of any third party sites,any links contained in third party sites,or any changes or updates to thirdparty sites, or (ii) webcasting or anyother form of transmission received

from any third party sites. If theSOFTWARE provides links to thirdparty sites, those links are provided toyou only as a convenience, and theinclusion of any link does not imply anendorsement of the third party site byMS, Microsoft Corporation, theiraffiliates and/or their designatedagent.

• Obligation to Drive Responsibly:You recognize your obligation to drive

responsibly and keep attention on theroad. You will read and abide with theDEVICE operating instructionsparticularly as they pertain to safetyand assumes any risk associated withthe use of the DEVICE.

UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA:If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORDMOTOR COMPANY separate from theDEVICE on media such as a ROM chip, CDROM disk(s) or via web download or other

means, and is labeled "For UpgradePurposes Only" or "For Recovery PurposesOnly" you may install one (1) copy of suchSOFTWARE onto the DEVICE as areplacement copy for the existingSOFTWARE, and use it in accordance withthis EULA, including any additional EULAterms accompanying the upgradeSOFTWARE.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS:All title and intellectual property rights inand to the SOFTWARE (including but notlimited to any images, photographs,

animations, video, audio, music, text and"applets" incorporated into theSOFTWARE), the accompanying printedmaterials, and any copies of theSOFTWARE, are owned by MS, MicrosoftCorporation, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, ortheir affiliates or suppliers. TheSOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. You maynot copy the printed materialsaccompanying the SOFTWARE. All titleand intellectual property rights in and to

the content which may be accessedthrough use of the SOFTWARE is theproperty of the respective content ownerand may be protected by applicablecopyright or other intellectual propertylaws and treaties. This EULA grants you norights to use such content. All rights notspecifically granted under this EULA arereserved by MS, Microsoft Corporation,FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third partysoftware and service providers, their

affiliates and suppliers. Use of any on-lineservices which may be accessed throughthe SOFTWARE may be governed by therespective terms of use relating to suchservices. If this SOFTWARE containsdocumentation that is provided only inelectronic form, you may print one copy ofsuch electronic documentation.

EXPORT RESTRICTIONS: Youacknowledge that the SOFTWARE issubject to U.S. and European Union export

jurisdiction. You agree to comply with allapplicable international and national lawsthat apply to the SOFTWARE, includingthe U.S. Export Administration Regulations,as well as end-user, end-use anddestination restrictions issued by U.S. andother governments. For additionalinformation, seehttp://www.microsoft.com/exporting/.

424

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Appendices

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


TRADEMARKS: This EULA does not grantyou any rights in connection with anytrademarks or service marks of FORDMOTOR COMPANY, MS, Microsoft

Corporation, third party software or serviceproviders, their affiliates or suppliers.

PRODUCT SUPPORT: Product supportfor the SOFTWARE is not provided by MS,its parent corporation MicrosoftCorporation, or their affiliates orsubsidiaries. For product support, pleaserefer to FORD MOTOR COMPANYinstructions provided in the documentationfor the DEVICE. Should you have anyquestions concerning this EULA, or if youdesire to contact FORD MOTORCOMPANY for any other reason, pleaserefer to the address provided in thedocumentation for the DEVICE.

No Liability for Certain Damages:EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, FORDMOTOR COMPANY, ANY THIRD PARTYSOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS,MS, MICROSOFT CORPORATION ANDTHEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO

LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL,CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTALDAMAGES ARISING FROM OR INCONNECTION WITH THE USE ORPERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. THISLIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANYREMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIALPURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL MS,MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND/ORTHEIR AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR ANYAMOUNT IN EXCESS OF U.S. TWOHUNDRED FIFTY DOLLARS (U.S.$250.00).

• THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES OTHERTHAN THOSE THAT MAY EXPRESSLYBE PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEWVEHICLE.

Adobe

Contains Adobe® [Flash® Player] or[AIR®] technology by Adobe Systems

Incorporated. This [Licensee Product]contains [Adobe® Flash® Player][Adobe® AIR®] software under licensefrom Adobe Systems Incorporated,Copyright ©1995-2009 AdobeMacromedia Software LLC. All rightsreserved. Adobe, Flash and AIR aretrademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated.

End User Notice

Microsoft® Windows® Mobile for Automotive Important Safety Information

This system Ford SYNC™ containssoftware that is licensed to ManufacturerFORD MOTOR COMPANY by an affiliateof Microsoft Corporation pursuant to alicense agreement. Any removal,reproduction, reverse engineering or otherunauthorized use of the software from thissystem in violation of the licenseagreement is strictly prohibited and maysubject you to legal action.

Read and follow instructions: Beforeusing your Windows Automotive- basedsystem, read and follow all instructionsand safety information provided in this enduser manual ("User's Guide"). Notfollowing precautions found in this User'sGuide can lead to an accident or otherserious consequences.

Keep User's Guide in vehicle: When keptin the vehicle, the User's Guide will be aready reference for you and other usersunfamiliar with the WindowsAutomotive-based system. Please makecertain that before using the system forthe first time, all persons have access tothe User's Guide and read its instructionsand safety information carefully.

425

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Appendices

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


WARNING

Operating certain parts of thissystem while driving can distract

your attention away from the road,and possibly cause an accident or otherserious consequences. Do not changesystem settings or enter data non-verbally(using your hands) while driving. Stop thevehicle in a safe and legal manner beforeattempting these operations. This isimportant since while setting up orchanging some functions you might berequired to distract your attention awayfrom the road and remove your hands from

the wheel.

General Operation

Voice Command Control: Functionswithin the Windows Automotive-basedsystem may be accomplished using onlyvoice commands. Using voice commandswhile driving allows you to operate thesystem without removing your hands fromthe wheel.

Prolonged Views of Screen: Do notaccess any function requiring a prolongedview of the screen while you are driving.Pull over in a safe and legal manner beforeattempting to access a function of thesystem requiring prolonged attention. Evenoccasional short scans to the screen maybe hazardous if your attention has beendiverted away from your driving task at acritical time.

Volume Setting: Do not raise the volume

excessively. Keep the volume at a levelwhere you can still hear outside traffic andemergency signals while driving. Drivingwhile unable to hear these sounds couldcause an accident.

Use of Speech Recognition Functions:Speech recognition software is inherentlya statistical process which is subject toerrors. It is your responsibility to monitor

any speech recognition functions includedin the system and address any errors.

Navigation Features: Any navigationfeatures included in the system areintended to provide turn by turninstructions to get you to a desireddestination. Please make certain allpersons using this system carefully readand follow instructions and safetyinformation fully.

Distraction Hazard: Any navigationfeatures may require manual (non-verbal)setup. Attempting to perform such set-upor insert data while driving can seriouslydistract your attention and could cause anaccident or other serious consequences.Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal mannerbefore attempting these operations.

Let Your Judgment Prevail: Anynavigation features are provided only asan aid. Make your driving decisions based

on your observations of local conditionsand existing traffic regulations. Any suchfeature is not a substitute for your personaljudgment. Any route suggestions made bythis system should never replace any localtraffic regulations or your personaljudgment or knowledge of safe drivingpractices.

Route Safety: Do not follow the routesuggestions if doing so would result in anunsafe or illegal maneuver, if you would beplaced in an unsafe situation, or if youwould be directed into an area that youconsider unsafe. The driver is ultimatelyresponsible for the safe operation of thevehicle and therefore, must evaluatewhether it is safe to follow the suggesteddirections.

426

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Appendices

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Potential Map Inaccuracy: Maps usedby this system may be inaccurate becauseof changes in roads, traffic controls ordriving conditions. Always use good

judgment and common sense whenfollowing the suggested routes.

Emergency Services: Do not rely on anynavigation features included in the systemto route you to emergency services. Asklocal authorities or an emergency servicesoperator for these locations. Not allemergency services such as police, firestations, hospitals and clinics are likely tobe contained in the map database for suchnavigation features.

TeleNav Software End User LicenseAgreement

Please read these terms and conditionscarefully before you use the TelenavSoftware. Your use of the TelenavSoftware indicates that you accept theseterms and conditions. If you do not acceptthese terms and conditions, do not breakthe seal of the package, launch, or

otherwise use the Telenav Software.These terms and conditions represent theagreement (“Agreement”) between youand Telenav, Inc. (“Telenav”) with respectto the Telenav Software (includingupgrades, modifications, or additionsthereto) (collectively “Telenav Software”).All references herein to “you” and “your”means you, your employees, agents, andcontractors, and any other entity on whosebehalf you accept these terms and

conditions, all of whom shall also be boundby this Agreement. Additionally, all of youraccount information, as well as otherpayment and personal informationprovided by you to Telenav (directly orthrough the use of the Telenav Software,is subject to Telenav’s privacy policylocated at http://www.telenav.com.

Telenav may revise this Agreement andthe privacy policy at any time, with orwithout notice to you. You agree to visithttp://www.telenav.com from time to time

to review the then current version of thisAgreement and of the privacy policy.

1. Safe and Lawful Use

You acknowledge that devoting attentionto the Telenav Software may pose a riskof injury or death to you and others insituations that otherwise require yourundivided attention, and you thereforeagree to comply with the following whenusing the Telenav Software: (a) observeall traffic laws and otherwise drive safely;(b) use your own personal judgment whiledriving. If you feel that a route suggestedby the Telenav Software instructs you toperform an unsafe or illegal maneuver,places you in an unsafe situation, or directsyou into an area that you consider to beunsafe, do not follow such instructions; (c)do not input destinations, or otherwisemanipulate the Telenav Software, unlessyour vehicle is stationary and parked; (d)

do not use the Telenav Software for anyillegal, unauthorized, unintended, unsafe,hazardous, or unlawful purposes, or in anymanner inconsistent with this Agreement;(e) arrange all GPS and wireless devicesand cables necessary for use of theTelenav Software in a secure manner inyour vehicle so that they will not interferewith your driving and will not prevent theoperation of any safety device (such as anairbag).

You agree to indemnify and hold Telenavharmless against all claims resulting fromany dangerous or otherwise inappropriateuse of the Telenav Software in any movingvehicle, including as a result of your failureto comply with the directions above.

427

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Appendices

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


2. Account Information

You agree: (a) when registering theTelenav Software, to provide Telenav with

true, accurate, current, and completeinformation about yourself, and (b) toinform Telenav promptly of any changesto such information, and to keep it true,accurate, current and complete.

3. Software License

Subject to your compliance with the termsof this Agreement, Telenav hereby grantsto you a personal, non-exclusive,non-transferable license (except as

expressly permitted below in connectionwith your permanent transfer of theTelenav Software license), without theright to sublicense, to use the TelenavSoftware (in object code form only) inorder to access and use the TelenavSoftware. This license shall terminate uponany termination or expiration of thisAgreement. You agree that you will use theTelenav Software only for your personalbusiness or leisure purposes, and not to

provide commercial navigation services toother parties.

3.1 License Limitations

You agree not to do any of the following:(a) reverse engineer, decompile,disassemble, translate, modify, alter orotherwise change the Telenav Softwareor any part thereof; (b) attempt to derivethe source code, audio library or structureof the Telenav Software without the prior

express written consent of Telenav; (c)remove from the Telenav Software, oralter, any of Telenav’s or its suppliers’trademarks, trade names, logos, patent orcopyright notices, or other notices ormarkings; (d) distribute, sublicense orotherwise transfer the Telenav Softwareto others, except as part of your permanenttransfer of the Telenav Software; or (e)use the Telenav Software in any mannerthat (i) infringes the intellectual property

or proprietary rights, rights of publicity orprivacy or other rights of any party, (ii)violates any law, statute, ordinance orregulation, including but not limited to laws

and regulations related to spamming,privacy, consumer and child protection,obscenity or defamation, or (iii) is harmful,threatening, abusive, harassing, tortuous,defamatory, vulgar, obscene, libelous, orotherwise objectionable; and (f) lease, rentout, or otherwise permit unauthorizedaccess by third parties to the TelenavSoftware without advanced writtenpermission of Telenav.

4. DisclaimersTo the fullest extent permissible pursuantto applicable law, in no event will Telenav,its licensors and suppliers, or agents oremployees of any of the foregoing, beliable for any decision made or actiontaken by you or anyone else in reliance onthe information provided by the TelenavSoftware. Telenav also does not warrantthe accuracy of the map or other data usedfor the Telenav Software. Such data may

not always reflect reality due to, amongother things, road closures, construction,weather, new roads and other changingconditions. You are responsible for theentire risk arising out of your use of theTelenav Software. For example butwithout limitation, you agree not to rely onthe Telenav Software for critical navigationin areas where the well-being or survivalof you or others is dependent on theaccuracy of navigation, as the maps or

functionality of the Telenav Software arenot intended to support such high riskapplications, especially in more remotegeographical areas.

TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANDEXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES INCONNECTION WITH THE TELENAVSOFTWARE, WHETHER STATUTORY,EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ALLWARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE FROM

428

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Appendices

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


COURSE OF DEALING, CUSTOM ORTRADE AND INCLUDING, BUT NOTLIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A

PARTICULAR PURPOSE ANDNON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTYRIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THE TELENAVSOFTWARE. Certain jurisdictions do notpermit the disclaimer of certain warranties,so this limitation may not apply to you.

5. Limitation of Liability

TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDERAPPLICABLE LAW, UNDER NOCIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV ORITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS BELIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD PARTYFOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OREXEMPLARY DAMAGES (INCLUDING INEACH CASE, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,DAMAGES FOR THE INABILITY TO USETHE EQUIPMENT OR ACCESS DATA,LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF BUSINESS,LOSS OF PROFITS, BUSINESSINTERRUPTION OR THE LIKE) ARISING

OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TOUSE THE TELENAV SOFTWARE, EVEN IFTELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THEPOSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGESTHAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANYREASON WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING,WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL DAMAGESREFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL DIRECTOR GENERAL DAMAGES IN CONTRACT,TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OROTHERWISE), THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OFTELENAV AND OF ALL OF TELENAV’SSUPPLIERS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THEAMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FORTHE TELENAV SOFTWARE. SOME

STATES AND/OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOTALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATIONOF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIALDAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS

OR EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TOYOU.

6. Arbitration and Governing Law

You agree that any dispute, claim orcontroversy arising out of or relating to thisAgreement or the Telenav Software shallbe settled by independent arbitrationinvolving a neutral arbitrator andadministered by the American ArbitrationAssociation in the County of Santa Clara,California. The arbitrator shall apply theCommercial Arbitration Rules of theAmerican Arbitration Association, and thejudgment upon the award rendered by thearbitrator may be entered by any courthaving jurisdiction. Note that there is nojudge or jury in an arbitration proceedingand the decision of the arbitrator shall bebinding upon both parties. You expresslyagree to waive your right to a jury trial.

This Agreement and performancehereunder will be governed by andconstrued in accordance with the laws ofthe State of California, without givingeffect to its conflict of laws provisions. Tothe extent judicial action is necessary inconnection with the binding arbitration,both Telenav and you agree to submit tothe exclusive jurisdiction of the courts ofthe County of Santa Clara, California. TheUnited Nations Convention on Contractsfor the International Sale of Goods shallnot apply.

7. Assignment

You may not resell, assign, or transfer thisAgreement or any of your rights orobligations, except in totality, in connectionwith your permanent transfer of theTelenav Software, and expresslyconditioned upon the new user of theTelenav Software agreeing to be bound by

429

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Appendices

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


the terms and conditions of thisAgreement. Any such sale, assignment ortransfer that is not expressly permittedunder this paragraph will result in

immediate termination of this Agreement,without liability to Telenav, in which caseyou and all other parties shall immediatelycease all use of the Telenav Software.Notwithstanding the foregoing, Telenavmay assign this Agreement to any otherparty at any time without notice, providedthe assignee remains bound by thisAgreement.

8. Miscellaneous

8.1

This Agreement constitutes the entireagreement between Telenav and you withrespect to the subject matter hereof.

8.2

Except for the limited licenses expresslygranted in this Agreement, Telenav retainsall right, title and interest in and to theTelenav Software, including without

limitation all related intellectual propertyrights. No licenses or other rights which arenot expressly granted in this Agreementare intended to, or shall be, granted orconferred by implication, statute,inducement, estoppel or otherwise, andTelenav and its suppliers and licensorshereby reserve all of their respective rightsother than the licenses explicitly grantedin this Agreement.

8.3By using the Telenav Software, youconsent to receive from Telenav allcommunications, including notices,agreements, legally required disclosuresor other information in connection with theTelenav Software (collectively, “Notices”)electronically. Telenav may provide such

Notices by posting them on Telenav’sWebsite or by downloading such Noticesto your wireless device. If you desire towithdraw your consent to receive Notices

electronically, you must discontinue youruse of the Telenav Software.

8.4

Telenav’s or your failure to requireperformance of any provision shall notaffect that party’s right to requireperformance at any time thereafter, norshall a waiver of any breach or default ofthis Agreement constitute a waiver of anysubsequent breach or default or a waiverof the provision itself.

8.5

If any provision herein is heldunenforceable, then such provision will bemodified to reflect the intention of theparties, and the remaining provisions ofthis Agreement will remain in full force andeffect.

8.6

The headings in this Agreement are forconvenience of reference only, will not bedeemed to be a part of this Agreement,and will not be referred to in connectionwith the construction or interpretation ofthis Agreement. As used in this Agreement,the words “include” and “including,” andvariations thereof, will not be deemed tobe terms of limitation, but rather will bedeemed to be followed by the words“

without limitation”

.9. Other Vendors Terms and Conditions

The Telenav Software utilizes map andother data licensed to Telenav by thirdparty vendors for the benefit of you andother end users. This Agreement includesend-user terms applicable to thesecompanies (included at the end of this

430

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Appendices

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Agreement), and thus your use of theTelenav Software is also subject to suchterms. You agree to comply with thefollowing additional terms and conditions,

which are applicable to Telenav’s thirdparty vendor licensors:

End User License Agreement ForDistribution By HERE For NorthAmerica/APAC

The content provided (“Data”) is licensed,not sold. By opening this package, orinstalling, copying, or otherwise using theData, you agree to be bound by the termsof this agreement. If you do not agree tothe terms of this agreement, you are notpermitted to install, copy, use, resell ortransfer the Data. If you wish to reject theterms of this agreement, and have notinstalled, copied, or used the Data, youmust contact your retailer or HERE NorthAmerica, LLC (as defined below) withinthirty (30) days of purchase for a refundof your purchase price. To contact HERE,please visit www.here.com.

The Data is provided for your personal,internal use only and may not be resold. Itis protected by copyright, and is subject tothe following terms (this “End User LicenseAgreement”) and conditions which areagreed to by you, on the one hand, andHERE and its licensors (including theirlicensors and suppliers) on the other hand.For purposes of these terms, “HERE” shallmean (a) HERE North America, LLC withrespect to Data for the Americas and/orthe Asia Pacific region and (b) HEREEurope B.V. for Data for Europe, the MiddleEast and/or Africa.

The Data includes certain information andrelated content provided under license toHERE from third parties and is subject tothe applicable supplier terms andcopyright notices set forth at the followingURL:http://corporate.navteq.com/supplier_terms.html.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

License Limitations on Use:

You agree that your license to use this Datais limited to and conditioned on use forsolely personal, noncommercial purposes,and not for service bureau, timesharing orother similar purposes. Except as otherwiseset forth herein, you agree not to otherwisereproduce, copy, modify, decompile,disassemble or reverse engineer anyportion of this Data, and may not transferor distribute it in any form, for any purpose,except to the extent permitted bymandatory laws.

License Limitations on Transfer:

Your limited license does not allow transferor resale of the Data, except on thecondition that you may transfer the Dataand all accompanying materials on apermanent basis if: (a) you retain no copiesof the Data; (b) the recipient agrees to theterms of this End-User License Agreement;and (c) you transfer the Data in the exactsame form as you purchased it byphysically transferring the original media(e.g., the CD-ROM or DVD you purchased),all original packaging, all Manuals andother documentation. Specifically,Multi-disc sets may only be transferred orsold as a complete set as provided to youand not as a subset thereof.

Additional License Limitations:

Except where you have been specifically

licensed to do so by HERE in a separatewritten agreement, and without limitingthe preceding paragraph, your license isconditioned on use of the Data asprescribed in this agreement, and you maynot (a) use this Data with any products,systems, or applications installed orotherwise connected to or incommunication with vehicles capable ofvehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch,

431

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Appendices

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


real time route guidance, fleetmanagement or similar applications; or (b)with, or in communication with, includingwithout limitation, cellular phones,

palmtop and handheld computers, pagers,and personal digital -assistants or PDAs.

Note: This Data may contain inaccurate or incomplete information due to the passageof time, changing circum-stances, sourcesused and the nature of collectingcomprehensive geographic Data, any of which may lead to incorrect results.

No Warranty:

This Data is provided to you“as is

”, andyou agree to use it at your own risk. HERE

and its licensors (and their licensors andsuppliers) make no guarantees,representations or warranties of any kind,express or implied, arising by law orotherwise, including but not limited to,content, quality, accuracy, completeness,effectiveness, reliability, fitness for aparticular purpose, usefulness, use orresults to be obtained from this Data, or

that the Data or server will beuninterrupted or error ¬free.

Disclaimer of Warranty:

HERE AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDINGTHEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS)DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESSOR IMPLIED, OF QUALITY,PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY,FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEOR NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States,

Territories and Countries do not allowcertain warranty exclusions, so to thatextent the above exclusion may not applyto you.

Disclaimer of Liability:

HERE AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDINGTHEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS)

SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU INRESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND ORACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATUREOF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMANDOR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURYOR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT,WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE ORPOSSESSION OF THIS DATA; OR FOR ANYLOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTSOR SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT,INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR

CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISINGOUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TOUSE THIS DATA, ANY DEFECT IN THISDATA, OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMSOR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN ANACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT ORBASED ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF HEREOR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISEDOF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.Some States, Territories and Countries donot allow certain liability exclusions ordamages limitations, so to that extent theabove may not apply to you.

Export Control:

You agree not to export from anywhereany part of the Data or any direct productthereof except in compliance with, andwith all licenses and approvals requiredunder, applicable export laws, rules andregulations, including but not limited to thelaws, rules and regulations administeredby the Office of Foreign Assets Control ofthe U.S. Department of Commerce and theBureau of Industry and Security of the U.S.Department of Commerce. To the extentthat any such export laws, rules orregulations prohibit HERE from complyingwith any of its obligations hereunder todeliver or distribute Data, such failure shallbe excused and shall not constitute abreach of this Agreement.

432

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Appendices

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Entire Agreement:

These terms and conditions constitute theentire agreement between HERE (and its

licensors, including their licensors andsuppliers) and you pertaining to the subjectmatter hereof, and supersedes in theirentirety any and all written or oralagreements previously existing betweenus with respect to such subject matter.

Severability:

You and HERE agree that if any portion ofthis agreement is found illegal orunenforceable, that portion shall be

severed and the remainder of theAgreement shall be given full force andeffect.

Severability:

You and HERE agree that if any portion ofthis agreement is found illegal orunenforceable, that portion shall besevered and the remainder of theAgreement shall be given full force andeffect.

Governing Law:

The above terms and conditions shall begoverned by the laws of the State of Illinois(for Data for the Americas and/or the AsiaPacific region) or The Netherlands (forData for Europe, the Middle East andAfrica), without giving effect to (i) itsconflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the UnitedNations Convention for Contracts for theInternational Sale of Goods, which is

explicitly excluded. For any and alldisputes, claims and actions arising fromor in connection with the Data (“Claims”),you agree to submit to the personaljurisdiction of (a) the State of Illinois forClaims related to Data for the Americasand/or the Asia Pacific region provided toyou hereunder, and (b) The Netherlandsfor Data for Europe, the Middle East and/orAfrica provided to you hereunder.

Government End Users:

If the Data is being acquired by or on behalfof the United States government or any

other entity seeking or applying rightssimilar to those customarily claimed by theUnited States government, this Data is a“commercial item” as that term is definedat 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed inaccordance with this End¬ User LicenseAgreement, and each copy of Datadelivered or otherwise furnished shall bemarked and embedded as appropriatewith the following “Notice of Use”, and betreated in accordance with such Notice:

NOTICE OF USECONTRACTOR(MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER)

NAME:

HERE

CONTRACTOR(MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER)

ADDRESS:

425 West Randolph Street, Chicago, IL60606.

This Data is a commercial item as definedin FAR 2.101

and is subject to the End User LicenseAgreement under

which this Data was provided.

© 1987-2013 HERE. All rights reserved.

If the Contracting Officer, federalgovernment agency, or any federal officialrefuses to use the legend provided herein,the Contracting Officer, federalgovernment agency, or any federal officialmust notify HERE prior to seekingadditional or alternative rights in the Data.

433

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Appendices

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Gracenote® Copyright

CD and music-related data fromGracenote, Inc., copyright© 2000-2007

Gracenote. Gracenote Software, copyright© 2000-2007 Gracenote. This product andservice may practice one or more of thefollowing U.S. Patents #5,987,525,#6,061,680, #6,154,773, #6,161,132,#6,230,192, #6,230,207, #6.240,459,#6,330,593 and other patents issued orpending. Some services supplied underlicense from Open Globe, Inc. for U.S.Patent: #6,304,523.

Gracenote and CDDB are registered

trademarks of Gracenote. The Gracenotelogo and logotype, and the "Powered byGracenote™" logo are trademarks ofGracenote.

Gracenote® End User License Agreement(EULA)

This device contains software fromGracenote, Inc. of 2000 Powell StreetEmeryville, California 94608("Gracenote").

The software from Gracenote (the"Gracenote Software") enables this deviceto do disc and music file identification andobtain music-related information, includingname, artist, track, and title information("Gracenote Data") from online servers("Gracenote Servers"), and to performother functions. You may use GracenoteData only by means of the intended EndUser functions of this device.

This device may contain content belongingto Gracenote's providers. If so, all of therestrictions set forth herein with respect toGracenote Data shall also apply to suchcontent and such content providers shallbe entitled to all of the benefits andprotections set forth herein that areavailable to Gracenote.

You agree that you will use the contentfrom Gracenote ("Gracenote Content") ,Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software,and Gracenote Servers for your own

personal, non-commercial use only. Youagree not to assign, copy, transfer ortransmit the Gracenote Content,Gracenote Software or any GracenoteData (except in a Tag associated with amusic file) to any third party. YOU AGREENOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTECONTENT, GRACENOTE DATA, THEGRACENOTE SOFTWARE, ORGRACENOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT ASEXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN.

You agree that your non-exclusive licensesto use the Gracenote Content, GracenoteData, the Gracenote Software, andGracenote Servers will terminate if youviolate these restrictions. If your licensesterminate, you agree to cease any and alluse of the Gracenote Content, GracenoteData, the Gracenote Software, andGracenote Servers. Gracenote,respectively, reserve all rights in GracenoteData, the Gracenote Software, and the

Gracenote Servers and Gracenote Content,including all ownership rights. Under nocircumstances will either Gracenotebecome liable for any payment to you forany information that you provide, includingany copyrighted material or music fileinformation. You agree that Gracenotemay enforce its respective rights,collectively or separately, under thisagreement against you, directly in eachcompany's own name.

Gracenote uses a unique identifier to trackqueries for statistical purposes. Thepurpose of a randomly assigned numericidentifier is to allow Gracenote to countqueries without knowing anything aboutwho you are. For more information, see theweb page at www.gracenote.com for theGracenote Privacy Policy.

434

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Appendices

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, EACH ITEMOF GRACENOTE DATA AND THEGRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSEDTO YOU "AS IS". NEITHER GRACENOTE

MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS ORWARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANYGRACENOTE DATA FROM THEGRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTECONTENT. GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELYAND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHTTO DELETE DATA AND/OR CONTENTFROM THE COMPANIES' RESPECTIVESERVERS OR, IN THE CASE OFGRACENOTE, CHANGE DATA

CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THATGRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT. NOWARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHERGRACENOTE CONTENT OR THEGRACENOTE SOFTWARE ORGRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR-FREEOR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THEGRACENOTE SOFTWARE ORGRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BEUNINTERRUPTED. GRACENOTE IS NOTOBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY

ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPESTHAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TOPROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREETO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICESAT ANY TIME. GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALLWARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,IMPLIED WARRANTIES OFMERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR APARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, ANDNON-INFRINGEMENT. NEITHERGRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTSTHAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USEOF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANYGRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILLGRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANYCONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTALDAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITSOR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASONWHATSOEVER.

© Gracenote 2007.

Vehicle with SYNC only

FCC ID: KMHSG1G1

IC: 1422A-SG1G1

Vehicle with SYNC and MyFord Touchor MyLincoln Touch

FCC ID: KMHSYNCG2–L

IC: 1422A-SYNCG2–L

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and with RSS-210 of IndustryCanada. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and

(2) this device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.

WARNING

Changes or modifications notexpressively approved by the partyresponsible for compliance could

void the user's authority to operate theequipment. The term "IC" before the radio

certification number only signifies thatIndustry Canada technical specificationswere met.

The antenna used for this transmitter mustnot be co-located or operating inconjunction with any other antenna ortransmitter.

435

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Appendices

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


PROTECT YOURSELF FROM THE RISINGCOST OF VEHICLE REPAIRS WITH A FORDEXTENDED SERVICE PLAN.

SERVICE PLANS (U.S. Only)More than 32 million Ford owners havediscovered the powerful protection of FordExtended Service Plan. It is the onlyextended service plan backed by FordMotor Company, and provides peace ofmind protection beyond the New VehicleLimited Warranty coverage.

Ford ESP Can Quickly Pay for Itself

One service bill – the cost of parts andlabor – can easily exceed the price of yourFord Extended Service Plan. With Ford ESPyou minimize your risk for unexpectedrepair bills and rising repair costs.

Up to 1,000+ Covered VehicleComponents

There are four Extended Service Plans withdifferent levels of coverage. Ask yourauthorized dealer for details.

1. PremiumCARE - Our mostcomprehensive coverage. With over1,000 covered components, this planis so complete that we generally onlydiscuss what’s not covered.

2. ExtraCARE - Covers 113 components,and includes many high-tech items.

3. BaseCARE - Covers 84 components.

4. PowertrainCARE - Covers 29 criticalcomponents.

Ford Extended Service Plan is honored byall authorized Ford dealers in the U.S. andCanada. It is the only extended service planauthorized and backed by Ford MotorCompany.

That means you get:

• Reliable, quality service at any Ford orLincoln dealership

•Repairs performed by factory trainedtechnicians, using genuine parts

Rental Car Reimbursement

1st day Rental Benefit

You take advantage of replacementtransportation if your vehicle is at yourauthorized dealer for same day coveredrepairs.

Extended Rental BenefitsIf your vehicle is kept overnight for coveredrepairs, you are eligible for rental carcoverage, including bumper to bumperwarranty repairs, and Field Service Actions.

Roadside Assistance

Exclusive 24/7 roadside assistance,including:

• Towing, flat-tire change and battery

jump starts• Out of fuel and lock-out assistance

• Travel expense reimbursement forlodging, meals and rental car

• Destination assistance for taxi, shuttle,rental car coverage and emergencytransportation

Transferable Coverage

If you sell your vehicle before your Ford

Extended Service Plan coverage expires,you can transfer any remaining coverageto the new owner. Whenever you sell yourvehicle, prospective buyers may have ahigher degree of confidence that vehiclewas properly maintained with Ford ESP,thereby improving resale value.

436

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Extended Service Plan (ESP)

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Avoid the Rising Cost of Properly Maintaining Your Vehicle!

Ford Extended Service Plan also offers a

Premium Maintenance Plan that covers allscheduled maintenance, and selectedwear items. The coverage is prepaid, soyou never have to worry about affordingyour vehicle’s maintenance. It coversregular checkups, routine inspections,preventive care and replacement of selectitems that require periodic attention fornormal wear:

• Windshield wiper blades

• Spark plugs (except in California)

• The clutch disc

• Brake pads and linings

• Shock absorbers

• Belts and hoses

• Diesel exhaust fluid replenishment

Interest Free Finance OptionsAvailable

Take advantage of our interest free

installment payment plan. Just a 10%down payment will provide you with anaffordable, no interest, no fee paymentprogram allowing you all the security andbenefits Ford ESP has to offer while payingover time. You are pre-approved with nocredit checks, no hassles! To learn more,call our Ford ESP specialists at800-367-3377.

Ford ESPP.O. Box 8072Royal Oak, MI 48068-0039

SERVICE PLANS (CANADA ONLY)

You can get more protection for yourvehicle by purchasing a Ford Extended

Service Plan. Ford Extended Service Planis the only service contract backed by FordMotor Company of Canada, Limited.Depending on the plan you purchase, FordExtended Service Plan provides benefitssuch as:

• Rental reimbursement

• Coverage for certain maintenance andwear items

• Protection against repair costs after

your New Vehicle Limited WarrantyCoverage expires

• Roadside Assistance benefits

There are several Ford Extended ServicePlans available in various time, distanceand deductible combinations. Each planis tailored to fit your own driving needs,including reimbursement for towing andrental. When you purchase Ford ExtendedService Plan, you receive addedpeace-of-mind protection throughoutCanada and the United States, providedby a network of participating authorizedFord Motor Company dealers.

Note: Repairs performed outside of Canada and the United States are not eligible for Ford Extended Service Plan coverage.

This information is subject to change. Formore information, visit your local Ford ofCanada dealer or www.ford.ca to find theFord Extended Service Plan that is right for

you.

437

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Extended Service Plan (ESP)

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


GENERAL MAINTENANCEINFORMATION

Why Maintain Your Vehicle?Carefully following the maintenanceschedule helps protect against major repairexpenses resulting from neglect orinadequate maintenance and may help toincrease the value of your vehicle whenyou sell or trade it. Keep all receipts forcompleted maintenance with your vehicle.

We have established regular maintenanceintervals for your vehicle based upon

rigorous testing. It is important that youhave your vehicle serviced at the propertimes. These intervals serve two purposes;one is to maintain the reliability of yourvehicle and the second is to keep your costof owning your vehicle down.

It is your responsibility to have allscheduled maintenance performed and tomake sure that the materials used meetthe specifications identified in this owner'smanual. See Capacities and

Specifications (page 296).Failure to perform scheduled maintenanceinvalidates warranty coverage on partsaffected by the lack of maintenance.

Why Maintain Your Vehicle at YourDealership?

Factory-trained Technicians

Service technicians participate in extensive

factory-sponsored certification training tohelp them become experts on theoperation of your vehicle. Ask yourdealership about the training andcertification their technicians havereceived.

Genuine Ford and MotorcraftReplacement Parts

Dealerships stock Ford, Motorcraft and

Ford-authorized branded re-manufacturedreplacement parts. These parts meet orexceed our specifications. Parts installedat your dealership carry a nationwide24-month or unlimited mile (kilometer)parts and labor limited warranty.

If you do not use Ford authorized parts theymay not meet our specifications anddepending on the part, it could affectemissions compliance.

ConvenienceMany dealerships have extended eveningand Saturday hours to make your servicevisit more convenient and they offer onestop shopping. They can perform anyservices that are required on your vehicle,from general maintenance to collisionrepairs.

Note: Not all dealers have extended hoursor body shops. Please contact your dealer

for details.

Protecting Your Investment

Maintenance is an investment that paysdividends in the form of improvedreliability, durability and resale value. Tomaintain the proper performance of yourvehicle and its emission control systems,make sure you have scheduledmaintenance performed at the designatedintervals.

Vehicles with a 3.5L, 3.7L or 5.0LEngine

Your vehicle is equipped with theIntelligent Oil-Life Monitor system, whichdisplays a message in the informationdisplay at the proper oil change interval.This interval may be up to one year or10000 miles (16000 kilometers).

438

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Scheduled Maintenance

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


When ENGINE OIL CHANGE DUE or OILCHANGE REQUIRED appears in theinformation display, it is time for an oilchange. Make sure you perform the oil

change within two weeks or 500 miles(800 kilometers) of the ENGINE OILCHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGEREQUIRED message appearing. Makesure you reset the Intelligent Oil-LifeMonitor after each oil change.

If your information display resetsprematurely or becomes inoperative, youshould perform the oil change interval atsix months or 5000 miles (8000kilometers) from your last oil change.Never exceed one year or 10000 miles(16000 kilometers) between oil changeintervals.

Vehicles with a 6.2L Engine

Your vehicle does not have an IntelligentOil-Life Monitor system. See the 7500 mile(12000 kilometers) maintenance schedulefor oil change service intervals.

All Vehicles

Your vehicle is very sophisticated and builtwith multiple, complex, performancesystems. Every manufacturer developsthese systems using differentspecifications and performance features.That is why it is important to rely upon yourdealership to properly diagnose and repairyour vehicle.

Ford Motor Company has recommendedmaintenance intervals for various partsand component systems based uponengineering testing. Ford Motor Companyrelies upon this testing to determine themost appropriate mileage for replacementof oils and fluids to protect your vehicle atthe lowest overall cost to you andrecommends against maintenanceschedules that deviate from the scheduledmaintenance information.

We strongly recommend the use of onlygenuine Ford, Motorcraft orFord-authorized re-manufacturedreplacement parts engineered for your

vehicle.

Additives and Chemicals

This owner's manual and the FordWorkshop Manual list the recommendedadditives and chemicals for your vehicle.We do not recommend using chemicals oradditives not approved by us as part ofyour vehicle’s normal maintenance. Pleaseconsult your warranty information.

Oils, Fluids and Flushing

In many cases, fluid discoloration is anormal operating characteristic and, byitself, does not necessarily indicate aconcern or that the fluid needs to bechanged. However, a qualified expert, suchas the factory-trained technicians at yourdealership, should inspect discolored fluidsthat also show signs of overheating orforeign material contamination

immediately.Make sure to change your vehicle’s oils andfluids at the specified intervals or inconjunction with a repair. Flushing is aviable way to change fluid for many vehiclesub-systems during scheduledmaintenance. It is critical that systems areflushed only with new fluid that is the sameas that required to fill and operate thesystem or using a Ford-approved flushingchemical.

Owner Checks and Services

Make sure you perform the following basicmaintenance checks and inspections everymonth or at six-month intervals.

439

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Check every month

Engine oil level.

Function of all interior and exterior lights.

Tires (including spare) for wear and proper pressure.

Windshield washer fluid level.

Check every six months

Battery connections. Clean if necessary.

Body and door drain holes for obstructions. Clean if necessary.

Cooling system fluid level and coolant strength.

Door weatherstrips for wear. Lubricate if necessary.

Hinges, latches and outside locks for proper operation. Lubricate if necessary.

Parking brake for proper operation.

Safety belts and seat latches for wear and function.

Safety warning lamps (brake, ABS, airbag and safety belt) for operation.

Washer spray and wiper operation. Clean or replace blades as necessary.

Multi-point Inspection

In order to keep your vehicle running right,it is important to have the systems on yourvehicle checked regularly. This can helpidentify potential issues and prevent majorproblems. We recommend having thefollowing multi-point inspection performedat every scheduled maintenance intervalto help make sure your vehicle keepsrunning great.

440

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Multi-point inspection

Horn operationAccessory drive belt(s)

Radiator, cooler, heater and A/C hosesBattery performance

Suspension component for leaks ordamage

Engine air filter

Steering and linkageExhaust system

Tires (including spare) for wear and proper

pressure**

Exterior lamps and hazard warning systemoperation

Windshield for cracks, chips or pitsFluid levels*; fill if necessary

Washer spray and wiper operationFor oil and fluid leaks

* Brake, coolant recovery reservoir, automatic transmission, power steering (if equipped

with hydraulic power assist steering) and window washer.**

If your vehicle is equipped with a temporary mobility kit, check the tire sealant expirationUse By date on the canister. Replace as needed.

Be sure to ask your dealership serviceadvisor or technician about the multi-point

vehicle inspection. It is a comprehensiveway to perform a thorough inspection ofyour vehicle. Your checklist gives youimmediate feedback on the overallcondition of your vehicle.

NORMAL SCHEDULEDMAINTENANCE

Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor®(Vehicles with a 3.5L, 3.7L and5.0L Engine)

Your vehicle is equipped with an IntelligentOil-Life Monitor that determines when youshould change the engine oil based on howyour vehicle is used. By using severalimportant factors in its calculations, themonitor helps reduce the cost of owningyour vehicle and reduces environmentalwaste at the same time.

This means you do not have to rememberto change the oil on a mileage-basedschedule. Your vehicle lets you know when

an oil change is due by displaying ENGINEOIL CHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGEREQUIRED in the information display.

The following table provides examples ofvehicle use and its impact on oil changeintervals. It is a guideline only. Actual oilchange intervals depend on several factorsand generally decrease with severity ofuse.

441

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


When to expect the OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message

Vehicle use and exampleInterval

Normal

7500-10000 miles(12000-16000 km)

Normal commuting with highway drivingNo, or moderate, load or towingFlat to moderately hilly roadsNo extended idling

Severe

5000-7499 miles(8000-11999 km)

Moderate to heavy load or towingMountainous or off-road conditions

Extended idlingExtended hot or cold operation

Extreme3000-4999 miles(4800-7999 km) Maximum load or towing

Extreme hot or cold operation

442

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Normal Maintenance Intervals


At every oil change interval as indicated by the information display *

Change engine oil and filter.**

Rotate tires, inspect tire wear and measure tread depth.

Perform a multi-point inspection (recommended).

Inspect the automatic transmission fluid level (if equipped with dipstick). Consult yourdealer for requirements.

Inspect the brake pads, shoes, rotors, drums, brake linings, hoses and parking brake.

Inspect the engine cooling system strength and hoses.

Inspect the exhaust system and heat shields.

Inspect front axle and U-joints. Lubricate if equipped with grease fittings (Four–wheeldrive vehicles).

Inspect the half-shaft boots.

Inspect the steering linkage, ball joints, suspension, tire-rod ends, driveshaft and U-joints. Lubricate any areas with grease fittings.

Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise, wear, looseness ordrag.

* Do not exceed one year or 10000 miles (16000 kilometers) between service intervals.

** Reset the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after engine oil and filter changes.

Other maintenance items1

Replace climate-controlled (heated and cooled) seat filter

(if equipped).Every 30000 miles (48000km)Replace engine air filter.

Change engine coolant.2At 100000 miles (160000

km)

Replace spark plugs.Every 100000 miles(160000 km)

Inspect accessory drive belt(s).3

443

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Other maintenance items1

Change automatic transmission fluid and filter.

Every 150000 miles(240000 km)

Change front axle fluid (Four-wheel drive vehicles).

Change rear axle fluid.

Change transfer case fluid (Four-wheel drive vehicles).

Replace accessory drive belt(s).

1 Perform these maintenance items within 3000 miles (4800 kilometers) of the lastengine oil and filter change. Do not exceed the designated distance for the interval.2 Initial replacement at six years or 100000 miles (160000 kilometers), then every three

years or 50000 miles (80000 kilometers).3 After initial inspection, inspect every other oil change until replaced.

6.2L Engine

Every 7500 miles (12000 km) or six months (whichever comes first)

Change engine oil and filter.

Rotate tires*, inspect tire wear and measure tread depth.

Inspect wheels and related components for abnormal noise, wear, looseness or drag.

Perform multi-point inspection (recommended).

*The SVT Raptor has a specific tire rotation interval. See the supplement for more

information.

Every 15000 miles (24000 km) or 12 months (whichever comes first)

Inspect automatic transmission fluid level. Consult dealer for requirements.

Inspect brake pads, shoes, rotors, drums, brake linings, hoses and parking brake.

Inspect engine cooling system strength and hoses.

Inspect exhaust system and heat shields.

444

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Every 15000 miles (24000 km) or 12 months (whichever comes first)

Inspect front axle and U-joints. Lubricate if equipped with grease fittings (Four-wheeldrive vehicles).

Inspect half-shaft boots (if equipped).

Inspect steering linkage, ball joints, suspension, tie-rod ends, driveshaft and U-joints.Lubricate if equipped with grease fittings.

Other maintenance items

Replace climate-controlled (heated and cooled) seat filter(if equipped).Every 30000 miles (48000

km) Replace engine air filter.

Replace spark plugs.Every 97500 miles (156000km)

Change engine coolant.*


Inspect accessory drive belt(s).**

Change automatic transmission fluid and filter.


Change front axle fluid (Four-wheel drive vehicles).

Change rear axle fluid.

Change transfer case fluid (Four-wheel drive vehicles).

Replace accessory drive belt(s) if not replaced within thelast 100000 miles (160000 km).

* Initial replacement at six years or 105000 miles (168000 kilometers), then every three

years or 45000 miles (72000 kilometers).**

If not replaced, inspect every 15000 miles (24000 kilometers).

445

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


SPECIAL OPERATINGCONDITIONS SCHEDULEDMAINTENANCE


If you operate your vehicle primarily in anyof the following conditions, you need toperform extra maintenance as indicated.If you operate your vehicle occasionally under any of these conditions, it is notnecessary to perform the extramaintenance. For specificrecommendations, see your dealership

service advisor or technician.

Perform the services shown in thefollowing tables when specified or within3000 miles (4800 kilometers) of the OILCHANGE REQUIRED message appearing

in the information display.• Example 1: The OIL CHANGE

REQUIRED message comes on at28751 miles (46270 kilometers).Perform the 30000-mile (48000kilometer) automatic transmissionfluid replacement.

• Example 2: The OIL CHANGEREQUIRED message has not comeon, but the odometer reads 30000

miles (48000 kilometers) (forexample, the Intelligent Oil-LifeMonitor was reset at 25000 miles[40000 kilometers]). Perform theengine air filter replacement.

Towing a trailer or using a car-top carrier

Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the informationdisplay and perform services listed in the Normal Sched-uled Maintenance chart.

As required

Inspect and lubricate U-joints.Inspect frequently, serviceas required

See axle maintenance items under Exceptions.

Change transfer case fluid (Four-wheel drive vehicles).Every 60000 miles (96000km)

Extensive idling or low-speed driving for long distances, as in heavy commercial use(such as delivery, taxi, patrol car or livery)

Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the informationdisplay and perform services listed in the Normal Sched-uled Maintenance chart.

As required

Replace engine air filter.Inspect frequently, serviceas required


Replace spark plugs.

446

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Operating in dusty or sandy conditions (such as unpaved or dusty roads)

Replace engine air filter.Inspect frequently, service

as required

Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormalnoise, wear, looseness or drag.

Every 5000 miles (8000km)

Rotate tires, inspect tires for wear and measure treaddepth.

Change engine oil and filter.*Every 5000 miles (8000

km) or six months

Change transfer case fluid (Four-wheel drive vehicles).Every 60000 miles (96000

km)*Reset your Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after each engine oil and filter change.

Off-road operation

Inspect steering linkage, ball joints and U-joints, Lubricateif equipped with grease fittings.

Inspect frequently, serviceas required

Replace engine air filter.

Change engine oil and filter.*Every 5000 miles (8000km) or six monthsInspect the wheels and related components for abnormalnoise, wear, looseness or drag.


Replace front wheel bearing grease and grease seals ifnon-sealed bearings are used (Two-wheel drive vehicles).


Change transfer case fluid (Four-wheel drive vehicles).Every 60000 miles (96000

km)*Reset your Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after each engine oil and filter change.

Exclusive use of E85 (Flex fuel vehicles only)

If ran exclusively on E85, fill the fuel tank full with regularunleaded fuel.

Every oil change interval

447

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


6.2L Engine

If you operate your vehicle primarily in anyof the following conditions, you need to

perform extra maintenance as indicated.If you operate your vehicle occasionally

under any of these conditions, it is notnecessary to perform the extramaintenance. For specificrecommendations, see your dealership

service advisor or technician.

Towing a trailer or using a car-top carrier

Inspect and lubricate U-joints.Inspect frequently, serviceas required

See axle maintenance items under Exceptions.

Inspect wheels and related components for abnormalnoise, wear, looseness or drag.




km) or six monthsInspect and lubricate U-joints.


*Reset your oil life monitoring system after each engine oil and filter change.



Inspect brake system.Every 5000 miles (8000km)

Inspect wheels and related components for abnormalnoise, wear, looseness or drag.

Lubricate control arm and steering ball joints if equippedwith grease fittings.



km) or six months

448

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014




Replace spark plugs.


Operating in dusty or sandy conditions (such as unpaved or dusty roads)


Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormalnoise, wear, looseness or drag.




km) or six monthsInspect and lubricate U-joints.



Off-road operation

Inspect steering linkage, ball joints and U-joints, Lubricateif equipped with grease fittings.

Inspect frequently, serviceas required

Replace engine air filter.


km) or six monthsInspect the wheels and related components for abnormalnoise, wear, looseness or drag.




449

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Exclusive use of E85 (Flex fuel vehicles only)

If ran exclusively on E85, fill the fuel tank full with regular

unleaded fuel.

Every oil change interval

Exceptions

There are several exceptions to the NormalSchedule:

Normal vehicle axle maintenance: Rearaxles and power take-off units withsynthetic fluid and light-duty trucksequipped with Ford-design axles are

lubricated for life; do not check or changefluid unless a leak is suspected, service isrequired or the assembly has beensubmerged in water. During long periodsof trailer towing with outside temperaturesabove 70°F (21°C) and at wide-openthrottle for long periods above 45 mph (72km/h), change non-synthetic rear axle fluidevery 3000 miles (4800 kilometers) orthree months, whichever comes first. Thisinterval can be waived if the axle is filled

with 75W140 synthetic gear fluid meetingFord specification WSL-M2C192-A, partnumber F1TZ-19580-B, or equivalent. Addfriction modifier XL-3 (EST-M2C118-A) orequivalent for complete refill ofTraction-Lok rear axles. See Capacitiesand Specifications (page 296).

Police, Taxi and Livery vehicle axlemaintenance: Change rear axle fluid every100000 miles (160000 kilometers). Rearaxle fluid change may be waived if the axle

was filled with 75W140 synthetic gear fluidmeeting Ford specificationWSL-M2C192-A, part number

F1TZ-19580-B, or equivalent. Add fourounces (118 milliliters) of additive frictionmodifier XL-3 (EST-M2C118-A), orequivalent, for complete refill ofTraction-Lok rear axles. Change the axlefluid anytime the axle submerges in water.

California fuel filter replacement: If youregister your vehicle in California, the

California Air Resources Board hasdetermined that the failure to perform thismaintenance item does not nullify theemission warranty or limit recall liabilitybefore the completion of your vehicle'suseful life. Ford Motor Company, however,urges you to have all recommendedmaintenance services performed at thespecified intervals and to record all vehicleservice.

Hot climate oil change intervals:

Vehicles operating in the Middle East,North Africa, Sub-Saharan Africa orlocations with similar climates using anAmerican Petroleum Institute (API)Certified for Gasoline Engines (Certificationmark) oil of SM or SN quality, the normaloil change interval is 5000 miles (8000kilometers).

If the available API SM or SN oils are notavailable, then the oil change interval is3000 miles (4800 kilometers).

Engine air filter replacement: The life ofthe engine air filter is dependent onexposure to dusty and dirty conditions.Vehicles operated in these conditionsrequire frequent inspection andreplacement of the engine air filter.

450

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE RECORD

451

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


452

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


453

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


454

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


455

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


456

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


457

F150 (TF6) , enUSA


8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


458

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


44WD

See: Four-Wheel Drive......................................153

AA/C

See: Climate Control.........................................106About This Manual...........................................7

Protecting the Environment................................7ABS

See: Brakes............................................................163ABS driving hints

See: Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock

Brakes................................................................163Accessories.....................................................419

Exterior style.........................................................419Interior style..........................................................419Lifestyle..................................................................419Peace of mind......................................................419

AccessoriesSee: Replacement Parts

Recommendation.............................................11Adjusting the Headlamps........................249

Horizontal Aim Adjustment............................251

Vertical Aim Adjustment................................249Adjusting the Pedals....................................68Adjusting the Steering Wheel...................65

Power Tilt and Telescope SteeringColumn................................................................65

Airbag Disposal..............................................48Air Conditioning

See: Climate Control.........................................106Alarm

See: Anti-Theft Alarm........................................62Anti-Theft Alarm............................................62

Arming the Alarm.................................................62Disarming the Alarm...........................................62Appendices.....................................................421Audible Warnings and Indicators.............85

Headlamps On Warning Chime......................85Key in Ignition Warning Chime........................85Parking Brake On Warning Chime.................86

Audio Control..................................................66Media.........................................................................67Seek, Next or Previous........................................67Type 1........................................................................66

Type 2.......................................................................66Audio Input Jack............................................321Audio System...............................................306

General Information.........................................306Audio unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/CD/

SYNC/Satellite Radio.............................308Audio unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM.......307Audio unit - Vehicles With: Sony AM/FM/

CD....................................................................315Autolamps..........................................................71Automatic Climate Control......................109

Automatic Transmission............................147Brake-Shift Interlock.........................................150If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or

Snow...................................................................152Understanding the Shift Positions of a

6–Speed Automatic Transmission.........147Understanding your SelectShift

Automatic® transmission..........................149Automatic Transmission Fluid

Check.............................................................245Autowipers.......................................................69

Auxiliary Power Points................................132110 Volt AC Power Points.................................13212 Volt DC Power Point.....................................132Locations................................................................132

BBonnet Lock

See: Opening and Closing the Hood..........235Booster Seats..................................................24

Types of Booster Seats......................................25Brake Fluid Check........................................246Brakes...............................................................163

General Information..........................................163Breaking-In......................................................210Bulb Specification Chart...........................254

CCalifornia Proposition 65..............................11Capacities and Specifications................296

Technical Specifications..................................301

459

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Index

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Car WashSee: Cleaning the Exterior..............................259

Center Console..............................................134Changing a Bulb...........................................252

Lamp Assembly Condensation....................252Replacing Brake/Tail/Turn/Reverse Lamp

Bulbs..................................................................253Replacing Cargo Lamp and High-mount

Brake Lamp Bulbs........................................253Replacing exterior mounted mirror turn

signal indicator lamp bulbs......................254Replacing Fog Lamp Bulbs (If

Equipped..........................................................253Replacing the License Plate Lamp

Bulb....................................................................254

Changing a Fuse...........................................233Fuses.......................................................................233

Changing a Road Wheel...........................289Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire Assembly

Information.....................................................289Location of the Spare Tire and Tools........290Tire Change Procedure.....................................291

Changing the 12V Battery.........................246Battery Management System (If

Equipped)........................................................248Changing the Engine Air Filter - 3.5L

Ecoboost™

.................................................256Changing the Engine Air Filter - 3.7L/5.0L/6.2L......................................................257

Changing the Wiper Blades.....................249Checking MyKey System Status...............55Checking the Wiper Blades.....................249Child Restraint and Safety Belt

Maintenance..................................................37Child Safety.......................................................14

General Information.............................................14Child Safety Locks.........................................28

Left-Hand Side......................................................29Right-Hand Side...................................................29

Child Seat Positioning..................................26Cleaning Leather Seats.............................262

WITHOUT THE KING RANCHEDITION............................................................262

WITH THE KING RANCH EDITION..............263Cleaning Products.......................................259Cleaning the Alloy Wheels.......................264Cleaning the Engine...................................260

Cleaning the Exterior..................................259Cleaning Plastic Exterior Parts.....................260Exterior Chrome.................................................259Stripes or Graphics (if equipped)................259

Underbody...........................................................260Cleaning the Instrument Panel and

Instrument Cluster Lens..........................261Cleaning the Interior....................................261Cleaning the Windows and Wiper

Blades............................................................261Clearing All MyKeys.......................................55Climate...........................................................408

Climate Control Voice Commands............409Climate Control............................................106Coolant Check

See: Engine Coolant Check.............................241Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator.......48Creating a MyKey............................................53

Programming/Changing ConfigurableSettings...............................................................54

Cruise Control..................................................67Principle of Operation.......................................176

Cruise controlSee: Using Cruise Control................................176

Customer Assistance..................................219

DData Recording..................................................9

Event Data Recording...........................................9Service Data Recording........................................9

Daytime Running Lamps.............................72Digital Radio...................................................316

HD Radio Reception and StationTroubleshooting.............................................. 317

Direction Indicators........................................73Lane Change..........................................................73

Driver and Passenger Airbags...................40Children and Airbags..........................................40Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating

Adjustment.......................................................40Driving Aids......................................................177Driving Hints...................................................210Driving Through Water.................................211DRL

See: Daytime Running Lamps..........................72

460

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Index

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


EEconomical Driving......................................210Electronic Locking Differential.................161

Activating the Electronic LockingDifferential........................................................161

Emission Control System..........................144On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II)....................145Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance

(I/M) Testing...................................................146End User License Agreement...................421

SYNC® End User License Agreement(EULA)...............................................................421

Engine Block Heater.....................................137Using the Engine Block Heater......................138

Engine Coolant Check.................................241Adding Engine Coolant....................................242Checking the Engine Coolant.........................241Recycled Engine Coolant................................242Severe Climates.................................................243What You Should Know About Fail-Safe

Cooling..............................................................243Engine Immobilizer

See: Passive Anti-Theft System......................61Engine Oil Check..........................................240

Adding Engine Oil..............................................240

Engine Oil Dipstick......................................240Engine Specifications................................296Drivebelt Routing...............................................296

Entertainment...............................................376A/V Inputs............................................................392AM/FM Radio......................................................378Bluetooth Audio..................................................391Browsing Device Content................................376CD............................................................................387SD Card Slot and USB Port...........................388SIRIUS® Satellite Radio (If

Activated)........................................................383Supported Media Players, Formats andMetadata Information.................................391

Essential Towing Checks...........................201Before Towing a Trailer...................................206Hitches....................................................................201Launching or Retrieving a Boat or Personal

Watercraft (PWC)........................................207Safety Chains......................................................202Trailer Brakes.......................................................202Trailer Lamps......................................................206Trailer Towing Connector.................................201Using a Step Bumper (If Equipped)..........206When Towing a Trailer.....................................206

Event Data RecordingSee: Data Recording..............................................9

Export Unique Options..................................13Extended Service Plan (ESP).................436

SERVICE PLANS (CANADA ONLY).............437SERVICE PLANS (U.S. Only).........................436

Exterior Mirrors................................................76Auto-dimming Feature (if equipped)...........77Clearance Lamps .................................................77Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors................................77Heated Exterior Mirrors ......................................77Integrated Blind Spot Mirror (If

Equipped)..........................................................78Memory Mirrors .....................................................77Power Exterior Mirrors.........................................76

Signal Indicator Mirrors ......................................77Telescoping Mirrors .............................................77

FFastening the Safety Belts...........................31

Fastening the Cinch Tongue.............................32Safety Belt Extension Assembly....................34Safety Belt Locking Modes...............................32Using Safety Belts During Pregnancy...........32Using the Safety Belt with Cinch Tongue

(Front Center Seat).........................................31Floor Mats.........................................................211Fog Lamps - Front

See: Front Fog Lamps.........................................72Foot Pedals

See: Adjusting the Pedals.................................68Ford Credit..........................................................11

(U.S. Only).................................................................11Four-Wheel Drive..........................................153Front Fog Lamps.............................................72Front Passenger Sensing System.............41

461

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Index

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Front Seat Armrest.......................................122Fuel and Refueling.......................................139Fuel Consumption........................................143

Calculating Fuel Economy..............................144

Filling the Tank.....................................................143Fuel Filter........................................................246Fuel Quality....................................................140

Choosing the Right Fuel With a Flex FuelVehicle (If Equipped)...................................140

Choosing the Right Fuel Without a Flex FuelVehicle (If Equipped)...................................140

Octane Recommendations............................140Fuel Shutoff....................................................216Fuses.................................................................225Fuse Specification Chart...........................225

Auxiliary relay box (SVT Raptoronly)...................................................................233

Passenger Compartment FusePanel..................................................................229

Power Distribution Box....................................225

GGarage Door Opener

See: Universal Garage Door Opener............124Gauges................................................................81

Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge............82Engine Oil Pressure Gauge...............................82Fuel Gauge..............................................................82Information Display.............................................82Transmission Fluid Temperature

Gauge...................................................................82General Information on Radio

Frequencies...................................................49General Maintenance Information.......438

Multi-point Inspection....................................440Owner Checks and Services..........................439Protecting Your Investment..........................438Why Maintain Your Vehicle?.........................438Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your

Dealership?..................................................... 438Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and

Canada..........................................................222Getting the Services You Need................219

Away From Home...............................................219

HHandbrake

See: Parking Brake.............................................164

Hazard Warning Flashers..........................216HDC

See: Using Hill Descent Control....................170Head Restraints..............................................114

Adjusting the Head Restraint..........................115Heated Seats.................................................120

Rear Heated Seats...............................................121Heated Windows and Mirrors....................112

Heated Exterior Mirror........................................113Heated Rear Window.........................................112

Heating

See: Climate Control.........................................106Hill Start Assist..............................................164

Using Hill Start Assist.......................................164Hints on Controlling the Interior

Climate...........................................................110Cooling the Interior Quickly...............................111General Hints........................................................110Heating the Interior Quickly..............................111Recommended Settings for Cooling ...........112Recommended Settings for Heating.............111Side Window Defogging in Cold

Weather..............................................................112Hints on Driving With Anti-LockBrakes............................................................163

Hood LockSee: Opening and Closing the Hood..........235

IIgnition Switch...............................................135In California (U.S. Only)............................220Information Display Control.......................67

Type 1.........................................................................67Type 2........................................................................67Information Displays.....................................87

General Information............................................87

462

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Index

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Information....................................................399911 Assist..............................................................405Alerts......................................................................405Calendar...............................................................405

Sirius Travel Link................................................402SYNC Services (If Equipped, United States

Only).................................................................400Vehicle Health Report......................................407

Information Messages.................................984WD........................................................................105AdvanceTrac® and Traction Control............98Airbag.......................................................................98Alarm and Security.............................................99Battery and Charging System.........................99Doors and Locks...................................................99

Drivetrain...............................................................100Engine.....................................................................100Fuel..........................................................................100Key............................................................................. 101Maintenance.........................................................101MyKey®..................................................................102Off Road................................................................103Park Aid..................................................................102Park Brake.............................................................103Tire Pressure Monitoring System.................104Trailer......................................................................104

Installing Child Seats.....................................15Child Seats...............................................................15Combining Safety Belt and LATCH Lower

Anchors for Attaching Child SafetySeats.....................................................................22

Front Seat Tether Strap Attachment(Regular Cab)...................................................23

Rear Seat Tether Strap Attachment(SuperCab and SuperCrew).......................23

Use of Inboard Lower Anchors from theOutboard Seating Positions (CenterSeating Use) ......................................................21

Using Lap and Shoulder Belts..........................16Using Lap and Shoulder Belts (Front Center

Seating Position)..............................................18Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for

CHildren (LATCH)...........................................20Using Tether Straps.............................................22

Instrument Cluster.........................................81Instrument Lighting Dimmer......................72

Interior Lamps..................................................73Front Row Map Lamps (if equipped)...........73Rear Courtesy, Reading, Cargo Lamps (If

Equipped)...........................................................74

Rear Dome, Courtesy Lamps (IfEquipped)...........................................................74

Rear Dome Lamp (If Equipped).....................73Interior Mirror....................................................78

Auto-Dimming Mirror..........................................79Introduction.........................................................7

JJump Starting the Vehicle.........................216

Connecting the Jumper Cables......................217

Jump Starting.......................................................218Preparing Your Vehicle......................................217Removing the Jumper Cables........................218

KKeyless Entry...................................................58

SECURICODE™ KEYLESS ENTRYKEYPAD..............................................................58

Keys and Remote Controls.........................49

LLighting Control................................................71

Headlamp Flasher.................................................71High Beams..............................................................71

Lighting................................................................71Limited Slip Differential..............................161Load Carrying.................................................179Load Limit........................................................179

Special Loading Instructions for Owners ofPick-up Trucks and Utility-typeVehicles.............................................................186

Vehicle Loading - with and without aTrailer.................................................................. 179

Locking and Unlocking.................................57Autolock and Autounlock..................................57Battery Saver.........................................................58Illuminated Entry..................................................58Power Door Locks.................................................57Remote Control.....................................................57Smart Unlocks.......................................................57

Locks...................................................................57

463

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Index

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Lug NutsSee: Changing a Road Wheel.......................289

MMaintenance..................................................235General Information.........................................235

Manual Climate Control............................106Manual Seats..................................................116

Manual Lumbar ....................................................117Moving the Seat Backward and

Forward...............................................................117Recline Adjustment.............................................117

Media Hub......................................................322Memory Function..........................................118

Easy Entry and Exit Feature.............................119Message Center

See: Information Displays.................................87Mirrors

See: Heated Windows and Mirrors................112See: Windows and Mirrors................................75

Mobile Communications Equipment.......12Moonroof...........................................................79

Bounce-Back.........................................................80Opening and Closing the Moonroof.............80Venting the Moonroof........................................80

Motorcraft Parts..........................................298MyFord Touch™...........................................359General Information.........................................359

MyKey Troubleshooting...............................56MyKey™.............................................................53

Principle of Operation.........................................53

NNavigation.......................................................410

cityseekr.................................................................412Map Mode.............................................................414Navigation Map Updates.................................417Navigation Voice Commands.........................417Point of Interest (POI) Categories................412Quick-touch Buttons........................................416Setting a Destination.........................................411Setting Your Navigation Preferences..........413

Normal Scheduled Maintenance...........441Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor® (Vehicles with

a 3.5L, 3.7L and 5.0L Engine)....................441Normal Maintenance Intervals.....................443

OOil Check

See: Engine Oil Check......................................240

Opening and Closing the Hood..............235Ordering Additional Owner's

Literature......................................................223Obtaining a French Owner’s Manual..........223

Overhead Console........................................134

PParking Aid.......................................................172

Rear Sensing System.........................................172Parking Aids.....................................................172

Parking Brake.................................................164Passive Anti-Theft System..........................61

SecuriLock™...........................................................61PATS

See: Passive Anti-Theft System......................61Pedals................................................................68Perchlorate.........................................................11Personal Safety System™..........................38

How Does the Personal Safety SystemWork?..................................................................38

Phone...............................................................393

Making Calls........................................................395Pairing Subsequent Phones..........................395Pairing Your Phone for the First

Time...................................................................394Phone Menu Options.......................................395Phone Settings...................................................397Phone Voice Commands...............................398Receiving Calls...................................................395Text Messaging..................................................396

Post-Crash Alert System...........................218Power Door Locks

See: Locking and Unlocking..............................57Power Running Boards................................63Power Seats.....................................................117

Power Lumbar......................................................118Power Recline........................................................117

Power Steering Fluid Check....................2463.5L, 3.7L and 5.0L Engines...........................2466.2L Engines........................................................246

464

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Index

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Power Windows..............................................75Accessory Delay....................................................76Bounce-Back..........................................................75One-Touch Up or Down.....................................75

Power Sliding Back Window............................76Window Lock..........................................................76

RRear Axle...........................................................161Rear Seat Armrest........................................123Rear Seats........................................................119

Folding up the Rear Seat Cushion (SuperCrew)...................................................................119

Returning the Seat to the Seating

Position...............................................................119Rear View Camera........................................173

Using the Rear View Camera System..........173Rear View Camera

See: Rear View Camera....................................173Recommended Towing Weights............192

Calculating the Maximum Loaded TrailerWeight for Your Vehicle..............................200

Refueling..........................................................142Easy Fuel™ Capless Fuel System................142

Remote Control..............................................49

Car Finder................................................................50Integrated Keyhead Transmitters .................49Memory Feature...................................................50Remote Start .........................................................51Replacing the Battery.........................................49Sounding a Panic Alarm.....................................51

Remote Start...................................................113Automatic Settings.............................................113

Removing a Headlamp...............................251Replacing Halogen Headlamp Bulbs (If

Equipped).........................................................251Replacing HID Headlamp Bulbs (If

Equipped)........................................................252Repairing Minor Paint Damage..............263Replacement Parts

Recommendation.........................................11Collision Repairs.....................................................11Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical

Repairs...................................................................11Warranty on Replacement Parts.....................12

Replacing a Lost Key or RemoteControl.............................................................52

Reporting Safety Defects (CanadaOnly)..............................................................224

Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.Only)..............................................................223

Roadside Assistance...................................215Vehicles Sold In Canada : Getting Roadside

Assistance........................................................215Vehicles Sold In Canada : Using Roadside

Assistance........................................................215Vehicles Sold In The U.S.: Getting Roadside

Assistance........................................................215Vehicles Sold In The U.S. : Using Roadside

Assistance........................................................215Roadside Emergencies...............................215Running-In

See: Breaking-In..................................................210Running Out of Fuel......................................141

Refilling With a Portable FuelContainer...........................................................141

SSafety Belt Height Adjustment.................34Safety Belt Minder.........................................35

Belt-Minder™........................................................35Safety Belts......................................................30

Principle of Operation........................................30Safety Belt Warning Lamp and IndicatorChime..............................................................34Conditions of operation.....................................35

Safety Canopy™............................................46Safety Precautions.......................................139Satellite Radio...............................................318

Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number(ESN)................................................................320

Satellite Radio Reception Factors...............319SIRIUS® Satellite Radio Service...................319Troubleshooting................................................. 320

Scheduled Maintenance Record............451Scheduled Maintenance..........................438Seats...................................................................114Security...............................................................61Settings...........................................................366

Clock.......................................................................367Display....................................................................367Settings.................................................................369Sound....................................................................368Vehicle...................................................................368

465

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Index

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Side Airbags.....................................................45Sitting in the Correct Position...................114Snow Chains

See: Using Snow Chains.................................283

Snowplowing..................................................212Engine temperature while plowing..............213Installing the Snowplow..................................212Operating the Vehicle with the Snowplow

Attached............................................................213Outside Air Temperature While

Plowing..............................................................214Snowplowing with your Airbag Equipped

Vehicle................................................................213Transmission operation while

plowing..............................................................214

Special Notices................................................12New Vehicle Limited Warranty.........................12Special Instructions..............................................12

Special Operating Conditions ScheduledMaintenance..............................................4463.5L, 3.7L and 5.0L Engines...........................4466.2L Engine..........................................................448Exceptions...........................................................450

Speed ControlSee: Cruise Control.............................................176

Stability Control............................................167

Principle of Operation.......................................167Starter SwitchSee: Ignition Switch...........................................135

Starting a Gasoline Engine........................135Cold Weather Starting (Flexible Fuel

Vehicles Only).................................................136Failure to Start.....................................................136Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes................137Important Ventilating Information...............137Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is

Moving...............................................................136Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is

Stationary.........................................................136Starting and Stopping the Engine..........135

General Information..........................................135Steering.............................................................177

Electric Power Steering (3.7L, 5.0L and 3.5LEcoBoost™ engines)....................................177

Hydraulic Steering (6.2L engine)...................177Steering Wheel...............................................65Storage Compartments.............................134

SunroofSee: Moonroof.......................................................79

Sun Visors.........................................................79Illuminated Vanity Mirror...................................79

Slide-on-rod...........................................................79Supplementary Restraints System.........39

Principle of Operation........................................39Symbols Glossary.............................................7SYNC™ Applications and

Services........................................................338911 Assist...............................................................338SYNC AppLink....................................................344SYNC Services: Traffic, Directions &

Information (TDI) (If Equipped, UnitesStates Only).....................................................341

Vehicle Health Report.....................................340SYNC™............................................................323

General Information..........................................323SYNC™ Troubleshooting.........................353

TTailgate............................................................. 186

Bed Extender.......................................................189Box Side Step......................................................188Tailgate Lock........................................................186

Tailgate Removal................................................187Tailgate Step.........................................................187Technical Specifications

See: Capacities and Specifications............296Terrain Response..........................................170

Principle of Operation.......................................170The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto

Line Program (U.S. Only)........................221Tire Care..........................................................268

Glossary of Tire Terminology........................269Information About Uniform Tire Quality

Grading.............................................................268Information Contained on the Tire

Sidewall............................................................270Temperature A B C............................................269Traction AA A B C..............................................269Treadwear............................................................268

Tire Pressure Monitoring System...........283Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure

Monitoring System.......................................284Understanding Your Tire Pressure

Monitoring System ......................................285

466

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Index

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


TiresSee: Wheels and Tires.....................................266

Towing a Trailer..............................................191Load Placement...................................................191

Towing the Vehicle on FourWheels.........................................................208Emergency Towing...........................................208Recreational Towing........................................208

Towing...............................................................191Traction Control............................................166

Principle of Operation......................................166Trailer Sway Control....................................192Transfer Case Fluid Check........................245Transmission Code Designation...........300Transmission...................................................147

TransmissionSee: Transmission...............................................147

Transporting the Vehicle...........................207

UUnder Hood Overview - 3.5L

Ecoboost™.................................................236Under Hood Overview - 3.7L....................237Under Hood Overview - 5.0L..................238Under Hood Overview - 6.2L...................239

Universal Garage Door Opener................124CAR2U® Home Automation System..........124HomeLink Wireless Control System............127

USB Port..........................................................322Using Cruise Control....................................176

Switching Cruise Control Off..........................176Switching Cruise Control On...........................176

Using Four-Wheel Drive.............................1534WD Indicator Lights.........................................153Driving Off-Road With Truck and Utility

Vehicles.............................................................156How Your Vehicle Differs From Other

Vehicles.............................................................156Using the 2-Speed Automatic 4WD

System...............................................................154Using the Electronic Shift on the Fly 4WD

system................................................................153Using Hill Descent Control........................170

Hill descent modes............................................170Using MyKey With Remote Start

Systems..........................................................55

Using Power Running Boards....................63Automatic Power Deploy..................................63Automatic Power Stow......................................63Bounce-back.........................................................64

Enabling and Disabling......................................63Manual Power Deploy........................................63

Using Snow Chains.....................................283Using Stability Control...............................168

AdvanceTrac™ with Roll Stability Control™(RSC™)............................................................168

Using SYNC™ With Your MediaPlayer............................................................345Accessing Your Play Menu.............................349Connecting Your Digital Media Player to the

USB Port..........................................................345

Media Menu Features......................................348Media Voice Commands................................346System Settings..................................................351What's Playing?.................................................346

Using SYNC™ With Your Phone.............327Accessing Features through the Phone

Menu...................................................................331Accessing Your Phone Settings....................334Making Calls........................................................330Pairing a Phone for the First Time...............328Pairing Subsequent Phones..........................328

Phone Options during an Active Call.........330Phone Voice Commands................................328Receiving Calls...................................................330System Settings.................................................335Text Messaging...................................................333

Using Traction Control...............................166System Indicator Lights and

Messages..........................................................166Using Voice Recognition...........................325

Initiating a Voice Session................................325System Interaction and Feedback..............326

Utilizing the Mediation/ArbitrationProgram (Canada Only)..........................221

VVehicle Care...................................................259

General Information.........................................259Vehicle Certification Label.......................299Vehicle Identification Number...............298

467

F150 (TF6) , enUSA

Index

8/19/2019 2014F150 Owners 03_2014


Vehicle Storage............................................264Battery...................................................................265Body.......................................................................264Brakes....................................................................265

Cooling system...................................................265Engine....................................................................265Fuel system..........................................................265General..................................................................264Miscellaneous.....................................................265Removing Vehicle From Storage.................265Tires........................................................................265

Ventilated Seats.............................................121Heated and Ventilated Seats Air Filter

Replacement ..................................................122Ventilation

See: Climate Control.........................................106VIN

See: Vehicle Identification Number............298Voice Control....................................................67

WWarning Lamps and Indicators.................82

4X2............................................................................854X4 Auto.................................................................854X4 HIGH................................................................854X4 LOW.................................................................85Anti-Lock Braking System................................83Battery......................................................................83Brake System.........................................................83Check 4X4..............................................................83Cruise Control........................................................83Direction Indicator...............................................83Door Ajar..................................................................83Electronic Locking Differential........................83

Engine Coolant Temperature..........................83Engine Oil................................................................83Fasten Safety Belt...............................................84Front Airbag...........................................................84High Beam..............................................................84Hill Descent............................................................84Low Fuel Level......................................................84Low Tire Pressure Warning...............................84Powertrain Malfunction/Reduced

Power/Electronic Throttle Control...........84Service Engine Soon...........................................84

Index

Documents

2014F150 Owners 03_2014